Instead of hard-wiring specific verbosity levels into the option
processing of client applications, invent pg_logging_increase_verbosity()
and encourage clients to implement --verbose by calling that. Then,
the common convention that more -v's gets you more verbosity just works.
In particular, this allows resurrection of the debug-grade messages that
have long existed in pg_dump and its siblings. They were unreachable
before this commit due to lack of a way to select PG_LOG_DEBUG logging
level. (It appears that they may have been unreachable for some time
before common/logging.c was introduced, too, so I'm not specifically
blaming cc8d41511 for the oversight. One reason for thinking that is
that it's now apparent that _allocAH()'s message needs a null-pointer
guard. Testing might have failed to reveal that before 96bf88d52.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1173106.1600116625@sss.pgh.pa.us
In the particular case of GRANTED BY, this is specified in the SQL
standard. Since in PostgreSQL, CURRENT_ROLE is equivalent to
CURRENT_USER, and CURRENT_USER is already supported here, adding
CURRENT_ROLE is trivial. The other cases are PostgreSQL extensions,
but for the same reason it also makes sense there.
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Asif Rehman <asifr.rehman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f2feac44-b4c5-f38f-3699-2851d6a76dc9%402ndquadrant.com
This adds a new optional support function to the GiST access method:
sortsupport. If it is defined, the GiST index is built by sorting all data
to the order defined by the sortsupport's comparator function, and packing
the tuples in that order to GiST pages. This is similar to how B-tree
index build works, and is much faster than inserting the tuples one by
one. The resulting index is smaller too, because the pages are packed more
tightly, upto 'fillfactor'. The normal build method works by splitting
pages, which tends to lead to more wasted space.
The quality of the resulting index depends on how good the opclass-defined
sort order is. A good order preserves locality of the input data.
As the first user of this facility, add 'sortsupport' function to the
point_ops opclass. It sorts the points in Z-order (aka Morton Code), by
interleaving the bits of the X and Y coordinates.
Author: Andrey Borodin
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/1A36620E-CAD8-4267-9067-FB31385E7C0D%40yandex-team.ru
Since commit fd5942c18f (2012, 9.3-era), walsender has been sending
completion tags for certain replication commands twice -- and they're
not even consistent. Apparently neither libpq nor JDBC have a problem
with it, but it's not kosher. Fix by remove the EndCommand() call in
the common code path for them all, and inserting specific calls to
EndReplicationCommand() specifically in those places where it's needed.
EndReplicationCommand() is a new simple function to send the completion
tag for replication commands. Do this instead of sending a generic
SELECT completion tag for them all, which was also pretty bogus (if
innocuous). While at it, change StartReplication() to use
EndReplicationCommand() instead of pg_puttextmessage().
In commit 2f9661311b, I failed to realize that replication commands
are not close-enough kin of regular SQL commands, so the
DROP_REPLICATION_SLOT tag I added is undeserved and a type pun. Take it
out.
Backpatch to 13, where the latter commit appeared. The duplicate tag
has been sent since 9.3, but since nothing is broken, it doesn't seem
worth fixing.
Per complaints from Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1347966.1600195735@sss.pgh.pa.us
Since there is only one place that actually needs the partition check
expression, namely ExecPartitionCheck, it's better to fetch it from
the relcache there. In this way we will never fetch it at all if
the query never has use for it, and we still fetch it just once when
we do need it.
The reason for taking an interest in this is that if the relcache
doesn't already have the check expression cached, fetching it
requires obtaining AccessShareLock on the partition root. That
means that operations that look like they should only touch the
partition itself will also take a lock on the root. In particular
we observed that TRUNCATE on a partition may take a lock on the
partition's root, contributing to a deadlock situation in parallel
pg_restore.
As written, this patch does have a small cost, which is that we
are microscopically reducing efficiency for the case where a partition
has an empty check expression. ExecPartitionCheck will be called,
and will go through the motions of setting up and checking an empty
qual, where before it would not have been called at all. We could
avoid that by adding a separate boolean flag to track whether there
is a partition expression to test. However, this case only arises
for a default partition with no siblings, which surely is not an
interesting case in practice. Hence adding complexity for it
does not seem like a good trade-off.
Amit Langote, per a suggestion by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/VI1PR03MB31670CA1BD9625C3A8C5DD05EB230@VI1PR03MB3167.eurprd03.prod.outlook.com
The code recorded cache invalidation events by zeroing the "localreloid"
field of affected cache entries. However, it's possible for an inval
event to occur even while we have the entry open and locked. So an
ill-timed inval could result in "cache lookup failed for relation 0"
errors, if the worker's code tried to use the cleared field. We can
fix that by creating a separate bool field to record whether the entry
needs to be revalidated. (In the back branches, cram the bool into
what had been padding space, to avoid an ABI break in the somewhat
unlikely event that any extension is looking at this struct.)
Also, rearrange the logic in logicalrep_rel_open so that it
does the right thing in cases where table_open would fail.
We should retry the lookup by name in that case, but we didn't.
The real-world impact of this is probably small. In the first place,
the error conditions are very low probability, and in the second place,
the worker would just exit and get restarted. We only noticed because
in a CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS build, the failure can occur repeatedly,
preventing the worker from making progress. Nonetheless, it's clearly
a bug, and it impedes a useful type of testing; so back-patch to v10
where this code was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1032727.1600096803@sss.pgh.pa.us
Although 58c6feccf fixed the case for SIGQUIT, we were still calling
proc_exit() from signal handlers for SIGTERM and timeout failures in
ProcessStartupPacket. Fortunately, at the point where that code runs,
we haven't yet connected to shared memory in any meaningful way, so
there is nothing we need to undo in shared memory. This means it
should be safe to use _exit(1) here, ie, not run any atexit handlers
but also inform the postmaster that it's not a crash exit.
To make sure nobody breaks the "nothing to undo" expectation, add
a cross-check that no on-shmem-exit or before-shmem-exit handlers
have been registered yet when we finish using these signal handlers.
This change is simple enough that maybe it could be back-patched,
but I won't risk that right now.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1850884.1599601164@sss.pgh.pa.us
Until now, REINDEX was not able to work with partitioned tables and
indexes, forcing users to reindex partitions one by one. This extends
REINDEX INDEX and REINDEX TABLE so as they can accept a partitioned
index and table in input, respectively, to reindex all the partitions
assigned to them with physical storage (foreign tables, partitioned
tables and indexes are then discarded).
This shares some logic with schema and database REINDEX as each
partition gets processed in its own transaction after building a list of
relations to work on. This choice has the advantage to minimize the
number of invalid indexes to one partition with REINDEX CONCURRENTLY in
the event a cancellation or failure in-flight, as the only indexes
handled at once in a single REINDEX CONCURRENTLY loop are the ones from
the partition being working on.
Isolation tests are added to emulate some cases I bumped into while
developing this feature, particularly with the concurrent drop of a
leaf partition reindexed. However, this is rather limited as LOCK would
cause REINDEX to block in the first transaction building the list of
partitions.
Per its multi-transaction nature, this new flavor cannot run in a
transaction block, similarly to REINDEX SCHEMA, SYSTEM and DATABASE.
Author: Justin Pryzby, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/db12e897-73ff-467e-94cb-4af03705435f.adger.lj@alibaba-inc.com
This allows us to skip some stat calls, by extending commit 861c6e7c to
cover Windows systems.
Author: Juan José Santamaría Flecha <juanjo.santamaria@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Magnus Hagander <magnus@hagander.net>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BFzxupGGN4GpUdbzZN%2Btn6FQPHo8w0Q%2BAPH5Wz8RG%2Bww%40mail.gmail.com
Some kernels can tell us the type of a "dirent", so we can avoid a call
to stat() or lstat() in many cases. Define a new function
get_dirent_type() to contain that logic, for use by the backend and
frontend versions of walkdir(), and perhaps other callers in future.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Juan José Santamaría Flecha <juanjo.santamaria@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BFzxupGGN4GpUdbzZN%2Btn6FQPHo8w0Q%2BAPH5Wz8RG%2Bww%40mail.gmail.com
Letting the caller provide a StringInfo to read into is helpful when
the caller needs to merge lines or otherwise modify the data after
it's been read. Notably, now the code added by commit 8f8154a50
can use pg_get_line_append() instead of having its own copy of that
logic. A follow-on commit will also make use of this.
Also, since StringInfo buffers are a minimum of 1KB long, blindly
using pg_get_line() in a loop can eat a lot more memory than one would
expect. I discovered for instance that commit e0f05cd5b caused initdb
to consume circa 10MB to read postgres.bki, even though that's under
1MB worth of data. A less memory-hungry alternative is to re-use the
same StringInfo for all lines and pg_strdup the results.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1315832.1599345736@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is a follow-up of the work done in e3931d01. This case is a bit
different than pg_attribute and pg_shdepend: the maximum number of items
to insert is known in advance, but there is no need to handle pinned
dependencies. Hence, the base allocation for slots is done based on the
number of items and the maximum allowed with a cap at 64kB. Slots are
initialized once used to minimize the overhead of the operation.
The insertions can be done for dependencies of the same type. More
could be done by grouping the insertion of multiple dependency types in
a single batch. This is left as future work.
Some of the multi-insert logic is also simplified for pg_shdepend, as
per the feedback discussed for this specific patch. This also moves to
indexing.h the variable capping the maximum amount of data that can be
used at once for a multi-insert, instead of having separate definitions
for pg_attribute, pg_depend and pg_shdepend.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200807061619.GA23955@paquier.xyz
This node already handles multiple options using a bitmask, so having a
separate boolean flag is not necessary. This simplifies the code a bit
with less arguments to give to the reindex routines, by replacing the
boolean with an equivalent bitmask value.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200902110326.GA14963@paquier.xyz
This patch started out with the goal of harmonizing various arbitrary
limits on password length, but after awhile a better idea emerged:
let's just get rid of those fixed limits.
recv_password_packet() has an arbitrary limit on the packet size,
which we don't really need, so just drop it. (Note that this doesn't
really affect anything for MD5 or SCRAM password verification, since
those will hash the user's password to something shorter anyway.
It does matter for auth methods that require a cleartext password.)
Likewise remove the arbitrary error condition in pg_saslprep().
The remaining limits are mostly in client-side code that prompts
for passwords. To improve those, refactor simple_prompt() so that
it allocates its own result buffer that can be made as big as
necessary. Actually, it proves best to make a separate routine
pg_get_line() that has essentially the semantics of fgets(), except
that it allocates a suitable result buffer and hence will never
return a truncated line. (pg_get_line has a lot of potential
applications to replace randomly-sized fgets buffers elsewhere,
but I'll leave that for another patch.)
I built pg_get_line() atop stringinfo.c, which requires moving
that code to src/common/; but that seems fine since it was a poor
fit for src/port/ anyway.
This patch is mostly mine, but it owes a good deal to Nathan Bossart
who pressed for a solution to the password length problem and
created a predecessor patch. Also thanks to Peter Eisentraut and
Stephen Frost for ideas and discussion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/09512C4F-8CB9-4021-B455-EF4C4F0D55A0@amazon.com
To add support for streaming of in-progress transactions into the
built-in logical replication, we need to do three things:
* Extend the logical replication protocol, so identify in-progress
transactions, and allow adding additional bits of information (e.g.
XID of subtransactions).
* Modify the output plugin (pgoutput) to implement the new stream
API callbacks, by leveraging the extended replication protocol.
* Modify the replication apply worker, to properly handle streamed
in-progress transaction by spilling the data to disk and then
replaying them on commit.
We however must explicitly disable streaming replication during
replication slot creation, even if the plugin supports it. We
don't need to replicate the changes accumulated during this phase,
and moreover we don't have a replication connection open so we
don't have where to send the data anyway.
Author: Tomas Vondra, Dilip Kumar and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh and Ajin Cherian
Tested-by: Neha Sharma, Mahendra Singh Thalor and Ajin Cherian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
This splits a string at occurrences of a delimiter. It is exactly like
string_to_array() except for producing a set of values instead of an
array of values. Thus, the relationship of these two functions is
the same as between regexp_split_to_table() and regexp_split_to_array().
Although the same results could be had from unnest(string_to_array()),
this is somewhat faster than that, and anyway it seems reasonable to
have it for symmetry with the regexp functions.
Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRD8HOpjq2TqeTBhSo_QkzjLOhXzGCpKJ4nCs7Y9SQkuPw@mail.gmail.com
When multiple relations are reindexed, a scan of pg_class is done first
to build the list of relations to work on. However the REINDEX logic
has never checked if a relation listed still exists when beginning the
work on it, causing for example sudden cache lookup failures.
This commit adds safeguards against dropped relations for REINDEX,
similarly to VACUUM or CLUSTER where we try to open the relation,
ignoring it if it is missing. A new option is added to the REINDEX
routines to control if a missed relation is OK to ignore or not.
An isolation test, based on REINDEX SCHEMA, is added for the concurrent
and non-concurrent cases.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200813043805.GE11663@paquier.xyz
Since other sessions aren't allowed to look into a temporary table
of our own session, we do not need to worry about the global xmin
horizon when setting the vacuum XID cutoff. Indeed, if we're not
inside a transaction block, we may set oldestXmin to be the next
XID, because there cannot be any in-doubt tuples in a temp table,
nor any tuples that are dead but still visible to some snapshot of
our transaction. (VACUUM, of course, is never inside a transaction
block; but we need to test that because CLUSTER shares the same code.)
This approach allows us to always clean out a temp table completely
during VACUUM, independently of concurrent activity. Aside from
being useful in its own right, that simplifies building reproducible
test cases.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3490536.1598629609@sss.pgh.pa.us
Per discussion, we're planning to remove parser support for postfix
operators in order to simplify the grammar. So it behooves us to
put out a deprecation notice at least one release before that.
There is only one built-in postfix operator, ! for factorial.
Label it deprecated in the docs and in pg_description, and adjust
some examples that formerly relied on it. (The sister prefix
operator !! is also deprecated. We don't really have to remove
that one, but since we're suggesting that people use factorial()
instead, it seems better to remove both operators.)
Also state in the CREATE OPERATOR ref page that postfix operators
in general are going away.
Although this changes the initial contents of pg_description,
I did not force a catversion bump; it doesn't seem essential.
In v13, also back-patch 4c5cf5431, so that there's someplace for
the <link>s to point to.
Mark Dilger and John Naylor, with some adjustments by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BE2DF53D-251A-4E26-972F-930E523580E9@enterprisedb.com
Historically, we've considered the state with relpages and reltuples
both zero as indicating that we do not know the table's tuple density.
This is problematic because it's impossible to distinguish "never yet
vacuumed" from "vacuumed and seen to be empty". In particular, a user
cannot use VACUUM or ANALYZE to override the planner's normal heuristic
that an empty table should not be believed to be empty because it is
probably about to get populated. That heuristic is a good safety
measure, so I don't care to abandon it, but there should be a way to
override it if the table is indeed intended to stay empty.
Hence, represent the initial state of ignorance by setting reltuples
to -1 (relpages is still set to zero), and apply the minimum-ten-pages
heuristic only when reltuples is still -1. If the table is empty,
VACUUM or ANALYZE (but not CREATE INDEX) will override that to
reltuples = relpages = 0, and then we'll plan on that basis.
This requires a bunch of fiddly little changes, but we can get rid of
some ugly kluges that were formerly needed to maintain the old definition.
One notable point is that FDWs' GetForeignRelSize methods will see
baserel->tuples = -1 when no ANALYZE has been done on the foreign table.
That seems like a net improvement, since those methods were formerly
also in the dark about what baserel->tuples = 0 really meant. Still,
it is an API change.
I bumped catversion because code predating this change would get confused
by seeing reltuples = -1.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F02298E0-6EF4-49A1-BCB6-C484794D9ACC@thebuild.com
The additional information added will be an offset number for heap
operations. This information will help us in finding the exact tuple due
to which the error has occurred.
Author: Mahendra Singh Thalor and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko, Justin Pryzby and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKYtNApK488TDF4bMbw+1QH8HJf9cxdNDXquhU50TK5iv_FtCQ@mail.gmail.com
Allow BufFile to support temporary files that can be used by the single
backend when the corresponding files need to be survived across the
transaction and need to be opened and closed multiple times. Such files
need to be created as a member of a SharedFileSet.
Additionally, this commit implements the interface for BufFileTruncate to
allow files to be truncated up to a particular offset and extends the
BufFileSeek API to support the SEEK_END case. This also adds an option to
provide a mode while opening the shared BufFiles instead of always opening
in read-only mode.
These enhancements in BufFile interface are required for the upcoming
patch to allow the replication apply worker, to handle streamed
in-progress transactions.
Author: Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Neha Sharma
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
pg_backend_memory_contexts view contains some internal information of
memory contexts. Since exposing them to any users by default may cause
security issue, this commit allows only superusers to read this view,
by default, like we do for pg_shmem_allocations view.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1414992.1597849297@sss.pgh.pa.us
If a CREATE TABLE command uses both LIKE and traditional inheritance,
Vars in CHECK constraints and expression indexes that are absorbed
from a LIKE parent table tended to get mis-numbered, resulting in
wrong answers and/or bizarre error messages (though probably not any
actual crashes, thanks to validation occurring in the executor).
In v12 and up, the same could happen to Vars in GENERATED expressions,
even in cases with no LIKE clause but multiple traditional-inheritance
parents.
The cause of the problem for LIKE is that parse_utilcmd.c supposed
it could renumber such Vars correctly during transformCreateStmt(),
which it cannot since we have not yet accounted for columns added via
inheritance. Fix that by postponing processing of LIKE INCLUDING
CONSTRAINTS, DEFAULTS, GENERATED, INDEXES till after we've performed
DefineRelation().
The error with GENERATED and multiple inheritance is a simple oversight
in MergeAttributes(); it knows it has to renumber Vars in inherited
CHECK constraints, but forgot to apply the same processing to inherited
GENERATED expressions (a/k/a defaults).
Per bug #16272 from Tom Gottfried. The non-GENERATED variants of the
issue are ancient, presumably dating right back to the addition of
CREATE TABLE LIKE; hence back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16272-6e32da020e9a9381@postgresql.org
Commit a477bfc1d fixed eval_const_expressions() to ensure that it
didn't generate unnecessary RelabelType nodes, but I failed to notice
that some other places in the planner had the same issue. Really
noplace in the planner should be using plain makeRelabelType(), for
fear of generating expressions that should be equal() to semantically
equivalent trees, but aren't.
An example is that because canonicalize_ec_expression() failed
to be careful about this, we could end up with an equivalence class
containing both a plain Const, and a Const-with-RelabelType
representing exactly the same value. So far as I can tell this led to
no visible misbehavior, but we did waste a bunch of cycles generating
and evaluating "Const = Const-with-RelabelType" to prove such entries
are redundant.
Hence, move the support function added by a477bfc1d to where it can
be more generally useful, and use it in the places where planner code
previously used makeRelabelType.
Back-patch to v12, like the previous patch. While I have no concrete
evidence of any real misbehavior here, it's certainly possible that
I overlooked a case where equivalent expressions that aren't equal()
could cause a user-visible problem. In any case carrying extra
RelabelType nodes through planning to execution isn't very desirable.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1311836.1597781384@sss.pgh.pa.us
This view displays the usages of all the memory contexts of the server
process attached to the current session. This information is useful to
investigate the cause of backend-local memory bloat.
This information can be also collected by calling
MemoryContextStats(TopMemoryContext) via a debugger. But this technique
cannot be uesd in some environments because no debugger is available there.
And it outputs lots of text messages and it's not easy to analyze them.
So, pg_backend_memory_contexts view allows us to access to backend-local
memory contexts information more easily.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi, Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Tatsuhito Kasahara, Andres Freund, Daniel Gustafsson, Robert Haas, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/72a656e0f71d0860161e0b3f67e4d771@oss.nttdata.com
Previous commits made it faster/more scalable to compute snapshots. But not
building a snapshot is still faster. Now that GetSnapshotData() does not
maintain RecentGlobal* anymore, that is actually not too hard:
This commit introduces xactCompletionCount, which tracks the number of
top-level transactions with xids (i.e. which may have modified the database)
that completed in some form since the start of the server.
We can avoid rebuilding the snapshot's contents whenever the current
xactCompletionCount is the same as it was when the snapshot was
originally built. Currently this check happens while holding
ProcArrayLock. While it's likely possible to perform the check without
acquiring ProcArrayLock, it seems better to do that separately /
later, some careful analysis is required. Even with the lock this is a
significant win on its own.
On a smaller two socket machine this gains another ~1.03x, on a larger
machine the effect is roughly double (earlier patch version tested
though). If we were able to safely avoid the lock there'd be another
significant gain on top of that.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
xact.h included utils/datetime.h, which cannot be used in the frontend
(it includes fmgr.h, which needs Datum). But xact.h only needs the
definition of TimestampTz from it, which is available directly in
datatypes/timestamp.h. Change xact.h to include that instead of
utils/datetime.h, so that it can be used in client programs.
Reuse cautionary language from src/test/ssl/README in
src/test/kerberos/README. SLRUs have had access to six-character
segments names since commit 73c986adde,
and recovery stopped calling HeapTupleHeaderAdvanceLatestRemovedXid() in
commit 558a9165e0. The other corrections
are more self-evident.
The SimpleLruTruncate() header comment states the new coding rule. To
achieve this, add locktype "frozenid" and two LWLocks. This closes a
rare opportunity for data loss, which manifested as "apparent
wraparound" or "could not access status of transaction" errors. Data
loss is more likely in pg_multixact, due to released branches' thin
margin between multiStopLimit and multiWrapLimit. If a user's physical
replication primary logged ": apparent wraparound" messages, the user
should rebuild standbys of that primary regardless of symptoms. At less
risk is a cluster having emitted "not accepting commands" errors or
"must be vacuumed" warnings at some point. One can test a cluster for
this data loss by running VACUUM FREEZE in every database. Back-patch
to 9.5 (all supported versions).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190218073103.GA1434723@rfd.leadboat.com
nodeSubplan.c expects that the testexpr for a hashable ANY SubPlan
has the form of one or more OpExprs whose LHS is an expression of the
outer query's, while the RHS is an expression over Params representing
output columns of the subquery. However, the planner only went as far
as verifying that the clauses were all binary OpExprs. This works
99.99% of the time, because the clauses have the right shape when
emitted by the parser --- but it's possible for function inlining to
break that, as reported by PegoraroF10. To fix, teach the planner
to check that the LHS and RHS contain the right things, or more
accurately don't contain the wrong things. Given that this has been
broken for years without anyone noticing, it seems sufficient to just
give up hashing when it happens, rather than go to the trouble of
commuting the clauses back again (which wouldn't necessarily work
anyway).
While poking at that, I also noticed that nodeSubplan.c had a baked-in
assumption that the number of hash clauses is identical to the number
of subquery output columns. Again, that's fine as far as parser output
goes, but it's not hard to break it via function inlining. There seems
little reason for that assumption though --- AFAICS, the only thing
it's buying us is not having to store the number of hash clauses
explicitly. Adding code to the planner to reject such cases would take
more code than getting nodeSubplan.c to cope, so I fixed it that way.
This has been broken for as long as we've had hashable SubPlans,
so back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1549209182255-0.post@n3.nabble.com
Similar to the previous changes this increases the chance that data
frequently needed by GetSnapshotData() stays in l2 cache. In many
workloads subtransactions are very rare, and this makes the check for
that considerably cheaper.
As this removes the last member of PGXACT, there is no need to keep it
around anymore.
On a larger 2 socket machine this and the two preceding commits result
in a ~1.07x performance increase in read-only pgbench. For read-heavy
mixed r/w workloads without row level contention, I see about 1.1x.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
Similar to the previous commit this increases the chance that data
frequently needed by GetSnapshotData() stays in l2 cache. As we now
take care to not unnecessarily write to ProcGlobal->vacuumFlags, there
should be very few modifications to the ProcGlobal->vacuumFlags array.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
The new array contains the xids for all connected backends / in-use
PGPROC entries in a dense manner (in contrast to the PGPROC/PGXACT
arrays which can have unused entries interspersed).
This improves performance because GetSnapshotData() always needs to
scan the xids of all live procarray entries and now there's no need to
go through the procArray->pgprocnos indirection anymore.
As the set of running top-level xids changes rarely, compared to the
number of snapshots taken, this substantially increases the likelihood
of most data required for a snapshot being in l2 cache. In
read-mostly workloads scanning the xids[] array will sufficient to
build a snapshot, as most backends will not have an xid assigned.
To keep the xid array dense ProcArrayRemove() needs to move entries
behind the to-be-removed proc's one further up in the array. Obviously
moving array entries cannot happen while a backend sets it
xid. I.e. locking needs to prevent that array entries are moved while
a backend modifies its xid.
To avoid locking ProcArrayLock in GetNewTransactionId() - a fairly hot
spot already - ProcArrayAdd() / ProcArrayRemove() now needs to hold
XidGenLock in addition to ProcArrayLock. Adding / Removing a procarray
entry is not a very frequent operation, even taking 2PC into account.
Due to the above, the dense array entries can only be read or modified
while holding ProcArrayLock and/or XidGenLock. This prevents a
concurrent ProcArrayRemove() from shifting the dense array while it is
accessed concurrently.
While the new dense array is very good when needing to look at all
xids it is less suitable when accessing a single backend's xid. In
particular it would be problematic to have to acquire a lock to access
a backend's own xid. Therefore a backend's xid is not just stored in
the dense array, but also in PGPROC. This also allows a backend to
only access the shared xid value when the backend had acquired an
xid.
The infrastructure added in this commit will be used for the remaining
PGXACT fields in subsequent commits. They are kept separate to make
review easier.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
Up to now, upon receipt of a SIGTERM ("smart shutdown" command), the
postmaster has immediately killed all "optional" background processes,
and subsequently refused to launch new ones while it's waiting for
foreground client processes to exit. No doubt this seemed like an OK
policy at some point; but it's a pretty bad one now, because it makes
for a seriously degraded environment for the remaining clients:
* Parallel queries are killed, and new ones fail to launch. (And our
parallel-query infrastructure utterly fails to deal with the case
in a reasonable way --- it just hangs waiting for workers that are
not going to arrive. There is more work needed in that area IMO.)
* Autovacuum ceases to function. We can tolerate that for awhile,
but if bulk-update queries continue to run in the surviving client
sessions, there's eventually going to be a mess. In the worst case
the system could reach a forced shutdown to prevent XID wraparound.
* The bgwriter and walwriter are also stopped immediately, likely
resulting in performance degradation.
Hence, let's rearrange things so that the only immediate change in
behavior is refusing to let in new normal connections. Once the last
normal connection is gone, shut everything down as though we'd received
a "fast" shutdown. To implement this, remove the PM_WAIT_BACKUP and
PM_WAIT_READONLY states, instead staying in PM_RUN or PM_HOT_STANDBY
while normal connections remain. A subsidiary state variable tracks
whether or not we're letting in new connections in those states.
This also allows having just one copy of the logic for killing child
processes in smart and fast shutdown modes. I moved that logic into
PostmasterStateMachine() by inventing a new state PM_STOP_BACKENDS.
Back-patch to 9.6 where parallel query was added. In principle
this'd be a good idea in 9.5 as well, but the risk/reward ratio
is not as good there, since lack of autovacuum is not a problem
during typical uses of smart shutdown.
Per report from Bharath Rupireddy.
Patch by me, reviewed by Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACXAZ5vKxT9P7P89D87i3MDO9bfS+_bjMHgnWJs8uwUOOw@mail.gmail.com
Now that xmin isn't needed for GetSnapshotData() anymore, it leads to
unnecessary cacheline ping-pong to have it in PGXACT, as it is updated
considerably more frequently than the other PGXACT members.
After the changes in dc7420c2c9, this is a very straight-forward change.
For highly concurrent, snapshot acquisition heavy, workloads this change alone
can significantly increase scalability. E.g. plain pgbench on a smaller 2
socket machine gains 1.07x for read-only pgbench, 1.22x for read-only pgbench
when submitting queries in batches of 100, and 2.85x for batches of 100
'SELECT';. The latter numbers are obviously not to be expected in the
real-world, but micro-benchmark the snapshot computation
scalability (previously spending ~80% of the time in GetSnapshotData()).
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
To make GetSnapshotData() more scalable, it cannot not look at at each proc's
xmin: While snapshot contents do not need to change whenever a read-only
transaction commits or a snapshot is released, a proc's xmin is modified in
those cases. The frequency of xmin modifications leads to, particularly on
higher core count systems, many cache misses inside GetSnapshotData(), despite
the data underlying a snapshot not changing. That is the most
significant source of GetSnapshotData() scaling poorly on larger systems.
Without accessing xmins, GetSnapshotData() cannot calculate accurate horizons /
thresholds as it has so far. But we don't really have to: The horizons don't
actually change that much between GetSnapshotData() calls. Nor are the horizons
actually used every time a snapshot is built.
The trick this commit introduces is to delay computation of accurate horizons
until there use and using horizon boundaries to determine whether accurate
horizons need to be computed.
The use of RecentGlobal[Data]Xmin to decide whether a row version could be
removed has been replaces with new GlobalVisTest* functions. These use two
thresholds to determine whether a row can be pruned:
1) definitely_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs >= definitely_needed
are definitely still visible.
2) maybe_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs < maybe_needed can
definitely be removed
GetSnapshotData() updates definitely_needed to be the xmin of the computed
snapshot.
When testing whether a row can be removed (with GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid())
and the tested XID falls in between the two (i.e. XID >= maybe_needed && XID <
definitely_needed) the boundaries can be recomputed to be more accurate. As it
is not cheap to compute accurate boundaries, we limit the number of times that
happens in short succession. As the boundaries used by
GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid() are never reset (with maybe_needed updated by
GetSnapshotData()), it is likely that further test can benefit from an earlier
computation of accurate horizons.
To avoid regressing performance when old_snapshot_threshold is set (as that
requires an accurate horizon to be computed), heap_page_prune_opt() doesn't
unconditionally call TransactionIdLimitedForOldSnapshots() anymore. Both the
computation of the limited horizon, and the triggering of errors (with
SetOldSnapshotThresholdTimestamp()) is now only done when necessary to remove
tuples.
This commit just removes the accesses to PGXACT->xmin from
GetSnapshotData(), but other members of PGXACT residing in the same
cache line are accessed. Therefore this in itself does not result in a
significant improvement. Subsequent commits will take advantage of the
fact that GetSnapshotData() now does not need to access xmins anymore.
Note: This contains a workaround in heap_page_prune_opt() to keep the
snapshot_too_old tests working. While that workaround is ugly, the tests
currently are not meaningful, and it seems best to address them separately.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
The reason for doing so is that a subsequent commit will need that to
avoid wraparound issues. As the subsequent change is large this was
split out for easier review.
The reason this is not a perfect straight-forward change is that we do
not want track 64bit xids in the procarray or the WAL. Therefore we
need to advance lastestCompletedXid in relation to 32 bit xids. The
code for that is now centralized in MaintainLatestCompletedXid*.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro, Robert Haas, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
Including Full in variable names duplicates the type information and
leads to overly long names. As FullTransactionId cannot accidentally
be casted to TransactionId that does not seem necessary.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200724011143.jccsyvsvymuiqfxu@alap3.anarazel.de
They are equivalent, except that StrNCpy() zero-fills the entire
destination buffer instead of providing just one trailing zero. For
all but a tiny number of callers, that's just overhead rather than
being desirable.
Remove StrNCpy() as it is now unused.
In some cases, namestrcpy() is the more appropriate function to use.
While we're here, simplify the API of namestrcpy(): Remove the return
value, don't check for NULL input. Nothing was using that anyway.
Also, remove a few unused name-related functions.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/44f5e198-36f6-6cdb-7fa9-60e34784daae%402ndquadrant.com
Any libpq client can use the header. Clients include backend components
postgres_fdw, dblink, and logical replication apply worker. Back-patch
to v10, because another fix needs this. In released branches, just copy
the header and keep the original.
Instead of serializing the transaction to disk after reaching the
logical_decoding_work_mem limit in memory, we consume the changes we have
in memory and invoke stream API methods added by commit 45fdc9738b.
However, sometimes if we have incomplete toast or speculative insert we
spill to the disk because we can't generate the complete tuple and stream.
And, as soon as we get the complete tuple we stream the transaction
including the serialized changes.
We can do this incremental processing thanks to having assignments
(associating subxact with toplevel xacts) in WAL right away, and
thanks to logging the invalidation messages at each command end. These
features are added by commits 0bead9af48 and c55040ccd0 respectively.
Now that we can stream in-progress transactions, the concurrent aborts
may cause failures when the output plugin consults catalogs (both system
and user-defined).
We handle such failures by returning ERRCODE_TRANSACTION_ROLLBACK
sqlerrcode from system table scan APIs to the backend or WALSender
decoding a specific uncommitted transaction. The decoding logic on the
receipt of such a sqlerrcode aborts the decoding of the current
transaction and continue with the decoding of other transactions.
We have ReorderBufferTXN pointer in each ReorderBufferChange by which we
know which xact it belongs to. The output plugin can use this to decide
which changes to discard in case of stream_abort_cb (e.g. when a subxact
gets discarded).
We also provide a new option via SQL APIs to fetch the changes being
streamed.
Author: Dilip Kumar, Tomas Vondra, Amit Kapila, Nikhil Sontakke
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh, Ajin Cherian
Tested-by: Neha Sharma, Mahendra Singh Thalor and Ajin Cherian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
This allows AM-specific knowledge to be applied during creation of
pg_amop and pg_amproc entries. Specifically, the AM knows better than
core code which entries to consider as required or optional. Giving
the latter entries the appropriate sort of dependency allows them to
be dropped without taking out the whole opclass or opfamily; which
is something we'd like to have to correct obsolescent entries in
extensions.
This callback also opens the door to performing AM-specific validity
checks during opclass creation, rather than hoping than an opclass
developer will remember to test with "amvalidate". For the most part
I've not actually added any such checks yet; that can happen in a
follow-on patch. (Note that we shouldn't remove any tests from
"amvalidate", as those are still needed to cross-check manually
constructed entries in the initdb data. So adding tests to
"amadjustmembers" will be somewhat duplicative, but it seems like
a good idea anyway.)
Patch by me, reviewed by Alexander Korotkov, Hamid Akhtar, and
Anastasia Lubennikova.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4578.1565195302@sss.pgh.pa.us
When reading the code it's not obvious when one should prefer dynahash
over simplehash and vice-versa, so, for programmer-friendliness, add
comments to inform that decision.
Show sample simplehash method signatures.
Author: James Coleman <jtc331@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe_dOF39gAJ8rL-a3YO3Qo96MHMRQ2whFjK5ZcU6YvMQSA%40mail.gmail.com
Create an optional region in the main shared memory segment that can be
used to acquire and release "fast" DSM segments, and can benefit from
huge pages allocated at cluster startup time, if configured. Fall back
to the existing mechanisms when that space is full. The size is
controlled by a new GUC min_dynamic_shared_memory, defaulting to 0.
Main region DSM segments initially contain whatever garbage the memory
held last time they were used, rather than zeroes. That change revealed
that DSA areas failed to initialize themselves correctly in memory that
wasn't zeroed first, so fix that problem.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLAE2QBv-WgGp%2BD9P_J-%3Dyne3zof9nfMaqq1h3EGHFXYQ%40mail.gmail.com
Avoid repeatedly calling lseek(SEEK_END) during recovery by caching
the size of each fork. For now, we can't use the same technique in
other processes, because we lack a shared invalidation mechanism.
Do this by generalizing the pre-existing caching used by FSM and VM
to support all forks.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D3SSw-Ty1DFcK%3D1rU-K6GSzYzfdD4d%2BZwapdN7dTa6%3DnQ%40mail.gmail.com
For pg_attribute, this allows to insert at once a full set of attributes
for a relation (roughly 15% of WAL reduction in extreme cases). For
pg_shdepend, this reduces the work done when creating new shared
dependencies from a database template. The number of slots used for the
insertion is capped at 64kB of data inserted for both, depending on the
number of items to insert and the length of the rows involved.
More can be done for other catalogs, like pg_depend. This part requires
a different approach as the number of slots to use depends also on the
number of entries discarded as pinned dependencies. This is also
related to the rework or dependency handling for ALTER TABLE and CREATE
TABLE, mainly.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190213182737.mxn6hkdxwrzgxk35@alap3.anarazel.de
Create LatchWaitSet at backend startup time, and use it to implement
WaitLatch(). This avoids repeated epoll/kqueue setup and teardown
system calls.
Reorder SubPostmasterMain() slightly so that we restore the postmaster
pipe and Windows signal emulation before we reach InitPostmasterChild(),
to make this work in EXEC_BACKEND builds.
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJAC4Oqao%3DqforhNey20J8CiG2R%3DoBPqvfR0vOJrFysGw%40mail.gmail.com
Add a GUC that acts as a multiplier on work_mem. It gets applied when
sizing executor node hash tables that were previously size constrained
using work_mem alone.
The new GUC can be used to preferentially give hash-based nodes more
memory than the generic work_mem limit. It is intended to enable admin
tuning of the executor's memory usage. Overall system throughput and
system responsiveness can be improved by giving hash-based executor
nodes more memory (especially over sort-based alternatives, which are
often much less sensitive to being memory constrained).
The default value for hash_mem_multiplier is 1.0, which is also the
minimum valid value. This means that hash-based nodes continue to apply
work_mem in the traditional way by default.
hash_mem_multiplier is generally useful. However, it is being added now
due to concerns about hash aggregate performance stability for users
that upgrade to Postgres 13 (which added disk-based hash aggregation in
commit 1f39bce0). While the old hash aggregate behavior risked
out-of-memory errors, it is nevertheless likely that many users actually
benefited. Hash agg's previous indifference to work_mem during query
execution was not just faster; it also accidentally made aggregation
resilient to grouping estimate problems (at least in cases where this
didn't create destabilizing memory pressure).
hash_mem_multiplier can provide a certain kind of continuity with the
behavior of Postgres 12 hash aggregates in cases where the planner
incorrectly estimates that all groups (plus related allocations) will
fit in work_mem/hash_mem. This seems necessary because hash-based
aggregation is usually much slower when only a small fraction of all
groups can fit. Even when it isn't possible to totally avoid hash
aggregates that spill, giving hash aggregation more memory will reliably
improve performance (the same cannot be said for external sort
operations, which appear to be almost unaffected by memory availability
provided it's at least possible to get a single merge pass).
The PostgreSQL 13 release notes should advise users that increasing
hash_mem_multiplier can help with performance regressions associated
with hash aggregation. That can be taken care of by a later commit.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Álvaro Herrera, Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200625203629.7m6yvut7eqblgmfo@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmD%2Bi1pG6rc1%2BCjc4V6EaFJ_qSuKCCHVnH%3DoruqD-zqow%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 13-, where disk-based hash aggregation was introduced.
When fast promotion was supported in 9.3, non-fast promotion became
undocumented feature and it's basically not available for ordinary users.
However we decided not to remove non-fast promotion at that moment,
to leave it for a release or two for debugging purpose or as an emergency
method because fast promotion might have some issues, and then to
remove it later. Now, several versions were released since that decision
and there is no longer reason to keep supporting non-fast promotion.
Therefore this commit removes non-fast promotion.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Hamid Akhtar, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/76066434-648f-f567-437b-54853b43398f@oss.nttdata.com
Use HyperLogLog to estimate the group cardinality in a spilled
partition. This estimate is used to choose the number of partitions if
we recurse.
The previous behavior was to use the number of tuples in a spilled
partition as the estimate for the number of groups, which lead to
overpartitioning. That could cause the number of batches to be much
higher than expected (with each batch being very small), which made it
harder to interpret EXPLAIN ANALYZE results.
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a856635f9284bc36f7a77d02f47bbb6aaf7b59b3.camel@j-davis.com
Backpatch-through: 13
This adds seven methods to the output plugin API, adding support for
streaming changes of large in-progress transactions.
* stream_start
* stream_stop
* stream_abort
* stream_commit
* stream_change
* stream_message
* stream_truncate
Most of this is a simple extension of the existing methods, with
the semantic difference that the transaction (or subtransaction)
is incomplete and may be aborted later (which is something the
regular API does not really need to deal with).
This also extends the 'test_decoding' plugin, implementing these
new stream methods.
The stream_start/start_stop are used to demarcate a chunk of changes
streamed for a particular toplevel transaction.
This commit simply adds these new APIs and the upcoming patch to "allow
the streaming mode in ReorderBuffer" will use these APIs.
Author: Tomas Vondra, Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Neha Sharma and Mahendra Singh Thalor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
Note: This GUC was originally named enable_hashagg_disk when it appeared
in commit 1f39bce0, which added disk-based hash aggregation. It was
subsequently renamed in commit 92c58fd9.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Jeff Davis, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d9d1e1252a52ea1bad84ea40dbebfd54e672a0f.camel%40j-davis.com
Backpatch: 13-, where disk-based hash aggregation was introduced.
Previously we would allocate blocks to parallel workers during a parallel
sequential scan 1 block at a time. Since other workers were likely to
request a block before a worker returns for another block number to work
on, this could lead to non-sequential I/O patterns in each worker which
could cause the operating system's readahead to perform poorly or not at
all.
Here we change things so that we allocate consecutive "chunks" of blocks
to workers and have them work on those until they're done, at which time
we allocate another chunk for the worker. The size of these chunks is
based on the size of the relation.
Initial patch here was by Thomas Munro which showed some good improvements
just having a fixed chunk size of 64 blocks with a simple ramp-down near
the end of the scan. The revisions of the patch to make the chunk size
based on the relation size and the adjusted ramp-down in powers of two was
done by me, along with quite extensive benchmarking to determine the
optimal chunk sizes.
For the most part, benchmarks have shown significant performance
improvements for large parallel sequential scans on Linux, FreeBSD and
Windows using SSDs. It's less clear how this affects the performance of
cloud providers. Tests done so far are unable to obtain stable enough
performance to provide meaningful benchmark results. It is possible that
this could cause some performance regressions on more obscure filesystems,
so we may need to later provide users with some ability to get something
closer to the old behavior. For now, let's leave that until we see that
it's really required.
Author: Thomas Munro, David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Ranier Vilela, Soumyadeep Chakraborty, Robert Haas
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kirk Jamison
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJ_EErDv41YycXcbMbCBkztA34+z1ts9VQH+ACRuvpxig@mail.gmail.com
Making these leakproof seems helpful since (for example) if you have a
function f(int8) that is leakproof, you don't want it to effectively
become non-leakproof when you apply it to an int4 or int2 column.
But that's what happens today, since the implicit up-coercion will
not be leakproof.
Most of the coercion functions that visibly can't throw errors are
functions that convert numeric datatypes to other, wider ones.
Notable is that float4_numeric and float8_numeric can be marked
leakproof; before commit a57d312a7 they could not have been.
I also marked the functions that coerce strings to "name" as leakproof;
that's okay today because they truncate silently, but if we ever
reconsidered that behavior then they could no longer be leakproof.
I desisted from marking rtrim1() as leakproof; it appears so right now,
but the code seems a little too complex and perhaps subject to change,
since it's shared with other SQL functions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/459322.1595607431@sss.pgh.pa.us
It's fairly silly that ignoring NOT subexpressions is TS_execute's
default behavior. It's wrong on its face and it encourages errors
of omission. Moreover, the only two remaining callers that aren't
specifying CALC_NOT are in ts_headline calculations, and it's very
arguable that those are bugs: if you've specified "!foo" in your
query, why would you want to get a headline that includes "foo"?
Hence, rip that out and change the default behavior to be to calculate
NOT accurately. As a concession to the slim chance that there is still
somebody somewhere who needs the incorrect behavior, provide a new
SKIP_NOT flag to explicitly request that.
Back-patch into v13, mainly because it seems better to change this
at the same time as the previous commit's rejiggering of TS_execute
related APIs. Any outside callers affected by this change are
probably also affected by that one.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALT9ZEE-aLotzBg-pOp2GFTesGWVYzXA3=mZKzRDa_OKnLF7Mg@mail.gmail.com
Text search sometimes failed to find valid matches, for instance
'!crew:A'::tsquery might fail to locate 'crew:1B'::tsvector during
an index search. The root of the issue is that TS_execute's callback
functions were not changed to use ternary (yes/no/maybe) reporting
when we made the search logic itself do so. It's somewhat annoying
to break that API, but on the other hand we now see that any code
using plain boolean logic is almost certainly broken since the
addition of phrase search. There seem to be very few outside callers
of this code anyway, so we'll just break them intentionally to get
them to adapt.
This allows removal of tsginidx.c's private re-implementation of
TS_execute, since that's now entirely duplicative. It's also no
longer necessary to avoid use of CALC_NOT in tsgistidx.c, since
the underlying callbacks can now do something reasonable.
Back-patch into v13. We can't change this in stable branches,
but it seems not quite too late to fix it in v13.
Tom Lane and Pavel Borisov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALT9ZEE-aLotzBg-pOp2GFTesGWVYzXA3=mZKzRDa_OKnLF7Mg@mail.gmail.com
When wal_level=logical, write invalidations at command end into WAL so
that decoding can use this information.
This patch is required to allow the streaming of in-progress transactions
in logical decoding. The actual work to allow streaming will be committed
as a separate patch.
We still add the invalidations to the cache and write them to WAL at
commit time in RecordTransactionCommit(). This uses the existing
XLOG_INVALIDATIONS xlog record type, from the RM_STANDBY_ID resource
manager (see LogStandbyInvalidations for details).
So existing code relying on those invalidations (e.g. redo) does not need
to be changed.
The invalidations written at command end uses a new xlog record type
XLOG_XACT_INVALIDATIONS, from RM_XACT_ID resource manager. See
LogLogicalInvalidations for details.
These new xlog records are ignored by existing redo procedures, which
still rely on the invalidations written to commit records.
The invalidations are decoded and accumulated in top-transaction, and then
executed during replay. This obviates the need to decode the
invalidations as part of a commit record.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC, since this introduces XLOG_XACT_INVALIDATIONS.
Author: Dilip Kumar, Tomas Vondra, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Neha Sharma and Mahendra Singh Thalor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
Add infinities that behave the same as they do in the floating-point
data types. Aside from any intrinsic usefulness these may have,
this closes an important gap in our ability to convert floating
values to numeric and/or replace float-based APIs with numeric.
The new values are represented by bit patterns that were formerly
not used (although old code probably would take them for NaNs).
So there shouldn't be any pg_upgrade hazard.
Patch by me, reviewed by Dean Rasheed and Andrew Gierth
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/606717.1591924582@sss.pgh.pa.us
Holding just a buffer pin (with no buffer lock) on an nbtree buffer/page
provides very weak guarantees, especially compared to heapam, where it's
often safe to read a page while only holding a buffer pin. This commit
has Valgrind enforce the following rule: it is never okay to access an
nbtree buffer without holding both a pin and a lock on the buffer.
A draft version of this patch detected questionable code that was
cleaned up by commits fa7ff642 and 7154aa16. The code in question used
to access an nbtree buffer page's special/opaque area with no buffer
lock (only a buffer pin). This practice (which isn't obviously unsafe)
is hereby formally disallowed in nbtree. There doesn't seem to be any
reason to allow it, and banning it keeps things simple for Valgrind.
The new checks are implemented by adding custom nbtree client requests
(located in LockBuffer() wrapper functions); these requests are
"superimposed" on top of the generic bufmgr.c Valgrind client requests
added by commit 1e0dfd16. No custom resource management cleanup code is
needed to undo the effects of marking buffers as non-accessible under
this scheme.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Anastasia Lubennikova, Georgios Kokolatos
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkLgyN3zBvRZ1pkNJThC=xi_0gpWRUb_45eexLH1+k2_Q@mail.gmail.com
The bug fixed in commit 72eab84a5 would not have occurred if initdb
had a less surprising rule about which columns should be marked
NOT NULL by default. Let's make that rule be strictly that the
column must be fixed-width and its predecessors must be fixed-width
and NOT NULL, removing the hacky and unsafe exceptions for oidvector
and int2vector.
Since we do still want all existing oidvector and int2vector columns
to be marked NOT NULL, we have to put BKI_FORCE_NOT_NULL labels on
them. But making this less magic and more documented seems like a
good idea, even if it's a shade more verbose.
I didn't bump catversion since the initial catalog contents are
not actually changed by this patch. Note however that the
contents of postgres.bki do change, and feeding an old copy of
that to a new backend will produce wrong results.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/204760.1595181800@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is more consistent with the IEEE 754 spec and our treatment of
NaNs elsewhere; in particular, the case has always acted that way in
"numeric" arithmetic.
Noted by Dean Rasheed.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3421746.1594927785@sss.pgh.pa.us
The code has always set this column to NULL when it's not valid,
but the catalog header's description failed to reflect that,
as did the SGML docs, as did some of the code. To prevent future
coding errors of the same ilk, let's hide the field from C code
as though it were variable-length (which, in a sense, it is).
As with commit 72eab84a5, we can only fix this cleanly in HEAD
and v13; the problem extends further back but we'll need some
klugery in the released branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/367660.1595202498@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit b9c130a1f failed to apply the publisher-to-subscriber column
mapping while checking which columns were updated. Perhaps less
significantly, it didn't exclude dropped columns either. This could
result in an incorrect updated-columns bitmap and thus wrong decisions
about whether to fire column-specific triggers on the subscriber while
applying updates. In HEAD (since commit 9de77b545), it could also
result in accesses off the end of the colstatus array, as detected by
buildfarm member skink. Fix the logic, and adjust 003_constraints.pl
so that the problem is exposed in unpatched code.
In HEAD, also add some assertions to check that we don't access off
the ends of these newly variable-sized arrays.
Back-patch to v10, as b9c130a1f was.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=79hKQ4++c5A060RYbjTHgiYTHz=fw6mptCtgghH2gJA@mail.gmail.com
max_slot_wal_keep_size that was added in v13 and wal_keep_segments are
the GUC parameters to specify how much WAL files to retain for
the standby servers. While max_slot_wal_keep_size accepts the number of
bytes of WAL files, wal_keep_segments accepts the number of WAL files.
This difference of setting units between those similar parameters could
be confusing to users.
To alleviate this situation, this commit renames wal_keep_segments to
wal_keep_size, and make users specify the WAL size in it instead of
the number of WAL files.
There was also the idea to rename max_slot_wal_keep_size to
max_slot_wal_keep_segments, in the discussion. But we have been moving
away from measuring in segments, for example, checkpoint_segments was
replaced by max_wal_size. So we concluded to rename wal_keep_segments
to wal_keep_size.
Back-patch to v13 where max_slot_wal_keep_size was added.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, David Steele
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/574b4ea3-e0f9-b175-ead2-ebea7faea855@oss.nttdata.com
The logical decoding infrastructure needs to know which top-level
transaction the subxact belongs to, in order to decode all the
changes. Until now that might be delayed until commit, due to the
caching (GPROC_MAX_CACHED_SUBXIDS), preventing features requiring
incremental decoding.
So we also write the assignment info into WAL immediately, as part
of the next WAL record (to minimize overhead) only when wal_level=logical.
We can not remove the existing XLOG_XACT_ASSIGNMENT WAL as that is
required for avoiding overflow in the hot standby snapshot.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC, since this introduces XLR_BLOCK_ID_TOPLEVEL_XID.
Author: Tomas Vondra, Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Neha Sharma and Mahendra Singh Thalor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
There was no easy way to find how many times generic and custom plans
have been executed for a prepared statement. This commit exposes those
numbers of times in pg_prepared_statements view.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Tatsuro Yamada, Masahiro Ikeda, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACZ0uYHZ4M=NZpofH6JuPHeX=__5xcDELF8hT8_2T+R55w4RQw@mail.gmail.com
Due to the layout of this catalog, subslotname has to be explicitly
marked BKI_FORCE_NULL, else initdb will default to the assumption
that it's non-nullable. Since, in fact, CREATE/ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
will store null values there, the existing marking is just wrong,
and has been since this catalog was invented.
We haven't noticed because not much in the system actually depends
on attnotnull being truthful. However, JIT'ed tuple deconstruction
does depend on that in some cases, allowing crashes or wrong answers
in queries that inspect pg_subscription. Commit 9de77b545 quite
accidentally exposed this on the buildfarm members that force JIT
activation.
Back-patch to v13. The problem goes further back, but we cannot
force initdb in released branches, so some klugier solution will
be needed there. Before working on that, push this simple fix
to try to get the buildfarm back to green.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4118109.1595096139@sss.pgh.pa.us
This header hasn't changed recently, so the fact that it now fails
headerscheck/cpluspluscheck testing must be due to changes in what
it includes. Probably f21916791 is to blame, but I didn't try to
verify that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3699703.1595016554@sss.pgh.pa.us
This patch adds a "binary" option to CREATE/ALTER SUBSCRIPTION.
When that's set, the publisher will send data using the data type's
typsend function if any, rather than typoutput. This is generally
faster, if slightly less robust.
As committed, we won't try to transfer user-defined array or composite
types in binary, for fear that type OIDs won't match at the subscriber.
This might be changed later, but it seems like fit material for a
follow-on patch.
Dave Cramer, reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson, Petr Jelinek, and others;
adjusted some by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADK3HH+R3xMn=8t3Ct+uD+qJ1KD=Hbif5NFMJ+d5DkoCzp6Vgw@mail.gmail.com
Teach Valgrind memcheck to maintain the "defined-ness" of each shared
buffer based on whether the backend holds at least one pin at the point
it is accessed by access method code. Bugs like the one fixed by commit
b0229f26 can be detected using this new instrumentation.
Note that backends running with Valgrind naturally have their own
independent ideas about whether any given byte in shared memory is safe
or unsafe to access. There is no risk that concurrent access by
multiple backends to the same shared memory will confuse Valgrind's
instrumentation, because everything already works at the process level
(or at the memory mapping level, if you prefer).
Author: Álvaro Herrera, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20150723195349.GW5596@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkLgyN3zBvRZ1pkNJThC=xi_0gpWRUb_45eexLH1+k2_Q@mail.gmail.com
This representation saves 8 bytes per tuple compared to HeapTuple, and
avoids the need to allocate, copy and free on the receiving side.
Gather can emit the returned MinimalTuple directly, but GatherMerge now
needs to make an explicit copy because it buffers multiple tuples at a
time. That should be no worse than before.
Reviewed-by: Soumyadeep Chakraborty <soumyadeep2007@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2B8T_ggoUTAE-U%3DA%2BOcPc4%3DB0nPPHcSfffuQhvXXjML6w%40mail.gmail.com
When using the following functions, users could see various types of
errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that
can only be used for internal errors:
* pg_describe_object()
* pg_identify_object()
* pg_identify_object_as_address()
The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made
smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to
control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL
functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is
missing.
Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where
these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache
lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the
object type requested).
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson,
Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
Three groups of issues needed to be addressed:
load_external_function() and related functions returned PGFunction,
even though not necessarily all callers are looking for a function of
type PGFunction. Since these functions are really just wrappers
around dlsym(), change to return void * just like dlsym().
In dynahash.c, we are using strlcpy() where a function with a
signature like memcpy() is expected. This should be safe, as the new
comment there explains, but the cast needs to be augmented to avoid
the warning.
In PL/Python, methods all need to be cast to PyCFunction, per Python
API, but this now runs afoul of these warnings. (This issue also
exists in core CPython.)
To fix the second and third case, we add a new type pg_funcptr_t that
is defined specifically so that gcc accepts it as a special function
pointer that can be cast to any other function pointer without the
warning.
Also add -Wcast-function-type to the standard warning flags, subject
to configure check.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1e97628e-6447-b4fd-e230-d109cec2d584%402ndquadrant.com
Incorrect function names were referenced. As this fixes some portions
of tableam.h, that is mentioned in the docs as something to look at when
implementing a table AM, backpatch down to 12 where this has been
introduced.
Author: Hironobu Suzuki
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8fe6d672-28dd-3f1d-7aed-ac2f6d599d3f@interdb.jp
Backpatch-through: 12
The stats with this commit was available only for WALSenders, however,
users might want to see for backends doing logical decoding via SQL API.
Then, users might want to reset and access these stats across server
restart which was not possible with the current patch.
List of commits reverted:
caa3c4242c Don't call elog() while holding spinlock.
e641b2a995 Doc: Update the documentation for spilled transaction
statistics.
5883f5fe27 Fix unportable printf format introduced in commit 9290ad198.
9290ad198b Track statistics for spilling of changes from ReorderBuffer.
Additionaly, remove the release notes entry for this feature.
Backpatch-through: 13, where it was introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k5_pPAYRTDrO2PbtTOe0eHQpBvuqmCr8ic39uTNmR49Eg@mail.gmail.com
This includes two changes:
- Addition of a new function pg_xact_commit_timestamp_origin() able, for
a given transaction ID, to return the commit timestamp and replication
origin of this transaction. An equivalent function existed in
pglogical.
- Addition of the replication origin to pg_last_committed_xact().
The commit timestamp manager includes already APIs able to return the
replication origin of a transaction on top of its commit timestamp, but
the code paths for replication origins were never stressed as those
functions have never looked for a replication origin, and the SQL
functions available have never included this information since their
introduction in 73c986a.
While on it, refactor a test of modules/commit_ts/ to use tstzrange() to
check that a transaction timestamp is within the wanted range, making
the test a bit easier to read.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Movead Li
Reviewed-by: Madan Kumar, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2020051116430836450630@highgo.ca
"relkind" normally refers to the char field from pg_class. However, in
the parse nodes AlterTableStmt and CreateTableAsStmt, "relkind" was used
for a field of type enum ObjectType, that could refer to other object
types than those possible for a relkind. Such fields being usually
named "objtype", switch the name in both structures to make things more
consistent. Note that this led to some confusion in functions that
also operate on a RangeTableEntry object, which also has a field named
"relkind".
This naming goes back to commit 09d4e96, where only OBJECT_TABLE and
OBJECT_INDEX were used. This got extended later to use as well
OBJECT_TYPE with e440e12, not really a relation kind.
Author: Mark Dilger
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/609181AE-E399-47C7-9221-856E0F96BF93@enterprisedb.com
Commit f7f70d5e2 left one inconsistency behind: we're still creating
pg_type entries for the composite types of sequences and toast tables,
but not arrays over those composites. But there seems precious little
reason to have named composite types for toast tables, and not much more
to have them for sequences (especially given the thought that sequences
may someday not be standalone relations at all).
So, let's close that inconsistency by removing these composite types,
rather than adding arrays for them. This buys back a little bit of
the initial pg_type bloat added by the previous patch, and could be
a significant savings in a large database with many toast tables.
Aside from a small logic rearrangement in heap_create_with_catalog,
this patch mostly needs to clean up some places that were assuming that
pg_class.reltype always has a valid value. Those are really pre-existing
bugs, given that it's documented otherwise; notably, the plpgsql changes
fix code that gives "cache lookup failed for type 0" on indexes today.
But none of these seem interesting enough to back-patch.
Also, remove the pg_dump/pg_upgrade infrastructure for propagating
a toast table's pg_type OID into the new database, since we no longer
need that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/761F1389-C6A8-4C15-80CE-950C961F5341@gmail.com
The previous definition of the column was almost universally disliked,
so provide this updated definition which is more useful for monitoring
purposes: a large positive value is good, while zero or a negative value
means danger. This should be operationally more convenient.
Backpatch to 13, where the new column to pg_replication_slots (and the
feature it represents) were added.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reported-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9ddfbf8c-2f67-904d-44ed-cf8bc5916228@oss.nttdata.com
When we invented arrays of composite types (commit bc8036fc6),
we excluded system catalogs, basically just on the grounds of not
wanting to bloat pg_type. However, it's definitely inconsistent that
catalogs' composite types can't be put into arrays when others can.
Another problem is that the exclusion is done by checking
IsUnderPostmaster in heap_create_with_catalog, which means that
(1) If a user tries to create a table in single-user mode, it doesn't
get an array type. That's bad in itself, plus it breaks pg_upgrade.
(2) If someone drops and recreates a system view or information_schema
view (as we occasionally recommend doing), it will now have an array
type where it did not before, making for still more inconsistency.
So this is all pretty messy. Let's just get rid of the inconsistency
and decree that system-created relations should have array types if
similar user-created ones would, i.e. it only depends on the relkind.
As of HEAD, that means that the initial contents of pg_type grow from
411 rows to 605, which is a lot of growth percentage-wise, but it's
still quite a small catalog compared to others.
Wenjing Zeng, reviewed by Shawn Wang, further hacking by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/761F1389-C6A8-4C15-80CE-950C961F5341@gmail.com
This introduces a new set of extended routines for procedure and
operator name lookups, with a flag bitmask argument that can modify the
result. The following options are available:
- Force schema qualification, ignoring search_path. This is similar to
the existing option for format_{operator|procedure}_qualified().
- Force NULL as result instead of a numeric OID for an undefined
object. This option is new.
This is a refactoring similar to 1185c78, that will be used for a future
patch to improve the SQL functions providing information using object
addresses for undefined objects.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson,
Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
If a type scanned is undefined, type format routines have two behaviors
depending on if FORMAT_TYPE_ALLOW_INVALID is used by the caller or not:
- Issue a cache lookup error
- Return an undefined type name "???", "???[]" or "-"
The current interface is not really helpful for callers willing to
format properly a type name, but still make sure that the type is
defined as there could be types matching the strings generated when
looking for an undefined type, even if that should not be a problem in
practice. In order to counter that, add a new flag called
FORMAT_TYPE_INVALID_AS_NULL that returns a NULL result instead of "???
or "-" which does not generate an error. This flag will be used in a
follow-up patch improving the set of SQL functions showing information
for object addresses when it comes to undefined objects.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson,
Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
src/backend/replication/README includes since 32bc08b a basic
description of the WAL receiver hooks available in walreceiver.h for a
module like libpqwalreceiver, but the README has never been updated to
reflect changes done to the hooks, so the contents of the README have
rotten with the time. This commit moves the description from the README
to walreceiver.h, where it will be hard to miss that a description
update or addition is needed depending on the modifications done to the
hooks.
Each hook now includes a description of what it does in walreceiver.h,
and the replication's README mentions walreceiver.h.
Thanks also to Amit Kapila for the discussion.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200502024606.GA471944@paquier.xyz
OpenSSL's native reports about problems related to protocol version
restrictions are pretty opaque and inconsistent. When we get an
SSL error that is plausibly due to this, emit a hint message that
includes the range of SSL protocol versions we (think we) are
allowing. This should at least get the user thinking in the right
direction to resolve the problem, even if the hint isn't totally
accurate, which it might not be for assorted reasons.
Back-patch to v13 where we increased the default minimum protocol
version, thereby increasing the risk of this class of failure.
Patch by me, reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a9408304-4381-a5af-d259-e55d349ae4ce@2ndquadrant.com
Commit 0d861bbb, which added deduplication to nbtree, had
_bt_check_unique() pass a TID to table_index_fetch_tuple_check() that
isn't safe to mutate. table_index_fetch_tuple_check()'s tid argument is
modified when the TID in question is not the latest visible tuple in a
hot chain, though this wasn't documented.
To fix, go back to using a local copy of the TID in _bt_check_unique(),
and update comments above table_index_fetch_tuple_check().
Backpatch: 13-, where B-Tree deduplication was introduced.
In pg_replication_slot, change output from normal/reserved/lost to
reserved/extended/unreserved/ lost, which better expresses the possible
states particularly near the time where segments are no longer safe but
checkpoint has not run yet.
Under the new definition, reserved means the slot is consuming WAL
that's still under the normal WAL size constraints; extended means it's
consuming WAL that's being protected by wal_keep_segments or the slot
itself, whose size is below max_slot_wal_keep_size; unreserved means the
WAL is no longer safe, but checkpoint has not yet removed those files.
Such as slot is in imminent danger, but can still continue for a little
while and may catch up to the reserved WAL space.
Also, there were some bugs in the calculations used to report the
status; fixed those.
Backpatch to 13.
Reported-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200616.120236.1809496990963386593.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
The function has been reading global variable forceSyncCommit, mirroring
the intent of the caller that passed forceSync=forceSyncCommit. The
other caller, RecordTransactionCommitPrepared(), passed false. Since
COMMIT PREPARED can't share a transaction with any command, it certainly
doesn't share a transaction with a command that sets forceSyncCommit.
Reviewed by Michael Paquier.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200617032615.GC2916904@rfd.leadboat.com
It was possible for deduplication's single value strategy to mistakenly
believe that a very small duplicate tuple counts as one of the six large
tuples that it aims to leave behind after the page finally splits. This
could cause slightly suboptimal space utilization with very low
cardinality indexes, though only under fairly narrow conditions.
To fix, be particular about what kind of tuple counts as a
maxpostingsize-capped tuple. This avoids confusion in the event of a
small tuple that gets "wedged" between two large tuples, where all
tuples on the page are duplicates of the same value.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=Y+sgSFc-O3LpiZX-POx2bC+okec2KafERHuzdVa7-rQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 13-, where deduplication was introduced (by commit 0d861bbb)
Since 1f39bce02, HashAgg nodes have had the ability to spill to disk when
memory consumption exceeds work_mem. That commit added new properties to
EXPLAIN ANALYZE to show the maximum memory usage and disk usage, however,
it didn't quite go as far as showing that information for parallel
workers. Since workers may have experienced something very different from
the main process, we should show this information per worker, as is done
in Sort.
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpEKbfZa18mM1TD7qV6PG+w97pwCWq5tVD0dX7e11gRJw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13, where the hashagg spilling code was added.
On platforms without support for 64bit atomic operations where we also
cannot rely on 64bit reads to have single copy atomicity, such atomics
are implemented using a spinlock based fallback. That means it's not
safe to even read such atomics from within a signal handler (since the
signal handler might run when the spinlock already is held).
To avoid this issue defer global barrier processing out of the signal
handler. Instead of checking local / shared barrier generation to
determine whether to set ProcSignalBarrierPending, introduce
PROCSIGNAL_BARRIER and always set ProcSignalBarrierPending when
receiving such a signal. Additionally avoid redundant work in
ProcessProcSignalBarrier if ProcSignalBarrierPending is unnecessarily.
Also do a small amount of other polishing.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200609193723.eu5ilsjxwdpyxhgz@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 13-, where the code was introduced.
Don't use fread(), since that doesn't necessarily set errno. We could
use read() instead, but it's even better to use pg_pread(), which
allows us to avoid some extra calls to seek to the desired location in
the file.
Also, advertise a wait event while reading from a file, as we do for
most other places where we're reading data from files.
Patch by me, reviewed by Hamid Akhtar.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobBw-3573vMosGj06r72ajHsYeKtksT_oTxH8XvTL7DxA@mail.gmail.com
Commit 72d422a522 made xlog.c call
sendTablespace() with the 'sizeonly' argument set to true, which
required basebackup.c to export sendTablespace(). However, that's
kind of ugly, so instead defer the call to sendTablespace() until
basebackup.c regains control. That way, it can still be a static
function.
Patch by me, reviewed by Amit Kapila and Kyotaro Horiguchi.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYq+59SJ2zBbP891ngWPA9fymOqntqYcweSDYXS2a620A@mail.gmail.com
Introduce TAR_BLOCK_SIZE and replace many instances of 512 with
the new constant. Introduce function tarPaddingBytesRequired
and use it to replace numerous repetitions of (x + 511) & ~511.
Add preprocessor guards against multiple inclusion to pgtar.h.
Reformat the prototype for tarCreateHeader so it doesn't extend
beyond 80 characters.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobWbfReO9-XFk8urR1K4wTNwqoHx_v56t7=T8KaiEoKNw@mail.gmail.com
Core by no means makes excessive use of these functions, but quite a large
number of those usages do require the caller to call strlen() on the
returned string. This is quite wasteful since these functions do already
have a good idea of the length of the string, so we might as well just
have them return that.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Gierth
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrm2A5x2uHYxsqriO2cUaGcFvND%2BksC9e7Tjep0t2RK_A%40mail.gmail.com
In passing, also remove a few surplus empty lines from pg_ltoa and
pg_ulltoa_n in numutils.c
Reported-by: Andrew Gierth
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87y2ou3xuh.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
Backpatch-through: 13, where these changes were introduced
plpgsql has always executed the query given in a RETURN QUERY command
by opening it as a cursor and then fetching a few rows at a time,
which it turns around and dumps into the function's result tuplestore.
The point of this was to keep from blowing out memory with an oversized
SPITupleTable result (note that while a tuplestore can spill tuples
to disk, SPITupleTable cannot). However, it's rather inefficient, both
because of extra data copying and because of executor entry/exit
overhead. In recent versions, a new performance problem has emerged:
use of a cursor prevents use of a parallel plan for the executed query.
We can improve matters by skipping use of a cursor and having the
executor push result tuples directly into the function's result
tuplestore. However, a moderate amount of new infrastructure is needed
to make that idea work:
* We can use the existing tstoreReceiver.c DestReceiver code to funnel
executor output to the tuplestore, but it has to be extended to support
plpgsql's requirement for possibly applying a tuple conversion map.
* SPI needs to be extended to allow use of a caller-supplied
DestReceiver instead of its usual receiver that puts tuples into
a SPITupleTable. Two new API calls are needed to handle both the
RETURN QUERY and RETURN QUERY EXECUTE cases.
I also felt that I didn't want these new API calls to use the legacy
method of specifying query parameter values with "char" null flags
(the old ' '/'n' convention); rather they should accept ParamListInfo
objects containing the parameter type and value info. This required
a bit of additional new infrastructure since we didn't yet have any
parse analysis callback that would interpret $N parameter symbols
according to type data supplied in a ParamListInfo. There seems to be
no harm in letting makeParamList install that callback by default,
rather than leaving a new ParamListInfo's parserSetup hook as NULL.
(Indeed, as of HEAD, I couldn't find anyplace that was using the
parserSetup field at all; plpgsql was using parserSetupArg for its
own purposes, but parserSetup seemed to be write-only.)
We can actually get plpgsql out of the business of using legacy null
flags altogether, and using ParamListInfo instead of its ad-hoc
PreparedParamsData structure; but this requires inventing one more
SPI API call that can replace SPI_cursor_open_with_args. That seems
worth doing, though.
SPI_execute_with_args and SPI_cursor_open_with_args are now unused
anywhere in the core PG distribution. Perhaps someday we could
deprecate/remove them. But cleaning up the crufty bits of the SPI
API is a task for a different patch.
Per bug #16040 from Jeremy Smith. This is unfortunately too invasive to
consider back-patching. Patch by me; thanks to Hamid Akhtar for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16040-eaacad11fecfb198@postgresql.org
Eliminate enable_groupingsets_hash_disk, which was primarily useful
for testing grouping sets that use HashAgg and spill. Instead, hack
the table stats to convince the planner to choose hashed aggregation
for grouping sets that will spill to disk. Suggested by Melanie
Plageman.
Rename enable_hashagg_disk to hashagg_avoid_disk_plan, and invert the
meaning of on/off. The new name indicates more strongly that it only
affects the planner. Also, the word "avoid" is less definite, which
should avoid surprises when HashAgg still needs to use the
disk. Change suggested by Justin Pryzby, though I chose a different
GUC name.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_aisiENMsPM2gC4oUY1hHG3yrCwY-fXUg22C6_MJUwQdA%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200610021544.GA14879@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 13
fe_archive.c was compiled only for the frontend in src/common/, but as
it will never share anything with the backend, it makes most sense to
move this file to src/fe_utils/.
Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e9766d71-8655-ac86-bdf6-77e0e7169977@2ndquadrant.com
Backpatch-through: 13
There are a number of Remove${Something}ById() functions that are
essentially identical in structure and only different in which catalog
they are working on. Refactor this to be one generic function. The
information about which oid column, index, etc. to use was already
available in ObjectProperty for most catalogs, in a few cases it was
easily added.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/331d9661-1743-857f-1cbb-d5728bcd62cb%402ndquadrant.com
Previously we used pg_atomic_write_64_impl inside
pg_atomic_init_u64. That works correctly, but on platforms without
64bit single copy atomicity it could trigger spurious valgrind errors
about uninitialized memory, because we use compare_and_swap for atomic
writes on such platforms.
I previously suppressed one instance of this problem (6c878edc1d),
but as Tom reports that wasn't enough. As the atomic variable cannot
yet be concurrently accessible during initialization, it seems better
to have pg_atomic_init_64_impl set the value directly.
Change pg_atomic_init_u32_impl for symmetry.
Reported-By: Tom Lane
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1714601.1591503815@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 9.5-
Since database connections can be used with WAL senders in 9.4, it is
possible to use physical replication. This commit fixes a crash when
starting physical replication with a WAL sender using a database
connection, caused by the refactoring done in 850196b.
There have been discussions about forbidding the use of physical
replication in a database connection, but this is left for later,
taking care only of the crash new to 13.
While on it, add a test to check for a failure when attempting logical
replication if the WAL sender does not have a database connection. This
part is extracted from a larger patch by Kyotaro Horiguchi.
Reported-by: Vladimir Sitnikov
Author: Michael Paquier, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB=Je-GOWMj1PTPkeUhjqQp-4W3=nW-pXe2Hjax6rJFffB5_Aw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13
ineq_histogram_selectivity() can be invoked in situations where the
ordering we care about is not that of the column's histogram. We could
be considering some other collation, or even more drastically, the
query operator might not agree at all with what was used to construct
the histogram. (We'll get here for anything using scalarineqsel-based
estimators, so that's quite likely to happen for extension operators.)
Up to now we just ignored this issue and assumed we were dealing with
an operator/collation whose sort order exactly matches the histogram,
possibly resulting in junk estimates if the binary search gets confused.
It's past time to improve that, since the use of nondefault collations
is increasing. What we can do is verify that the given operator and
collation match what's recorded in pg_statistic, and use the existing
code only if so. When they don't match, instead execute the operator
against each histogram entry, and take the fraction of successes as our
selectivity estimate. This gives an estimate that is probably good to
about 1/histogram_size, with no assumptions about ordering. (The quality
of the estimate is likely to degrade near the ends of the value range,
since the two orderings probably don't agree on what is an extremal value;
but this is surely going to be more reliable than what we did before.)
At some point we might further improve matters by storing more than one
histogram calculated according to different orderings. But this code
would still be good fallback logic when no matches exist, so that is
not an argument for not doing this.
While here, also improve get_variable_range() to deal more honestly
with non-default collations.
This isn't back-patchable, because it requires adding another argument
to ineq_histogram_selectivity, and because it might have significant
impact on the estimation results for extension operators relying on
scalarineqsel --- mostly for the better, one hopes, but in any case
destabilizing plan choices in back branches is best avoided.
Per investigation of a report from James Lucas.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAFmbbOvfi=wMM=3qRsPunBSLb8BFREno2oOzSBS=mzfLPKABw@mail.gmail.com
Commit 5e0928005 changed the planner so that, instead of blindly using
DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID when invoking operators for selectivity estimation,
it would use the collation of the column whose statistics we're
considering. This was recognized as still being not quite the right
thing, but it seemed like a good incremental improvement. However,
shortly thereafter we introduced nondeterministic collations, and that
creates cases where operators can fail if they're passed the wrong
collation. We don't want planning to fail in cases where the query itself
would work, so this means that we *must* use the query's collation when
invoking operators for estimation purposes.
The only real problem this creates is in ineq_histogram_selectivity, where
the binary search might produce a garbage answer if we perform comparisons
using a different collation than the column's histogram is ordered with.
However, when the query's collation is significantly different from the
column's default collation, the estimate we previously generated would be
pretty irrelevant anyway; so it's not clear that this will result in
noticeably worse estimates in practice. (A follow-on patch will improve
this situation in HEAD, but it seems too invasive for back-patch.)
The patch requires changing the signatures of mcv_selectivity and allied
functions, which are exported and very possibly are used by extensions.
In HEAD, I just did that, but an API/ABI break of this sort isn't
acceptable in stable branches. Therefore, in v12 the patch introduces
"mcv_selectivity_ext" and so on, with signatures matching HEAD, and makes
the old functions into wrappers that assume DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID should
be used. That does not match the prior behavior, but it should avoid risk
of failure in most cases. (In practice, I think most extension datatypes
aren't collation-aware, so the change probably doesn't matter to them.)
Per report from James Lucas. Back-patch to v12 where the problem was
introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAFmbbOvfi=wMM=3qRsPunBSLb8BFREno2oOzSBS=mzfLPKABw@mail.gmail.com
It's intentional that we don't allow values greater than 24 hours,
while we do allow "24:00:00" as well as "23:59:60" as inputs.
However, the range check was miscoded in such a way that it would
accept "23:59:60.nnn" with a nonzero fraction. For time or timetz,
the stored result would then be greater than "24:00:00" which would
fail dump/reload, not to mention possibly confusing other operations.
Fix by explicitly calculating the result and making sure it does not
exceed 24 hours. (This calculation is redundant with what will happen
later in tm2time or tm2timetz. Maybe someday somebody will find that
annoying enough to justify refactoring to avoid the duplication; but
that seems too invasive for a back-patched bug fix, and the cost is
probably unmeasurable anyway.)
Note that this change also rejects such input as the time portion
of a timestamp(tz) value.
Back-patch to v10. The bug is far older, but to change this pre-v10
we'd need to ensure that the logic behaves sanely with float timestamps,
which is possibly nontrivial due to roundoff considerations.
Doesn't really seem worth troubling with.
Per report from Christoph Berg.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200520125807.GB296739@msg.df7cb.de
Fix some more violations of the "only straight-line code inside a
spinlock" rule. These are hazardous not only because they risk
holding the lock for an excessively long time, but because it's
possible for palloc to throw elog(ERROR), leaving a stuck spinlock
behind.
copy_replication_slot() had two separate places that did pallocs
while holding a spinlock. We can make the code simpler and safer
by copying the whole ReplicationSlot struct into a local variable
while holding the spinlock, and then referencing that copy.
(While that's arguably more cycles than we really need to spend
holding the lock, the struct isn't all that big, and this way seems
far more maintainable than copying fields piecemeal. Anyway this
is surely much cheaper than a palloc.) That bug goes back to v12.
InvalidateObsoleteReplicationSlots() not only did a palloc while
holding a spinlock, but for extra sloppiness then leaked the memory
--- probably for the lifetime of the checkpointer process, though
I didn't try to verify that. Fortunately that silliness is new
in HEAD.
pg_get_replication_slots() had a cosmetic violation of the rule,
in that it only assumed it's safe to call namecpy() while holding
a spinlock. Still, that's a hazard waiting to bite somebody, and
there were some other cosmetic coding-rule violations in the same
function, so clean it up. I back-patched this as far as v10; the
code exists before that but it looks different, and this didn't
seem important enough to adapt the patch further back.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200602.161518.1399689010416646074.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Synchronize the event names for parallel hash join waits with other
event names, by getting rid of the slashes and dropping "-ing"
suffixes. Rename ClogGroupUpdate to XactGroupUpdate, to match the
new SLRU name. Move the ProcSignalBarrier event to the IPC category;
it doesn't belong under IO.
Also a bit more wordsmithing in the wait event documentation tables.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4505.1589640417@sss.pgh.pa.us
d140f2f3 has renamed receivedUpto to flushedUpto, and has added
writtenUpto to the WAL receiver's shared memory information, but
pg_stat_wal_receiver was not consistent with that. This commit renames
received_lsn to flushed_lsn, and adds a new column called written_lsn.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200515090817.GA212736@paquier.xyz
This was mostly confusing, especially since some wait events in
this class had the suffix and some did not.
While at it, stop exposing MainLWLockNames[] as a globally visible
name; any code using that directly is almost certainly wrong, as
its name has been misleading for some time.
(GetLWLockIdentifier() is what to use instead.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28683.1589405363@sss.pgh.pa.us
Choose names that fit into the conventions for wait event names
(particularly, that multi-word names are in the style MultiWordName)
and hopefully convey more information to non-hacker users than the
previous names did.
Also rename SerializablePredicateLockListLock to
SerializablePredicateListLock; the old name was long enough to cause
table formatting problems, plus the double occurrence of "Lock" seems
confusing/error-prone.
Also change a couple of particularly opaque LWLock field names.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28683.1589405363@sss.pgh.pa.us
Originally, the names assigned to SLRUs had no purpose other than
being shmem lookup keys, so not a lot of thought went into them.
As of v13, though, we're exposing them in the pg_stat_slru view and
the pg_stat_reset_slru function, so it seems advisable to take a bit
more care. Rename them to names based on the associated on-disk
storage directories (which fortunately we *did* think about, to some
extent; since those are also visible to DBAs, consistency seems like
a good thing). Also rename the associated LWLocks, since those names
are likewise user-exposed now as wait event names.
For the most part I only touched symbols used in the respective modules'
SimpleLruInit() calls, not the names of other related objects. This
renaming could have been taken further, and maybe someday we will do so.
But for now it seems undesirable to change the names of any globally
visible functions or structs, so some inconsistency is unavoidable.
(But I *did* terminate "oldserxid" with prejudice, as I found that
name both unreadable and not descriptive of the SLRU's contents.)
Table 27.12 needs re-alphabetization now, but I'll leave that till
after the other LWLock renamings I have in mind.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28683.1589405363@sss.pgh.pa.us
Includes some manual cleanup of places that pgindent messed up,
most of which weren't per project style anyway.
Notably, it seems some people didn't absorb the style rules of
commit c9d297751, because there were a bunch of new occurrences
of function calls with a newline just after the left paren, all
with faulty expectations about how the rest of the call would get
indented.
Instead of re-identifying which statistics bucket to use for a given
SLRU on every counter increment, do it once during shmem initialization.
This saves a fair number of cycles, and there's no real cost because
we could not have a bucket assignment that varies over time or across
backends anyway.
Also, get rid of the ill-considered decision to let pgstat.c pry
directly into SLRU's shared state; it's cleaner just to have slru.c
pass the stats bucket number.
In consequence of these changes, there's no longer any need to store
an SLRU's LWLock tranche info in shared memory, so get rid of that,
making this a net reduction in shmem consumption. (That partly
reverts fe702a7b3.)
This is basically code review for 28cac71bd, so I also cleaned up
some comments, removed a dangling extern declaration, fixed some
things that should be static and/or const, etc.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3618.1589313035@sss.pgh.pa.us
* Have both physical and logical walsender share a 'xlogreader' state
struct for tracking state. This replaces the existing globals sendSeg
and sendCxt.
* Change WALRead not to receive XLogReaderState->seg and ->segcxt as
separate arguments anymore; just use the ones from 'state'. This is
made possible by the above change.
* have the XLogReader segment_open contract require the callbacks to
install the file descriptor in the state struct themselves instead of
returning it. xlogreader was already ignoring any possible failed
return from the callbacks, relying solely on them never returning.
(This point is not altogether excellent, as it means the callbacks
have to know more of XLogReaderState; but to really improve on that
we would have to pass back error info from the callbacks to
xlogreader. And the complexity would not be saved but instead just
transferred to the callers of WALRead, which would have to learn how
to throw errors from the open_segment callback in addition of, as
currently, from pg_pread.)
* segment_open no longer receives the 'segcxt' as a separate argument,
since it's part of the XLogReaderState argument.
Per comments from Kyotaro Horiguchi.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200511203336.GA9913@alvherre.pgsql
Run renumber_oids.pl to move high-numbered OIDs down, as per pre-beta
tasks specified by RELEASE_CHANGES. For reference, the command was
./renumber_oids.pl --first-mapped-oid=8000 --target-oid=5032
Also run reformat_dat_file.pl while I'm here.
Renumbering recently-added types changed some results in the opr_sanity
test. To make those a bit easier to eyeball-verify, change the queries
to show regtype not just bare type OIDs. (I think we didn't have
regtype when these queries were written.)
Restructure the function that locates the root of the to-be-deleted
subtree during nbtree page deletion. Handle the conditions that make
page deletion unsafe in a slightly more uniform way, and acknowledge the
fact that the behavior with incomplete splits on internal pages is
different (as pointed out in the nbtree README as of commit 35bc0ec7).
Also invent new terminology that avoids ambiguity around which pages are
about to be deleted. Consistently use the term "to-be-deleted subtree",
not the ambiguous term "branch".
We were calling the subtree parent page the "top parent page", but that
was quite misleading. The top parent page usually refers to a page
unlinked from its siblings and marked deleted (during the second stage
of page deletion). There was one kind of top parent page that we merely
removed a downlink from, and another kind of top parent page that we
actually marked deleted. Eliminate the ambiguity by inventing a new
term ("subtree parent page") that refers to the former kind of page
only.
The one in xlogreader.h was pointed out by Antonin Houska; I (Álvaro) noticed the
others by grepping.
Author: Antonin Houska <ah@cybertec.at>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28250.1589186654@antos
Code review for 0dc8ead463, prompted by a bug closed by 91c40548d5.
XLogReader's system for opening and closing segments had gotten too
complicated, with callbacks being passed at both the XLogReaderAllocate
level (read_page) as well as at the WALRead level (segment_open). This
was confusing and hard to follow, so restructure things so that these
callbacks are passed together at XLogReaderAllocate time, and add
another callback to the set (segment_close) to make it a coherent whole.
Also, ensure XLogReaderState is an argument to all the callbacks, so
that they can grab at the ->private data if necessary.
Document the whole arrangement more clearly.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200422175754.GA19858@alvherre.pgsql
We were acquiring object locks then deleting objects one by one, instead
of acquiring all object locks first, ignoring those that did not exist,
and then deleting all objects together. The latter is the correct
protocol to use, and what this commits changes to code to do. Failing
to follow that leads to "cache lookup failed for relation XYZ" error
reports when DROP OWNED runs concurrently with other DDL -- for example,
a session termination that removes some temp tables.
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Reported-by: Mithun Chicklore Yogendra (Mithun CY)
Reviewed-by: Ahsan Hadi, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADq3xVZTbzK4ZLKq+dn_vB4QafXXbmMgDP3trY-GuLnib2Ai1w@mail.gmail.com
In commit 33e05f89c5, we have added the option to display WAL usage
statistics in Explain and auto_explain. The display format used two spaces
between each field which is inconsistent with Buffer usage statistics which
is using one space between each field. Change the format to make WAL usage
statistics consistent with Buffer usage statistics.
This commit also changed the usage of "full page writes" to
"full page images" for WAL usage statistics to make it consistent with
other parts of code and docs.
Author: Julien Rouhaud, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Kyotaro Horiguchi and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB-hujrP8ZfUkvL5OYETipQwA=e3n7oqHFU=4ZLxWS_Cza3kQQ@mail.gmail.com
Writing a trailing semicolon in a macro is almost never the right thing,
because you almost always want to write a semicolon after each macro
call instead. (Even if there was some reason to prefer not to, pgindent
would probably make a hash of code formatted that way; so within PG the
rule should basically be "don't do it".) Thus, if we have a semi inside
the macro, the compiler sees "something;;". Much of the time the extra
empty statement is harmless, but it could lead to mysterious syntax
errors at call sites. In perhaps an overabundance of neatnik-ism, let's
run around and get rid of the excess semicolons whereever possible.
The only thing worse than a mysterious syntax error is a mysterious
syntax error that only happens in the back branches; therefore,
backpatch these changes where relevant, which is most of them because
most of these mistakes are old. (The lack of reported problems shows
that this is largely a hypothetical issue, but still, it could bite
us in some future patch.)
John Naylor and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCs0qWTqJ2QUSGJ07B7uvAvzMb-KbG2q+oo+J3tsWN5cqw@mail.gmail.com
The logic for determining how many nbtree pages in an index are deleted
pages sometimes undercounted pages. Pages that were deleted by the
current VACUUM operation (as opposed to some previous VACUUM operation
whose deleted pages have yet to be reused) were sometimes overlooked.
The final count is exposed to users through VACUUM VERBOSE's "%u index
pages have been deleted" output.
btvacuumpage() avoided double-counting when _bt_pagedel() deleted more
than one page by assuming that only one page was deleted, and that the
additional deleted pages would get picked up during a future call to
btvacuumpage() by the same VACUUM operation. _bt_pagedel() can
legitimately delete pages that the btvacuumscan() scan will not visit
again, though, so that assumption was slightly faulty.
Fix the accounting by teaching _bt_pagedel() about its caller's
requirements. It now only reports on pages that it knows btvacuumscan()
won't visit again (including the current btvacuumpage() page), so
everything works out in the end.
This bug has been around forever. Only backpatch to v11, though, to
keep _bt_pagedel() is sync on the branches that have today's bugfix
commit b0229f26da. Note that this commit changes the signature of
_bt_pagedel(), just like commit b0229f26da.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkrXBcMQWAYUJMFTTvzx_r4q=pYSjDe07JnUXhe+OZnJA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11-
Commit 857f9c36cd (which taught nbtree VACUUM to skip a scan of the
index from btcleanup in situations where it doesn't seem worth it) made
VACUUM maintain the oldest btpo.xact among all deleted pages for the
index as a whole. It failed to handle all the details surrounding pages
that are deleted by the current VACUUM operation correctly (though pages
deleted by some previous VACUUM operation were processed correctly).
The most immediate problem was that the special area of the page was
examined without a buffer pin at one point. More fundamentally, the
handling failed to account for the full range of _bt_pagedel()
behaviors. For example, _bt_pagedel() sometimes deletes internal pages
in passing, as part of deleting an entire subtree with btvacuumpage()
caller's page as the leaf level page. The original leaf page passed to
_bt_pagedel() might not be the page that it deletes first in cases where
deletion can take place.
It's unclear how disruptive this bug may have been, or what symptoms
users might want to look out for. The issue was spotted during
unrelated code review.
To fix, push down the logic for maintaining the oldest btpo.xact to
_bt_pagedel(). btvacuumpage() is now responsible for pages that were
fully deleted by a previous VACUUM operation, while _bt_pagedel() is now
responsible for pages that were deleted by the current VACUUM operation
(this includes half-dead pages from a previous interrupted VACUUM
operation that become fully deleted in _bt_pagedel()). Note that
_bt_pagedel() should never encounter an existing deleted page.
This commit theoretically breaks the ABI of a stable release by changing
the signature of _bt_pagedel(). However, if any third party extension
is actually affected by this, then it must already be completely broken
(since there are numerous assumptions made in _bt_pagedel() that cannot
be met outside of VACUUM). It seems highly unlikely that such an
extension actually exists, in any case.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkrXBcMQWAYUJMFTTvzx_r4q=pYSjDe07JnUXhe+OZnJA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11-, where the "skip full scan" feature was introduced.
Commit 32ff26911 introduced use of rank() into the triggers view to
calculate the spec-mandated action_order column. As written, this
prevents query constraints on the table-name column from being pushed
below the window aggregate step. That's bad for performance of this
typical usage pattern, since the view now has to be evaluated for all
tables not just the one(s) the user wants to see. It's also the cause
of some recent buildfarm failures, in which trying to evaluate the view
rows for triggers in process of being dropped resulted in "cache lookup
failed for function NNN" errors. Those rows aren't of interest to the
test script doing the query, but the filter that would eliminate them
is being applied too late. None of this happened before the rank()
call was there, so it's a regression compared to v10 and before.
We can improve matters by changing the rank() call so that instead of
partitioning by OIDs, it partitions by nspname and relname, casting
those to sql_identifier so that they match the respective view output
columns exactly. The planner has enough intelligence to know that
constraints on partitioning columns are safe to push down, so this
eliminates the performance problem and the regression test failure
risk. We could make the other partitioning columns match view outputs
as well, but it'd be more complicated and the performance benefits
are questionable.
Side note: as this stands, the planner will push down constraints on
event_object_table and trigger_schema, but not on event_object_schema,
because it checks for ressortgroupref matches not expression
equivalence. That might be worth improving someday, but it's not
necessary to fix the immediate concern.
Back-patch to v11 where the rank() call was added. Ordinarily we'd not
change information_schema in released branches, but the test failure has
been seen in v12 and presumably could happen in v11 as well, so we need
to do this to keep the buildfarm happy. The change is harmless so far
as users are concerned. Some might wish to apply it to existing
installations if performance of this type of query is of concern,
but those who don't are no worse off.
I bumped catversion in HEAD as a pro forma matter (there's no
catalog incompatibility that would really require a re-initdb).
Obviously that can't be done in the back branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5891.1587594470@sss.pgh.pa.us
78ea8b5 has fixed an issue related to the recycling of WAL segments on
standbys depending on archive_mode. However, it has introduced a
regression with the handling of WAL segments ready to be archived during
crash recovery, causing those files to be recycled without getting
archived.
This commit fixes the regression by tracking in shared memory if a live
cluster is either in crash recovery or archive recovery as the handling
of WAL segments ready to be archived is different in both cases (those
WAL segments should not be removed during crash recovery), and by using
this new shared memory state to decide if a segment can be recycled or
not. Previously, it was not possible to know if a cluster was in crash
recovery or archive recovery as the shared state was able to track only
if recovery was happening or not, leading to the problem.
A set of TAP tests is added to close the gap here, making sure that WAL
segments ready to be archived are correctly handled when a cluster is in
archive or crash recovery with archive_mode set to "on" or "always", for
both standby and primary.
Reported-by: Benoît Lobréau
Author: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200331172229.40ee00dc@firost
Backpatch-through: 9.5
In the footsteps of aaf069aa3, remove ACLDEBUG, which was the only
other remaining undocumented symbol in pg_config_manual.h. The fact
that nobody had bothered to document it in seventeen years is a good
clue to its usefulness. In practice, none of the tracing logic it
enabled would be of any value without additional effort.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6631.1587565046@sss.pgh.pa.us
Function names declared "extern" now use BackupManifest in the name
rather than just Manifest, and data types use backup_manifest
rather than just manifest.
Per note from Michael Paquier.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20200418125713.GG350229@paquier.xyz
The mask was added by commit 8224de4f, which introduced INCLUDE nbtree
indexes. The status bits really were reserved initially. We now use 2
out of 4 of the bits for additional tuple metadata, though. Rename the
mask to BT_STATUS_OFFSET_MASK.
Also consolidate related nbtree.h code comments about the format of
pivot tuples and posting list tuples.
index.c supposed that it could just use a PG_TRY block to clean up the
state associated with an active REINDEX operation. However, that code
doesn't run if we do a FATAL exit --- for example, due to a SIGTERM
shutdown signal --- while the REINDEX is happening. And that state does
get consulted during catalog accesses, which makes it problematic if we
do any catalog accesses during shutdown --- for example, to clean up any
temp tables created in the session.
If this combination of circumstances occurred, we could find ourselves
trying to access already-freed memory. In debug builds that'd fairly
reliably cause an assertion failure. In production we might often
get away with it, but with some bad luck it could cause a core dump.
Another possible bad outcome is an erroneous conclusion that an
index-to-be-accessed is being reindexed; but it looks like that would
be unlikely to have any consequences worse than failing to drop temp
tables right away. (They'd still get dropped by the next session that
uses that temp schema.)
To fix, get rid of the use of PG_TRY here, and instead hook into
the transaction abort mechanisms to clean up reindex state.
Per bug #16378 from Alexander Lakhin. This has been wrong for a
very long time, so back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16378-7a70ca41b3ec2009@postgresql.org
Working on commit 1c455078b led me to check through FunctionCallInvoke
call sites to see if every one was being honest about (a) making sure
that fcinfo.isnull is initially false, and (b) checking its state after
the call. Sure enough, I found some violations.
The main one is that finalize_partialaggregate re-used serialfn_fcinfo
without resetting isnull, even though it clearly intends to cater for
serialfns that return NULL. There would only be an issue with a
non-strict serialfn, since it's unlikely that a serialfn would return
NULL for non-null input. We have no non-strict serialfns in core, and
there may be none in the wild either, which would account for the lack
of complaints. Still, it's clearly wrong, so back-patch that fix to
9.6 where finalize_partialaggregate was introduced.
Also, arrayfuncs.c and rowtypes.c contained various callers that were
not bothering to check for result nulls. While what's being called is
a comparison or hash function that probably *shouldn't* return null,
that's a lousy excuse for not having any check at all. There are
existing places that just Assert(!fcinfo->isnull) in comparable
situations, so I added that to the places that were calling btree
comparison or hash support functions. In the places calling
boolean-returning equality functions, it's quite cheap to have them
treat isnull as FALSE, so make those places do that. Also remove some
"locfcinfo->isnull = false" assignments that are unnecessary given the
assumption that no previous call returned null. These changes seem like
mostly neatnik-ism or debugging support, so I didn't back-patch.
Older gcc versions don't like duplicate typedefs, so get rid of
that in favor of doing it like we do it elsewhere, ie just use
a "struct" declaration when trying to avoid importing a whole
header file.
Also, there seems no reason to include stringinfo.h here at all,
so get rid of that addition too.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27239.1587415696@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit f2fcad27d5 (9.6 era) added the ability to mark objects as
dependent an extension, but forgot to add a way for such dependencies to
be removed. This commit fixes that oversight.
Strictly speaking this should be backpatched to 9.6, but due to lack of
demand we're not doing so at this time.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200217225333.GA30974@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: ahsan hadi <ahsan.hadi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ibrar Ahmed <ibrar.ahmad@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
We have repeatedly seen the buildfarm reach the Assert(false) in
SyncRepGetSyncStandbysPriority. This apparently is due to failing to
consider the possibility that the sync_standby_priority values in
shared memory might be inconsistent; but they will be whenever only
some of the walsenders have updated their values after a change in
the synchronous_standby_names setting. That function is vastly too
complex for what it does, anyway, so rewriting it seems better than
trying to apply a band-aid fix.
Furthermore, the API of SyncRepGetSyncStandbys is broken by design:
it returns a list of WalSnd array indexes, but there is nothing
guaranteeing that the contents of the WalSnd array remain stable.
Thus, if some walsender exits and then a new walsender process
takes over that WalSnd array slot, a caller might make use of
WAL position data that it should not, potentially leading to
incorrect decisions about whether to release transactions that
are waiting for synchronous commit.
To fix, replace SyncRepGetSyncStandbys with a new function
SyncRepGetCandidateStandbys that copies all the required data
from shared memory while holding the relevant mutexes. If the
associated walsender process then exits, this data is still safe to
make release decisions with, since we know that that much WAL *was*
sent to a valid standby server. This incidentally means that we no
longer need to treat sync_standby_priority as protected by the
SyncRepLock rather than the per-walsender mutex.
SyncRepGetSyncStandbys is no longer used by the core code, so remove
it entirely in HEAD. However, it seems possible that external code is
relying on that function, so do not remove it from the back branches.
Instead, just remove the known-incorrect Assert. When the bug occurs,
the function will return a too-short list, which callers should treat
as meaning there are not enough sync standbys, which seems like a
reasonably safe fallback until the inconsistent state is resolved.
Moreover it's bug-compatible with what has been happening in non-assert
builds. We cannot do anything about the walsender-replacement race
condition without an API/ABI break.
The bogus assertion exists back to 9.6, but 9.6 is sufficiently
different from the later branches that the patch doesn't apply at all.
I chose to just remove the bogus assertion in 9.6, feeling that the
probability of a bad outcome from the walsender-replacement race
condition is too low to justify rewriting the whole patch for 9.6.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21519.1585272409@sss.pgh.pa.us
An nbtree split point can be thought of as a point between two adjoining
tuples from an imaginary version of the page being split that includes
the incoming/new item (in addition to the items that really are on the
page). These adjoining tuples are called the lastleft and firstright
tuples.
The variables that represent split points contained a field called
firstright, which is an offset number of the first data item from the
original page that goes on the new right page. The corresponding tuple
from origpage was usually the same thing as the actual firstright tuple,
but not always: the firstright tuple is sometimes the new/incoming item
instead. This situation seems unnecessarily confusing.
Make things clearer by renaming the origpage offset returned by
_bt_findsplitloc() to "firstrightoff". We now have a firstright tuple
and a firstrightoff offset number which are comparable to the
newitem/lastleft tuples and the newitemoff/lastleftoff offset numbers
respectively. Also make sure that we are consistent about how we
describe nbtree page split point state.
Push the responsibility for dealing with pg_upgrade'd !heapkeyspace
indexes down to lower level code, relieving _bt_split() from dealing
with it directly. This means that we always have a palloc'd left page
high key on the leaf level, no matter what. This enables simplifying
some of the code (and code comments) within _bt_split().
Finally, restructure the page split code to make it clearer why suffix
truncation (which only takes place during leaf page splits) is
completely different to the first data item truncation that takes place
during internal page splits. Tuples are marked as having fewer
attributes stored in both cases, and the firstright tuple is truncated
in both cases, so it's easy to imagine somebody missing the distinction.
Before discarding the old hash table in ExecReScanHashJoin, capture
its statistics, ensuring that we report the maximum hashtable size
across repeated rescans of the hash input relation. We can repurpose
the existing code for reporting hashtable size in parallel workers
to help with this, making the patch pretty small. This also ensures
that if rescans happen within parallel workers, we get the correct
maximums across all instances.
Konstantin Knizhnik and Tom Lane, per diagnosis by Thomas Munro
of a trouble report from Alvaro Herrera.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200323165059.GA24950@alvherre.pgsql
GetWalRcvWriteRecPtr() previously reported the latest *flushed*
location. Adopt the conventional terminology used elsewhere in the tree
by renaming it to GetWalRcvFlushRecPtr(), and likewise for some related
variables that used the term "received".
Add a new definition of GetWalRcvWriteRecPtr(), which returns the latest
*written* value. This will allow later patches to use the value for
non-data-integrity purposes, without having to wait for the flush
pointer to advance.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJ4VJN8ttxScUFM8dOKX0BrBiboo5uz1cq%3DAovOddfHpA%40mail.gmail.com
To control whether partition changes are replicated using their own
identity and schema or an ancestor's, add a new parameter that can be
set per publication named 'publish_via_partition_root'.
This allows replicating a partitioned table into a different partition
structure on the subscriber.
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rafia Sabih <rafia.pghackers@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+HiwqH=Y85vRK3mOdjEkqFK+E=ST=eQiHdpj43L=_eJMOOznQ@mail.gmail.com
0f5ca02f53 introduces 3 new keywords. It appears to be too much for relatively
small feature. Given now we past feature freeze, it's already late for
discussion of the new syntax. So, revert.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28209.1586294824%40sss.pgh.pa.us
First pass of modifying various places that obtain the next power of 2 of
a number and make them use the new functions added in pg_bitutils.h
instead.
This also removes the _hash_log2() function. There are no longer any
callers in core. Other users can swap their _hash_log2(n) call to make use
of pg_ceil_log2_32(n).
Author: David Fetter, with some minor adjustments by me
Reviewed-by: John Naylor, Jesse Zhang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200114173553.GE32763%40fetter.org
If the memory context's maxBlockSize is too big, a single block
allocation can suddenly exceed work_mem. For Hash Aggregation, this
can mean spilling to disk too early or reporting a confusing memory
usage number for EXPLAN ANALYZE.
Introduce CreateWorkExprContext(), which is like CreateExprContext(),
except that it creates the AllocSet with a maxBlockSize that is
reasonable in proportion to work_mem.
Right now, CreateWorkExprContext() is only used by Hash Aggregation,
but it may be generally useful in the future.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/412a3fbf306f84d8d78c4009e11791867e62b87c.camel@j-davis.com
There are many areas in the code where we need to determine the next
highest power of 2 of a given number. We tend to always do that in an
ad-hoc way each time, generally with some tight for loop which performs a
bitshift left once per loop and goes until it finds a number above the
given number.
Here we add two generic functions which make use of the existing
pg_leftmost_one_pos* functions which, when available, will allow us to
calculate the next power of 2 without any looping.
Here we don't add any code which uses these new functions. That will be
done in follow-up commits.
Author: David Fetter, with some minor adjustments by me
Reviewed-by: John Naylor, Jesse Zhang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200114173553.GE32763%40fetter.org
Provide PrefetchSharedBuffer(), a variant that takes SMgrRelation, for
use in recovery. Rename LocalPrefetchBuffer() to PrefetchLocalBuffer()
for consistency.
Add a return value to all of these. In recovery, tolerate and report
missing files, so we can handle relations unlinked before crash recovery
began. Also report cache hits and misses, so that callers can do faster
buffer lookups and better I/O accounting.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJ4VJN8ttxScUFM8dOKX0BrBiboo5uz1cq%3DAovOddfHpA%40mail.gmail.com
This case didn't work because columns merged by FULL JOIN USING are
represented in the parse tree by COALESCE expressions, and the logic
for recognizing a partitionable join failed to match upper-level join
clauses to such expressions. To fix, synthesize suitable COALESCE
expressions and add them to the nullable_partexprs lists. This is
pretty ugly and brute-force, but it gets the job done. (I have
ambitions of rethinking the way outer-join output Vars are
represented, so maybe that will provide a cleaner solution someday.
For now, do this.)
Amit Langote, reviewed by Justin Pryzby, Richard Guo, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqG2WVUGmLJqtR0tPFhniO=H=9qQ+Z3L_ZC+Y3-EVQHFGg@mail.gmail.com
Previously, the partitionwise join technique only allowed partitionwise
join when input partitioned tables had exactly the same partition
bounds. This commit extends the technique to some cases when the tables
have different partition bounds, by using an advanced partition-matching
algorithm introduced by this commit. For both the input partitioned
tables, the algorithm checks whether every partition of one input
partitioned table only matches one partition of the other input
partitioned table at most, and vice versa. In such a case the join
between the tables can be broken down into joins between the matching
partitions, so the algorithm produces the pairs of the matching
partitions, plus the partition bounds for the join relation, to allow
partitionwise join for computing the join. Currently, the algorithm
works for list-partitioned and range-partitioned tables, but not
hash-partitioned tables. See comments in partition_bounds_merge().
Ashutosh Bapat and Etsuro Fujita, most of regression tests by Rajkumar
Raghuwanshi, some of the tests by Mark Dilger and Amul Sul, reviewed by
Dmitry Dolgov and Amul Sul, with additional review at various points by
Ashutosh Bapat, Mark Dilger, Robert Haas, Antonin Houska, Amit Langote,
Justin Pryzby, and Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRdjQvaUEV5DJX3TW6pU5eq54NCkadtxHX2JiJG_GvbrCA@mail.gmail.com
The goal of separating hotly accessed per-backend data from PGPROC
into PGXACT is to make accesses fast (GetSnapshotData() in
particular). But delayChkpt is not actually accessed frequently; only
when starting a checkpoint. As it is frequently modified (multiple
times in the course of a single transaction), storing it in the same
cacheline as hotly accessed data unnecessarily dirties a contended
cacheline.
Therefore move delayChkpt to PGPROC.
This is part of a larger series of patches intending to improve
GetSnapshotData() scalability. It is committed and pushed separately,
as it is independently beneficial (small but measurable win, limited
by the other frequent modifications of PGXACT).
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas, Thomas Munro, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
Since heap TID is supposed to be just another key attribute to the
implementation, it doesn't make much sense to have separate
BTreeTupleSetNAtts() and BTreeTupleSetAltHeapTID() functions. Merge the
two functions together. This slightly simplifies _bt_truncate().
Replication slots are useful to retain data that may be needed by a
replication system. But experience has shown that allowing them to
retain excessive data can lead to the primary failing because of running
out of space. This new feature allows the user to configure a maximum
amount of space to be reserved using the new option
max_slot_wal_keep_size. Slots that overrun that space are invalidated
at checkpoint time, enabling the storage to be released.
Author: Kyotaro HORIGUCHI <horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais <jgdr@dalibo.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170228.122736.123383594.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
This commit adds following optional clause to BEGIN and START TRANSACTION
commands.
WAIT FOR LSN lsn [ TIMEOUT timeout ]
New clause pospones transaction start till given lsn is applied on standby.
This clause allows user be sure, that changes previously made on primary would
be visible on standby.
New shared memory struct is used to track awaited lsn per backend. Recovery
process wakes up backend once required lsn is applied.
Author: Ivan Kartyshov, Anna Akenteva
Reviewed-by: Craig Ringer, Thomas Munro, Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Ants Aasma, Dmitry Ivanov, Simon Riggs
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0240c26c-9f84-30ea-fca9-93ab2df5f305%40postgrespro.ru
WITH TIES is an option to the FETCH FIRST N ROWS clause (the SQL
standard's spelling of LIMIT), where you additionally get rows that
compare equal to the last of those N rows by the columns in the
mandatory ORDER BY clause.
There was a proposal by Andrew Gierth to implement this functionality in
a more powerful way that would yield more features, but the other patch
had not been finished at this time, so we decided to use this one for
now in the spirit of incremental development.
Author: Surafel Temesgen <surafel3000@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALAY4q9ky7rD_A4vf=FVQvCGngm3LOes-ky0J6euMrg=_Se+ag@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87o8wvz253.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
Since the existing bit number argument can't exceed INT32_MAX, it's
not possible for these functions to manipulate bits beyond the first
256MB of a bytea value. Lift that restriction by redeclaring the
bit number arguments as int8 (which requires a catversion bump,
hence is not back-patchable).
The similarly-named functions for bit/varbit don't really have a
problem because we restrict those types to at most VARBITMAXLEN bits;
hence leave them alone.
While here, extend the encode/decode functions in utils/adt/encode.c
to allow dealing with values wider than 1GB. This is not a live bug
or restriction in current usage, because no input could be more than
1GB, and since none of the encoders can expand a string more than 4X,
the result size couldn't overflow uint32. But it might be desirable
to support more in future, so make the input length values size_t
and the potential-output-length values uint64.
Also add some test cases to improve the miserable code coverage
of these functions.
Movead Li, editorialized some by me; also reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200312115135445367128@highgo.ca
Commit d2d8a229bc introduced Incremental Sort, but it was considered
only in create_ordered_paths() as an alternative to regular Sort. There
are many other places that require sorted input and might benefit from
considering Incremental Sort too.
This patch modifies a number of those places, but not all. The concern
is that just adding Incremental Sort to any place that already adds
Sort may increase the number of paths considered, negatively affecting
planning time, without any benefit. So we've taken a more conservative
approach, based on analysis of which places do affect a set of queries
that did seem practical. This means some less common queries may not
benefit from Incremental Sort yet.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: James Coleman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfds1waRZ=NOmueYq0sx1ZSCnt+5QJvizT8ndT2=etZEeAQ@mail.gmail.com
It turns out that the code did indeed rely on a zeroed
TuplesortInstrumentation.sortMethod field to indicate
"this worker never did anything", although it seems the
issue only comes up during certain race-condition-y cases.
Hence, rearrange the TuplesortMethod enum to restore
SORT_TYPE_STILL_IN_PROGRESS to having the value zero,
and add some comments reinforcing that that isn't optional.
Also future-proof a loop over the possible values of the enum.
sizeof(bits32) happened to be the correct limit value,
but only by purest coincidence.
Per buildfarm and local investigation.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12222.1586223974@sss.pgh.pa.us
The txid_XXX family of fmgr functions exposes 64 bit transaction IDs to
users as int8. Now that we have an SQL type xid8 for FullTransactionId,
define a new set of functions including pg_current_xact_id() and
pg_current_snapshot() based on that. Keep the old functions around too,
for now.
It's a bit sneaky to use the same C functions for both, but since the
binary representation is identical except for the signedness of the
type, and since older functions are the ones using the wrong signedness,
and since we'll presumably drop the older ones after a reasonable period
of time, it seems reasonable to switch to FullTransactionId internally
and share the code for both.
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Takao Fujii <btfujiitkp@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Yoshikazu Imai <imai.yoshikazu@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <mark.dilger@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190725000636.666m5mad25wfbrri%40alap3.anarazel.de
Similar to xid, but 64 bits wide. This new type is suitable for use in
various system views and administration functions.
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Takao Fujii <btfujiitkp@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Yoshikazu Imai <imai.yoshikazu@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <mark.dilger@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190725000636.666m5mad25wfbrri%40alap3.anarazel.de
Incremental Sort is an optimized variant of multikey sort for cases when
the input is already sorted by a prefix of the requested sort keys. For
example when the relation is already sorted by (key1, key2) and we need
to sort it by (key1, key2, key3) we can simply split the input rows into
groups having equal values in (key1, key2), and only sort/compare the
remaining column key3.
This has a number of benefits:
- Reduced memory consumption, because only a single group (determined by
values in the sorted prefix) needs to be kept in memory. This may also
eliminate the need to spill to disk.
- Lower startup cost, because Incremental Sort produce results after each
prefix group, which is beneficial for plans where startup cost matters
(like for example queries with LIMIT clause).
We consider both Sort and Incremental Sort, and decide based on costing.
The implemented algorithm operates in two different modes:
- Fetching a minimum number of tuples without check of equality on the
prefix keys, and sorting on all columns when safe.
- Fetching all tuples for a single prefix group and then sorting by
comparing only the remaining (non-prefix) keys.
We always start in the first mode, and employ a heuristic to switch into
the second mode if we believe it's beneficial - the goal is to minimize
the number of unnecessary comparions while keeping memory consumption
below work_mem.
This is a very old patch series. The idea was originally proposed by
Alexander Korotkov back in 2013, and then revived in 2017. In 2018 the
patch was taken over by James Coleman, who wrote and rewrote most of the
current code.
There were many reviewers/contributors since 2013 - I've done my best to
pick the most active ones, and listed them in this commit message.
Author: James Coleman, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Andreas Karlsson, Marti Raudsepp, Peter Geoghegan, Robert Haas, Thomas Munro, Antonin Houska, Andres Freund, Alexander Kuzmenkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdscOX5an71nHd8WSUH6GNOCf=V7wgDaTXdDd9=goN-gfA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfds1waRZ=NOmueYq0sx1ZSCnt+5QJvizT8ndT2=etZEeAQ@mail.gmail.com
Mainly, this adds support code in logical/worker.c for applying
replicated operations whose target is a partitioned table to its
relevant partitions.
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rafia Sabih <rafia.pghackers@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+HiwqH=Y85vRK3mOdjEkqFK+E=ST=eQiHdpj43L=_eJMOOznQ@mail.gmail.com
This commit adds a new option WAL similar to existing option BUFFERS in the
EXPLAIN command. This option allows to include information on WAL record
generation added by commit df3b181499 in EXPLAIN output.
This also allows the WAL usage information to be displayed via
the auto_explain module. A new parameter auto_explain.log_wal controls
whether WAL usage statistics are printed when an execution plan is logged.
This parameter has no effect unless auto_explain.log_analyze is enabled.
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB-hujrP8ZfUkvL5OYETipQwA=e3n7oqHFU=4ZLxWS_Cza3kQQ@mail.gmail.com
A table rewritten by ALTER TABLE would lose tracking of an index usable
for CLUSTER. This setting is tracked by pg_index.indisclustered and is
controlled by ALTER TABLE, so some extra work was needed to restore it
properly. Note that ALTER TABLE only marks the index that can be used
for clustering, and does not do the actual operation.
Author: Amit Langote, Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Ibrar Ahmed, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200202161718.GI13621@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 9.5
Until now, only selected bulk operations (e.g. COPY) did this. If a
given relfilenode received both a WAL-skipping COPY and a WAL-logged
operation (e.g. INSERT), recovery could lose tuples from the COPY. See
src/backend/access/transam/README section "Skipping WAL for New
RelFileNode" for the new coding rules. Maintainers of table access
methods should examine that section.
To maintain data durability, just before commit, we choose between an
fsync of the relfilenode and copying its contents to WAL. A new GUC,
wal_skip_threshold, guides that choice. If this change slows a workload
that creates small, permanent relfilenodes under wal_level=minimal, try
adjusting wal_skip_threshold. Users setting a timeout on COMMIT may
need to adjust that timeout, and log_min_duration_statement analysis
will reflect time consumption moving to COMMIT from commands like COPY.
Internally, this requires a reliable determination of whether
RollbackAndReleaseCurrentSubTransaction() would unlink a relation's
current relfilenode. Introduce rd_firstRelfilenodeSubid. Amend the
specification of rd_createSubid such that the field is zero when a new
rel has an old rd_node. Make relcache.c retain entries for certain
dropped relations until end of transaction.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC, since this introduces XLOG_GIST_ASSIGN_LSN.
Future servers accept older WAL, so this bump is discretionary.
Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed (in earlier, similar versions) by Robert
Haas. Heikki Linnakangas and Michael Paquier implemented earlier
designs that materially clarified the problem. Reviewed, in earlier
designs, by Andrew Dunstan, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane,
Fujii Masao, and Simon Riggs. Reported by Martijn van Oosterhout.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20150702220524.GA9392@svana.org
This allows gathering the WAL generation statistics for each statement
execution. The three statistics that we collect are the number of WAL
records, the number of full page writes and the amount of WAL bytes
generated.
This helps the users who have write-intensive workload to see the impact
of I/O due to WAL. This further enables us to see approximately what
percentage of overall WAL is due to full page writes.
In the future, we can extend this functionality to allow us to compute the
the exact amount of WAL data due to full page writes.
This patch in itself is just an infrastructure to compute WAL usage data.
The upcoming patches will expose this data via explain, auto_explain,
pg_stat_statements and verbose (auto)vacuum output.
Author: Kirill Bychik, Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Fujii Masao and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB-hujrP8ZfUkvL5OYETipQwA=e3n7oqHFU=4ZLxWS_Cza3kQQ@mail.gmail.com
Don't try to be precise about it, just use a constant 16 bytes of
chunk overhead. Being smarter would require knowing the memory context
where the chunk will be allocated, which is not known by all callers.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200325220936.il3ni2fj2j2b45y5@alap3.anarazel.de
Move have_partkey_equi_join and match_expr_to_partition_keys to
relnode.c, since they're used only there. Refactor
build_joinrel_partition_info to split out the code that fills the
joinrel's partition key lists; this doesn't have any non-cosmetic
impact, but it seems like a useful separation of concerns.
Improve assorted nearby comments.
Amit Langote, with a little further editorialization by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqG2WVUGmLJqtR0tPFhniO=H=9qQ+Z3L_ZC+Y3-EVQHFGg@mail.gmail.com
A manifest is a JSON document which includes (1) the file name, size,
last modification time, and an optional checksum for each file backed
up, (2) timelines and LSNs for whatever WAL will need to be replayed
to make the backup consistent, and (3) a checksum for the manifest
itself. By default, we use CRC-32C when checksumming data files,
because we are trying to detect corruption and user error, not foil an
adversary. However, pg_basebackup and the server-side BASE_BACKUP
command now have options to select a different algorithm, so users
wanting a cryptographic hash function can select SHA-224, SHA-256,
SHA-384, or SHA-512. Users not wanting file checksums at all can
disable them, or disable generating of the backup manifest altogether.
Using a cryptographic hash function in place of CRC-32C consumes
significantly more CPU cycles, which may slow down backups in some
cases.
A new tool called pg_validatebackup can validate a backup against the
manifest. If no checksums are present, it can still check that the
right files exist and that they have the expected sizes. If checksums
are present, it can also verify that each file has the expected
checksum. Additionally, it calls pg_waldump to verify that the
expected WAL files are present and parseable. Only plain format
backups can be validated directly, but tar format backups can be
validated after extracting them.
Robert Haas, with help, ideas, review, and testing from David Steele,
Stephen Frost, Andrew Dunstan, Rushabh Lathia, Suraj Kharage, Tushar
Ahuja, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Mark Dilger, Davinder Singh, Jeevan
Chalke, Amit Kapila, Andres Freund, and Noah Misch.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZV8dw1H2bzZ9xkKwdrk8+XYa+DC9H=F7heO2zna5T6qg@mail.gmail.com
When BUFFERS option is enabled, EXPLAIN command includes the information
on buffer usage during each plan node, in its output. In addition to that,
this commit makes EXPLAIN command include also the information on
buffer usage during planning phase, in its output. This feature makes it
easier to discern the cases where lots of buffer access happen during
planning.
This commit revives the original commit ed7a509571 that was reverted by
commit 19db23bcbd. The original commit had to be reverted because
it caused the regression test failure on the buildfarm members prion and
dory. But since commit c0885c4c30 got rid of the caues of the test failure,
the original commit can be safely introduced again.
Author: Julien Rouhaud, slightly revised by Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16109-26a1a88651e90608@postgresql.org
This commit introduces new wait events RecoveryConflictSnapshot and
RecoveryConflictTablespace. The former is reported while waiting for
recovery conflict resolution on a vacuum cleanup. The latter is reported
while waiting for recovery conflict resolution on dropping tablespace.
Also this commit changes the code so that the wait event Lock is reported
while waiting in ResolveRecoveryConflictWithVirtualXIDs() for recovery
conflict resolution on a lock. Basically the wait event Lock is reported
during that wait, but previously was not reported only when that wait
happened in ResolveRecoveryConflictWithVirtualXIDs().
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k4mXWTwfQLS3RPwGr4xnfAEs1ysFfgYHvmmoUgv6Zxvmg@mail.gmail.com
When BUFFERS option is enabled, EXPLAIN command includes the information
on buffer usage during each plan node, in its output. In addition to that,
this commit makes EXPLAIN command include also the information on
buffer usage during planning phase, in its output. This feature makes it
easier to discern the cases where lots of buffer access happen during
planning.
Author: Julien Rouhaud, slightly revised by Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16109-26a1a88651e90608@postgresql.org
This patch replaces the boolean GUC log_parameters_on_error introduced
by commit ba79cb5dc with an integer log_parameter_max_length_on_error,
adding the ability to specify how many bytes to trim each logged
parameter value to. (The previous coding hard-wired that choice at
64 bytes.)
In addition, add a new parameter log_parameter_max_length that provides
similar control over truncation of query parameters that are logged in
response to statement-logging options, as opposed to errors. Previous
releases always logged such parameters in full, possibly causing log
bloat.
For backwards compatibility with prior releases,
log_parameter_max_length defaults to -1 (log in full), while
log_parameter_max_length_on_error defaults to 0 (no logging).
Per discussion, log_parameter_max_length is SUSET since the DBA should
control routine logging behavior, but log_parameter_max_length_on_error
is USERSET because it also affects errcontext data sent back to the
client.
Alexey Bashtanov, editorialized a little by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b10493cc-a399-a03a-67c7-068f2791ee50@imap.cc
This adds SQL expressions NORMALIZE() and IS NORMALIZED to convert and
check Unicode normal forms, per SQL standard.
To support fast IS NORMALIZED tests, we pull in a new data file
DerivedNormalizationProps.txt from Unicode and build a lookup table
from that, using techniques similar to ones already used for other
Unicode data. make update-unicode will keep it up to date. We only
build and use these tables for the NFC and NFKC forms, because they
are too big for NFD and NFKD and the improvement is not significant
enough there.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c1909f27-c269-2ed9-12f8-3ab72c8caf7a@2ndquadrant.com
There's a number of SLRU caches used to access important data like clog,
commit timestamps, multixact, asynchronous notifications, etc. Until now
we had no easy way to monitor these shared caches, compute hit ratios,
number of reads/writes etc.
This commit extends the statistics collector to track this information
for a predefined list of SLRUs, and also introduces a new system view
pg_stat_slru displaying the data.
The list of built-in SLRUs is fixed, but additional SLRUs may be defined
in extensions. Unfortunately, there's no suitable registry of SLRUs, so
this patch simply defines a fixed list of SLRUs with entries for the
built-in ones and one entry for all additional SLRUs. Extensions adding
their own SLRU are fairly rare, so this seems acceptable.
This patch only allows monitoring of SLRUs, not tuning. The SLRU sizes
are still fixed (hard-coded in the code) and it's not entirely clear
which of the SLRUs might need a GUC to tune size. In a way, allowing us
to determine that is one of the goals of this patch.
Bump catversion as the patch introduces new functions and system view.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20200119143707.gyinppnigokesjok@development
Quite a few matching operators such as JSONB's @> used "contsel" and
"contjoinsel" as their selectivity estimators. That was a bad idea,
because (a) contsel is only a stub, yielding a fixed default estimate,
and (b) that default is 0.001, meaning we estimate these operators as
five times more selective than equality, which is surely pretty silly.
There's a good model for improving this in ltree's ltreeparentsel():
for any "var OP constant" query, we can try applying the operator
to all of the column's MCV and histogram values, taking the latter
as being a random sample of the non-MCV values. That code is
actually 100% generic, except for the question of exactly what
default selectivity ought to be plugged in when we don't have stats.
Hence, migrate the guts of ltreeparentsel() into the core code, provide
wrappers "matchingsel" and "matchingjoinsel" with a more-appropriate
default estimate, and use those for the non-geometric operators that
formerly used contsel (mostly JSONB containment operators and tsquery
matching).
Also apply this code to some match-like operators in hstore, ltree, and
pg_trgm, including the former users of ltreeparentsel as well as ones
that improperly used contsel. Since commit 911e70207 just created new
versions of those extensions that we haven't released yet, we can sneak
this change into those new versions instead of having to create an
additional generation of update scripts.
Patch by me, reviewed by Alexey Bashtanov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12237.1582833074@sss.pgh.pa.us
pg_rewind needs to copy from the source cluster to the target cluster a
set of relation blocks changed from the previous checkpoint where WAL
forked up to the end of WAL on the target. Building this list of
relation blocks requires a range of WAL segments that may not be present
anymore on the target's pg_wal, causing pg_rewind to fail. It is
possible to work around this issue by copying manually the WAL segments
needed but this may lead to some extra and actually useless work.
This commit introduces a new option allowing pg_rewind to use a
restore_command while doing the rewind by grabbing the parameter value
of restore_command from the target cluster configuration. This allows
the rewind operation to be more reliable, so as only the WAL segments
needed by the rewind are restored from the archives.
In order to be able to do that, a new routine is added to src/common/ to
allow frontend tools to restore files from archives using an
already-built restore command. This version is more simple than the
backend equivalent as there is no need to handle the non-recovery case.
Author: Alexey Kondratov
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Alexander
Korotkov, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a3acff50-5a0d-9a2c-b3b2-ee36168955c1@postgrespro.ru
The definitions of the routines defined in xlogarchive.c have been part
of xlog_internal.h which is included by several frontend tools, but all
those routines are only called by the backend. More cleanup could be
done within xlog_internal.h, but that's already a nice cut.
This will help a follow-up patch for pg_rewind where handling of
restore_command is added for frontends.
Author: Alexey Kondratov, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a3acff50-5a0d-9a2c-b3b2-ee36168955c1@postgrespro.ru
PostgreSQL provides set of template index access methods, where opclasses have
much freedom in the semantics of indexing. These index AMs are GiST, GIN,
SP-GiST and BRIN. There opclasses define representation of keys, operations on
them and supported search strategies. So, it's natural that opclasses may be
faced some tradeoffs, which require user-side decision. This commit implements
opclass parameters allowing users to set some values, which tell opclass how to
index the particular dataset.
This commit doesn't introduce new storage in system catalog. Instead it uses
pg_attribute.attoptions, which is used for table column storage options but
unused for index attributes.
In order to evade changing signature of each opclass support function, we
implement unified way to pass options to opclass support functions. Options
are set to fn_expr as the constant bytea expression. It's possible due to the
fact that opclass support functions are executed outside of expressions, so
fn_expr is unused for them.
This commit comes with some examples of opclass options usage. We parametrize
signature length in GiST. That applies to multiple opclasses: tsvector_ops,
gist__intbig_ops, gist_ltree_ops, gist__ltree_ops, gist_trgm_ops and
gist_hstore_ops. Also we parametrize maximum number of integer ranges for
gist__int_ops. However, the main future usage of this feature is expected
to be json, where users would be able to specify which way to index particular
json parts.
Catversion is bumped.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d22c3a18-31c7-1879-fc11-4c1ce2f5e5af%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov, revised by me
Reviwed-by: Nikolay Shaplov, Robert Haas, Tom Lane, Tomas Vondra, Alvaro Herrera
When certain parameters are changed on a physical replication primary,
this is communicated to standbys using the XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE WAL
record. The standby then checks whether its own settings are at least
as big as the ones on the primary. If not, the standby shuts down
with a fatal error.
The correspondence of settings between primary and standby is required
because those settings influence certain shared memory sizings that
are required for processing WAL records that the primary might send.
For example, if the primary sends a prepared transaction, the standby
must have had max_prepared_transaction set appropriately or it won't
be able to process those WAL records.
However, fatally shutting down the standby immediately upon receipt of
the parameter change record might be a bit of an overreaction. The
resources related to those settings are not required immediately at
that point, and might never be required if the activity on the primary
does not exhaust all those resources. If we just let the standby roll
on with recovery, it will eventually produce an appropriate error when
those resources are used.
So this patch relaxes this a bit. Upon receipt of
XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE, we still check the settings but only issue a
warning and set a global flag if there is a problem. Then when we
actually hit the resource issue and the flag was set, we issue another
warning message with relevant information. At that point we pause
recovery, so a hot standby remains usable. We also repeat the last
warning message once a minute so it is harder to miss or ignore.
Reviewed-by: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <masahiko.sawada@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4ad69a4c-cc9b-0dfe-0352-8b1b0cd36c7b@2ndquadrant.com
This commit adds query_string argument into the planner-related functions
and hook and allows us to pass the query string to them.
Currently there is no user of the query string passed. But the upcoming patch
for the planning counters will add the planning hook function into
pg_stat_statements and the function will need the query string. So this change
will be necessary for that patch.
Also this change is useful for some extensions that want to use the query
string in their planner hook function.
Author: Pascal Legrand, Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Yoshikazu Imai, Tom Lane, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_bU1m3_XF5qKYtSj1ua4dxd=FWDyh2SH4rSJAUUfsGmAQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1583789487074-0.post@n3.nabble.com
Previously pg_stat_statements calculated the difference of buffer counters
by its own code even while BufferUsageAccumDiff() had the same code.
This commit expose BufferUsageAccumDiff() and makes pg_stat_statements
use it for the calculation, in order to simply the code.
This change also would be useful for the upcoming patch for the planning
counters in pg_stat_statements because the patch will add one more code
for the calculation of difference of buffer counters and that can easily be
done by using BufferUsageAccumDiff().
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bdfee4e0-a304-2498-8da5-3cb52c0a193e@oss.nttdata.com
As of Windows 10 version 1803, Unix-domain sockets are supported on
Windows. But it's not automatically detected by configure because it
looks for struct sockaddr_un and Windows doesn't define that. So we
just make our own definition on Windows and override the configure
result.
Set DEFAULT_PGSOCKET_DIR to empty on Windows so by default no
Unix-domain socket is used, because there is no good standard
location.
In pg_upgrade, we have to do some extra tweaking to preserve the
existing behavior of not using Unix-domain sockets on Windows. Adding
support would be desirable, but it needs further work, in particular a
way to select whether to use Unix-domain sockets from the command-line
or with a run-time test.
The pg_upgrade test script needs a fix. The previous code passed
"localhost" to postgres -k, which only happened to work because
Windows used to ignore the -k argument value altogether. We instead
need to pass an empty string to get the desired effect.
The test suites will continue to not use Unix-domain sockets on
Windows. This requires a small tweak in pg_regress.c. The TAP tests
don't need to be changed because they decide by the operating system
rather than HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/54bde68c-d134-4eb8-5bd3-8af33b72a010@2ndquadrant.com
Traditionally autovacuum has only ever invoked a worker based on the
estimated number of dead tuples in a table and for anti-wraparound
purposes. For the latter, with certain classes of tables such as
insert-only tables, anti-wraparound vacuums could be the first vacuum that
the table ever receives. This could often lead to autovacuum workers being
busy for extended periods of time due to having to potentially freeze
every page in the table. This could be particularly bad for very large
tables. New clusters, or recently pg_restored clusters could suffer even
more as many large tables may have the same relfrozenxid, which could
result in large numbers of tables requiring an anti-wraparound vacuum all
at once.
Here we aim to reduce the work required by anti-wraparound and aggressive
vacuums in general, by triggering autovacuum when the table has received
enough INSERTs. This is controlled by adding two new GUCs and reloptions;
autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold and
autovacuum_vacuum_insert_scale_factor. These work exactly the same as the
existing scale factor and threshold controls, only base themselves off the
number of inserts since the last vacuum, rather than the number of dead
tuples. New controls were added rather than reusing the existing
controls, to allow these new vacuums to be tuned independently and perhaps
even completely disabled altogether, which can be done by setting
autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold to -1.
We make no attempt to skip index cleanup operations on these vacuums as
they may trigger for an insert-mostly table which continually doesn't have
enough dead tuples to trigger an autovacuum for the purpose of removing
those dead tuples. If we were to skip cleaning the indexes in this case,
then it is possible for the index(es) to become bloated over time.
There are additional benefits to triggering autovacuums based on inserts,
as tables which never contain enough dead tuples to trigger an autovacuum
are now more likely to receive a vacuum, which can mark more of the table
as "allvisible" and encourage the query planner to make use of Index Only
Scans.
Currently, we still obey vacuum_freeze_min_age when triggering these new
autovacuums based on INSERTs. For large insert-only tables, it may be
beneficial to lower the table's autovacuum_freeze_min_age so that tuples
are eligible to be frozen sooner. Here we've opted not to zero that for
these types of vacuums, since the table may just be insert-mostly and we
may otherwise freeze tuples that are still destined to be updated or
removed in the near future.
There was some debate to what exactly the new scale factor and threshold
should default to. For now, these are set to 0.2 and 1000, respectively.
There may be some motivation to adjust these before the release.
Author: Laurenz Albe, Darafei Praliaskouski
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Masahiko Sawada, Chris Travers, Andres Freund, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAC8Q8t%2Bj36G_bLF%3D%2B0iMo6jGNWnLnWb1tujXuJr-%2Bx8ZCCTqoQ%40mail.gmail.com
The parameters primary_conninfo, primary_slot_name and
wal_receiver_create_temp_slot can now be changed with a simple "reload"
signal, no longer requiring a server restart. This is achieved by
signalling the walreceiver process to terminate and having it start
again with the new values.
Thanks to Andres Freund, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao for discussion.
Author: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19513901543181143@sas1-19a94364928d.qloud-c.yandex.net
Commit 3297308278 gave walreceiver the ability to create and use a
temporary replication slot, and made it controllable by a GUC (enabled
by default) that can be changed with SIGHUP. That's useful but has two
problems: one, it's possible to cause the origin server to fill its disk
if the slot doesn't advance in time; and also there's a disconnect
between state passed down via the startup process and GUCs that
walreceiver reads directly.
We handle the first problem by setting the option to disabled by
default. If the user enables it, its on their head to make sure that
disk doesn't fill up.
We handle the second problem by passing the flag via startup rather than
having walreceiver acquire it directly, and making it PGC_POSTMASTER
(which ensures a walreceiver always has the fresh value). A future
commit can relax this (to PGC_SIGHUP again) by having the startup
process signal walreceiver to shutdown whenever the value changes.
Author: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200122055510.GH174860@paquier.xyz
Buildfarm experience shows what probably should've occurred to me before:
if a cache flush occurs partway through building a generic plan, then
the plansource may have is_valid = false even though the plan is valid.
We need to accept this case, use the generated plan, and then try to
replan the next time. We can't try to replan immediately, because that
would produce an infinite loop in CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS builds; moreover
it's really overkill. (We can assume that the plan is valid, it's just
possibly a bit stale. Note that the pre-existing code behaved this way,
and the non-simple-expression code paths do too.) Conversely, not using
the generated plan would drop us into the not-a-simple-expression code
path, which is bad for performance and would also cause regression-test
failures due to visibly different error-reporting behavior.
Hence, refactor the validity-check functions so that the initial check
and recheck cases can react differently to plansource->is_valid.
This makes their usage a bit simpler, too.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7072.1585332104@sss.pgh.pa.us
For relatively simple expressions (say, "x + 1" or "x > 0"), plpgsql's
management overhead exceeds the cost of evaluating the expression.
This patch substantially improves that situation, providing roughly
2X speedup for such trivial expressions.
First, add infrastructure in the plancache to allow fast re-validation
of cached plans that contain no table access, and hence need no locks.
Teach plpgsql to use this infrastructure for expressions that it's
already deemed "simple" (which in particular will never contain table
references).
The fast path still requires checking that search_path hasn't changed,
so provide a fast path for OverrideSearchPathMatchesCurrent by
counting changes that have occurred to the active search path in the
current session. This is simplistic but seems enough for now, seeing
that PushOverrideSearchPath is not used in any performance-critical
cases.
Second, manage the refcounts on simple expressions' cached plans using
a transaction-lifespan resource owner, so that we only need to take
and release an expression's refcount once per transaction not once per
expression evaluation. The management of this resource owner exactly
parallels the existing management of plpgsql's simple-expression EState.
Add some regression tests covering this area, in particular verifying
that expression caching doesn't break semantics for search_path changes.
Patch by me, but it owes something to previous work by Amit Langote,
who recognized that getting rid of plancache-related overhead would
be a useful thing to do here. Also thanks to Andres Freund for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRDRVfLdAxsWeVLzCAbkLFZhW549K+67tpOc-faC8uH8zw@mail.gmail.com
Some platforms require libssl to be linked explicitly in the new
SSL test module. Borrow contrib/sslinfo's code for that.
Since src/test/modules/Makefile now has a variable SUBDIRS list,
it needs to follow the ALWAYS_SUBDIRS protocol for that (cf.
comments in Makefile.global.in).
Blindly try to fix MSVC build failures by adding PGDLLIMPORT.
The default hook function sets the default password callback function.
In order to allow preloaded libraries to have an opportunity to override
the default, TLS initialization if now delayed slightly until after
shared preloaded libraries have been loaded.
A test module is provided which contains a trivial example that decodes
an obfuscated password for an SSL certificate.
Author: Andrew Dunstan
Reviewed By: Andreas Karlsson, Asaba Takanori
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/04116472-818b-5859-1d74-3d995aab2252@2ndQuadrant.com
This reverts the parts of commit 17a28b0364
that changed ereport's auxiliary functions from returning dummy integer
values to returning void. It turns out that a minority of compilers
complain (not entirely unreasonably) about constructs such as
(condition) ? errdetail(...) : 0
if errdetail() returns void rather than int. We could update those
call sites to say "(void) 0" perhaps, but the expectation for this
patch set was that ereport callers would not have to change anything.
And this aspect of the patch set was already the most invasive and
least compelling part of it, so let's just drop it.
Per buildfarm.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k6N8EjNvZpM8nme+y+05mz-SM8Z_BgkixzkA34R+ej0Kw@mail.gmail.com
It was for unclear reasons defined in a separate location, which makes
it more cumbersome to override for testing, and it also did not have
any prominent documentation. Move to pg_config_manual.h, where
similar things are already collected.
The previous definition on the command-line had the effect of defining
it to the value 1, but now that we don't need that anymore we just
define it to empty, to simplify manual editing a bit.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b7053ba8-b008-5335-31de-2fe4fe41ef0f%402ndquadrant.com
Change all the auxiliary error-reporting routines to return void,
now that we no longer need to pretend they are passing something
useful to errfinish(). While this probably doesn't save anything
significant at the machine-code level, it allows detection of some
additional types of mistakes.
Pass the error location details (__FILE__, __LINE__, PG_FUNCNAME_MACRO)
to errfinish not errstart. This shaves a few cycles off the case where
errstart decides we're not going to emit anything.
Re-implement elog() as a trivial wrapper around ereport(), removing
the separate support infrastructure it used to have. Aside from
getting rid of some now-surplus code, this means that elog() now
really does have exactly the same semantics as ereport(), in particular
that it can skip evaluation work if the message is not to be emitted.
Andres Freund and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k6N8EjNvZpM8nme+y+05mz-SM8Z_BgkixzkA34R+ej0Kw@mail.gmail.com
Now that we require C99, we can depend on __VA_ARGS__ to work, and
revising ereport() to use it has several significant benefits:
* The extra parentheses around the auxiliary function calls are now
optional. Aside from being a bit less ugly, this removes a common
gotcha for new contributors, because in some cases the compiler errors
you got from forgetting them were unintelligible.
* The auxiliary function calls are now evaluated as a comma expression
list rather than as extra arguments to errfinish(). This means that
compilers can be expected to warn about no-op expressions in the list,
allowing detection of several other common mistakes such as forgetting
to add errmsg(...) when converting an elog() call to ereport().
* Unlike the situation with extra function arguments, comma expressions
are guaranteed to be evaluated left-to-right, so this removes platform
dependency in the order of the auxiliary function calls. While that
dependency hasn't caused us big problems in the past, this change does
allow dropping some rather shaky assumptions around errcontext() domain
handling.
There's no intention to make wholesale changes of existing ereport
calls, but as proof-of-concept this patch removes the extra parens
from a couple of calls in postgres.c.
While new code can be written either way, code intended to be
back-patched will need to use extra parens for awhile yet. It seems
worth back-patching this change into v12, so as to reduce the window
where we have to be careful about that by one year. Hence, this patch
is careful to preserve ABI compatibility; a followup HEAD-only patch
will make some additional simplifications.
Andres Freund and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k6N8EjNvZpM8nme+y+05mz-SM8Z_BgkixzkA34R+ej0Kw@mail.gmail.com
It previously only supported NFKC, for use by SASLprep. This expands
the API to offer the choice of all four normalization forms. Right
now, there are no internal users of the forms other than NFKC.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c1909f27-c269-2ed9-12f8-3ab72c8caf7a@2ndquadrant.com
Previously if a promotion was triggered while recovery was paused,
the paused state continued. Also recovery could be paused by executing
pg_wal_replay_pause() even while a promotion was ongoing. That is,
recovery pause had higher priority over a standby promotion.
But this behavior was not desirable because most users basically wanted
the recovery to complete as soon as possible and the server to become
the master when they requested a promotion.
This commit changes recovery so that it prefers a promotion over
recovery pause. That is, if a promotion is triggered while recovery
is paused, the paused state ends and a promotion continues. Also
this commit makes recovery pause functions like pg_wal_replay_pause()
throw an error if they are executed while a promotion is ongoing.
Internally, this commit adds new internal function PromoteIsTriggered()
that returns true if a promotion is triggered. Since the name of
this function and the existing function IsPromoteTriggered() are
confusingly similar, the commit changes the name of IsPromoteTriggered()
to IsPromoteSignaled, as more appropriate name.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Atsushi Torikoshi, Sergei Kornilov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/00c194b2-dbbb-2e8a-5b39-13f14048ef0a@oss.nttdata.com
restore_command has only been used until now by the backend, but there
is a pending patch for pg_rewind to make use of that in the frontend.
Author: Alexey Kondratov
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Alexander
Korotkov, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a3acff50-5a0d-9a2c-b3b2-ee36168955c1@postgrespro.ru
This commit introduces new wait events BackupWaitWalArchive and
RecoveryPause. The former is reported while waiting for the WAL files
required for the backup to be successfully archived. The latter is
reported while waiting for recovery in pause state to be resumed.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Atsushi Torikoshi, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f0651f8c-9c96-9f29-0ff9-80414a15308a@oss.nttdata.com
Previously 0 was reported in pg_stat_progress_basebackup.total_backup
if the total backup size was not estimated. Per discussion, our consensus
is that NULL is better choise as the value in total_backup in that case.
So this commit makes pg_stat_progress_basebackup view report NULL
in total_backup column if the estimation is disabled.
Bump catversion.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Magnus Hagander, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABUevExnhOD89zBDuPvfAAh243RzNpwCPEWNLtMYpKHMB8gbAQ@mail.gmail.com
This reverts commit b7f64c6, which broke the fallback implementation for
C++. We have discussed a couple of alternatives to reduce the number of
implementations for those asserts, but nothing allowing to reduce the
number of implementations down to three instead of four, so there is no
benefit in keeping this patch.
Thanks to Tom Lane for the discussion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200313115033.GA183471@paquier.xyz
headerscheck and cpluspluscheck should skip the recently-added
cmdtaglist.h header, since (like kwlist.h and some other similarly-
designed headers) it's not meant to be included standalone.
evtcache.h was missing an #include to support its usage of Bitmapset.
typecmds.h was missing an #include to support its usage of ParseState.
The first two of these were evidently oversights in commit 2f9661311.
I didn't track down exactly which change broke typecmds.h, but it
must have been some rearrangement in one of its existing inclusions,
because it's referenced ParseState for quite a long time and there
were not complaints from these checking programs before.
Until now, only selected bulk operations (e.g. COPY) did this. If a
given relfilenode received both a WAL-skipping COPY and a WAL-logged
operation (e.g. INSERT), recovery could lose tuples from the COPY. See
src/backend/access/transam/README section "Skipping WAL for New
RelFileNode" for the new coding rules. Maintainers of table access
methods should examine that section.
To maintain data durability, just before commit, we choose between an
fsync of the relfilenode and copying its contents to WAL. A new GUC,
wal_skip_threshold, guides that choice. If this change slows a workload
that creates small, permanent relfilenodes under wal_level=minimal, try
adjusting wal_skip_threshold. Users setting a timeout on COMMIT may
need to adjust that timeout, and log_min_duration_statement analysis
will reflect time consumption moving to COMMIT from commands like COPY.
Internally, this requires a reliable determination of whether
RollbackAndReleaseCurrentSubTransaction() would unlink a relation's
current relfilenode. Introduce rd_firstRelfilenodeSubid. Amend the
specification of rd_createSubid such that the field is zero when a new
rel has an old rd_node. Make relcache.c retain entries for certain
dropped relations until end of transaction.
Back-patch to 9.5 (all supported versions). This introduces a new WAL
record type, XLOG_GIST_ASSIGN_LSN, without bumping XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC. As
always, update standby systems before master systems. This changes
sizeof(RelationData) and sizeof(IndexStmt), breaking binary
compatibility for affected extensions. (The most recent commit to
affect the same class of extensions was
089e4d405d0f3b94c74a2c6a54357a84a681754b.)
Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed (in earlier, similar versions) by Robert
Haas. Heikki Linnakangas and Michael Paquier implemented earlier
designs that materially clarified the problem. Reviewed, in earlier
designs, by Andrew Dunstan, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane,
Fujii Masao, and Simon Riggs. Reported by Martijn van Oosterhout.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20150702220524.GA9392@svana.org
Remove an obsolete comment from AtEOXact_cleanup(). Restore formatting
of a comment in struct RelationData, mangled by the pgindent run in
commit 9af4159fce. Back-patch to 9.5 (all
supported versions), because another fix stacks on this.
This is required as it is no safer for two related processes to extend the
same relation at a time than for unrelated processes to do the same. We
don't acquire a heavyweight lock on any other object after relation
extension lock which means such a lock can never participate in the
deadlock cycle. So, avoid checking wait edges from this lock.
This provides an infrastructure to allow parallel operations like insert,
copy, etc. which were earlier not possible as parallel group members won't
conflict for relation extension lock.
Author: Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh and Sawada Masahiko
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoCmT3cFQUN4aVvzy5chw7DuzXrJCbrjTU05B+Ss=Gn1LA@mail.gmail.com
This patch adds the pseudo-types anycompatible, anycompatiblearray,
anycompatiblenonarray, and anycompatiblerange. They work much like
anyelement, anyarray, anynonarray, and anyrange respectively, except
that the actual input values need not match precisely in type.
Instead, if we can find a common supertype (using the same rules
as for UNION/CASE type resolution), then the parser automatically
promotes the input values to that type. For example,
"myfunc(anycompatible, anycompatible)" can match a call with one
integer and one bigint argument, with the integer automatically
promoted to bigint. With anyelement in the definition, the user
would have had to cast the integer explicitly.
The new types also provide a second, independent set of type variables
for function matching; thus with "myfunc(anyelement, anyelement,
anycompatible) returns anycompatible" the first two arguments are
constrained to be the same type, but the third can be some other
type, and the result has the type of the third argument. The need
for more than one set of type variables was foreseen back when we
first invented the polymorphic types, but we never did anything
about it.
Pavel Stehule, revised a bit by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRDna7VqNi8gR+Tt2Ktmz0cq5G93guc3Sbn_NVPLdXAkqA@mail.gmail.com
This by itself doesn't change any functionality but prepares the way
for having relations other than base tables in publications.
Make arrangements for COPY handling the initial table sync. For
non-tables we have to use COPY (SELECT ...) instead of directly
copying from the table, but then we have to take care to omit
generated columns from the column list.
Also, remove a hardcoded reference to relkind = 'r' and rely on the
publisher to send only what it can actually publish, which will be
correct even in future cross-version scenarios.
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+HiwqH=Y85vRK3mOdjEkqFK+E=ST=eQiHdpj43L=_eJMOOznQ@mail.gmail.com
This commit renames RecoveryWalAll and RecoveryWalStream wait events to
RecoveryWalStream and RecoveryRetrieveRetryInterval, respectively,
in order to make the names and what they are more consistent. For example,
previously RecoveryWalAll was reported as a wait event while the recovery
was waiting for WAL from a stream, and which was confusing because the name
was very different from the situation where the wait actually could happen.
The names of macro variables for those wait events also are renamed
accordingly.
This commit also changes the category of RecoveryRetrieveRetryInterval to
Timeout from Activity because the wait event is reported while waiting based
on wal_retrieve_retry_interval.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Atsushi Torikoshi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/124997ee-096a-5d09-d8da-2c7a57d0816e@oss.nttdata.com
While performing hash aggregation, track memory usage when adding new
groups to a hash table. If the memory usage exceeds work_mem, enter
"spill mode".
In spill mode, new groups are not created in the hash table(s), but
existing groups continue to be advanced if input tuples match. Tuples
that would cause a new group to be created are instead spilled to a
logical tape to be processed later.
The tuples are spilled in a partitioned fashion. When all tuples from
the outer plan are processed (either by advancing the group or
spilling the tuple), finalize and emit the groups from the hash
table. Then, create new batches of work from the spilled partitions,
and select one of the saved batches and process it (possibly spilling
recursively).
Author: Jeff Davis
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Adam Lee, Justin Pryzby, Taylor Vesely, Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/507ac540ec7c20136364b5272acbcd4574aa76ef.camel@j-davis.com
An AllocSet doubles the size of allocated blocks (up to maxBlockSize),
which means that the current block can represent half of the total
allocated space for the memory context. But the free space in the
current block may never have been touched, so don't count the
untouched memory as allocated for the purposes of
MemoryContextMemAllocated().
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ec63d70b668818255486a83ffadc3aec492c1f57.camel@j-davis.com
relation extension lock.
The only exception to the rule is that we can try to acquire the same
relation extension lock more than once. This is allowed as we are not
creating any new lock for this case. This restriction implies that the
relation extension lock won't ever participate in the deadlock cycle
because we can never wait for any other heavyweight lock after acquiring
this lock.
Such a restriction is okay for relation extension locks as unlike other
heavyweight locks these are not held till the transaction end. These are
taken for a short duration to extend a particular relation and then
released.
Author: Dilip Kumar, with few changes by Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh and Sawada Masahiko
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoCmT3cFQUN4aVvzy5chw7DuzXrJCbrjTU05B+Ss=Gn1LA@mail.gmail.com
pg_proc.c and pg_aggregate.c had near-duplicate copies of the logic
to decide whether a function or aggregate's signature is legal.
This seems like a bad thing even without the problem that the
upcoming "anycompatible" patch would roughly double the complexity
of that logic. Hence, refactor so that the rules are localized
in new subroutines supplied by parse_coerce.c. (One could quibble
about just where to add that code, but putting it beside
enforce_generic_type_consistency seems not totally unreasonable.)
The fact that the rules are about to change would mandate some
changes in the wording of the associated error messages in any case.
I ended up spelling things out in a fairly literal fashion in the
errdetail messages, eg "A result of type anyelement requires at
least one input of type anyelement, anyarray, anynonarray, anyenum,
or anyrange." Perhaps this is overkill, but once there's more than
one subgroup of polymorphic types, people might get confused by
more-abstract messages.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24137.1584139352@sss.pgh.pa.us
It devolved into a content-less wrapper over read_local_xlog_page, with
nothing to add, plus it's easily confused with walsender's
logical_read_xlog_page. There doesn't seem to be any reason for it to
stay.
src/include/replication/logicalfuncs.h becomes empty, so remove it too.
The prototypes it initially had were absorbed by generated fmgrprotos.h.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191115214102.GA15616@alvherre.pgsql
This extends the fixes made in commit 085b6b667 to other SRFs with the
same bug, namely pg_logdir_ls(), pgrowlocks(), pg_timezone_names(),
pg_ls_dir(), and pg_tablespace_databases().
Also adjust various comments and documentation to warn against
expecting to clean up resources during a ValuePerCall SRF's final
call.
Back-patch to all supported branches, since these functions were
all born broken.
Justin Pryzby, with cosmetic tweaks by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200308173103.GC1357@telsasoft.com
Introduce a GUC and a tablespace option to control I/O prefetching, much
like effective_io_concurrency, but for work that is done on behalf of
many client sessions.
Use the new setting in heapam.c instead of the hard-coded formula
effective_io_concurrency + 10 introduced by commit 558a9165e0. Go with
a default value of 10 for now, because it's a round number pretty close
to the value used for that existing case.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJUw08dPs_3EUcdO6M90GnjofPYrWp4YSLaBkgYwS-AqA%40mail.gmail.com
The effective_io_concurrency GUC and equivalent tablespace option were
previously passed through a formula based on a theory about RAID
spindles and probabilities, to arrive at the number of pages to prefetch
in bitmap heap scans. Tomas Vondra, Andres Freund and others argued
that it was anachronistic and hard to justify, and commit 558a9165e0
already started down the path of bypassing it in new code. We agreed to
drop that logic and use the value directly.
For the default setting of 1, there is no change in effect. Higher
settings can be converted from the old meaning to the new with:
select round(sum(OLD / n::float)) from generate_series(1, OLD) s(n);
We might want to consider renaming the GUC before the next release given
the change in meaning, but it's not clear that many users had set it
very carefully anyway. That decision is deferred for now.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJUw08dPs_3EUcdO6M90GnjofPYrWp4YSLaBkgYwS-AqA%40mail.gmail.com
resolve_polymorphic_tupdesc() and resolve_polymorphic_argtypes() failed to
cover the case of having to resolve anyarray given only an anyrange input.
The bug was masked if anyelement was also used (as either input or
output), which probably helps account for our not having noticed.
While looking at this I noticed that resolve_generic_type() would produce
the wrong answer if asked to make that same resolution. ISTM that
resolve_generic_type() is confusingly defined and overly complex, so
rather than fix it, let's just make funcapi.c do the specific lookups
it requires for itself.
With this change, resolve_generic_type() is not used anywhere, so remove
it in HEAD. In the back branches, leave it alone (complete with bug)
just in case any external code is using it.
While we're here, make some other refactoring adjustments in funcapi.c
with an eye to upcoming future expansion of the set of polymorphic types:
* Simplify quick-exit tests by adding an overall have_polymorphic_result
flag. This is about a wash now but will be a win when there are more
flags.
* Reduce duplication of code between resolve_polymorphic_tupdesc() and
resolve_polymorphic_argtypes().
* Don't bother to validate correct matching of anynonarray or anyenum;
the parser should have done that, and even if it didn't, just doing
"return false" here would lead to a very confusing, off-point error
message. (Really, "return false" in these two functions should only
occur if the call_expr isn't supplied or we can't obtain data type
info from it.)
* For the same reason, throw an elog rather than "return false" if
we fail to resolve a polymorphic type.
The bug's been there since we added anyrange, so back-patch to
all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6093.1584202130@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 8f321bd16c added support for estimating ScalarArrayOpExpr clauses
(IN/ANY) clauses using functional dependencies. There's no good reason
not to support estimation of these clauses using multi-variate MCV lists
too, so this commits implements that. That makes the behavior consistent
and MCV lists can estimate all variants (ANY/ALL, inequalities, ...).
Author: Tomas Vondra
Review: Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/13902317.Eha0YfKkKy%40pierred-pdoc
Use the new MyBackendType instead. More similar changes for other "am
something" variables are possible. This one was just particularly
simple.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh <kuntalghosh.2007@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c65e5196-4f04-4ead-9353-6088c19615a3@2ndquadrant.com
Add a new global variable MyBackendType that uses the same BackendType
enum that was previously only used by the stats collector. That way
several duplicate ways of checking what type a particular process is
can be simplified. Since it's no longer just for stats, move to
miscinit.c and rename existing functions to match the expanded
purpose.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh <kuntalghosh.2007@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c65e5196-4f04-4ead-9353-6088c19615a3@2ndquadrant.com
If an index was explicitly set as replica identity index, this setting
was lost when a table was rewritten by ALTER TABLE. Because this
setting is part of pg_index but actually controlled by ALTER
TABLE (not part of CREATE INDEX, say), we have to do some extra work
to restore it.
Based-on-patch-by: Quan Zongliang <quanzongliang@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Euler Taveira <euler.taveira@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c70fcab2-4866-0d9f-1d01-e75e189db342@gmail.com
This commit refactors and simplifies the definitions of StaticAssertStmt,
StaticAssertExpr and StaticAssertDecl. By unifying the C and C++
fallback implementations, this reduces the number of different
implementations from four to three.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Georgios Kokolatos, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200204081503.GF2287@paquier.xyz
The init_ps_display() arguments were mostly lies by now, so to match
typical usage, just use one argument and let the caller assemble it
from multiple sources if necessary. The only user of the additional
arguments is BackendInitialize(), which was already doing string
assembly on the caller side anyway.
Remove the second argument of set_ps_display() ("force") and just
handle that in init_ps_display() internally.
BackendInitialize() also used to set the initial status as
"authentication", but that was very far from where authentication
actually happened. So now it's set to "initializing" and then
"authentication" just before the actual call to
ClientAuthentication().
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh <kuntalghosh.2007@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c65e5196-4f04-4ead-9353-6088c19615a3@2ndquadrant.com
If the command is attempted for an extension that the object already
depends on, silently do nothing.
In particular, this means that if a database containing multiple such
entries is dumped, the restore will silently do the right thing and
record just the first one. (At least, in a world where pg_dump does
dump such entries -- which it doesn't currently, but it will.)
Backpatch to 9.6, where this kind of dependency was introduced.
Reviewed-by: Ibrar Ahmed, Tom Lane (offlist)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200217225333.GA30974@alvherre.pgsql
The code around InitPostmasterChild() from commit 31c453165b somehow
ended up in the middle of a block of code related to "User ID state".
Move it into its own block instead.
Previously, hard links were not used on Windows and Cygwin, but they
support them just fine in currently supported OS versions, so we can
use them there as well.
Since all supported platforms now support hard links, we can remove
the alternative code paths.
Rename durable_link_or_rename() to durable_rename_excl() to make the
purpose more clear without referencing the implementation details.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/72fff73f-dc9c-4ef4-83e8-d2e60c98df48%402ndquadrant.com
This catalog-handling code was previously together with the rest of
CastCreate() in src/backend/commands/functioncmds.c. A future patch
will need a way to add casts internally, so this will be useful to have
separate.
Also, move the nearby get_cast_oid() function from functioncmds.c to
lsyscache.c, which seems a more natural place for it.
Author: Paul Jungwirth, minor edits by Álvaro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200309210003.GA19992@alvherre.pgsql
This removes another relic from the old nmake-based Windows build.
version_stamp.pl put version number information into win32ver.rc. But
win32ver.rc already gets other version number information from the
preprocessor at build time, so it would make more sense if all version
number information would be handled in the same way and we don't have
two places that do it.
What we need for this is having the major version number and the minor
version number as separate integer symbols. Both configure and
Solution.pm already have that logic, because they compute
PG_VERSION_NUM. So we just keep all the logic there now. Put the
minor version number into a new symbol PG_MINORVERSION_NUM. Also, add
a symbol PG_MAJORVERSION_NUM, which is a number, alongside the
existing PG_MAJORVERSION, which is a string.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1ee46ac4-a9b2-4531-bf54-5ec2e374634d@2ndquadrant.com
The need for this was removed by
8b9e9644dc.
A number of files now need to include utils/acl.h or
parser/parse_node.h explicitly where they previously got it indirectly
somehow.
Since parser/parse_node.h already includes nodes/parsenodes.h, the
latter is then removed where the former was added. Also, remove
nodes/pg_list.h from objectaddress.h, since that's included via
nodes/parsenodes.h.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/7601e258-26b2-8481-36d0-dc9dca6f28f1%402ndquadrant.com
When a partitioned table is added to a publication, changes of all of
its partitions (current or future) are published via that publication.
This change only affects which tables a publication considers as its
members. The receiving side still sees the data coming from the
individual leaf partitions. So existing restrictions that partition
hierarchies can only be replicated one-to-one are not changed by this.
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rafia Sabih <rafia.pghackers@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+HiwqH=Y85vRK3mOdjEkqFK+E=ST=eQiHdpj43L=_eJMOOznQ@mail.gmail.com
Such indexes can only be duplicated leftovers of a previously failed
REINDEX CONCURRENTLY command, and a valid equivalent is guaranteed to
exist. As toast indexes can only be dropped if invalid, reindexing
these would lead to useless duplicated indexes that can't be dropped
anymore, except if the parent relation is dropped.
Thanks to Justin Pryzby for reminding that this problem was reported
long ago during the review of the original patch of REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY, but the issue was never addressed.
Reported-by: Sergei Kornilov, Justin Pryzby
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/36712441546604286%40sas1-890ba5c2334a.qloud-c.yandex.net
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200216190835.GA21832@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 12
Increases the number of tapes in a logical tape set. This will be
important for disk-based hash aggregation, because the maximum number
of tapes is not known ahead of time.
While discussing this change, it was observed to regress the
performance of Sort for at least one test case. The performance
regression was because some versions of GCC switch to an inlined
version of memcpy() in LogicalTapeWrite() after this change. No
performance regression for clang was observed.
Because the regression is due to an arbitrary decision by the
compiler, I decided it shouldn't hold up this change. If it needs to
be fixed, we can find a workaround.
Author: Adam Lee, Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e54bfec11c59689890f277722aaaabd05f78e22c.camel%40j-davis.com
SQL includes provisions for numeric Unicode escapes in string
literals and identifiers. Previously we only accepted those
if they represented ASCII characters or the server encoding
was UTF-8, making the conversion to internal form trivial.
This patch adjusts things so that we'll call the appropriate
encoding conversion function in less-trivial cases, allowing
the escape sequence to be accepted so long as it corresponds
to some character available in the server encoding.
This also applies to processing of Unicode escapes in JSONB.
However, the old restriction still applies to client-side
JSON processing, since that hasn't got access to the server's
encoding conversion infrastructure.
This patch includes some lexer infrastructure that simplifies
throwing errors with error cursors pointing into the middle of
a string (or other complex token). For the moment I only used
it for errors relating to Unicode escapes, but we might later
expand the usage to some other cases.
Patch by me, reviewed by John Naylor.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2393.1578958316@sss.pgh.pa.us
Specifically, this patch allows ALTER TYPE to:
* Change the default TOAST strategy for a toastable base type;
* Promote a non-toastable type to toastable;
* Add/remove binary I/O functions for a type;
* Add/remove typmod I/O functions for a type;
* Add/remove a custom ANALYZE statistics functions for a type.
The first of these can be done by the type's owner; all the others
require superuser privilege since misuse could cause problems.
The main motivation for this patch is to allow extensions to
upgrade the feature sets of their data types, so the set of
alterable properties is biased towards that use-case. However
it's also true that changing some other properties would be
a lot harder, as they get baked into physical storage and/or
stored expressions that depend on the type.
Along the way, refactor GenerateTypeDependencies() to make it easier
to call, refactor DefineType's volatility checks so they can be shared
by AlterType, and teach typcache.c that it might have to reload data
from the type's pg_type row, a scenario it never handled before.
Also rearrange alter_type.sgml a bit for clarity (put the
composite-type operations together).
Tomas Vondra and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200228004440.b23ein4qvmxnlpht@development
A long time ago, it was necessary to declare datatype I/O functions,
triggers, and language handler support functions in a very type-unsafe
way involving a single pseudo-type "opaque". We got rid of those
conventions in 7.3, but there was still support in various places to
automatically convert such functions to the modern declaration style,
to be able to transparently re-load dumps from pre-7.3 servers.
It seems unnecessary to continue to support that anymore, so take out
the hacks; whereupon the "opaque" pseudo-type itself is no longer
needed and can be dropped.
This is part of a group of patches removing various server-side kluges
for transparently upgrading pre-8.0 dump files. Since we've had few
complaints about dropping pg_dump's support for dumping from pre-8.0
servers (commit 64f3524e2), it seems okay to now remove these kluges.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4110.1583255415@sss.pgh.pa.us
This does not matter much when compiling Postgres proper as many
warnings exist when enabling this compilation flag, but it can be
annoying for external modules willing to use both.
Author: David Steele
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/91d86c8a-11fc-7b88-43eb-5ca3f6fb8bd3@pgmasters.net
Optionally push a step to check for a NULL pointer to the pergroup
state.
This will be important for disk-based hash aggregation in combination
with grouping sets. When memory limits are reached, a given tuple may
find its per-group state for some grouping sets but not others. For
the former, it advances the per-group state as normal; for the latter,
it skips evaluation and the calling code will have to spill the tuple
and reprocess it in a later batch.
Add the NULL check as a separate expression step because in some
common cases it's not needed.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200221202212.ssb2qpmdgrnx52sj%40alap3.anarazel.de
Our usual practice for "poor man's enum" catalog columns is to define
macros for the possible values and use those, not literal constants,
in C code. But for some reason lost in the mists of time, this was
never done for typalign/attalign or typstorage/attstorage. It's never
too late to make it better though, so let's do that.
The reason I got interested in this right now is the need to duplicate
some uses of the TYPSTORAGE constants in an upcoming ALTER TYPE patch.
But in general, this sort of change aids greppability and readability,
so it's a good idea even without any specific motivation.
I may have missed a few places that could be converted, and it's even
more likely that pending patches will re-introduce some hard-coded
references. But that's not fatal --- there's no expectation that
we'd actually change any of these values. We can clean up stragglers
over time.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16457.1583189537@sss.pgh.pa.us
to_char() has long allowed the TM (translation mode) prefix to
specify output of translated month or day names; but that prefix
had no effect in input format strings. Now it does. to_date()
and to_timestamp() will now recognize the same month or day names
that to_char() would output for the same format code. Matching is
case-insensitive (per the active collation's notion of what that
means), just as it has always been for English month/day names
without the TM prefix.
(As per the discussion thread, there are lots of cases that this
feature will not handle, such as alternate day names. But being
able to accept what to_char() will output seems useful enough.)
In passing, fix some shaky English and violations of message
style guidelines in jsonpath errors for the .datetime() method,
which depends on this code.
Juan José Santamaría Flecha, reviewed and modified by me,
with other commentary from Alvaro Herrera, Tomas Vondra,
Arthur Zakirov, Peter Eisentraut, Mark Dilger.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAC+AXB3u1jTngJcoC1nAHBf=M3v-jrEfo86UFtCqCjzbWS9QhA@mail.gmail.com
This commit adds pg_stat_progress_basebackup view that reports
the progress while an application like pg_basebackup is taking
a base backup. This uses the progress reporting infrastructure
added by c16dc1aca5, adding support for streaming base backup.
Bump catversion.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Amit Langote, Sergei Kornilov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9ed8b801-8215-1f3d-62d7-65bff53f6e94@oss.nttdata.com
The backend was using strings to represent command tags and doing string
comparisons in multiple places, but that's slow and unhelpful. Create a
new command list with a supporting structure to use instead; this is
stored in a tag-list-file that can be tailored to specific purposes with
a caller-definable C macro, similar to what we do for WAL resource
managers. The first first such uses are a new CommandTag enum and a
CommandTagBehavior struct.
Replace numerous occurrences of char *completionTag with a
QueryCompletion struct so that the code no longer stores information
about completed queries in a cstring. Only at the last moment, in
EndCommand(), does this get converted to a string.
EventTriggerCacheItem no longer holds an array of palloc’d tag strings
in sorted order, but rather just a Bitmapset over the CommandTags.
Author: Mark Dilger, with unsolicited help from Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: John Naylor, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/981A9DB4-3F0C-4DA5-88AD-CB9CFF4D6CAD@enterprisedb.com
Add a cast to size_t to silence "comparison between signed and unsigned
integer expressions" cpluspluscheck warning.
Reported-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7971.1583171266@sss.pgh.pa.us
Such an access became possible when commit 246a6c8f7 added more
aggressive cleanup of orphaned temp relations by autovacuum.
Since autovacuum's snapshot might be slightly stale, it could
attempt to access an already-dropped temp namespace, resulting in
an assertion failure or null-pointer dereference. (In practice,
since we don't drop temp namespaces automatically but merely
recycle them, this situation could only arise if a superuser does
a manual drop of a temp namespace. Still, that should be allowed.)
The core of the bug, IMO, is that isTempNamespaceInUse and its callers
failed to think hard about whether to treat "temp namespace isn't there"
differently from "temp namespace isn't in use". In hopes of forestalling
future mistakes of the same ilk, replace that function with a new one
checkTempNamespaceStatus, which makes the same tests but returns a
three-way enum rather than just a bool. isTempNamespaceInUse is gone
entirely in HEAD; but just in case some external code is relying on it,
keep it in the back branches, as a bug-compatible wrapper around the
new function.
Per report originally from Prabhat Kumar Sahu, investigated by Mahendra
Singh and Michael Paquier; the final form of the patch is my fault.
This replaces the failed fix attempt in a052f6cbb.
Backpatch as far as v11, as 246a6c8f7 was.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKYtNAr9Zq=1-ww4etHo-VCC-k120YxZy5OS01VkaLPaDbv2tg@mail.gmail.com
This also involves renaming src/include/utils/hashutils.h, which
becomes src/include/common/hashfn.h. Perhaps an argument can be
made for keeping the hashutils.h name, but it seemed more
consistent to make it match the name of the file, and also more
descriptive of what is actually going on here.
Patch by me, reviewed by Suraj Kharage and Mark Dilger. Off-list
advice on how not to break the Windows build from Davinder Singh
and Amit Kapila.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaRiG4TXND8QuM6JXFRkM_1wL2ZNhzaUKsuec9-4yrkgw@mail.gmail.com
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ruhttps://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
Invent the concept of a B-Tree equalimage ("equality implies image
equality") support function, registered as support function 4. This
indicates whether it is safe (or not safe) to apply optimizations that
assume that any two datums considered equal by an operator class's order
method must be interchangeable without any loss of semantic information.
This is static information about an operator class and a collation.
Register an equalimage routine for almost all of the existing B-Tree
opclasses. We only need two trivial routines for all of the opclasses
that are included with the core distribution. There is one routine for
opclasses that index non-collatable types (which returns 'true'
unconditionally), plus another routine for collatable types (which
returns 'true' when the collation is a deterministic collation).
This patch is infrastructure for an upcoming patch that adds B-Tree
deduplication.
Author: Peter Geoghegan, Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzn3Ee49Gmxb7V1VJ3-AC8fWn-Fr8pfWQebHe8rYRxt5OQ@mail.gmail.com
Do so by combining the various steps that are part of aggregate
transition function invocation into one larger step. As some of the
current steps are only necessary for some aggregates, have one variant
of the aggregate transition step for each possible combination.
To avoid further manual copies of code in the different transition
step implementations, move most of the code into helper functions
marked as "always inline".
The benefit of this change is an increase in performance when
aggregating lots of rows. This comes in part due to the reduced number
of indirect jumps due to the reduced number of steps, and in part by
reducing redundant setup code across steps. This mainly benefits
interpreted execution, but the code generated by JIT is also improved
a bit.
As a nice side-effect it also ends up making the code a bit simpler.
A small additional optimization is removing the need to set
aggstate->curaggcontext before calling ExecAggInitGroup, choosing to
instead passign curaggcontext as an argument. It was, in contrast to
other aggregate related functions, only needed to fetch a memory
context to copy the transition value into.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20191023163849.sosqbfs5yenocez3@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/5c371df7cee903e8cd4c685f90c6c72086d3a2dc.camel@j-davis.com
The comments in fd.c have long claimed that all file allocations should
go through that module, but in reality that's not always practical.
fd.c doesn't supply APIs for invoking some FD-producing syscalls like
pipe() or epoll_create(); and the APIs it does supply for non-virtual
FDs are mostly insistent on releasing those FDs at transaction end;
and in some cases the actual open() call is in code that can't be made
to use fd.c, such as libpq.
This has led to a situation where, in a modern server, there are likely
to be seven or so long-lived FDs per backend process that are not known
to fd.c. Since NUM_RESERVED_FDS is only 10, that meant we had *very*
few spare FDs if max_files_per_process is >= the system ulimit and
fd.c had opened all the files it thought it safely could. The
contrib/postgres_fdw regression test, in particular, could easily be
made to fall over by running it under a restrictive ulimit.
To improve matters, invent functions Acquire/Reserve/ReleaseExternalFD
that allow outside callers to tell fd.c that they have or want to allocate
a FD that's not directly managed by fd.c. Add calls to track all the
fixed FDs in a standard backend session, so that we are honestly
guaranteeing that NUM_RESERVED_FDS FDs remain unused below the EMFILE
limit in a backend's idle state. The coding rules for these functions say
that there's no need to call them in code that just allocates one FD over
a fairly short interval; we can dip into NUM_RESERVED_FDS for such cases.
That means that there aren't all that many places where we need to worry.
But postgres_fdw and dblink must use this facility to account for
long-lived FDs consumed by libpq connections. There may be other places
where it's worth doing such accounting, too, but this seems like enough
to solve the immediate problem.
Internally to fd.c, "external" FDs are limited to max_safe_fds/3 FDs.
(Callers can choose to ignore this limit, but of course it's unwise
to do so except for fixed file allocations.) I also reduced the limit
on "allocated" files to max_safe_fds/3 FDs (it had been max_safe_fds/2).
Conceivably a smarter rule could be used here --- but in practice,
on reasonable systems, max_safe_fds should be large enough that this
isn't much of an issue, so KISS for now. To avoid possible regression
in the number of external or allocated files that can be opened,
increase FD_MINFREE and the lower limit on max_files_per_process a
little bit; we now insist that the effective "ulimit -n" be at least 64.
This seems like pretty clearly a bug fix, but in view of the lack of
field complaints, I'll refrain from risking a back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1izCmM-0005pV-Co@gemulon.postgresql.org
hash_any() and its various variants are defined to return Datum,
which is a backend-only concept, but the underlying functions
actually want to return uint32 and uint64, and only return Datum
because it's convenient for callers who are using them to
implement a hash function for some SQL datatype.
However, changing these functions to return uint32 and uint64
seems like it might lead to programming errors or back-patching
difficulties, both because they are widely used and because
failure to use UInt{32,64}GetDatum() might not provoke a
compilation error. Instead, rename the existing functions as
well as changing the return type, and add static inline wrappers
for those callers that need the previous behavior.
Although this commit adapts hashutils.h and hashfn.c so that they
can be compiled as frontend code, it does not actually do
anything that would cause them to be so compiled. That is left
for another commit.
Patch by me, reviewed by Suraj Kharage and Mark Dilger.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaRiG4TXND8QuM6JXFRkM_1wL2ZNhzaUKsuec9-4yrkgw@mail.gmail.com
The closely-related function bms_hash_value is already defined in that
file, and this change means that hashfn.c no longer needs to depend on
nodes/bitmapset.h. That gets us closer to allowing use of the hash
functions in hashfn.c in frontend code.
Patch by me, reviewed by Suraj Kharage and Mark Dilger.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaRiG4TXND8QuM6JXFRkM_1wL2ZNhzaUKsuec9-4yrkgw@mail.gmail.com
These compiler features are required by C99, so remove the configure
probes for them.
This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code. I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
Windows has this, and so do all other live platforms according to the
buildfarm; it's been required by POSIX since SUSv2. So remove the
configure probe and tests of HAVE_WCHAR_H.
This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code. I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
These are required by POSIX since SUSv2, and no live platforms fail
to provide them. On Windows, utime() exists and we bring our own
<utime.h>, so we're good there too. So remove the configure probes
and ad-hoc substitute code. We don't need to check for utimes()
anymore either, since that was only used as a substitute.
In passing, make the Windows build include <sys/utime.h> only where
we need it, not everywhere.
This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code. I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
Windows has this since _MSC_VER >= 1200, and so do all other live
platforms according to the buildfarm, so remove the configure probe
and src/port/ substitution.
This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code. I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
Windows has this, and so do all other live platforms according to the
buildfarm, so remove the configure probe and c.h's substitute code.
This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code. I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
Windows has this, and so do all other live platforms according to the
buildfarm, so remove the configure probe and float.c's substitute code.
This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code. I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
Windows has this, and so do all other live platforms according to the
buildfarm, so remove the configure probe and src/port/ substitution.
This also lets us get rid of some configure probes that existed only
to support src/port/isinf.c. I kept the port.h hack to force using
__builtin_isinf() on clang, though.
This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code. I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
Windows has this, and so do all other live platforms according to the
buildfarm, so remove the configure probe and src/port/ substitution.
Keep the probe that detects whether _LARGEFILE_SOURCE has to be
defined to get that, though ... that seems to be still relevant in
some places.
This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code. I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
stdint.h belongs to the compiler (as opposed to inttypes.h), so by
requiring a C99 compiler we can also require stdint.h
unconditionally. Remove configure checks and other workarounds for
it.
This also removes a few steps in the required portability adjustments
to the imported time zone code, which can be applied on the next
import.
When using GCC on a platform that is otherwise pre-C99, this will now
require at least GCC 4.5, which is the first release that supplied a
standard-conforming stdint.h if the native platform didn't have it.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5d398bbb-262a-5fed-d839-d0e5cff3c0d7%402ndquadrant.com
When updating a table row with generated columns, only recompute those
generated columns whose base columns have changed in this update and
keep the rest unchanged. This can result in a significant performance
benefit. The required information was already kept in
RangeTblEntry.extraUpdatedCols; we just have to make use of it.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b05e781a-fa16-6b52-6738-761181204567@2ndquadrant.com
The extraUpdatedCols field of the target RTE records which generated
columns are affected by an update. This is used in a variety of
places, including per-column triggers and foreign data wrappers. When
an update was initiated by a logical replication subscription, this
field was not filled in, so such an update would not affect generated
columns in a way that is consistent with normal updates. To fix,
factor out some code from analyze.c to fill in extraUpdatedCols in the
logical replication worker as well.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b05e781a-fa16-6b52-6738-761181204567@2ndquadrant.com
This commit also updates wait event enum into alphabetical order.
Previously the enum entry for GSSOpenServer was added out-of-order.
Back-patch to v12 where commit b0b39f72b9 introduced
GSSOpenServer wait event. In v12, the commit doesn't include
the update of wait event enum, not to break ABI.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/949931aa-4ed4-d867-a7b5-de9c02b2292b@oss.nttdata.com
Practically everybody who's ever added a column to one of the bootstrap
catalogs has been burnt by the need to update the relnatts field in the
initial pg_class data to match. Now that we use Perl scripts to
generate postgres.bki, we can have the machines take care of that,
by filling the field during genbki.pl.
While at it, use the BKI_DEFAULTS mechanism to eliminate repetitive
specifications of other column values in pg_class.dat, too. They
weren't particularly a maintenance problem, but this way is prettier
(certainly the spotty previous usage of BKI_DEFAULTS wasn't pretty).
No catversion bump needed, since this doesn't actually change the
contents of postgres.bki.
Per gripe from Justin Pryzby, though this is quite different from
his originally proposed solution.
Amit Langote, John Naylor, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200212182337.GZ1412@telsasoft.com
Commit 6bf0bc842 replaced float.c's CHECKFLOATVAL() macro with static
inline subroutines, but that wasn't too well thought out. In the original
coding, the unlikely condition (isinf(result) or result == 0) was checked
first, and the inf_is_valid or zero_is_valid condition only afterwards.
The inline-subroutine coding caused that to be swapped around, which is
pretty horrid for performance because (a) in common cases the is_valid
condition is twice as expensive to evaluate (e.g., requiring two isinf()
calls not one) and (b) in common cases the is_valid condition is false,
requiring us to perform the unlikely-condition check anyway. Net result
is that one isinf() call becomes two or three, resulting in visible
performance loss as reported by Keisuke Kuroda.
The original fix proposal was to revert the replacement of the macro,
but on second thought, that macro was just a bad idea from the beginning:
if anything it's a net negative for readability of the code. So instead,
let's just open-code all the overflow/underflow tests, being careful to
test the unlikely condition first (and mark it unlikely() to help the
compiler get the point).
Also, rather than having N copies of the actual ereport() calls, collapse
those into out-of-line error subroutines to save some code space. This
does mean that the error file/line numbers won't be very helpful for
figuring out where the issue really is --- but we'd already burned that
bridge by putting the ereports into static inlines.
In HEAD, check_float[48]_val() are gone altogether. In v12, leave them
present in float.h but unused in the core code, just in case some
extension is depending on them.
Emre Hasegeli, with some kibitzing from me and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANDwggLe1Gc1OrRqvPfGE=kM9K0FSfia0hbeFCEmwabhLz95AA@mail.gmail.com
The previous system had configure put the value into the makefiles and
then have the makefiles pass them to the build of pg_config. That was
put in place when pg_config was a shell script. We can simplify that
by having configure put the value into pg_config.h directly. This
also makes the standard build system match how the MSVC build system
already does it.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6e457870-cef5-5f1d-b57c-fc89cfb8a788%402ndquadrant.com
Commit 4eaea3db introduced TupleHashTableHash(), but the signature
didn't match the other exposed functions. Separate it into internal
and external versions. The external version hides the details behind
an API more consistent with the other external functions, and the
internal version is still suitable for simplehash.
Commit 147e3722f7 changed Tid scan so that it calls table_beginscan()
and uses the scan option for seq scan. This change caused two issues.
(1) The change caused Tid scan to take a predicate lock on the entire
relation in serializable transaction even when relation-level
lock is not necessary. This could lead to an unexpected
serialization error.
(2) The change caused Tid scan to increment the number of seq_scan
in pg_stat_*_tables views even though it's not seq scan. This
could confuse the users.
This commit adds the scan option for Tid scan and makes Tid scan
use it, to avoid those issues.
Back-patch to v12, where the bug was introduced.
Author: Tatsuhito Kasahara
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Masahiko Sawada, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAP0=ZVKy+gTbFmB6X_UW0pP3WaeJ-fkUWHoD-pExS=at3CY76g@mail.gmail.com
The main benefit of doing so is that this allows llvm to ensure that
types match - previously that'd only be detected by a crash within the
called function. There were a number of cases where we passed a
superfluous parameter...
To avoid needing to add all the functions to llvmjit.{c,h}, instead
get them from the llvm module for llvmjit_types.c. Also use that for
the functions from llvmjit_types already in llvmjit.h.
Author: Soumyadeep Chakraborty and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADwEdooww3wZv-sXSfatzFRwMuwa186LyTwkBfwEW6NjtooBPA@mail.gmail.com
Expose two new entry points: one for only calculating the hash value
of a tuple, and another for looking up a hash entry when the hash
value is already known. This will be useful for disk-based Hash
Aggregation to avoid recomputing the hash value for the same tuple
after saving and restoring it from disk.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/37091115219dd522fd9ed67333ee8ed1b7e09443.camel%40j-davis.com
It's already tracked via ExprState->parent, so we don't need to also
include it in ExprEvalStep. When that code originally was written
ExprState->parent didn't exist, but it since has been introduced in
6719b238e8.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191023163849.sosqbfs5yenocez3@alap3.anarazel.de
This new field tracks the PID of the group leader used with parallel
query. For parallel workers and the leader, the value is set to the
PID of the group leader. So, for the group leader, the value is the
same as its own PID. Note that this reflects what PGPROC stores in
shared memory, so as leader_pid is NULL if a backend has never been
involved in parallel query. If the backend is using parallel query or
has used it at least once, the value is set until the backend exits.
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Sergei Kornilov, Guillaume Lelarge, Michael Paquier, Tomas
Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_Yy5bt0vTPZ2_LUM6cUcGeqmYNoJ8-Rgto+c2+w3defYA@mail.gmail.com
Using 32 bit counters means they can now realistically wrap around when
vacuuming extremely large tables. Because they're signed integers,
stats printed by vacuum look very odd when they do.
We'd love to backpatch this, but refrain because the variables are
exported and could cause third-party code to break.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200131205926.GA16367@alvherre.pgsql
Use kevent(2) to wait for events on the BSD family of operating
systems and macOS. This is similar to the epoll(2) support added
for Linux by commit 98a64d0bd.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Marko Tiikkaja, Tom Lane
Tested-by: Mateusz Guzik, Matteo Beccati, Keith Fiske, Heikki Linnakangas, Michael Paquier, Peter Eisentraut, Rui DeSousa, Tom Lane, Mark Wong
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D37oF84-iXDTQ9MrGjENwVGds%2B5zTr38ca73kWR7ez_tA%40mail.gmail.com
Those new assertions can be used at file scope, outside of any function
for compilation checks. This commit provides implementations for C and
C++, and fallback implementations.
Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker,
Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/201DD0641B056142AC8C6645EC1B5F62014B8E8030@SYD1217
Using a lookup table of digit pairs reduces the number of divisions
needed, and calculating the length upfront saves some work; these
ideas are taken from the code previously committed for floats.
David Fetter, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tels, and me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190924052620.GP31596%40fetter.org
Commit fc7695891 changed CheckAttributeType to recurse into ranges,
but made it pass down the wrong collation (always InvalidOid, since
ranges as such have no collation). This would result in guaranteed
failure when considering a range type whose subtype is collatable.
Embarrassingly, we lack any regression tests that would expose such
a problem (but fortunately, somebody noticed before we shipped this
bug in any release).
Fix it to pass down the range's subtype collation property instead,
and add some regression test cases to exercise collatable-subtype
ranges a bit more. Back-patch to all supported branches, as the
previous patch was.
Report and patch by Julien Rouhaud, test cases tweaked by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_aBWqNweiGUFX0guzBKkcfJ8mnnyyGC_KBQmO12Mj5f_A@mail.gmail.com
We have code paths for Unix socket support and no Unix socket support.
Now add a third variant: Unix socket support but do not use a Unix
socket by default in the client or the server, only if you explicitly
specify one. This will be useful when we enable Unix socket support
on Windows.
To implement this, tweak things so that setting DEFAULT_PGSOCKET_DIR
to "" has the desired effect. This mostly already worked like that;
only a few places needed to be adjusted. Notably, the reference to
DEFAULT_PGSOCKET_DIR in UNIXSOCK_PATH() could be removed because all
callers already resolve an empty socket directory setting with a
default if appropriate.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/75f72249-8ae6-322a-63df-4fe03eeccb9f@2ndquadrant.com
This patch creates a new extension property, "trusted". An extension
that's marked that way in its control file can be installed by a
non-superuser who has the CREATE privilege on the current database,
even if the extension contains objects that normally would have to be
created by a superuser. The objects within the extension will (by
default) be owned by the bootstrap superuser, but the extension itself
will be owned by the calling user. This allows replicating the old
behavior around trusted procedural languages, without all the
special-case logic in CREATE LANGUAGE. We have, however, chosen to
loosen the rules slightly: formerly, only a database owner could take
advantage of the special case that allowed installation of a trusted
language, but now anyone who has CREATE privilege can do so.
Having done that, we can delete the pg_pltemplate catalog, moving the
knowledge it contained into the extension script files for the various
PLs. This ends up being no change at all for the in-core PLs, but it is
a large step forward for external PLs: they can now have the same ease
of installation as core PLs do. The old "trusted PL" behavior was only
available to PLs that had entries in pg_pltemplate, but now any
extension can be marked trusted if appropriate.
This also removes one of the stumbling blocks for our Python 2 -> 3
migration, since the association of "plpythonu" with Python 2 is no
longer hard-wired into pg_pltemplate's initial contents. Exactly where
we go from here on that front remains to be settled, but one problem
is fixed.
Patch by me, reviewed by Peter Eisentraut, Stephen Frost, and others.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5889.1566415762@sss.pgh.pa.us
To make this work, (1) makeJsonLexContextCstringLen now takes the
encoding to be used as an argument; (2) check_stack_depth() is made to
do nothing in frontend code, and (3) elog(ERROR, ...) is changed to
pg_log_fatal + exit in frontend code.
Mark Dilger, reviewed and slightly revised by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYfOXhd27MUDGioVh6QtpD0C1K-f6ObSA10AWiHBAL5bA@mail.gmail.com
The following changes make the predicate locking functions more
generic and suitable for use by future access methods:
- PredicateLockTuple() is renamed to PredicateLockTID(). It takes
ItemPointer and inserting transaction ID instead of HeapTuple.
- CheckForSerializableConflictIn() takes blocknum instead of buffer.
- CheckForSerializableConflictOut() no longer takes HeapTuple or buffer.
Author: Ashwin Agrawal
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Kuntal Ghosh, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALfoeiv0k3hkEb3Oqk%3DziWqtyk2Jys1UOK5hwRBNeANT_yX%2Bng%40mail.gmail.com
Specifically, move those functions that depend on ereport()
from jsonapi.c to jsonfuncs.c, in preparation for allowing
jsonapi.c to be used from frontend code.
A few cases where elog(ERROR, ...) is used for can't-happen
conditions are left alone; we can handle those in some other
way in frontend code.
Reviewed by Mark Dilger and Andrew Dunstan.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYfOXhd27MUDGioVh6QtpD0C1K-f6ObSA10AWiHBAL5bA@mail.gmail.com
Instead, it now returns a value indicating either success or the
type of error which occurred. The old behavior is still available
by calling pg_parse_json_or_ereport(). If the new interface is
used, an error can be thrown by passing the return value of
pg_parse_json() to json_ereport_error().
pg_parse_json() can still elog() in can't-happen cases, but it
seems like that issue is best handled separately.
Adjust json_lex() and json_count_array_elements() to return an
error code, too.
This is all in preparation for making the backend's json parser
available to frontend code.
Reviewed and/or tested by Mark Dilger and Andrew Dunstan.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYfOXhd27MUDGioVh6QtpD0C1K-f6ObSA10AWiHBAL5bA@mail.gmail.com
The signature of XLogReadRecord() required the caller to pass the starting
WAL position as argument, or InvalidXLogRecPtr to continue reading at the
end of previous record. That's slightly awkward to the callers, as most
of them don't want to randomly jump around in the WAL stream, but start
reading at one position and then read everything from that point onwards.
Remove the 'RecPtr' argument and add a new function XLogBeginRead() to
specify the starting position instead. That's more convenient for the
callers. Also, xlogreader holds state that is reset when you change the
starting position, so having a separate function for doing that feels like
a more natural fit.
This changes XLogFindNextRecord() function so that it doesn't reset the
xlogreader's state to what it was before the call anymore. Instead, it
positions the xlogreader to the found record, like XLogBeginRead().
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/5382a7a3-debe-be31-c860-cb810c08f366%40iki.fi
Previously, it was possible for EXPLAIN ANALYZE of a parallel query
to produce several different "Workers" fields for a single plan node,
because different portions of explain.c independently generated
per-worker data and wrapped that output in separate fields. This
is pretty bogus, especially for the structured output formats: even
if it's not technically illegal, most programs would have a hard time
dealing with such data.
To improve matters, add infrastructure that allows redirecting
per-worker values into a side data structure, and then collect that
data into a single "Workers" field after we've finished running all
the relevant code for a given plan node.
There are a few visible side-effects:
* In text format, instead of something like
Sort Method: external merge Disk: 4920kB
Worker 0: Sort Method: external merge Disk: 5880kB
Worker 1: Sort Method: external merge Disk: 5920kB
Buffers: shared hit=682 read=10188, temp read=1415 written=2101
Worker 0: actual time=130.058..130.324 rows=1324 loops=1
Buffers: shared hit=337 read=3489, temp read=505 written=739
Worker 1: actual time=130.273..130.512 rows=1297 loops=1
Buffers: shared hit=345 read=3507, temp read=505 written=744
you get
Sort Method: external merge Disk: 4920kB
Buffers: shared hit=682 read=10188, temp read=1415 written=2101
Worker 0: actual time=130.058..130.324 rows=1324 loops=1
Sort Method: external merge Disk: 5880kB
Buffers: shared hit=337 read=3489, temp read=505 written=739
Worker 1: actual time=130.273..130.512 rows=1297 loops=1
Sort Method: external merge Disk: 5920kB
Buffers: shared hit=345 read=3507, temp read=505 written=744
* When JIT is enabled, any relevant per-worker JIT stats are attached
to the child node of the Gather or Gather Merge node, which is where
the other per-worker output has always been. Previously, that info
was attached directly to a Gather node, or missed entirely for Gather
Merge.
* A query's summary JIT data no longer includes a bogus
"Worker Number: -1" field.
A notable code-level change is that indenting for lines of text-format
output should now be handled by calling "ExplainIndentText(es)",
instead of hard-wiring how much space to emit. This seems a good deal
cleaner anyway.
This patch also adds a new "explain.sql" regression test script that's
dedicated to testing EXPLAIN. There is more that can be done in that
line, certainly, but for now it just adds some coverage of the XML and
YAML output formats, which had been completely untested.
Although this is surely a bug fix, it's not clear that people would
be happy with rearranging EXPLAIN output in a minor release, so apply
to HEAD only.
Maciek Sakrejda and Tom Lane, based on an idea of Andres Freund's;
reviewed by Georgios Kokolatos
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOtHd0AvAA8CLB9Xz0wnxu1U=zJCKrr1r4QwwXi_kcQsHDVU=Q@mail.gmail.com
Keep the code that pertains to the 'json' data type in json.c, but
move the lexing and parsing code to a new file jsonapi.c, a name
I chose because the corresponding prototypes are in jsonapi.h.
This seems like a logical division, because the JSON lexer and parser
are also used by the 'jsonb' data type, but the SQL-callable functions
in json.c are a separate thing. Also, the new jsonapi.c file needs to
include far fewer header files than json.c, which seems like a good
sign that this is an appropriate place to insert an abstraction
boundary. I took the opportunity to remove a few apparently-unneeded
includes from json.c at the same time.
Patch by me, reviewed by David Steele, Mark Dilger, and Andrew
Dunstan. The previous commit was, too, but I forgot to note it
in the commit message.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYfOXhd27MUDGioVh6QtpD0C1K-f6ObSA10AWiHBAL5bA@mail.gmail.com
The major change here is that we no longer include jsonb.h into
jsonapi.h. The reason that was necessary is that jsonapi.h included
several prototypes functions in jsonfuncs.c that depend on the Jsonb
type. Move those prototypes to a new header, jsonfuncs.h, and include
it where needed.
The other change is that JsonEncodeDateTime is now declared in
json.h rather than jsonapi.h.
Taken together, these steps eliminate all dependencies of jsonapi.h
on backend-only data types and header files, so that it can
potentially be included in frontend code.
This function allows us to fsync the specified file or directory.
It's useful, for example, when we want to sync the file that
pg_file_write() writes out or that COPY TO exports the data into,
for durability.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-By: Julien Rouhaud, Arthur Zakirov, Michael Paquier, Atsushi Torikoshi
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAHGQGwGY8uzZ_k8dHRoW1zDcy1Z7=5GQ+So4ZkVy2u=nLsk=hA@mail.gmail.com
I had supposed that all versions of Readline that have filename
quoting hooks also have the rl_completion_suppress_quote variable.
But it seems OpenBSD managed to find a version someplace that does
not, so we'll have to expend a separate configure probe for that.
(Light testing suggests that this version also lacks the bugs that
make it necessary to frob that variable. Hooray!)
Per buildfarm.
The Readline library contains a fair amount of knowledge about how to
tab-complete filenames, but it turns out that that doesn't work too well
unless we follow its expectation that we use its filename quoting hooks
to quote and de-quote filenames. We were trying to do such quote handling
within complete_from_files(), and that's still what we have to do if we're
using libedit, which lacks those hooks. But for Readline, it works a lot
better if we tell Readline that single-quote is a quoting character and
then provide hooks that know the details of the quoting rules for SQL
and psql meta-commands.
Hence, resurrect the quoting hook functions that existed in the original
version of tab-complete.c (and were disabled by commit f6689a328 because
they "didn't work so well yet"), and whack on them until they do seem to
work well.
Notably, this fixes bug #16059 from Steven Winfield, who pointed out
that the previous coding would strip quote marks from filenames in SQL
COPY commands, even though they're syntactically necessary there.
Now, we not only don't do that, but we'll add a quote mark when you
tab-complete, even if you didn't type one.
Getting this to work across a range of libedit versions (and, to a
lesser extent, libreadline versions) was depressingly difficult.
It will be interesting to see whether the new regression test cases
pass everywhere in the buildfarm.
Some future patch might try to handle quoted SQL identifiers with
similar explicit quoting/dequoting logic, but that's for another day.
Patch by me, reviewed by Peter Eisentraut.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16059-8836946734c02b84@postgresql.org
This helps integration of extensions with Windows. The following
parameters are changed:
- idle_in_transaction_session_timeout (9.6 and newer versions)
- lock_timeout
- statement_timeout
- track_activities
- track_counts
- track_functions
Author: Pascal Legrand
Reviewed-by: Amit Kamila, Julien Rouhaud, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1579298868581-0.post@n3.nabble.com
Backpatch-through: 9.4
This feature allows the vacuum to leverage multiple CPUs in order to
process indexes. This enables us to perform index vacuuming and index
cleanup with background workers. This adds a PARALLEL option to VACUUM
command where the user can specify the number of workers that can be used
to perform the command which is limited by the number of indexes on a
table. Specifying zero as a number of workers will disable parallelism.
This option can't be used with the FULL option.
Each index is processed by at most one vacuum process. Therefore parallel
vacuum can be used when the table has at least two indexes.
The parallel degree is either specified by the user or determined based on
the number of indexes that the table has, and further limited by
max_parallel_maintenance_workers. The index can participate in parallel
vacuum iff it's size is greater than min_parallel_index_scan_size.
Author: Masahiko Sawada and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila, Robert Haas, Tomas Vondra,
Mahendra Singh and Sergei Kornilov
Tested-by: Mahendra Singh and Prabhat Sahu
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDTPMgzSkV4E3SFo1CH_x50bf5PqZFQf4jmqjk-C03BWg@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1J-VoR9gzS5E75pcD-OH0mEyCdp8RihcwKrcuw7J-Q0+w@mail.gmail.com
The strategy of GIN index scan is driven by opclass-specific extract_query
method. This method that needed search mode is GIN_SEARCH_MODE_ALL. This
mode means that matching tuple may contain none of extracted entries. Simple
example is '!term' tsquery, which doesn't need any term to exist in matching
tsvector.
In order to handle such scan key GIN calculates virtual entry, which contains
all TIDs of all entries of attribute. In fact this is full scan of index
attribute. And typically this is very slow, but allows to handle some queries
correctly in GIN. However, current algorithm calculate such virtual entry for
each GIN_SEARCH_MODE_ALL scan key even if they are multiple for the same
attribute. This is clearly not optimal.
This commit improves the situation by introduction of "exclude only" scan keys.
Such scan keys are not capable to return set of matching TIDs. Instead, they
are capable only to filter TIDs produced by normal scan keys. Therefore,
each attribute should contain at least one normal scan key, while rest of them
may be "exclude only" if search mode is GIN_SEARCH_MODE_ALL.
The same optimization might be applied to the whole scan, not per-attribute.
But that leads to NULL values elimination problem. There is trade-off between
multiple possible ways to do this. We probably want to do this later using
some cost-based decision algorithm.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_YGP5-BEt5Cc0%3DzMve92vocPzD%2BXiZgiZs1kjY0cj%3DXBg%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov, Tom Lane, Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Tomas Vondra, Tom Lane
Commit 9b63c13f0 turns out to have been fundamentally misguided:
the parent node's subPlan list is by no means the only way in which
a child SubPlan node can be hooked into the outer execution state.
As shown in bug #16213 from Matt Jibson, we can also get short-lived
tuple table slots added to the outer es_tupleTable list. At this point
I have little faith that there aren't other possible connections as
well; the long time it took to notice this problem shows that this
isn't a heavily-exercised situation.
Therefore, revert that fix, returning to the coding that passed a
NULL parent plan pointer down to the transiently-built subexpressions.
That gives us a pretty good guarantee that they won't hook into the
outer executor state in any way. But then we need some other solution
to make SubPlans work. Adopt the solution speculated about in the
previous commit's log message: do expression initialization at plan
startup for just those VALUES rows containing SubPlans, abandoning the
goal of reclaiming memory intra-query for those rows. In practice it
seems unlikely that queries containing a vast number of VALUES rows
would be using SubPlans in them, so this should not give up much.
(BTW, this test case also refutes my claim in connection with the prior
commit that the issue only arises with use of LATERAL. That was just
wrong: some variants of SubLink always produce SubPlans.)
As with previous patch, back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16213-871ac3bc208ecf23@postgresql.org
... specifically, set it incrementally as each individual change is
spilled down to disk. This way, it is set correctly when the
transaction disappears without trace, ie. without leaving an XACT_ABORT
wal record. (This happens when the server crashes midway through a
transaction.)
Failing to have final_lsn prevents ReorderBufferRestoreCleanup() from
working, since it needs the final_lsn in order to know the endpoint of
its iteration through spilled files.
Commit df9f682c7b already tried to fix the problem, but it didn't set
the final_lsn in all cases. Revert that, since it's no longer needed.
Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm2CLk+K9JDwjYST0sPbGg5AQdvhUt0jbKyX_HdAE0jk3A@mail.gmail.com
jsonb_set_lax() is the same as jsonb_set, except that it takes and extra
argument that specifies what to do if the value argument is NULL. The
default is 'use_json_null'. Other possibilities are 'raise_exception',
'return_target' and 'delete_key', all these behaviours having been
suggested as reasonable by various users.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/375873e2-c957-3a8d-64f9-26c43c2b16e7@2ndQuadrant.com
Reviewed by: Pavel Stehule
Two routines have been added in OpenSSL 1.1.0 to set the protocol bounds
allowed within a given SSL context:
- SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version
- SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version
As Postgres supports OpenSSL down to 1.0.1 (as of HEAD), equivalent
replacements exist in the tree, which are only available for the
backend. A follow-up patch is planned to add control of the SSL
protocol bounds for libpq, so move those routines to src/common/ so as
libpq can use them.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4F246AE3-A7AE-471E-BD3D-C799D3748E03@yesql.se
Move all the backend-only code that'd crept into wchar.c and encnames.c
into mbutils.c.
To remove the last few #ifdef dependencies from wchar.c and encnames.c,
also make the following changes:
* Adjust get_encoding_name_for_icu to return NULL, not throw an error,
for unsupported encodings. Its sole caller can perfectly well throw an
error instead. (While at it, I also made this function and its sibling
is_encoding_supported_by_icu proof against out-of-range encoding IDs.)
* Remove the overlength-name error condition from pg_char_to_encoding.
It's completely silly not to treat that just like any other
the-name-is-not-in-the-table case.
Also, get rid of pg_mic_mblen --- there's no obvious reason why
conv.c shouldn't call pg_mule_mblen instead.
Other than that, this is just code movement and comment-polishing with
no functional changes. Notably, I reordered declarations in pg_wchar.h
to show which functions are frontend-accessible and which are not.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYO8oq-iy8E02rD8eX25T-9SmyxKWqqks5OMHxKvGXpXQ@mail.gmail.com
Formerly, various frontend directories symlinked these two sources
and then built them locally. That's an ancient, ugly hack, and
we now have a much better way: put them into libpgcommon.
So do that. (The immediate motivation for this is the prospect
of having to introduce still more symlinking if we don't.)
This commit moves these two files absolutely verbatim, for ease of
reviewing the git history. There's some follow-on work to be done
that will modify them a bit.
Robert Haas, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYO8oq-iy8E02rD8eX25T-9SmyxKWqqks5OMHxKvGXpXQ@mail.gmail.com
Previously, check_xact_readonly() was responsible for determining
which types of queries could not be run in a read-only transaction,
standard_ProcessUtility() was responsibility for prohibiting things
which were allowed in read only transactions but not in recovery, and
utility commands were basically prohibited in bulk in parallel mode by
calls to CommandIsReadOnly() in functions.c and spi.c. This situation
was confusing and error-prone. Accordingly, move all the checks to a
new function ClassifyUtilityCommandAsReadOnly(), which determines the
degree to which a given statement is read only.
In the old code, check_xact_readonly() inadvertently failed to handle
several statement types that actually should have been prohibited,
specifically T_CreatePolicyStmt, T_AlterPolicyStmt, T_CreateAmStmt,
T_CreateStatsStmt, T_AlterStatsStmt, and T_AlterCollationStmt. As a
result, thes statements were erroneously allowed in read only
transactions, parallel queries, and standby operation. Generally, they
would fail anyway due to some lower-level error check, but we
shouldn't rely on that. In the new code structure, future omissions
of this type should cause ClassifyUtilityCommandAsReadOnly() to
complain about an unrecognized node type.
As a fringe benefit, this means we can allow certain types of utility
commands in parallel mode, where it's safe to do so. This allows
ALTER SYSTEM, CALL, DO, CHECKPOINT, COPY FROM, EXPLAIN, and SHOW.
It might be possible to allow additional commands with more work
and thought.
Along the way, document the thinking process behind the current set
of checks, as per discussion especially with Peter Eisentraut. There
is some interest in revising some of these rules, but that seems
like a job for another patch.
Patch by me, reviewed by Tom Lane, Stephen Frost, and Peter
Eisentraut.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZ_rLqJt5sYkvh+JpQnfX0Y+B2R+qfi820xNih6x-FQOQ@mail.gmail.com
We've had numerous bug reports about how (1) IF NOT EXISTS clauses in
ALTER TABLE don't behave as-expected, and (2) combining certain actions
into one ALTER TABLE doesn't work, though executing the same actions as
separate statements does. This patch cleans up all of the cases so far
reported from the field, though there are still some oddities associated
with identity columns.
The core problem behind all of these bugs is that we do parse analysis
of ALTER TABLE subcommands too soon, before starting execution of the
statement. The root of the bugs in group (1) is that parse analysis
schedules derived commands (such as a CREATE SEQUENCE for a serial
column) before it's known whether the IF NOT EXISTS clause should cause
a subcommand to be skipped. The root of the bugs in group (2) is that
earlier subcommands may change the catalog state that later subcommands
need to be parsed against.
Hence, postpone parse analysis of ALTER TABLE's subcommands, and do
that one subcommand at a time, during "phase 2" of ALTER TABLE which
is the phase that does catalog rewrites. Thus the catalog effects
of earlier subcommands are already visible when we analyze later ones.
(The sole exception is that we do parse analysis for ALTER COLUMN TYPE
subcommands during phase 1, so that their USING expressions can be
parsed against the table's original state, which is what we need.
Arguably, these bugs stem from falsely concluding that because ALTER
COLUMN TYPE must do early parse analysis, every other command subtype
can too.)
This means that ALTER TABLE itself must deal with execution of any
non-ALTER-TABLE derived statements that are generated by parse analysis.
Add a suitable entry point to utility.c to accept those recursive
calls, and create a struct to pass through the information needed by
the recursive call, rather than making the argument lists of
AlterTable() and friends even longer.
Getting this to work correctly required a little bit of fiddling
with the subcommand pass structure, in particular breaking up
AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR into multiple passes. But otherwise it's mostly
a pretty straightforward application of the above ideas.
Fixing the residual issues for identity columns requires refactoring of
where the dependency link from an identity column to its sequence gets
set up. So that seems like suitable material for a separate patch,
especially since this one is pretty big already.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10365.1558909428@sss.pgh.pa.us
This uses the progress reporting infrastructure added by c16dc1aca5,
adding support for ANALYZE.
Co-authored-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Co-authored-by: Tatsuro Yamada <tatsuro.yamada.tf@nttcom.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Robert Haas, Anthony Nowocien, Kyotaro Horiguchi,
Vignesh C, Amit Langote
Introduce new fields amusemaintenanceworkmem and amparallelvacuumoptions
in IndexAmRoutine for parallel vacuum. The amusemaintenanceworkmem tells
whether a particular IndexAM uses maintenance_work_mem or not. This will
help in controlling the memory used by individual workers as otherwise,
each worker can consume memory equal to maintenance_work_mem. The
amparallelvacuumoptions tell whether a particular IndexAM participates in
a parallel vacuum and if so in which phase (bulkdelete, vacuumcleanup) of
vacuum.
Author: Masahiko Sawada and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila, Tomas Vondra and Robert Haas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDTPMgzSkV4E3SFo1CH_x50bf5PqZFQf4jmqjk-C03BWg@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LmcD5aPogzwim5Nn58Ki+74a6Edghx4Wd8hAskvHaq5A@mail.gmail.com
If no permanent replication slot is configured using
primary_slot_name, the walreceiver now creates and uses a temporary
replication slot. A new setting wal_receiver_create_temp_slot can be
used to disable this behavior, for example, if the remote instance is
out of replication slots.
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <masahiko.sawada@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2Bfd4k4dM0iEPLxyVyme2RAFsn8SUgrNtBJOu81YqTY4V%2BnqZA%40mail.gmail.com
Previously, the core scanner's yy_transition[] array had 37045 elements.
Since that number is larger than INT16_MAX, Flex generated the array to
contain 32-bit integers. By reimplementing some of the bulkier scanner
rules, this patch reduces the array to 20495 elements. The much smaller
total length, combined with the consequent use of 16-bit integers for
the array elements reduces the binary size by over 200kB. This was
accomplished in two ways:
1. Consolidate handling of quote continuations into a new start condition,
rather than duplicating that logic for five different string types.
2. Treat Unicode strings and identifiers followed by a UESCAPE sequence
as three separate tokens, rather than one. The logic to de-escape
Unicode strings is moved to the filter code in parser.c, which already
had the ability to provide special processing for token sequences.
While we could have implemented the conversion in the grammar, that
approach was rejected for performance and maintainability reasons.
Performance in microbenchmarks of raw parsing seems equal or slightly
faster in most cases, and it's reasonable to expect that in real-world
usage (with more competition for the CPU cache) there will be a larger
win. The exception is UESCAPE sequences; lexing those is about 10%
slower, primarily because the scanner now has to be called three times
rather than one. This seems acceptable since that feature is very
rarely used.
The psql and epcg lexers are likewise modified, primarily because we
want to keep them all in sync. Since those lexers don't use the
space-hogging -CF option, the space savings is much less, but it's
still good for perhaps 10kB apiece.
While at it, merge the ecpg lexer's handling of C-style comments used
in SQL and in C. Those have different rules regarding nested comments,
but since we already have the ability to keep track of the previous
start condition, we can use that to handle both cases within a single
start condition. This matches the core scanner more closely.
John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCvaoa3EgVWm5yZhcSTX6RAtaLgniCPcBVOCwm8h3xpWkw@mail.gmail.com
The core idea of this patch is to make the parser generate join alias
Vars (that is, ones with varno pointing to a JOIN RTE) only when the
alias Var is actually different from any raw join input, that is a type
coercion and/or COALESCE is necessary to generate the join output value.
Otherwise just generate varno/varattno pointing to the relevant join
input column.
In effect, this means that the planner's flatten_join_alias_vars()
transformation is already done in the parser, for all cases except
(a) columns that are merged by JOIN USING and are transformed in the
process, and (b) whole-row join Vars. In principle that would allow
us to skip doing flatten_join_alias_vars() in many more queries than
we do now, but we don't have quite enough infrastructure to know that
we can do so --- in particular there's no cheap way to know whether
there are any whole-row join Vars. I'm not sure if it's worth the
trouble to add a Query-level flag for that, and in any case it seems
like fit material for a separate patch. But even without skipping the
work entirely, this should make flatten_join_alias_vars() faster,
particularly where there are nested joins that it previously had to
flatten recursively.
An essential part of this change is to replace Var nodes'
varnoold/varoattno fields with varnosyn/varattnosyn, which have
considerably more tightly-defined meanings than the old fields: when
they differ from varno/varattno, they identify the Var's position in
an aliased JOIN RTE, and the join alias is what ruleutils.c should
print for the Var. This is necessary because the varno change
destroyed ruleutils.c's ability to find the JOIN RTE from the Var's
varno.
Another way in which this change broke ruleutils.c is that it's no
longer feasible to determine, from a JOIN RTE's joinaliasvars list,
which join columns correspond to which columns of the join's immediate
input relations. (If those are sub-joins, the joinaliasvars entries
may point to columns of their base relations, not the sub-joins.)
But that was a horrid mess requiring a lot of fragile assumptions
already, so let's just bite the bullet and add some more JOIN RTE
fields to make it more straightforward to figure that out. I added
two integer-List fields containing the relevant column numbers from
the left and right input rels, plus a count of how many merged columns
there are.
This patch depends on the ParseNamespaceColumn infrastructure that
I added in commit 5815696bc. The biggest bit of code change is
restructuring transformFromClauseItem's handling of JOINs so that
the ParseNamespaceColumn data is propagated upward correctly.
Other than that and the ruleutils fixes, everything pretty much
just works, though some processing is now inessential. I grabbed
two pieces of low-hanging fruit in that line:
1. In find_expr_references, we don't need to recurse into join alias
Vars anymore. There aren't any except for references to merged USING
columns, which are more properly handled when we scan the join's RTE.
This change actually fixes an edge-case issue: we will now record a
dependency on any type-coercion function present in a USING column's
joinaliasvar, even if that join column has no references in the query
text. The odds of the missing dependency causing a problem seem quite
small: you'd have to posit somebody dropping an implicit cast between
two data types, without removing the types themselves, and then having
a stored rule containing a whole-row Var for a join whose USING merge
depends on that cast. So I don't feel a great need to change this in
the back branches. But in theory this way is more correct.
2. markRTEForSelectPriv and markTargetListOrigin don't need to recurse
into join alias Vars either, because the cases they care about don't
apply to alias Vars for USING columns that are semantically distinct
from the underlying columns. This removes the only case in which
markVarForSelectPriv could be called with NULL for the RTE, so adjust
the comments to describe that hack as being strictly internal to
markRTEForSelectPriv.
catversion bump required due to changes in stored rules.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7115.1577986646@sss.pgh.pa.us
This tells you about allocations that have been made from the main
shared memory segment. The original patch also tried to show information
about dynamic shared memory allocation as well, but I decided to
leave that problem for another time.
Andres Freund and Robert Haas, reviewed by Michael Paquier, Marti
Raudsepp, Tom Lane, Álvaro Herrera, and Kyotaro Horiguchi.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20140504114417.GM12715@awork2.anarazel.de
We currently have several sets of files generated from data provided
by Unicode. These all have ad hoc rules and instructions for updating
when new Unicode versions appear, and it's not done consistently.
This patch centralizes and automates the process and makes it part of
the release checklist. The Unicode and CLDR versions are specified in
Makefile.global.in. There is a new make target "update-unicode" that
downloads all the relevant files and runs the generation script.
There is also a new script for generating the table of combining
characters for ucs_wcwidth(). That table is now in a separate include
file rather than hardcoded into the middle of other code. This is
based on the script that was used for generating
d8594d123c, but the script itself wasn't
committed at that time.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c8d05f42-443e-6c23-819b-05b31759a37c@2ndquadrant.com
Use the parser's standard type coercion machinery to convert the
output column(s) of a SQL function's final SELECT or RETURNING
to the type(s) they should have according to the function's declared
result type. We'll allow any case where an assignment-level
coercion is available. Previously, we failed unless the required
coercion was a binary-compatible one (and the documentation ignored
this, falsely claiming that the types must match exactly).
Notably, the coercion now accounts for typmods, so that cases where
a SQL function is declared to return a composite type whose columns
are typmod-constrained now behave as one would expect. Arguably
this aspect is a bug fix, but the overall behavioral change here
seems too large to consider back-patching.
A nice side-effect is that functions can now be inlined in a
few cases where we previously failed to do so because of type
mismatches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18929.1574895430@sss.pgh.pa.us
Instead of always calling heap_fetch_toast_slice during detoasting,
invoke a table AM callback which, when the toast table is a heap
table, will be heap_fetch_toast_slice.
This makes it possible for a table AM other than heap to be used
as a TOAST table. It also completes the series of commits intended
to improve the interaction of tableam with TOAST that began with
commit 8b94dab06617ef80a0901ab103ebd8754427ef5a; detoast.c is
now, hopefully, fully AM-independent.
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund and Peter Eisentraut.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
Previously, the toast table had to be implemented by the same AM that
was used for the main table, which was bad, because the detoasting
code won't work with anything but heap. This commit doesn't fix the
latter problem, although there's another patch coming which does,
but it does let you pick something that works (i.e. heap, right now).
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
Pass ParseState into the functions called from
standard_ProcessUtility() instead passing the query string and query
environment separately. No functionality change, but it makes the
notation consistent. We had already started moving things into
that direction piece by piece, and this completes it.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6e7aa4a1-be6a-1a75-b1f9-83a678e5184a@2ndquadrant.com
Commit 558a9165e0 taught _bt_delitems_delete() to produce its own XID
horizon on the primary. Standbys no longer needed to generate their own
latestRemovedXid, since they could just use the explicitly logged value
from the primary instead. The deleted offset numbers array from the
xl_btree_delete WAL record was no longer used by the REDO routine for
anything other than deleting the items.
This enables a minor optimization: We now treat the array as buffer
state, not generic WAL data, following _bt_delitems_vacuum()'s example.
This should be a minor win, since it allows us to avoid including the
deleted items array in cases where XLogInsert() stores the whole buffer
anyway. The primary goal here is to make the code more maintainable,
though. Removing inessential differences between the two functions
highlights the fundamental differences that remain.
Also change xl_btree_delete to use uint32 for the size of the array of
item offsets being deleted. This brings xl_btree_delete closer to
xl_btree_vacuum. Furthermore, it seems like a good idea to use an
explicit-width integer type (the field was previously an "int").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_delete changed.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzkz4TjmezzfAbaV1zYrh=fr0bCpzuJTvBe5iUQ3aUPsCQ@mail.gmail.com
When I added the ParseNamespaceItem data structure (in commit 5ebaaa494),
it wasn't very tightly integrated into the parser's APIs. In the wake of
adding p_rtindex to that struct (commit b541e9acc), there is a good reason
to make more use of it: by passing around ParseNamespaceItem pointers
instead of bare RTE pointers, we can get rid of various messy methods for
passing back or deducing the rangetable index of an RTE during parsing.
Hence, refactor the addRangeTableEntryXXX functions to build and return
a ParseNamespaceItem struct, not just the RTE proper; and replace
addRTEtoQuery with addNSItemToQuery, which is passed a ParseNamespaceItem
rather than building one internally.
Also, add per-column data (a ParseNamespaceColumn array) to each
ParseNamespaceItem. These arrays are built during addRangeTableEntryXXX,
where we have column type data at hand so that it's nearly free to fill
the data structure. Later, when we need to build Vars referencing RTEs,
we can use the ParseNamespaceColumn info to avoid the rather expensive
operations done in get_rte_attribute_type() or expandRTE().
get_rte_attribute_type() is indeed dead code now, so I've removed it.
This makes for a useful improvement in parse analysis speed, around 20%
in one moderately-complex test query.
The ParseNamespaceColumn structs also include Var identity information
(varno/varattno). That info isn't actually being used in this patch,
except that p_varno == 0 is a handy test for a dropped column.
A follow-on patch will make more use of it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2461.1577764221@sss.pgh.pa.us
This follows multiple complains from Peter Geoghegan, Andres Freund and
Alvaro Herrera that this issue ought to be dug more before actually
happening, if it happens.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191226144606.GA5659@alvherre.pgsql
Instead of passing around a pointer to the RangeTblEntry that
provides the desired column, pass a pointer to the associated
ParseNamespaceItem. The RTE is trivially reachable from the nsitem,
and having the ParseNamespaceItem allows access to additional
information. As proof of concept for that, add the rangetable index
to ParseNamespaceItem, and use that to get rid of RTERangeTablePosn
searches.
(I have in mind to teach the parser to generate some different
representation for Vars that are nullable by outer joins, and
keeping the necessary information in ParseNamespaceItems seems
like a reasonable approach to that. But whether that ever
happens or not, this seems like good cleanup.)
Also refactor the code around scanRTEForColumn so that the
"fuzzy match" stuff does not leak out of parse_relation.c.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26144.1576858373@sss.pgh.pa.us
In the wake of commit 5b9312378, there's no particular reason
for this restriction (previously, it was problematic because of
the implied rowtype reference). A simple constraint on a whole-row
Var probably isn't that useful, but conceivably somebody would want
to pass one to a function that extracts a partitioning key. Besides
which, we're expending much more code to enforce the restriction than
we save by having it, since the latter quantity is now zero.
So drop the restriction.
Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFUzjfj9HEsJtYWcr1SgQ_=iCAvQ=O2Sx6aQxoDu4OiHw@mail.gmail.com
Formerly the rd_partkey and rd_partdesc data structures were always
populated immediately when a relcache entry was built or rebuilt.
This patch changes things so that they are populated only when they
are first requested. (Hence, callers *must* now always use
RelationGetPartitionKey or RelationGetPartitionDesc; just fetching
the pointer directly is no longer acceptable.)
This seems to have some performance benefits, but the main reason to do
it is that it eliminates a recursive-reload failure that occurs if the
partkey or partdesc expressions contain any references to the relation's
rowtype (as discovered by Amit Langote). In retrospect, since loading
these data structures might result in execution of nearly-arbitrary code
via eval_const_expressions, it was a dumb idea to require that to happen
during relcache entry rebuild.
Also, fix things so that old copies of a relcache partition descriptor
will be dropped when the cache entry's refcount goes to zero. In the
previous coding it was possible for such copies to survive for the
lifetime of the session, as I'd complained of in a previous discussion.
(This management technique still isn't perfect, but it's better than
before.) Improve the commentary explaining how that works and why
it's safe to hand out direct pointers to these relcache substructures.
In passing, improve RelationBuildPartitionDesc by using the same
memory-context-parent-swap approach used by RelationBuildPartitionKey,
thereby making it less dependent on strong assumptions about what
partition_bounds_copy does. Avoid doing get_rel_relkind in the
critical section, too.
Patch by Amit Langote and Tom Lane; Robert Haas deserves some credit
for prior work in the area, too. Although this is a pre-existing
problem, no back-patch: the patch seems too invasive to be safe to
back-patch, and the bug it fixes is a corner case that seems
relatively unlikely to cause problems in the field.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFUzjfj9HEsJtYWcr1SgQ_=iCAvQ=O2Sx6aQxoDu4OiHw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY3bRmGB6-DUnoVy5fJoreiBJ43rwMrQRCdPXuKt4Ykaw@mail.gmail.com
The following renaming is done so as source files related to index
access methods are more consistent with table access methods (the
original names used for index AMs ware too generic, and could be
confused as including features related to table AMs):
- amapi.h -> indexam.h.
- amapi.c -> indexamapi.c. Here we have an equivalent with
backend/access/table/tableamapi.c.
- amvalidate.c -> indexamvalidate.c.
- amvalidate.h -> indexamvalidate.h.
- genam.c -> indexgenam.c.
- genam.h -> indexgenam.h.
This has been discussed during the development of v12 when table AM was
worked on, but the renaming never happened.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Fabien Coelho, Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191223053434.GF34339@paquier.xyz
Our algorithm for choosing batch numbers turned out not to work
effectively for multi-billion key inner relations. We would use
more hash bits than we have, and effectively concentrate all tuples
into a smaller number of batches than we intended. While ideally
we should switch to wider hashes, for now, change the algorithm to
one that effectively gives up bits from the bucket number when we
don't have enough bits. That means we'll finish up with longer
bucket chains than would be ideal, but that's better than having
batches that don't fit in work_mem and can't be divided.
Batch-patch to all supported releases.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, thanks also to Tomas Vondra, Alvaro Herrera, Andres Freund for testing and discussion
Reported-by: James Coleman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16104-dc11ed911f1ab9df%40postgresql.org
This wasn't checked originally, but it should have been, because
in general pseudo-types can't be stored to and retrieved from disk.
Notably, partition bound values of type "record" would not be
interpretable by another session.
In v12 and HEAD, add another flag to CheckAttributeType's repertoire
so that it can produce a specific error message for this case. That's
infeasible in older branches without an ABI break, so fall back to
a slightly-less-nicely-worded error message in v10 and v11.
Problem noted by Amit Langote, though this patch is not his initial
solution. Back-patch to v10 where partitioning was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFUzjfj9HEsJtYWcr1SgQ_=iCAvQ=O2Sx6aQxoDu4OiHw@mail.gmail.com
Previously, the Windows MSVC build generated pg_config.h from a
hard-coded pg_config.h.win32 with some ad hoc postprocessing. The
pg_config.h.win32 file required manual maintenance and was as a result
frequently out of date.
Instead, have the MSVC build scripts emulate what configure and
config.status do: collect a list of defines and then create
pg_config.h from pg_config.h.in by changing the appropriate lines.
The previous setup was made to support old Windows build systems that
didn't have any text processing capabilities, but the current system
has Perl, so it's not a problem. pg_config.h.win32 is removed.
In order to try to keep the Windows side of things more up to date in
the future, we now also require that all symbols found in
pg_config.h.in are defined in the MSVC build system. So if there is a
change in configure that results in a new symbol, an update in
Solution.pm will be required.
The other headers managed by AC_CONFIG_HEADERS in configure, namely
src/include/pg_config_ext.h and
src/interfaces/ecpg/include/ecpg_config.h, get the same treatment, so
this removes even more ad hoc code in the MSVC build scripts.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1441b834-f434-e0bf-46ed-9c4d5c29c2d4%402ndquadrant.com
A new function EmitProcSignalBarrier() can be used to emit a global
barrier which all backends that participate in the ProcSignal
mechanism must absorb, and a new function WaitForProcSignalBarrier()
can be used to wait until all relevant backends have in fact
absorbed the barrier.
This can be used to coordinate global state changes, such as turning
checksums on while the system is running.
There's no real client of this mechanism yet, although two are
proposed, but an enum has to have at least one element, so this
includes a placeholder type (PROCSIGNAL_BARRIER_PLACEHOLDER) which
should be replaced by the first real client of this mechanism to
get committed.
Andres Freund and Robert Haas, reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson and,
in earlier versions, by Magnus Hagander.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZwDk=BguVDVa+qdA6SBKef=PKbaKDQALTC_9qoz1mJqg@mail.gmail.com
The REDO routine for nbtree's xl_btree_vacuum record type hasn't
performed a "pin scan" since commit 3e4b7d87 went in, so clearly there
isn't any point in VACUUM WAL-logging information that won't actually be
used. Finish off the work of commit 3e4b7d87 (and the closely related
preceding commit 687f2cd7) by removing the code that generates this
unused information. Also remove the REDO routine code disabled by
commit 3e4b7d87.
Replace the unneeded lastBlockVacuumed field in xl_btree_vacuum with a
new "ndeleted" field. The new field isn't actually needed right now,
since we could continue to infer the array length from the overall
record length. However, an upcoming patch to add deduplication to
nbtree needs to add an "items updated" field to xl_btree_vacuum, so we
might as well start being explicit about the number of items now.
(Besides, it doesn't seem like a good idea to leave the xl_btree_vacuum
struct without any fields; the C standard says that that's undefined.)
nbtree VACUUM no longer forces writing a WAL record for the last block
in the index. Writing out a WAL record with no items for the final
block was supposed to force processing of a lastBlockVacuumed field by a
pin scan.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmY_mT7UnTzFB5LBQDBkKpdV5UxP3B5bLb7uP%3D%3D6UQJRQ%40mail.gmail.com
The previous coding imagined that it could call before_shmem_exit()
when a non-exclusive backup began and then remove the previously-added
handler by calling cancel_before_shmem_exit() when that backup
ended. However, this only works provided that nothing else in the
system has registered a before_shmem_exit() hook in the interim,
because cancel_before_shmem_exit() is documented to remove a callback
only if it is the latest callback registered. It also only works
if nothing can ERROR out between the time that sessionBackupState
is reset and the time that cancel_before_shmem_exit(), which doesn't
seem to be strictly true.
To fix, leave the handler installed for the lifetime of the session,
arrange to install it just once, and teach it to quietly do nothing if
there isn't a non-exclusive backup in process.
This is a bug, but for now I'm not going to back-patch, because the
consequences are minor. It's possible to cause a spurious warning
to be generated, but that doesn't really matter. It's also possible
to trigger an assertion failure, but production builds shouldn't
have assertions enabled.
Patch by me, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier (who
preferred a different approach, but got outvoted), Fujii Masao,
and Tom Lane, and with comments by various others.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobMjnyBfNhGTKQEDbqXYE3_rXWpc4CM63fhyerNCes3mA@mail.gmail.com
Older gcc versions are not happy with having multiple declarations
for the same typedef name (not struct name). I'm a bit dubious
as to how well-thought-out that patch was at all, but for the moment
just fix it enough so I can get some work done today.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191218101338.GB325369@paquier.xyz
Tuple conversion support in tupconvert.c is able to convert rowtypes
between two relations, inner and outer, which are logically equivalent
but have a different ordering or even dropped columns (used mainly for
inheritance tree and partitions). This makes use of attribute mappings,
which are simple arrays made of AttrNumber elements with a length
matching the number of attributes of the outer relation. The length of
the attribute mapping has been treated as completely independent of the
mapping itself until now, making it easy to pass down an incorrect
mapping length.
This commit refactors the code related to attribute mappings and moves
it into an independent facility called attmap.c, extracted from
tupconvert.c. This merges the attribute mapping with its length,
avoiding to try to guess what is the length of a mapping to use as this
is computed once, when the map is built.
This will avoid mistakes like what has been fixed in dc816e58, which has
used an incorrect mapping length by matching it with the number of
attributes of an inner relation (a child partition) instead of an outer
relation (a partitioned table).
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191121042556.GD153437@paquier.xyz
Commit 48995040d5 removed the largest
barrier to use of simplehash in frontend code, but there's one more
problem: it uses elog(ERROR, ...) or elog(LOG, ...) in a couple of
places. Work around that by changing those to pg_log_error() and
pg_log_info() when FRONTEND is defined.
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmob8oyh02NrZW=xCScB+5GyJ-jVowE3+TWTUmPF=FsGWTA@mail.gmail.com
If the SH_RAW_ALLOCATOR is defined, it will be used to allocate bytes
for the hash table, and no dependencies on MemoryContext will exist.
This means, in particular, that the SH_CREATE function will not take
a MemoryContext argument.
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmob8oyh02NrZW=xCScB+5GyJ-jVowE3+TWTUmPF=FsGWTA@mail.gmail.com
Where possible, share signal handler code and main loop interrupt
checking. This saves quite a bit of code and should simplify
maintenance, too.
This commit intends not to change the way anything works, even
though that might allow more code to be unified. It does unify
a bunch of individual variables into a ShutdownRequestPending
flag that has is now used by a bunch of different process types,
though.
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund and Daniel Gustafsson.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZwDk=BguVDVa+qdA6SBKef=PKbaKDQALTC_9qoz1mJqg@mail.gmail.com
The refactoring done in a4fd3aa for query cancellation has messed up
with the logic in psql by mixing CancelRequested and cancel_pressed,
breaking for example \watch. The former would be switched to true if a
cancellation request has been attempted and that it actually succeeded,
and the latter tracks if a cancellation attempt has been done.
This commit brings back the code of psql to a state consistent to what
it was before a4fd3aa, without giving up on the refactoring pieces
introduced. It should be actually possible to merge more both flags as
their concepts are close enough, however note that psql's --single-step
mode relies on cancel_pressed to be always set, so this requires more
careful analysis left for later.
While on it, fix the declarations of CancelRequested (in cancel.c) and
cancel_pressed (in psql) to be volatile sig_atomic_t. Previously,
both were declared as booleans, which should be fine on modern
platforms, but the C standard recommends the use of sig_atomic_t for
variables used in signal handlers. Note that since its introduction in
a1792320, CancelRequested declaration was not volatile.
Reported-by: Jeff Janes
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1zpoUDGKqWKuMWkj7t-bOCaJDx0r=5te_-d0B2HVLABXg@mail.gmail.com
force_parallel_mode = regress is supposed to force use of a Gather
node without having any impact on EXPLAIN output. But it failed to
accomplish that if both ANALYZE and VERBOSE are given, because that
enables per-worker output data that you wouldn't see if the Gather
hadn't been inserted. Improve the logic so that we suppress the
per-worker data too.
This allows putting the new test case added by commit 5935917ce
back into the originally intended form (cf. 776a2c887, 22864f6e0).
We can also get rid of a kluge in subselect.sql, which previously
had to clean up after force_parallel_mode's failure to do what it
said on the tin.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18445.1576177309@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit f14413b684 broke the build of
Perl-using modules on Windows.
Perl might have its own definitions of uid_t and gid_t, so we hide
ours, but then we can't use ours in our header files such as port.h
which don't see the Perl definition.
Hide our definition of getpeereid() on Windows in Perl-using modules,
using PLPERL_HAVE_UID_GID define. That means we can't portably use
getpeeruid() is such modules right now, but there is no need anyway.
The getpeereid() uses have so far been protected by HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS,
so they didn't ever care about Windows support. But in anticipation
of Unix-domain socket support on Windows, that needs to be handled
differently.
Windows doesn't support getpeereid() at this time, so we use the
existing not-supported code path. We let configure do its usual thing
of picking up the replacement from libpgport, instead of the custom
overrides that it was doing before.
But then Windows doesn't have struct passwd, so this patch sprinkles
some additional #ifdef WIN32 around to make it work. This is similar
to existing code that deals with this issue.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/5974caea-1267-7708-40f2-6009a9d653b0@2ndquadrant.com
The RTE_RESULT simplification logic added by commit 4be058fe9 had a
flaw: it would collapse out a RTE_RESULT that is due to compute a
PlaceHolderVar, and reassign the PHV to the parent join level, even if
another input relation of the join contained a lateral reference to
the PHV. That can't work because the PHV would be computed too late.
In practice it led to failures of internal sanity checks later in
planning (either assertion failures or errors such as "failed to
construct the join relation").
To fix, add code to check for the presence of such PHVs in relevant
portions of the query tree. Notably, this required refactoring
range_table_walker so that a caller could ask to walk individual RTEs
not the whole list. (It might be a good idea to refactor
range_table_mutator in the same way, if only to keep those functions
looking similar; but I didn't do so here as it wasn't necessary for
the bug fix.)
This exercise also taught me that find_dependent_phvs(), as it stood,
could only safely be used on the entire Query, not on subtrees.
Adjust its API to reflect that; which in passing allows it to have
a fast path for the common case of no PHVs anywhere.
Per report from Will Leinweber. Back-patch to v12 where the bug
was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALLb-4xJMd4GZt2YCecMC95H-PafuWNKcmps4HLRx2NHNBfB4g@mail.gmail.com
Previously, if the startup pruning logic proved that all child nodes
of an Append or MergeAppend could be pruned, we still kept one, just
to keep EXPLAIN from failing. The previous commit removed the
ruleutils.c limitation that required this kluge, so drop it. That
results in less-confusing EXPLAIN output, as per a complaint from
Yuzuko Hosoya.
David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/001001d4f44b$2a2cca50$7e865ef0$@lab.ntt.co.jp
This patch causes EXPLAIN to always assign a separate table alias to the
parent RTE of an append relation (inheritance set); before, such RTEs
were ignored if not actually scanned by the plan. Since the child RTEs
now always have that same alias to start with (cf. commit 55a1954da),
the net effect is that the parent RTE usually gets the alias used or
implied by the query text, and the children all get that alias with "_N"
appended. (The exception to "usually" is if there are duplicate aliases
in different subtrees of the original query; then some of those original
RTEs will also have "_N" appended.)
This results in more uniform output for partitioned-table plans than
we had before: the partitioned table itself gets the original alias,
and all child tables have aliases with "_N", rather than the previous
behavior where one of the children would get an alias without "_N".
The reason for giving the parent RTE an alias, even if it isn't scanned
by the plan, is that we now use the parent's alias to qualify Vars that
refer to an appendrel output column and appear above the Append or
MergeAppend that computes the appendrel. But below the append, Vars
refer to some one of the child relations, and are displayed that way.
This seems clearer than the old behavior where a Var that could carry
values from any child relation was displayed as if it referred to only
one of them.
While at it, change ruleutils.c so that the code paths used by EXPLAIN
deal in Plan trees not PlanState trees. This effectively reverts a
decision made in commit 1cc29fe7c, which seemed like a good idea at
the time to make ruleutils.c consistent with explain.c. However,
it's problematic because we'd really like to allow executor startup
pruning to remove all the children of an append node when possible,
leaving no child PlanState to resolve Vars against. (That's not done
here, but will be in the next patch.) This requires different handling
of subplans and initplans than before, but is otherwise a pretty
straightforward change.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/001001d4f44b$2a2cca50$7e865ef0$@lab.ntt.co.jp
This makes such log entries more useful, since the cause of the error
can be dependent on the parameter values.
Author: Alexey Bashtanov, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0146a67b-a22a-0519-9082-bc29756b93a2@imap.cc
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Andres Freund, Tom Lane
Clean up some comments (some generated by old versions of autoconf)
and some random ordering differences, so it's easier to diff this
against the default pg_config.h or pg_config.h.in. Remove LOCALEDIR
handling from pg_config.h.win32 altogether because it's already in
pg_config_paths.h.
This provides a mechanism to emit literal values in informative
messages, such as query parameters. The new code is more complex than
what it replaces, primarily because it wants to be more efficient.
It also has the (currently unused) additional optional capability of
specifying a maximum size to print.
The new function lives out of common/stringinfo.c so that frontend users
of that file need not pull in unnecessary multibyte-encoding support
code.
Author: Álvaro Herrera and Alexey Bashtanov, after a suggestion from Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190920203905.xkv5udsd5dxfs6tr@alap3.anarazel.de
This function is supported down to OpenSSL 0.9.8, which is the oldest
version supported since 593d4e4 (from Postgres 10 onwards), and is used
since e3bdb2d (from 11 onwards). It is defined as a macro from OpenSSL
0.9.8 to 1.0.2, and as a function in 1.1.0 and newer versions. However,
the configure check present is only adapted for functions. So, even if
the code would be able to compile, configure fails to detect the macro,
causing it to be ignored when compiling the code with OpenSSL from 0.9.8
to 1.0.2.
The code needs a configure check as per a364dfa, which has fixed a
compilation issue with a past version of LibreSSL in NetBSD 5.1. On
HEAD, just remove the configure check as the last release of NetBSD 5 is
from 2014 (and we have no more buildfarm members for it). In 11 and 12,
improve the configure logic so as both macros and functions are
correctly detected. This makes NetBSD 5 still work on already-released
branches, but not for 13 onwards.
The patch for HEAD is from me, and Daniel has written the version to use
for the back-branches.
Author: Michael Paquier, Daniel Gustaffson
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191205083252.GE5064@paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/98F7F99E-1129-41D8-B86B-FE3B1E286881@yesql.se
Backpatch-through: 11
Remove a duplicated word. Add "of" or "# of" in a couple places
for clarity and consistency. Start comments with a lower case
letter as we do elsewhere in this file.
Rafia Sabih
XLogFileNameP() is a wrapper routine able to build a palloc'd string for
a WAL segment name, which is used for error string generation. There
were several code paths where it gets called in a critical section,
where memory allocation is not allowed. This results in triggering
an assertion failure instead of generating the wanted error message.
Another, more annoying, problem is that if the allocation to generate
the WAL segment name fails on OOM, then the failure would be escalated
to a PANIC.
This removes the routine and all its callers are replaced with a logic
using a fixed-size buffer. This way, all the existing mistakes are
fixed and future ones are prevented.
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k5gC9H4uoWMLg9K_QfNrnkkdEw+-AFveob9YX7z8JnKTA@mail.gmail.com
This provides for cheaper mapping of child columns back to parent
columns. The one existing use-case in examine_simple_variable()
would hardly justify this by itself; but an upcoming bug fix will
make use of this array in a mainstream code path, and it seems
likely that we'll find other uses for it as we continue to build
out the partitioning infrastructure.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12424.1575168015@sss.pgh.pa.us
Originally, this code was duplicated in src/bin/psql/ and
src/bin/scripts/, but it can be useful for other frontend applications,
like pgbench. This refactoring offers the possibility to setup a custom
callback which would get called in the signal handler for SIGINT or when
the interruption console events happen on Windows.
Author: Fabien Coelho, with contributions from Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Ibrar Ahmed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.21.1910311939430.27369@lancre
We implement ON COMMIT DELETE ROWS by truncating tables marked that
way, which requires also truncating/rebuilding their indexes. But
RelationTruncateIndexes asks the relcache for up-to-date copies of any
index expressions, which may cause execution of eval_const_expressions
on them, which can result in actual execution of subexpressions.
This is a bad thing to have happening during ON COMMIT. Manuel Rigger
reported that use of a SQL function resulted in crashes due to
expectations that ActiveSnapshot would be set, which it isn't.
The most obvious fix perhaps would be to push a snapshot during
PreCommit_on_commit_actions, but I think that would just open the door
to more problems: CommitTransaction explicitly expects that no
user-defined code can be running at this point.
Fortunately, since we know that no tuples exist to be indexed, there
seems no need to use the real index expressions or predicates during
RelationTruncateIndexes. We can set up dummy index expressions
instead (we do need something that will expose the right data type,
as there are places that build index tupdescs based on this), and
just ignore predicates and exclusion constraints.
In a green field it'd likely be better to reimplement ON COMMIT DELETE
ROWS using the same "init fork" infrastructure used for unlogged
relations. That seems impractical without catalog changes though,
and even without that it'd be too big a change to back-patch.
So for now do it like this.
Per private report from Manuel Rigger. This has been broken forever,
so back-patch to all supported branches.
When picking the best extended statistics object for a list of clauses,
it's not enough to look at attnums extracted from the clause list as a
whole. Consider for example this query with OR clauses:
SELECT * FROM t WHERE (t.a = 1) OR (t.b = 1) OR (t.c = 1)
with a statistics defined on columns (a,b). Relying on attnums extracted
from the whole OR clause, we'd consider the statistics usable. That does
not work, as we see the conditions as a single OR-clause, referencing an
attribute not covered by the statistic, leading to empty list of clauses
to be estimated using the statistics and an assert failure.
This changes choose_best_statistics to check which clauses are actually
covered, and only using attributes from the fully covered ones. For the
previous example this means the statistics object will not be considered
as compatible with the OR-clause.
Backpatch to 12, where MCVs were introduced. The issue does not affect
older versions because functional dependencies don't handle OR clauses.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed
Reported-By: Manuel Rigger
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA7H5rcE2=8f263w4NZD6ipO_XOrYB816nuLXbmSTH9pQQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
This build option was once useful to maintain compatibility with
version-0 functions, but those are no longer supported, so this option
is no longer useful for end users. We keep the option available to
developers in pg_config_manual.h so that it is easy to test the
pass-by-reference code paths without having to fire up a 32-bit
machine.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f3e1e576-2749-bbd7-2d57-3f9dcf75255a@2ndquadrant.com
XLogReader, walsender and pg_waldump all had their own routines to read
data from WAL files to memory, with slightly different approaches
according to the particular conditions of each environment. There's a
lot of commonality, so we can refactor that into a single routine
WALRead in XLogReader, and move the differences to a separate (simpler)
callback that just opens the next WAL-segment. This results in a
clearer (ahem) code flow.
The error reporting needs are covered by filling in a new error-info
struct, WALReadError, and it's the caller's responsibility to act on it.
The backend has WALReadRaiseError() to do so.
We no longer ever need to seek in this interface; switch to using
pg_pread().
Author: Antonin Houska, with contributions from Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14984.1554998742@spoje.net
This reworks the reloption parsing and build of a couple of index AMs by
creating new structures for each index AM's options. This split was
already done for BRIN, GIN and GiST (which actually has a fillfactor
parameter), but not for hash, B-tree and SPGiST which relied on
StdRdOptions due to an overlap with the default option set.
This saves a couple of bytes for rd_options in each relcache entry with
indexes making use of relation options, and brings more consistency
between all index AMs. While on it, add a couple of AssertMacro() calls
to make sure that utility macros to grab values of reloptions are used
with the expected index AM.
Author: Nikolay Shaplov
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Michael Paquier, Álvaro Herrera, Dent John
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4127670.gFlpRb6XCm@x200m
This function wasn't touched in commit 51004c717, but that turns out
to be a bad idea, because its results now include any dead space
that exists in the NOTIFY queue on account of our being lazy about
advancing the queue tail. Notably, the isolation tests now fail
if run twice without a server restart between, because async-notify's
first test of the function will already show a positive value.
It seems likely that end users would be equally unhappy about the
result's instability. To fix, just make the function call
asyncQueueAdvanceTail before computing its result. That should end
in producing the same value as before, and it's hard to believe that
there's any practical use-case where pg_notification_queue_usage()
is called so often as to create a performance degradation, especially
compared to what we did before.
Out of paranoia, also mark this function parallel-restricted (it
was volatile, but parallel-safe by default, before). Although the
code seems to work fine when run in a parallel worker, that's outside
the design scope of async.c, and it's a bit scary to have intentional
side-effects happening in a parallel worker. There seems no plausible
use-case where it'd be important to try to parallelize this, so let's
not take any risk of introducing new bugs.
In passing, re-pgindent async.c and run reformat-dat-files on
pg_proc.dat, just because I'm a neatnik.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/13881.1574557302@sss.pgh.pa.us
All operations with acl permissions checks should have a corresponding hook
so that, for example, mandatory access control (MAC) may be enforced by an
extension. The command TRUNCATE is missing this hook, so add it. Patch by
Yuli Khodorkovskiy with some editorialization by me. Based on the discussion
not back-patched. A separate patch will exercise the hook in the sepgsql
extension.
Author: Yuli Khodorkovskiy
Reviewed-by: Joe Conway
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFL5wJcomybj1Xdw7qWmPJRpGuFukKgNrDb6uVBaCMgYS9dkaA%40mail.gmail.com
While a self-referential view doesn't actually work, it's possible
to create one, and it turns out that this breaks some of the
information_schema views. Those views call relation_is_updatable(),
which neglected to consider the hazards of being recursive. In
older PG versions you get a "stack depth limit exceeded" error,
but since v10 it'd recurse to the point of stack overrun and crash,
because commit a4c35ea1c took out the expression_returns_set() call
that was incidentally checking the stack depth.
Since this function is only used by information_schema views, it
seems like it'd be better to return "not updatable" than suffer
an error. Hence, add tracking of what views we're examining,
in just the same way that the nearby fireRIRrules() code detects
self-referential views. I added a check_stack_depth() call too,
just to be defensive.
Per private report from Manuel Rigger. Back-patch to all
supported versions.
Oversight in commit e6d8069522. Since that commit changed the format of
XLOG_DBASE_DROP WAL record, XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC needs to be bumped.
Spotted by Michael Paquier
Previously DROP DATABASE generated as many XLOG_DBASE_DROP WAL records
as the number of tablespaces that the database to drop uses. This caused
the scans of shared_buffers as many times as the number of the tablespaces
during recovery because WAL replay of one XLOG_DBASE_DROP record needs
that full scan. This could make the recovery time longer especially
when shared_buffers is large.
This commit changes DROP DATABASE so that it generates only one
XLOG_DBASE_DROP record, and registers the information of all the tablespaces
into it. Then, WAL replay of XLOG_DBASE_DROP record needs full scan of
shared_buffers only once, and which may improve the recovery performance.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kirk Jamison, Simon Riggs
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwF8YwNH0ZaL+2wjZPkj+ji9UhC+Z4ScnG97WKtVY5L9iw@mail.gmail.com
This adds the statistics about transactions spilled to disk from
ReorderBuffer. Users can query the pg_stat_replication view to check
these stats.
Author: Tomas Vondra, with bug-fixes and minor changes by Dilip Kumar
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
Historically, the planner's LIKE/regex index optimizations were only
carried out for specific index opfamilies. That's never been a great
idea from the standpoint of extensibility, but it didn't matter so
much as long as we had no practical way to extend such behaviors anyway.
With the addition of planner support functions, and in view of ongoing
work to support additional table and index AMs, it seems like a good
time to relax this.
Hence, recast the decisions in match_pattern_prefix() so that rather
than decide which operators to generate by looking at what the index
opfamily contains, we decide which operators to generate a-priori
and then see if the opfamily supports them. This is much more
defensible from a semantic standpoint anyway, since we know the
semantics of the chosen operators precisely, and we only need to
assume that the opfamily correctly implements operators it claims
to support.
The existing "pattern" opfamilies put a crimp in this approach, since
we need to select the pattern operators if we want those to work.
So we still have to special-case those opfamilies. But that seems
all right, since in view of the addition of collations, the pattern
opfamilies seem like a legacy hack that nobody will be building on.
The only immediate effect of this change, so far as the core code is
concerned, is that anchored LIKE/regex patterns can be mapped onto
BRIN index searches, and exact-match patterns can be mapped onto hash
indexes, not only btree and spgist indexes as before. That's not a
terribly exciting result, but it does fix an omission mentioned in
the ancient comments here.
Note: no catversion bump, even though this touches pg_operator.dat,
because it's only adding OID macros not changing the contents of
postgres.bki.
Per consideration of a report from Manuel Rigger.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA7nnGYy8rY0vdTe811NuA+Frr9nbcBO9u2Z+JxqNaud+g@mail.gmail.com
Instead of deciding to serialize a transaction merely based on the
number of changes in that xact (toplevel or subxact), this makes
the decisions based on amount of memory consumed by the changes.
The memory limit is defined by a new logical_decoding_work_mem GUC,
so for example we can do this
SET logical_decoding_work_mem = '128kB'
to reduce the memory usage of walsenders or set the higher value to
reduce disk writes. The minimum value is 64kB.
When adding a change to a transaction, we account for the size in
two places. Firstly, in the ReorderBuffer, which is then used to
decide if we reached the total memory limit. And secondly in the
transaction the change belongs to, so that we can pick the largest
transaction to evict (and serialize to disk).
We still use max_changes_in_memory when loading changes serialized
to disk. The trouble is we can't use the memory limit directly as
there might be multiple subxact serialized, we need to read all of
them but we don't know how many are there (and which subxact to
read first).
We do not serialize the ReorderBufferTXN entries, so if there is a
transaction with many subxacts, most memory may be in this type of
objects. Those records are not included in the memory accounting.
We also do not account for INTERNAL_TUPLECID changes, which are
kept in a separate list and not evicted from memory. Transactions
with many CTID changes may consume significant amounts of memory,
but we can't really do much about that.
The current eviction algorithm is very simple - the transaction is
picked merely by size, while it might be useful to also consider age
(LSN) of the changes for example. With the new Generational memory
allocator, evicting the oldest changes would make it more likely
the memory gets actually pfreed.
The logical_decoding_work_mem can be set in postgresql.conf, in which
case it serves as the default for all publishers on that instance.
Author: Tomas Vondra, with changes by Dilip Kumar and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar and Amit Kapila
Tested-By: Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
reloptions.h includes since ba748f7 a set of macros to handle reloption
types in a way similar to how parseRelOptions() works. They have never
been used in the core code, and we have more simple methods now to parse
and fill in rd_options for a given relation depending on its relkind, so
remove this interface to simplify things.
Per discussion between Amit Langote, Álvaro Herrera and me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE6zbNO92az6pp5GiTw4tr-9rfCE0t84whQSP+YwSKjMQ@mail.gmail.com
Partitioned tables do not have relation options yet, but, similarly to
what's done for views which have their own parsing table, it could make
sense to introduce new parameters for some of the existing default ones
like fillfactor, autovacuum, etc. Splitting things has the advantage to
make the information stored in rd_options include only the necessary
information, reducing the amount of memory used for a relcache entry
with partitioned tables if new reloptions are introduced at this level.
Author: Nikolay Shaplov
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1627387.Qykg9O6zpu@x200m
This commit changes xact_desc() so that it reports the detail information about
PREPARE TRANSACTION record, like GID (global transaction identifier),
timestamp at prepare transaction, delete-on-abort/commit relations,
XID of subtransactions, and invalidation messages. These are helpful
when diagnosing 2PC-related troubles.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Andrey Lepikhov, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Julien Rouhaud, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwEvhASad4JJnCv=0dW2TJypZgW_Vpb-oZik2a3utCqcrA@mail.gmail.com
This new option terminates the other sessions connected to the target
database and then drop it. To terminate other sessions, the current user
must have desired permissions (same as pg_terminate_backend()). We don't
allow to terminate the sessions if prepared transactions, active logical
replication slots or subscriptions are present in the target database.
Author: Pavel Stehule with changes by me
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Vignesh C, Ibrar Ahmed, Anthony Nowocien,
Ryan Lambert and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAP_rwwmLJJbn70vLOZFpxGw3XD7nLB_7+NKz46H5EOO2k5H7OQ@mail.gmail.com
It is pointless to show in those views auxiliary processes that don't
open network connections.
A small incompatibility is that anybody joining pg_stat_activity and
pg_stat_ssl/pg_stat_gssapi will have to use a left join if they want to
see such auxiliary processes.
Author: Euler Taveira
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190904151535.GA29108@alvherre.pgsql
This completes the task begun in commit 1408d5d86, to synchronize
ECPG's exported definitions with the definition of bool used by
c.h (and, therefore, the one actually in use in the ECPG library).
On practically all modern platforms, ecpglib.h will now just
include <stdbool.h>, which should surprise nobody anymore.
That removes a header-inclusion-order hazard for ECPG clients,
who previously might get build failures or unexpected behavior
depending on whether they'd included <stdbool.h> themselves,
and if so, whether before or after ecpglib.h.
On platforms where sizeof(_Bool) is not 1 (only old PPC-based
Mac systems, as far as I know), things are still messy, as
inclusion of <stdbool.h> could still break ECPG client code.
There doesn't seem to be any clean fix for that, and given the
probably-negligible population of users who would care anymore,
it's not clear we should go far out of our way to cope with it.
This change at least fixes some header-inclusion-order hazards
for our own code, since c.h and ecpglib.h previously disagreed
on whether bool should be char or unsigned char.
To implement this with minimal invasion of ECPG client namespace,
move the choice of whether to rely on <stdbool.h> into configure,
and have it export a configuration symbol PG_USE_STDBOOL.
ecpglib.h no longer exports definitions for TRUE and FALSE,
only their lowercase brethren. We could undo that if we get
push-back about it.
Ideally we'd back-patch this as far as v11, which is where c.h
started to rely on <stdbool.h>. But the odds of creating problems
for formerly-working ECPG client code seem about as large as the
odds of fixing any non-working cases, so we'll just do this in HEAD.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LmaKO7Du9M9Lo=kxGU8sB6aL8fa3sF6z6d5yYYVe3BuQ@mail.gmail.com
Add some support for automatically showing backtraces in certain error
situations in the server. Backtraces are shown on assertion failure;
also, a new setting backtrace_functions can be set to a list of C
function names, and all ereport()s and elog()s from the mentioned
functions will have backtraces generated. Finally, the function
errbacktrace() can be manually added to an ereport() call to generate a
backtrace for that call.
Authors: Peter Eisentraut, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m//5f48cb47-bf1e-05b6-7aae-3bf2cd01586d@2ndquadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMsr+YGL+yfWE=JvbUbnpWtrRZNey7hJ07+zT4bYJdVp4Szdrg@mail.gmail.com
This patch adopts the overflow check logic introduced by commit cbdb8b4c0
into two more places. interval_mul() failed to notice if it computed a
new microseconds value that was one more than INT64_MAX, and pgbench's
double-to-int64 logic had the same sorts of edge-case problems that
cbdb8b4c0 fixed in the core code.
To make this easier to get right in future, put the guts of the checks
into new macros in c.h, and add commentary about how to use the macros
correctly.
Back-patch to all supported branches, as we did with the previous fix.
Yuya Watari
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ2pMkbkkFw2hb9Qb1Zj8d06EhWAQXFLy73St4qWv6aX=vqnjw@mail.gmail.com
This allows logging a sample of statements, without incurring excessive
log traffic (which may impact performance). This can be useful when
analyzing workloads with lots of short queries.
The sampling is configured using two new GUC parameters:
* log_min_duration_sample - minimum required statement duration
* log_statement_sample_rate - sample rate (0.0 - 1.0)
Only statements with duration exceeding log_min_duration_sample are
considered for sampling. To enable sampling, both those GUCs have to
be set correctly.
The existing log_min_duration_statement GUC has a higher priority, i.e.
statements with duration exceeding log_min_duration_statement will be
always logged, irrespectedly of how the sampling is configured. This
means only configurations
log_min_duration_sample < log_min_duration_statement
do actually sample the statements, instead of logging everything.
Author: Adrien Nayrat
Reviewed-by: David Rowley, Vik Fearing, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bbe0a1a8-a8f7-3be2-155a-888e661cc06c@anayrat.info
Avoid creating transiently-inconsistent slot states where possible,
by not setting TTS_FLAG_SHOULDFREE until after the slot actually has
a free'able tuple pointer, and by making sure that we reset tts_nvalid
and related derived state before we replace the tuple contents. This
would only matter if something were to examine the slot after we'd
suffered some kind of error (e.g. out of memory) while manipulating
the slot. We typically don't do that, so these changes might just be
cosmetic --- but even if so, it seems like good future-proofing.
Also remove some redundant Asserts, and add a couple for consistency.
Back-patch to v12 where all this code was rewritten.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16095-c3ff2e5283b8dba5@postgresql.org
There's plenty places in frontend code that could benefit from a
string buffer implementation. Some because it yields simpler and
faster code, and some others because of the desire to share code
between backend and frontend.
While there is a string buffer implementation available to frontend
code, libpq's PQExpBuffer, it is clunkier than stringinfo, it
introduces a libpq dependency, doesn't allow for sharing between
frontend and backend code, and has a higher API/ABI stability
requirement due to being exposed via libpq.
Therefore it seems best to just making StringInfo being usable by
frontend code. There's not much to do for that, except for rewriting
two subsequent elog/ereport calls into others types of error
reporting, and deciding on a maximum string length.
For the maximum string size I decided to privately define MaxAllocSize
to the same value as used in the backend. It seems likely that we'll
want to reconsider this for both backend and frontend code in the not
too far away future.
For now I've left stringinfo.h in lib/, rather than common/, to reduce
the likelihood of unnecessary breakage. We could alternatively decide
to provide a redirecting stringinfo.h in lib/, or just not provide
compatibility.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190920051857.2fhnvhvx4qdddviz@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit d25ea0127 got rid of what I thought were entirely unnecessary
derived child expressions in EquivalenceClasses for EC members that
mention multiple baserels. But it turns out that some of the child
expressions that code created are necessary for partitionwise joins,
else we fail to find matching pathkeys for Sort nodes. (This happens
only for certain shapes of the resulting plan; it may be that
partitionwise aggregation is also necessary to show the failure,
though I'm not sure of that.)
Reverting that commit entirely would be quite painful performance-wise
for large partition sets. So instead, add code that explicitly
generates child expressions that match only partitionwise child join
rels we have actually generated.
Per report from Justin Pryzby. (Amit Langote noticed the problem
earlier, though it's not clear if he recognized then that it could
result in a planner error, not merely failure to exploit partitionwise
join, in the code as-committed.) Back-patch to v12 where commit
d25ea0127 came in.
Amit Langote, with lots of kibitzing from me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqG2WVUGmLJqtR0tPFhniO=H=9qQ+Z3L_ZC+Y3-EVQHFGg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191011143703.GN10470@telsasoft.com
Historically, the code to build relation options has been shaped the
same way in multiple code paths by using a set of datums in input with
the options parsed with a static table which is then filled with the
option values. This introduces a new common routine in reloptions.c to
do most of the legwork for the in-core code paths.
Author: Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqGsoSn_uTPPYT19WrtR7oYpYtv4CdS0xuedTKiHHWuk_g@mail.gmail.com
In these macros, the rd_options pointer is cast to ViewOption *. Add
some assertions that the passed-in relation is actually a view before
doing that.
Author: Nikolay Shaplov <dhyan@nataraj.su>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/3634983.eHpMQ1mJnI@x200m
This gives an alternative way of catching exceptions, for the common
case where the cleanup code is the same in the error and non-error
cases. So instead of
PG_TRY();
{
... code that might throw ereport(ERROR) ...
}
PG_CATCH();
{
cleanup();
PG_RE_THROW();
}
PG_END_TRY();
cleanup();
one can write
PG_TRY();
{
... code that might throw ereport(ERROR) ...
}
PG_FINALLY();
{
cleanup();
}
PG_END_TRY();
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/95a822c3-728b-af0e-d7e5-71890507ae0c%402ndquadrant.com
Remove SQL_LANGUAGES, which was eliminated in SQL:2008, and
SQL_PACKAGES and SQL_SIZING_PROFILES, which were eliminated in
SQL:2011. Since they were dropped by the SQL standard, the
information in them was no longer updated and therefore no longer
useful.
This also removes the feature-package association information in
sql_feature_packages.txt, but for the time begin we are keeping the
information which features are in the Core package (that is, mandatory
SQL features). Maybe at some point someone wants to invent a way to
store that that does not involve using the "package" mechanism
anymore.
Discussion https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/91334220-7900-071b-9327-0c6ecd012017%402ndquadrant.com
Commit f8e5f156b added private state in postgres.c to track whether
a statement timeout is running. This seems like bad design to me;
timeout.c's private state should be the single source of truth about
that. We already fixed one bug associated with failure to keep those
states in sync (cf. be42015fc), and I've got little faith that we
won't find more in future. So get rid of postgres.c's local variable
by exposing a way to ask timeout.c whether a timeout is running.
(Obviously, such an inquiry is subject to race conditions, but it
seems fine for the purpose at hand.)
To make get_timeout_active() as cheap as possible, add a flag in
the per-timeout struct showing whether that timeout is active.
This allows some small savings elsewhere in timeout.c, mainly
elimination of unnecessary searches of the active_timeouts array.
While at it, fix enable_statement_timeout to not call disable_timeout
when statement_timeout is 0 and the timeout is not running. This
avoids a useless deschedule-and-reschedule-timeouts cycle, which
represents a significant savings (at least one kernel call) when
there is any other active timeout. Right now, there usually isn't,
but there are proposals around to change that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16035-456e6e69ebfd4374@postgresql.org
Without "b", a variant of the tas() code miscompiles on macOS 10.4.
This may also fix a compilation failure involving macOS 10.1. Today's
compilers have been allocating acceptable registers with or without this
change, but this future-proofs the code by precisely conveying the
acceptable registers. Back-patch to 9.4 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191009063900.GA4066266@rfd.leadboat.com
Since pluggable storage has been introduced, those two routines have
been replaced by table_open/close, with some compatibility macros still
present to allow extensions to compile correctly with v12.
Some code paths using the old routines still remained, so replace them.
Based on the discussion done, the consensus reached is that it is better
to remove those compatibility macros so as nothing new uses the old
routines, so remove also the compatibility macros.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191017014706.GF5605@paquier.xyz
When an FK constraint is created, it needs the index on the referenced
table to exist and be valid. When doing parallel pg_restore and the
referenced table was partitioned, this condition can sometimes not be
met, because pg_dump didn't emit sufficient object dependencies to
ensure so; this means that parallel pg_restore would fail in certain
conditions. Fix by having pg_dump make the FK constraint object
dependent on the partition attachment objects for the constraint's
referenced index.
This has been broken since f56f8f8da6, so backpatch to Postgres 12.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191005224333.GA9738@alvherre.pgsql
POSIX sigaction(2) can be told to block a set of signals while a
signal handler executes. Make use of that instead of manually
blocking and unblocking signals in the postmaster's signal handlers.
This should save a few cycles, and it also prevents recursive
invocation of signal handlers when many signals arrive in close
succession. We have seen buildfarm failures that seem to be due to
postmaster stack overflow caused by such recursion (exacerbated by
a Linux PPC64 kernel bug).
This doesn't change anything about the way that it works on Windows.
Somebody might consider adjusting port/win32/signal.c to let it work
similarly, but I'm not in a position to do that.
For the moment, just apply to HEAD. Possibly we should consider
back-patching this, but it'd be good to let it age awhile first.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14878.1570820201@sss.pgh.pa.us
Within the context of SCRAM, "verifier" has a specific meaning in the
protocol, per RFCs. The existing code used "verifier" differently, to
mean whatever is or would be stored in pg_auth.rolpassword.
Fix this by using the term "secret" for this, following RFC 5803.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/be397b06-6e4b-ba71-c7fb-54cae84a7e18%402ndquadrant.com
As of d9dd406fe2, we require MSVC 2013,
which means _MSC_VER >= 1800. This means that conditionals about
older versions of _MSC_VER can be removed or simplified.
Previous code was also in some cases handling MinGW, where _MSC_VER is
not defined at all, incorrectly, such as in pg_ctl.c and win32_port.h,
leading to some compiler warnings. This should now be handled better.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
When ExecBRUpdateTriggers()'s GetTupleForTrigger() follows an EPQ
chain the former needs to run the result tuple through the junkfilter
again, and update the slot containing the new version of the tuple to
contain that new version. The input tuple may already be in the
junkfilter's output slot, which used to be OK - we don't need the
previous version anymore. Unfortunately ff11e7f4b9 started to use
ExecCopySlot() to update newslot, and ExecCopySlot() doesn't support
copying a slot into itself, leading to a slot in a corrupt
state, which then can cause crashes or other symptoms.
Fix this by skipping the ExecCopySlot() when copying into itself.
While we could have easily made ExecCopySlot() handle that case, it
seems better to add an assert forbidding doing so instead. As the goal
of copying might be to make the contents of one slot independent from
another, it seems failure prone to handle doing so silently.
A follow-up commit will add tests for the obviously under-covered
combination of EPQ and triggers. Done as a separate commit as it might
make sense to backpatch them further than this bug.
Also remove confusion with confusing variable names for slots in
ExecBRDeleteTriggers() and ExecBRUpdateTriggers().
Bug: #16036
Reported-By: Антон Власов
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16036-28184c90d952fb7f@postgresql.org
Backpatch: 12-, where ff11e7f4b9 was merged
The old names for the attribute-detoasting functions names included
the word "heap," which seems outdated now that the heap is only one of
potentially many table access methods.
On the other hand, toast_insert_or_update and toast_delete are
heap-specific, so rename them by adding "heap_" as a prefix.
Not all of the work of making the TOAST system fully accessible to AMs
other than the heap is done yet, but there seems to be little harm in
getting this renaming out of the way now. Commit
8b94dab066 already divided up the
functions among various files partially according to whether it was
intended that they should be heap-specific or AM-agnostic, so this is
just clarifying the division contemplated by that commit.
Patch by me, reviewed and tested by Prabhat Sabu, Thomas Munro,
Andres Freund, and Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
Commit 5dd7fc1519 added block-level memory accounting, but used int64 variable to
track the amount of allocated memory. That is incorrect, because we have Size for
exactly these purposes, but it was mostly harmless until c477f3e449 which changed
how we handle with repalloc() when downsizing the chunk. Previously we've ignored
these cases and just kept using the original chunk, but now we need to update the
accounting, and the code was doing this:
context->mem_allocated += blksize - oldblksize;
Both blksize and oldblksize are Size (so unsigned) which means the subtraction
underflows, producing a very high positive value. On 64-bit platforms (where Size
has the same size as mem_alllocated) this happens to work because the result wraps
to the right value, but on (some) 32-bit platforms this fails.
This fixes two things - it changes mem_allocated (and related variables) to Size,
and it splits the update to two separate steps, to prevent any underflows.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/15151.1570163761%40sss.pgh.pa.us
query_tree_walker and query_tree_mutator were skipping the
windowClause of the query, without regard for the fact that the
startOffset and endOffset in a WindowClause node are expression trees
that need to be processed. This was an oversight in commit ec4be2ee6
from 2010 which added the expression fields; the main symptom is that
function parameters in window frame clauses don't work in inlined
functions.
Fix (as conservatively as possible since this needs to not break
existing out-of-tree callers) and add tests.
Backpatch all the way, since this has been broken since 9.0.
Per report from Alastair McKinley; fix by me with kibitzing and review
from Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DB6PR0202MB2904E7FDDA9D81504D1E8C68E3800@DB6PR0202MB2904.eurprd02.prod.outlook.com
The location of the session end hook has been chosen so as it is
possible to allow modules to do their own transactions, however any
trying to any any subsystem which went through before_shmem_exit()
would cause issues, limiting the pluggability of the hook.
Per discussion with Tom Lane and Andres Freund.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18722.1569906636@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 4d0e994eed added support for partial TOAST decompression, so the
decompression is interrupted after producing the requested prefix. For
prefix and slices near the beginning of the entry, this may saves a lot
of decompression work.
That however only deals with decompression - the whole compressed entry
was still fetched and re-assembled, even though the compression used
only a small fraction of it. This commit improves that by computing how
much compressed data may be needed to decompress the requested prefix,
and then fetches only the necessary part.
We always need to fetch a bit more compressed data than the requested
(uncompressed) prefix, because the prefix may not be compressible at all
and pglz itself adds a bit of overhead. That means this optimization is
most effective when the requested prefix is much smaller than the whole
compressed entry.
Author: Binguo Bao
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin, Tomas Vondra, Paul Ramsey
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAL-OGkthU9Gs7TZchf5OWaL-Gsi=hXqufTxKv9qpNG73d5na_g@mail.gmail.com
These hooks can be used in loadable modules. A simple test module is
included.
The first attempt was done with cd8ce3a but we lacked handling for
NO_INSTALLCHECK in the MSVC scripts (problem solved afterwards by
431f1599) so the buildfarm got angry. This also fixes a couple of
issues noticed upon review compared to the first attempt, so the code
has slightly changed, resulting in a more simple test module.
Author: Fabrízio de Royes Mello, Yugo Nagata
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan, Michael Paquier, Aleksandr Parfenov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170720204733.40f2b7eb.nagata@sraoss.co.jp
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190823042602.GB5275@paquier.xyz
Adds accounting of memory allocated in a memory context. Compared to
various ad hoc solutions, the main advantage is that the accounting is
transparent and does not require direct control over allocations (this
matters for use cases where the allocations happen in user code, like
for example aggregate states allocated in a transition functions).
To reduce overhead, the accounting happens at the block level (not for
individual chunks) and only the context immediately owning the block is
updated. When inquiring about amount of memory allocated in a context,
we have to recursively walk all children contexts.
This "lazy" accounting works well for cases with relatively small number
of contexts in the relevant subtree and/or with infrequent inquiries.
Author: Jeff Davis
Reivewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Melanie Plageman, Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/027a129b8525601c6a680d27ce3a7172dab61aab.camel@j-davis.com
This commit implements jsonpath .datetime() method as it's specified in
SQL/JSON standard. There are no-argument and single-argument versions of
this method. No-argument version selects first of ISO datetime formats
matching input string. Single-argument version accepts template string as
its argument.
Additionally to .datetime() method itself this commit also implements
comparison ability of resulting date and time values. There is some difficulty
because exising jsonb_path_*() functions are immutable, while comparison of
timezoned and non-timezoned types involves current timezone. At first, current
timezone could be changes in session. Moreover, timezones themselves are not
immutable and could be updated. This is why we let existing immutable functions
throw errors on such non-immutable comparison. In the same time this commit
provides jsonb_path_*_tz() functions which are stable and support operations
involving timezones. As new functions are added to the system catalog,
catversion is bumped.
Support of .datetime() method was the only blocker prevents T832 from being
marked as supported. sql_features.txt is updated correspondingly.
Extracted from original patch by Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov.
Heavily revised by me. Comments were adjusted by Liudmila Mantrova.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Liudmila Mantrova
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
SQL/JSON standard allows manipulation with datetime values. So, it appears to
be convinient to allow datetime values to be represented in JsonbValue struct.
These datetime values are allowed for temporary representation only. During
serialization datetime values are converted into strings.
SQL/JSON requires writing timestamps with timezone in the same timezone offset
as they were parsed. This is why we allow storage of timezone offset in
JsonbValue struct. For the same reason timezone offset argument is added to
JsonEncodeDateTime() function.
Extracted from original patch by Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov.
Revised by me. Comments were adjusted by Liudmila Mantrova.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander Korotkov, Liudmila Mantrova
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
Add support of error suppression in some date and time manipulation functions
as it's required for jsonpath .datetime() method support. This commit doesn't
use PG_TRY()/PG_CATCH() in order to implement that. Instead, it provides
internal versions of date and time functions used, which support error
suppression.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
This commit adds parse_datetime() function, which implements datetime
parsing with extended features demanded by upcoming jsonpath .datetime()
method:
* Dynamic type identification based on template string,
* Support for standard-conforming 'strict' mode,
* Timezone offset is returned as separate value.
Extracted from original patch by Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov.
Revised by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
All our current in core relation options of type string (not many,
admittedly) behave in reality like enums. But after seeing an
implementation for enum reloptions, it's clear that strings are messier,
so introduce the new reloption type. Switch all string options to be
enums instead.
Fortunately we have a recently introduced test module for reloptions, so
we don't lose coverage of string reloptions, which may still be used by
third-party modules.
Authors: Nikolay Shaplov, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Nikita Glukhov, Aleksandr Parfenov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/43332102.S2V5pIjXRx@x200m
Relation options can define a lock mode other than AccessExclusiveMode
since 47167b7, but modules defining custom relation options did not
really have a way to enforce that. Correct that by extending the
current API set so as modules can define a custom lock mode.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190920013831.GD1844@paquier.xyz
The state-tracking of WAL reading in various places was pretty messy,
mostly because the ancient physical-replication WAL reading code wasn't
using the XLogReader abstraction. This led to some untidy code. Make
it prettier by creating two additional supporting structs,
WALSegmentContext and WALOpenSegment which keep track of WAL-reading
state. This makes code cleaner, as well as supports more future
cleanup.
Author: Antonin Houska
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera and (older versions) Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14984.1554998742@spoje.net
When a relation is truncated, shared_buffers needs to be scanned
so that any buffers for the relation forks are invalidated in it.
Previously, shared_buffers was scanned for each relation forks, i.e.,
MAIN, FSM and VM, when VACUUM truncated off any empty pages
at the end of relation or TRUNCATE truncated the relation in place.
Since shared_buffers needed to be scanned multiple times,
it could take a long time to finish those commands especially
when shared_buffers was large.
This commit changes the logic so that shared_buffers is scanned only
one time for those three relation forks.
Author: Kirk Jamison
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Thomas Munro, Alvaro Herrera, Takayuki Tsunakawa and Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/D09B13F772D2274BB348A310EE3027C64E2067@g01jpexmbkw24
If the bitstring length is not a multiple of 8, we'd shift the
rightmost bits into the pad space, which must be zeroes --- bit_cmp,
for one, depends on that. This'd lead to the result failing to
compare equal to what it should compare equal to, as reported in
bug #16013 from Daryl Waycott.
This is, if memory serves, not the first such bug in the bitstring
functions. In hopes of making it the last one, do a bit more work
than minimally necessary to fix the bug:
* Add assertion checks to bit_out() and varbit_out() to complain if
they are given incorrectly-padded input. This will improve the
odds that manual testing of any new patch finds problems.
* Encapsulate the padding-related logic in macros to make it
easier to use.
Also, remove unnecessary padding logic from bit_or() and bitxor().
Somebody had already noted that we need not re-pad the result of
bit_and() since the inputs are required to be the same length,
but failed to extrapolate that to the other two.
Also, move a comment block that once was near the head of varbit.c
(but people kept putting other stuff in front of it), to put it in
the header block.
Note for the release notes: if anyone has inconsistent data as a
result of saving the output of bitshiftright() in a table, it's
possible to fix it with something like
UPDATE mytab SET bitcol = ~(~bitcol) WHERE bitcol != ~(~bitcol);
This has been broken since day one, so back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16013-c2765b6996aacae9@postgresql.org
Since we introduced the idea of leakproof functions, texteq and textne
were marked leakproof but their sibling text comparison functions were
not. This inconsistency seemed justified because texteq/textne just
relied on memcmp() and so could easily be seen to be leakproof, while
the other comparison functions are far more complex and indeed can
throw input-dependent errors.
However, that argument crashed and burned with the addition of
nondeterministic collations, because now texteq/textne may invoke
the exact same varstr_cmp() infrastructure as the rest. It makes no
sense whatever to give them different leakproofness markings.
After a certain amount of angst we've concluded that it's all right
to consider varstr_cmp() to be leakproof, mostly because the other
choice would be disastrous for performance of many queries where
leakproofness matters. The input-dependent errors should only be
reachable for corrupt input data, or so we hope anyway; certainly,
if they are reachable in practice, we've got problems with requirements
as basic as maintaining a btree index on a text column.
Hence, run around to all the SQL functions that derive from varstr_cmp()
and mark them leakproof. This should result in a useful gain in
flexibility/performance for queries in which non-leakproofness degrades
the efficiency of the query plan.
Back-patch to v12 where nondeterministic collations were added.
While this isn't an essential bug fix given the determination
that varstr_cmp() is leakproof, we might as well apply it now that
we've been forced into a post-beta4 catversion bump.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31481.1568303470@sss.pgh.pa.us
text_pattern_ops and its siblings can't be used with nondeterministic
collations, because they use the text_eq operator which will not behave
as bitwise equality if applied with a nondeterministic collation. The
initial implementation of that restriction was to insert a run-time test
in the related comparison functions, but that is inefficient, may throw
misleading errors, and will throw errors in some cases that would work.
It seems sufficient to just prevent the combination during CREATE INDEX,
so do that instead.
Lacking any better way to identify the opclasses involved, we need to
hard-wire tests for them, which requires hand-assigned values for their
OIDs, which forces a catversion bump because they previously had OIDs
that would be assigned automatically. That's slightly annoying in the
v12 branch, but fortunately we're not at rc1 yet, so just do it.
Back-patch to v12 where nondeterministic collations were added.
In passing, run make reformat-dat-files, which found some unrelated
whitespace issues (slightly different ones in HEAD and v12).
Peter Eisentraut, with small corrections by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22566.1568675619@sss.pgh.pa.us
The new function stashes its output value in a JsonbValue that can be
passed in by the caller, which enables some of them to pass
stack-allocated structs -- saving palloc cycles. It also allows some
callers that know they are handling a jsonb object to use this new jsonb
object-specific API, instead of going through generic container
findJsonbValueFromContainer.
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7c417f90-f95f-247e-ba63-d95e39c0ad14@postgrespro.ru
This commit improves subject in two ways:
* It removes ugliness of 02f90879e7, which stores distance values and null
flags in two separate arrays after GISTSearchItem struct. Instead we pack
both distance value and null flag in IndexOrderByDistance struct. Alignment
overhead should be negligible, because we typically deal with at most few
"col op const" expressions in ORDER BY clause.
* It fixes handling of "col op NULL" expression in KNN-SP-GiST. Now, these
expression are not passed to support functions, which can't deal with them.
Instead, NULL result is implicitly assumed. It future we may decide to
teach support functions to deal with NULL arguments, but current solution is
bugfix suitable for backpatch.
Reported-by: Nikita Glukhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/826f57ee-afc7-8977-c44c-6111d18b02ec%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 9.4
The SQL spec defers to XQuery to define what the option flags are
for LIKE_REGEX patterns. XQuery says that:
* 's' allows the dot character to match newlines, which by
default it will not;
* 'm' allows ^ and $ to match at newlines, not only at the
start/end of the whole string.
Thus, these are *not* inverses as they are for the similarly-named
POSIX options, and neither one corresponds to the POSIX 'n' option.
Fortunately, Spencer's library does expose these two behaviors as
separately twiddlable flags, so we just have to fix the mapping from
JSP flag bits to REG flag bits. I also chose to rename the symbol
for 's' to DOTALL, to make it clearer that it's not the inverse
of MLINE.
Also, XQuery says that if the 'q' flag "is used together with the m, s,
or x flag, that flag has no effect". I read this as saying that 'q'
overrides the other flags; whoever wrote our code seems to have read
it backwards.
Lastly, while XQuery's 'x' flag is related to what Spencer's code
does for REG_EXPANDED, it's not the same or a subset. It seems best
to treat XQuery's 'x' as unimplemented for now. Maybe later we can
expand our regex code to offer 'x'-style parsing as a separate option.
While at it, refactor the jsonpath code so that (a) there's only
one copy of the flag transformation logic not two, and (b) the
processing of flags is independent of the order in which the flags
are written.
We need some documentation updates to go with this, but I'll
tackle that separately.
Back-patch to v12 where this code originated.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvDci4iqNF9fhRkTqhe-5_8HmzeLt56drH%2B_Rv2rNRqfg@mail.gmail.com
Reference: https://www.w3.org/TR/2017/REC-xpath-functions-31-20170321/#flags
SQL Standard 2016 defines FF1-FF9 format patters for fractions of seconds in
jsonpath .datetime() method and CAST (... FORMAT ...) SQL clause. Parsing
engine of upcoming .datetime() method will be shared with to_date()/
to_timestamp().
This patch implements FF1-FF6 format patterns for upcoming jsonpath .datetime()
method. to_date()/to_timestamp() functions will also get support of this
format patterns as positive side effect. FF7-FF9 are not supported due to
lack of precision in our internal timestamp representation.
Extracted from original patch by Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov.
Heavily revised by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
This reverts commit e7ff59686e. It
defined pg_atomic_fetch_add_u32_impl() without defining
pg_atomic_compare_exchange_u32_impl(), which is incompatible with
src/include/port/atomics/fallback.h. Per buildfarm member prairiedog.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7517.1568470247@sss.pgh.pa.us
PostgreSQL has been unusable when built with xlc 13 and newer, which are
incompatible with our use of __fetch_and_add(). Back-patch to 9.5,
which introduced pg_atomic_fetch_add_u32().
Reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190831071157.GA3251746@rfd.leadboat.com
Lack of parens in the definitions could cause a statement using these
macros to have unexpected semantics. In current code no bug is
apparent, but best to fix the definitions to avoid problems down the
line.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19795.1568400476@sss.pgh.pa.us
The progress state was being clobbered once the first index completed
being rebuilt, causing the final phases of the operation not show
anything in the progress view. This was inadvertently broken in
03f9e5cba0, which added progress tracking for REINDEX.
(The reason this bugfix is this small is that I had already noticed this
problem when writing monitoring for CREATE INDEX, and had already worked
around it, as can be seen in discussion starting at
https://postgr.es/m/20190329150218.GA25010@alvherre.pgsql Fixing the
problem is just a matter of fixing one place touched by the REINDEX
monitoring.)
Reported by: Álvaro Herrera
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190801184333.GA21369@alvherre.pgsql
Include newitemoff in rmgr desc output for nbtree page split records.
In passing, correct an obsolete comment that claimed that newitemoff is
only logged for _L variant nbtree page split WAL records.
Both issues were oversights in commit 2c03216d83, which revamped the
WAL format.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Backpatch: 9.5-, where the WAL format was revamped.
This is a second try at what commit 57431a911 tried to do, namely,
launch the syslogger before we open postmaster sockets so that our
messages about the sockets end up in the syslogger files. That
commit fell foul of a bunch of subtle issues caused by trying to
launch a postmaster child process before creating shared memory.
Rather than messing with that interaction, let's postpone opening
the sockets till after we launch the syslogger.
This would not have been terribly safe before commit 7de19fbc0,
because we relied on socket opening to detect whether any competing
postmasters were using the same port number. But now that we choose
IPC keys without regard to the port number, there's no interaction
to worry about.
Also delay creation of the external PID file (if requested) till after
the sockets are open, since external code could plausibly be relying
on that ordering of events. And postpone most of the work of
RemovePgTempFiles() so that that potentially-slow processing still
happens after we make the external PID file. We have to be a bit
careful about that last though: as noted in the discussion subsequent to
bug #15804, EXEC_BACKEND builds still have to clear the parameter-file
temp dir before launching the syslogger.
Patch by me; thanks to Michael Paquier for review/testing.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15804-3721117bf40fb654@postgresql.org
When building statistics, we need to decide how many rows to sample and
how accurate the resulting statistics should be. Until now, it was not
possible to explicitly define statistics target for extended statistics
objects, the value was always computed from the per-attribute targets
with a fallback to the system-wide default statistics target.
That's a bit inconvenient, as it ties together the statistics target set
for per-column and extended statistics. In some cases it may be useful
to require larger sample / higher accuracy for extended statics (or the
other way around), but with this approach that's not possible.
So this commit introduces a new command, allowing to specify statistics
target for individual extended statistics objects, overriding the value
derived from per-attribute targets (and the system default).
ALTER STATISTICS stat_name SET STATISTICS target_value;
When determining statistics target for an extended statistics object we
first look at this explicitly set value. When this value is -1, we fall
back to the old formula, looking at the per-attribute targets first and
then the system default. This means the behavior is backwards compatible
with older PostgreSQL releases.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190618213357.vli3i23vpkset2xd@development
Reviewed-by: Kirk Jamison, Dean Rasheed
In ad0bda5d24 I changed the EvalPlanQual machinery to store
substitution tuples in slot, instead of using plain HeapTuples. The
main motivation for that was that using HeapTuples will be inefficient
for future tableams. But it turns out that that conversion was buggy
for non-locking rowmarks - the wrong tuple descriptor was used to
create the slot.
As a secondary issue 5db6df0c0 changed ExecLockRows() to begin EPQ
earlier, to allow to fetch the locked rows directly into the EPQ
slots, instead of having to copy tuples around. Unfortunately, as Tom
complained, that forces some expensive initialization to happen
earlier.
As a third issue, the test coverage for EPQ was clearly insufficient.
Fixing the first issue is unfortunately not trivial: Non-locked row
marks were fetched at the start of EPQ, and we don't have the type
information for the rowmarks available at that point. While we could
change that, it's not easy. It might be worthwhile to change that at
some point, but to fix this bug, it seems better to delay fetching
non-locking rowmarks when they're actually needed, rather than
eagerly. They're referenced at most once, and in cases where EPQ
fails, might never be referenced. Fetching them when needed also
increases locality a bit.
To be able to fetch rowmarks during execution, rather than
initialization, we need to be able to access the active EPQState, as
that contains necessary data. To do so move EPQ related data from
EState to EPQState, and, only for EStates creates as part of EPQ,
reference the associated EPQState from EState.
To fix the second issue, change EPQ initialization to allow use of
EvalPlanQualSlot() to be used before EvalPlanQualBegin() (but
obviously still requiring EvalPlanQualInit() to have been done).
As these changes made struct EState harder to understand, e.g. by
adding multiple EStates, significantly reorder the members, and add a
lot more comments.
Also add a few more EPQ tests, including one that fails for the first
issue above. More is needed.
Reported-By: yi huang
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CAHU7rYZo_C4ULsAx_LAj8az9zqgrD8WDd4hTegDTMM1LMqrBsg@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/24530.1562686693@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 12-, where the EPQ changes were introduced
In order to implement NULL LAST semantic GiST previously assumed distance to
the NULL value to be Inf. However, our distance functions can return Inf and
NaN for non-null values. In such cases, NULL LAST semantic appears to be
broken. This commit fixes that by introducing separate array of null flags for
distances.
Backpatch to all supported versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsNvNdA0DBS%2BwMpFrgwT6C3-q50sFVGLSiuWnV3FqOJuQ%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 9.4
As a result of some long-ago quick hacks, the SIMILAR TO operator
and the corresponding flavor of substring() interpreted "ESCAPE NULL"
as selecting the default escape character '\'. This is both
surprising and not per spec: the standard is clear that these
functions should return NULL for NULL input.
Additionally, because of inconsistency of the strictness markings
of 3-argument substring() and similar_escape(), the planner could not
inline the SQL definition of substring(), resulting in a substantial
performance penalty compared to the underlying POSIX substring()
function.
The simplest fix for this would be to change the strictness marking
of similar_escape(), but if we do that we risk breaking existing views
that depend on that function. Hence, leave similar_escape() as-is
as a compatibility function, and instead invent a new function
similar_to_escape() that comes in two strict variants.
There are a couple of other behaviors in this area that are also
not per spec, but they are documented and seem generally at least
as sane as the spec's definition, so leave them alone. But improve
the documentation to describe them fully.
Patch by me; thanks to Álvaro Herrera and Andrew Gierth for review
and discussion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14047.1557708214@sss.pgh.pa.us
This moves much of the non-heap-specific logic from toast_delete and
toast_insert_or_update into a helper functions accessible via a new
header, toast_helper.h. Using the functions in this module, a table
AM can implement creation and deletion of TOAST table rows with
much less code duplication than was possible heretofore. Some
table AMs won't want to use the TOAST logic at all, but for those
that do this will make that easier.
Patch by me, reviewed and tested by Prabhat Sabu, Thomas Munro,
Andres Freund, and Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
This approach provides a much tighter binding between a data directory
and the associated SysV shared memory block (and SysV or named-POSIX
semaphores, if we're using those). Key collisions are still possible,
but only between data directories stored on different filesystems,
so the situation should be negligible in practice. More importantly,
restarting the postmaster with a different port number no longer
risks failing to identify a relevant shared memory block, even when
postmaster.pid has been removed. A standalone backend is likewise
much more certain to detect conflicting leftover backends.
(In the longer term, we might now think about deprecating the port as
a cluster-wide value, so that one postmaster could support sockets
with varying port numbers. But that's for another day.)
The hazards fixed here apply only on Unix systems; our Windows code
paths already use identifiers derived from the data directory path
name rather than the port.
src/test/recovery/t/017_shm.pl, which intends to test key-collision
cases, has been substantially rewritten since it can no longer use
two postmasters with identical port numbers to trigger the case.
Instead, use Perl's IPC::SharedMem module to create a conflicting
shmem segment directly. The test script will be skipped if that
module is not available. (This means that some older buildfarm
members won't run it, but I don't think that that results in any
meaningful coverage loss.)
Patch by me; thanks to Noah Misch and Peter Eisentraut for discussion
and review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16908.1557521200@sss.pgh.pa.us
detoast.c/h contain functions required to detoast a datum, partially
or completely, plus a few other utility functions for examining the
size of toasted datums.
toast_internals.c/h contain functions that are used internally to the
TOAST subsystem but which (mostly) do not need to be accessed from
outside.
heaptoast.c/h contains code that is intrinsically specific to the
heap AM, either because it operates on HeapTuples or is based on the
layout of a heap page.
detoast.c and toast_internals.c are placed in
src/backend/access/common rather than src/backend/access/heap. At
present, both files still have dependencies on the heap, but that will
be improved in a future commit.
Patch by me, reviewed and tested by Prabhat Sabu, Thomas Munro,
Andres Freund, and Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
Use the explicit_bzero() function in places where it is important that
security information such as passwords is cleared from memory. There
might be other places where it could be useful; this is just an
initial collection.
For platforms that don't have explicit_bzero(), provide various
fallback implementations. (explicit_bzero() itself isn't standard,
but as Linux/glibc, FreeBSD, and OpenBSD have it, it's the most common
spelling, so it makes sense to make that the invocation point.)
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/42d26bde-5d5b-c90d-87ae-6cab875f73be%402ndquadrant.com
This function is only used by xlogreader.c itself, so there's no need to
export it. It was introduced by commit 3b02ea4f07 with the apparent
intention that it could be used externally, but I couldn't find any
external code calling it.
I (Álvaro) couldn't resist the urge to sort nearby function prototypes
properly while at it.
Author: Antonin Houska
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14984.1554998742@spoje.net
The message was included as a parameter when this function was added in
dcb2bda9b7, but I don't think it has ever served any useful purpose.
Let's stop spreading it pointlessly.
Reviewed by Amit Langote and Peter Eisentraut.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190806224728.GA17233@alvherre.pgsql
Similarly to the signed versions added in 4d6ad31, this adds a set of
inline functions for overflow checks with unsigned integers, including
uint16, uint32 and uint64. This relies on compiler built-in overflow
checks by default if available. The behavior of unsigned integers is
well-defined so the fallback implementations checks are simple for
additions and subtractions. Multiplications avoid division-based checks
which are expensive if possible, still this can happen for uint64 if
128-bit integers are not available.
While on it, the code in common/int.h is reorganized to avoid too many
duplicated comments. The new macros will be used in a follow-up patch.
All thanks to Andres Freund for the input provided.
Author: Fabien Coelho, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190830073423.GB2354@paquier.xyz
RelationAllowsEarlyPruning() performed a catalog scan, but is used
in two contexts where that was a bad idea:
1. In heap_page_prune_opt(), which runs very frequently in some large
scans. This caused major performance problems in a field report
that was easy to reproduce.
2. In TestForOldSnapshot(), which runs while we hold a buffer content
lock. It's not clear if this was guaranteed to be free of buffer
deadlock risk.
The check was introduced in commit 2cc41acd8 and defended against a
real problem: 9.6's hash indexes have no page LSN and so we can't
allow early pruning (ie the snapshot-too-old feature). We can remove
the check from all later releases though: hash indexes are now logged,
and there is no way to create UNLOGGED indexes on regular logged
tables.
If a future release allows such a combination, it might need to put
a similar check in place, but it'll need some more thought.
Back-patch to 10.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, who spotted the second problem
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKT8oTkp5jw_U4p0S-7UG9zsvtw_M47Y285bER6a2gD%2Bg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1%2BWy%2BN4eE5zPm765h68LrkWc3Biu_8rzzi%2BOYX4j%2BiHRw%40mail.gmail.com
Adjust the struct comment that describes how page splits use their
descent stack to cascade up the tree from the leaf level.
In passing, fix up some unrelated nbtree comments that had typos or were
obsolete.
In early development patches, "replication origins" were called "identifiers";
almost everything was renamed, but these references to the old terminology
went unnoticed.
Reported-by: Craig Ringer
Prefix inet_net_ntop and sibling routines with "pg_" to ensure that
they aren't mistaken for C-library functions. This fixes warnings
from cpluspluscheck on some platforms, and should help reduce reader
confusion everywhere, since our functions aren't exactly interchangeable
with the library versions (they may have different ideas about address
family codes).
This shouldn't be fixing any actual bugs, unless somebody's linker
is misbehaving, so no need to back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20518.1559494394@sss.pgh.pa.us
Remove use of "register" keyword in hashfn.c. It's obsolescent
according to recent C++ compilers, and no modern C compiler pays
much attention to it either.
Also fix one cosmetic warning about signed vs unsigned comparison.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20518.1559494394@sss.pgh.pa.us
If an assertion expression contained a macro, the failed assertion
message would print the expanded macro, which is usually unhelpful and
confusing. Restructure the Assert macros to not expand any macros
when constructing the failure message.
This also fixes that the existing output for Assert et al. shows
the *inverted* condition, which is also confusing and not how
assertions usually work.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6c68efe3-117a-dcc1-73d4-18ba1ec532e2%402ndquadrant.com
For most uses of acl.h the details of how "Acl" internally looks like
are irrelevant. It might make sense to move a lot of the
implementation details into a separate header at a later point.
The main motivation of this change is to avoid including fmgr.h (via
array.h, which needs it for exposed structs) in a lot of files that
otherwise don't need it. A subsequent commit will remove the fmgr.h
include from a lot of files.
Directly include utils/array.h and utils/expandeddatum.h from the
files that need them, but previously included them indirectly, via
acl.h.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190803193733.g3l3x3o42uv4qj7l@alap3.anarazel.de
The initial value of the nbtree stack downlink block number field
recorded during an initial descent of the tree wasn't actually used.
Both _bt_getstackbuf() callers overwrote the value with their own value.
Remove the block number field from the stack struct, and add a child
block number argument to _bt_getstackbuf() in its place. This makes the
overall design of _bt_getstackbuf() clearer.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzmx+UbXt2YNOUCZ-a04VdXU=S=OHuAuD7Z8uQq-PXTYUg@mail.gmail.com
Now that list_nth is O(1), there's no good reason to maintain a
separate array of RTE pointers rather than indexing into
estate->es_range_table. Deleting the array doesn't save all that
much either; but just on cleanliness grounds, it's better not to
have duplicate representations of the identical information.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14960.1565384592@sss.pgh.pa.us
In the wake of commit 1cff1b95a, the result of list_concat no longer
shares the ListCells of the second input. Therefore, we can replace
"list_concat(x, list_copy(y))" with just "list_concat(x, y)".
To improve call sites that were list_copy'ing the first argument,
or both arguments, invent "list_concat_copy()" which produces a new
list sharing no ListCells with either input. (This is a bit faster
than "list_concat(list_copy(x), y)" because it makes the result list
the right size to start with.)
In call sites that were not list_copy'ing the second argument, the new
semantics mean that we are usually leaking the second List's storage,
since typically there is no remaining pointer to it. We considered
inventing another list_copy variant that would list_free the second
input, but concluded that for most call sites it isn't worth worrying
about, given the relative compactness of the new List representation.
(Note that in cases where such leakage would happen, the old code
already leaked the second List's header; so we're only discussing
the size of the leak not whether there is one. I did adjust two or
three places that had been troubling to free that header so that
they manually free the whole second List.)
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
Merge setup_append_rel_array into setup_simple_rel_arrays. There's no
particularly good reason to keep them separate, and it's inconsistent
with the lack of separation in expand_planner_arrays. The only apparent
benefit was that the fast path for trivial queries in query_planner()
doesn't need to set up the append_rel_array; but all we're saving there
is an if-test and NULL assignment, which surely ought to be negligible.
Also improve some obsolete comments.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17220.1565301350@sss.pgh.pa.us
b654714 has reworked the way trailing CR/LF characters are removed from
strings. This commit introduces a new routine in common/string.c and
refactors the code so as the logic is in a single place, mostly.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Bruce Momjian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190801031820.GF29334@paquier.xyz
Commit a6417078 established a new project policy around OID assignment:
new patches are encouraged to choose a random OID in the 8000..9999
range when a manually-assigned OID is required (if multiple OIDs are
required, a consecutive block of OIDs starting from the random point
should be used). Catalog entries added by committed patches that use
OIDs from this "unstable" range are renumbered after feature freeze.
This practice minimizes OID collisions among concurrently-developed
patches.
Show a specific random OID suggestion when the unused_oids script is
run. This makes it easy for patch authors to use a random OID from the
unstable range, per the new policy.
Author: Julien Rouhaud, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkkRs2ScmuBQ7xWi7xzp7fC1B3w0Nt8X+n4rBw5k+Z=zA@mail.gmail.com
Commit aa27977fe2 introduced this
restriction for pg_temp.function_name(arg); do likewise for types
created in temporary schemas. Programs that this breaks should add
"pg_temp." schema qualification or switch to arg::type_name syntax.
Back-patch to 9.4 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Tom Lane. Reported by Tom Lane.
Security: CVE-2019-10208
This reverts commit 88bdbd3f74.
As committed, statement sampling used the existing duration threshold
(log_min_duration_statement) when decide which statements to sample.
The issue is that even the longest statements are subject to sampling,
and so may not end up logged. An improvement was proposed, introducing
a second duration threshold, but it would not be backwards compatible.
So we've decided to revert this feature - the separate threshold should
be part of the feature itself.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRDS8tQ3Wviw9%3DAvODyUciPSrGeMhJi_WPE%2BEB8%2B4gLL-Q%40mail.gmail.com
When querying a partitioned table containing a default partition, we
were wrongly deciding to include it in the scan too early in the
process, failing to exclude it in some cases. If we reinterpret the
PruneStepResult.scan_default flag slightly, we can do a better job at
detecting that it can be excluded. The change is that we avoid setting
the flag for that pruning step unless the step absolutely requires the
default partition to be scanned (in contrast with the previous
arrangement, which was to set it unless the step was able to prune it).
So get_matching_partitions() must explicitly check the partition that
each returned bound value corresponds to in order to determine whether
the default one needs to be included, rather than relying on the flag
from the final step result.
Author: Yuzuko Hosoya <hosoya.yuzuko@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <Langote_Amit_f8@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/00e601d4ca86$932b8bc0$b982a340$@lab.ntt.co.jp
In 5f32b29c18 I changed the creation of HashState.hashkeys to
actually use HashState as the parent (instead of HashJoinState, which
was incorrect, as they were executed below HashState), to fix the
problem of hashkeys expressions otherwise relying on slot types
appropriate for HashJoinState, rather than HashState as would be
correct. That reliance was only introduced in 12, which is why it
previously worked to use HashJoinState as the parent (although I'd be
unsurprised if there were problematic cases).
Unfortunately that's not a sufficient solution, because before this
commit, the to-be-hashed expressions referenced inner/outer as
appropriate for the HashJoin, not Hash. That didn't have obvious bad
consequences, because the slots containing the tuples were put into
ecxt_innertuple when hashing a tuple for HashState (even though Hash
doesn't have an inner plan).
There are less common cases where this can cause visible problems
however (rather than just confusion when inspecting such executor
trees). E.g. "ERROR: bogus varno: 65000", when explaining queries
containing a HashJoin where the subsidiary Hash node's hash keys
reference a subplan. While normally hashkeys aren't displayed by
EXPLAIN, if one of those expressions references a subplan, that
subplan may be printed as part of the Hash node - which then failed
because an inner plan was referenced, and Hash doesn't have that.
It seems quite possible that there's other broken cases, too.
Fix the problem by properly splitting the expression for the HashJoin
and Hash nodes at plan time, and have them reference the proper
subsidiary node. While other workarounds are possible, fixing this
correctly seems easy enough. It was a pretty ugly hack to have
ExecInitHashJoin put the expression into the already initialized
HashState, in the first place.
I decided to not just split inner/outer hashkeys inside
make_hashjoin(), but also to separate out hashoperators and
hashcollations at plan time. Otherwise we would have ended up having
two very similar loops, one at plan time and the other during executor
startup. The work seems to more appropriately belong to plan time,
anyway.
Reported-By: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane, in an earlier version
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvGVegF_TKKRiBrSmatJL2dR9uwFCuR+teQ_8tEXU8mxg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 12-
Add _lookup_hash and _insert_hash functions for callers that have
already calculated the hash value of the key.
The immediate use case is for hash algorithms that write to disk in
partitions. The hash value can be calculated once, used to perform a
lookup, used to select the partition, then written to the partition
along with the tuple. When the tuple is read back, the hash value does
not need to be recalculated.
Author: Jeff Davis
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/48abe675e1330f0c264ab2fe0d4ff23eb244f9ef.camel%40j-davis.com
This allows simplification of the plan tree in some common usage
patterns: we can get rid of a join to the function RTE.
In principle we could pull up any immutable expression, but restricting
it to Consts avoids the risk that multiple evaluations of the expression
might cost more than we can save. (Possibly this could be improved in
future --- but we've more or less promised people that putting a function
in FROM guarantees single evaluation, so we'd have to tread carefully.)
To do this, we need to rearrange when eval_const_expressions()
happens for expressions in function RTEs. I moved it to
inline_set_returning_functions(), which already has to iterate over
every function RTE, and in consequence renamed that function to
preprocess_function_rtes(). A useful consequence is that
inline_set_returning_function() no longer has to do this for itself,
simplifying that code.
In passing, break out pull_up_simple_subquery's code that knows where
everything that needs pullup_replace_vars() processing is, so that
the new pull_up_constant_function() routine can share it. We'd
gotten away with one-and-a-half copies of that code so far, since
pull_up_simple_values() could assume that a lot of cases didn't apply
to it --- but I don't think pull_up_constant_function() can make any
simplifying assumptions. Might as well make pull_up_simple_values()
use it too.
(Possibly this refactoring should go further: maybe we could share
some of the code to fill in the pullup_replace_vars_context struct?
For now, I left it that the callers fill that completely.)
Note: the one existing test case that this patch changes has to be
changed because inlining its function RTEs would destroy the point
of the test, namely to check join order.
Alexander Kuzmenkov and Aleksandr Parfenov, reviewed by
Antonin Houska and Anastasia Lubennikova, and whacked around
some more by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/402356c32eeb93d4fed01f66d6c7fe2d@postgrespro.ru
Add sort support for inet, including support for abbreviated keys.
Testing has shown that this reduces the time taken to sort medium to
large inet/cidr inputs by ~50-60% in realistic cases.
Author: Brandur Leach
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Edmund Horner
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABR_9B-PQ8o2MZNJ88wo6r-NxW2EFG70M96Wmcgf99G6HUQ3sw@mail.gmail.com
There seems no good reason not to allow a parallel leader to execute
these functions. (The workers still can't, though. Although the code
would work, any such lock would go away at worker exit, which is not
the documented behavior of advisory locks.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11847.1564496844@sss.pgh.pa.us
These were introduced by pgindent due to fixe to broken
indentation (c.f. 8255c7a5ee). Previously the mis-indentation of
function prototypes was creatively used to reduce indentation in a few
places.
As that formatting only exists in master and REL_12_STABLE, it seems
better to fix it in both, rather than having some odd indentation in
v12 that somebody might copy for future patches or such.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190728013754.jwcbe5nfyt3533vx@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 12-
The rd_amcache allows an index AM to cache arbitrary information in a
relcache entry. This commit moves the cleanup of rd_amcache so that it
can also be used by table AMs. Nothing takes advantage of that yet, but
I'm sure it'll come handy for anyone writing new table AMs.
Backpatch to v12, where table AM interface was introduced.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
When building a list of relations for a parallel processing of a schema
or a database (or just a single-entry list for the non-parallel case
with the database name), the list is allocated and built on-the-fly for
each database processed, leaking after one database-level reindex is
done. This accumulates leaks when processing all databases, and could
become a visible issue with thousands of relations.
This is fixed by introducing a new routine in simple_list.c to free all
the elements in a simple list made of strings or OIDs. The header of
the list may be using a variable declaration or an allocated pointer,
so we don't have a routine to free this part to keep the interface
simple.
Per report from coverity for an issue introduced by 5ab892c, and
valgrind complains about the leak as well. The idea to introduce a new
routine in simple_list.c is from Tom Lane.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
When copying the definition of an index rebuilt concurrently for the new
entry, the index information was taken directly from the old index using
the relation cache. In this case, predicates and expressions have
some post-processing to prepare things for the planner, which loses some
information including the collations added in any of them.
This inconsistency can cause issues when attempting for example a table
rewrite, and makes the new indexes rebuilt concurrently inconsistent
with the old entries.
In order to fix the problem, fetch expressions and predicates directly
from the catalog of the old entry, and fill in IndexInfo for the new
index with that. This makes the process more consistent with
DefineIndex(), and the code is refactored with the addition of a routine
to create an IndexInfo node.
Reported-by: Manuel Rigger
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA5Hp0ra235F3czPom_FyAd-3+XwSJmX95r1+sRPOJc9VQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
Otherwise, after a deleted page gets even older, it becomes unrecyclable
again. B-tree has the same problem, and has had since time immemorial,
but let's at least fix this in GiST, where this is new.
Backpatch to v12, where GiST page deletion was introduced.
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/835A15A5-F1B4-4446-A711-BF48357EB602%40yandex-team.ru
The logic in ATExecDropColumn that rejects dropping partition key
columns is quite an inadequate defense, because it doesn't execute
in cases where a column needs to be dropped due to cascade from
something that only the column, not the whole partitioned table,
depends on. That leaves us with a badly broken partitioned table;
even an attempt to load its relcache entry will fail.
We really need to have explicit pg_depend entries that show that the
column can't be dropped without dropping the whole table. Hence,
add those entries. In v12 and HEAD, bump catversion to ensure that
partitioned tables will have such entries. We can't do that in
released branches of course, so in v10 and v11 this patch affords
protection only to partitioned tables created after the patch is
installed. Given the lack of field complaints (this bug was found
by fuzz-testing not by end users), that's probably good enough.
In passing, fix ATExecDropColumn and ATPrepAlterColumnType
messages to be more specific about which partition key column
they're complaining about.
Per report from Manuel Rigger. Back-patch to v10 where partitioned
tables were added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA4JKCPFrdrAbOs7XBiCyD61XJxeNav4LefkSmBLQ-Vobg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31920.1562526703@sss.pgh.pa.us
Change the defaults for the pg_hba.conf generated by initdb to "peer"
for local (if supported, else "md5") and "md5" for host.
(Changing from "md5" to SCRAM is left as a separate exercise.)
"peer" is currently not supported on AIX, HP-UX, and Windows. Users
on those operating systems will now either have to provide a password
to initdb or choose a different authentication method when running
initdb.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/bec17f0a-ddb1-8b95-5e69-368d9d0a3390%40postgresql.org
Some code could get confused when certain catalog state involving both
identity and serial sequences was present, perhaps during an attempt
to upgrade the latter to the former. Specifically, dropping the
default of a serial column maintains the ownership of the sequence by
the column, and so it would then be possible to afterwards make the
column an identity column that would now own two sequences. This
causes the code that looks up the identity sequence to error out,
making the new identity column inoperable until the ownership of the
previous sequence is released.
To fix this, make the identity sequence lookup only consider sequences
with the appropriate dependency type for an identity sequence, so it
only ever finds one (unless something else is broken). In the above
example, the old serial sequence would then be ignored. Reorganize
the various owned-sequence-lookup functions a bit to make this
clearer.
Reported-by: Laurenz Albe <laurenz.albe@cybertec.at>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/470c54fc8590be4de0f41b0d295fd6390d5e8a6c.camel@cybertec.at
Previously in order to determine which ECs a relation had members in, we
had to loop over all ECs stored in PlannerInfo's eq_classes and check if
ec_relids mentioned the relation. For the most part, this was fine, as
generally, unless queries were fairly complex, the overhead of performing
the lookup would have not been that significant. However, when queries
contained large numbers of joins and ECs, the overhead to find the set of
classes matching a given set of relations could become a significant
portion of the overall planning effort.
Here we allow a much more efficient method to access the ECs which match a
given relation or set of relations. A new Bitmapset field in RelOptInfo
now exists to store the indexes into PlannerInfo's eq_classes list which
each relation is mentioned in. This allows very fast lookups to find all
ECs belonging to a single relation. When we need to lookup ECs belonging
to a given pair of relations, we can simply bitwise-AND the Bitmapsets from
each relation and use the result to perform the lookup.
We also take the opportunity to write a new implementation of
generate_join_implied_equalities which makes use of the new indexes.
generate_join_implied_equalities_for_ecs must remain as is as it can be
given a custom list of ECs, which we can't easily determine the indexes of.
This was originally intended to fix the performance penalty of looking up
foreign keys matching a join condition which was introduced by 100340e2d.
However, we're speeding up much more than just that here.
Author: David Rowley, Tom Lane
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6970.1545327857@sss.pgh.pa.us
The examine_opclause_expression function needs to return information on
which side of the operator we found the Var, but the variable was called
"isgt" which is rather misleading (it assumes the operator is either
less-than or greater-than, but it may be equality or something else).
Other places in the planner use a variable called "varonleft" for this
purpose, so just adopt the same convention here.
The code also assumed we don't care about this flag for equality, as
(Var = Const) and (Const = Var) should be the same thing. But that does
not work for cross-type operators, in which case we need to pass the
parameters to the procedure in the right order. So just use the same
code for all types of expressions.
This means we don't need to care about the selectivity estimation
function anymore, at least not in this code. We should only get the
supported cases here (thanks to statext_is_compatible_clause).
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8736jdhbhc.fsf%40ansel.ydns.eu
Backpatch-to: 12
Commit 857f9c36cd, which taught nbtree VACUUM to avoid unnecessary
index scans, bumped the nbtree version number from 2 to 3, while adding
the ability for nbtree indexes to be upgraded on-the-fly. Various
assertions that assumed that an nbtree index was always on version 2 had
to be changed to accept any supported version (version 2 or 3 on
Postgres 11).
However, a few assertions were missed in the initial commit, all of
which were in code paths that cache a local copy of the metapage
metadata, where the index had been expected to be on the current version
(no longer version 2) as a generic sanity check. Rather than simply
update the assertions, follow-up commit 0a64b45152 intentionally made
the metapage caching code update the per-backend cached metadata version
without changing the on-disk version at the same time. This could even
happen when the planner needed to determine the height of a B-Tree for
costing purposes. The assertions only fail on Postgres v12 when
upgrading from v10, because they were adjusted to use the authoritative
shared memory metapage by v12's commit dd299df8.
To fix, remove the cache-only upgrade mechanism entirely, and update the
assertions themselves to accept any supported version (go back to using
the cached version in v12). The fix is almost a full revert of commit
0a64b45152 on the v11 branch.
VACUUM only considers the authoritative metapage, and never bothers with
a locally cached version, whereas everywhere else isn't interested in
the metapage fields that were added by commit 857f9c36cd. It seems
unlikely that this bug has affected any user on v11.
Reported-By: Christoph Berg
Bug: #15896
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15896-5b25e260fdb0b081%40postgresql.org
Backpatch: 11-, where VACUUM was taught to avoid unnecessary index scans.
Now that commit fec0778c8 drew a clear line between public and private
fields in SPITupleTable, it seems pretty silly that the count of valid
tuples isn't on the public side of that line. The reason why not was
that there wasn't such a count. For reasons lost in the mists of time,
spi.c preferred to keep a count of remaining free entries in the array.
But that seems pretty pointless: it's unlike the way we handle similar
code everywhere else, and it involves extra subtractions that surely
outweigh having to do a comparison rather than test-for-zero to check
for array-full.
Hence, rearrange so that this code does the expansible array logic
the same as everywhere else, with a count of valid entries alongside
the allocated array length. And document the count as public.
I looked for core-code callers where it would make sense to start
relying on tuptable->numvals rather than the separate SPI_processed
variable. Right now there don't seem to be places where it'd be
a win to do so without more code restructuring than I care to
undertake today. In principle, though, having SPITupleTables be
fully self-contained should be helpful down the line.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16852.1563395722@sss.pgh.pa.us
We expect opclauses to have exactly one Var and one Const, but the code
was checking the Const by calling is_pseudo_constant_clause() which is
incorrect - we need a proper constant.
Fixed by using plain IsA(x,Const) to check type of the node. We need to
do these checks in two places, so move it into a separate function that
can be called in both places.
Reported by Andreas Seltenreich, based on crash reported by sqlsmith.
Backpatch to v12, where this code was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8736jdhbhc.fsf%40ansel.ydns.eu
Backpatch-to: 12
The fields that we consider public are "tupdesc" and "vals", which
historically are in the middle of the struct. Move them to the front
(this should be perfectly safe to do in HEAD) and add comments to make
it quite clear which fields are public or not.
Also adjust spi.sgml's documentation of the struct to match.
That doc had bit-rotted somewhat, as it was missing some fields.
(Arguably we should just remove all the private fields from the docs,
but for now I refrained.)
Daniel Gustafsson, reviewed by Fabien Coelho
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0D19F836-B743-4340-B6A2-F148CA3DD1F0@yesql.se
Formerly, lcons was about the same speed as lappend, but with the new
List implementation, that's not so; with a long List, data movement
imposes an O(N) cost on lcons and list_delete_first, but not lappend.
Hence, invent list_delete_last with semantics parallel to
list_delete_first (but O(1) cost), and change various places to use
lappend and list_delete_last where this can be done without much
violence to the code logic.
There are quite a few places that construct result lists using lcons not
lappend. Some have semantic rationales for that; I added comments about
it to a couple that didn't have them already. In many such places though,
I think the coding is that way only because back in the dark ages lcons
was faster than lappend. Hence, switch to lappend where this can be done
without causing semantic changes.
In ExecInitExprRec(), this results in aggregates and window functions that
are in the same plan node being executed in a different order than before.
Generally, the executions of such functions ought to be independent of
each other, so this shouldn't result in visibly different query results.
But if you push it, as one regression test case does, you can show that
the order is different. The new order seems saner; it's closer to
the order of the functions in the query text. And we never documented
or promised anything about this, anyway.
Also, in gistfinishsplit(), don't bother building a reverse-order list;
it's easy now to iterate backwards through the original list.
It'd be possible to go further towards removing uses of lcons and
list_delete_first, but it'd require more extensive logic changes,
and I'm not convinced it's worth it. Most of the remaining uses
deal with queues that probably never get long enough to be worth
sweating over. (Actually, I doubt that any of the changes in this
patch will have measurable performance effects either. But better
to have good examples than bad ones in the code base.)
Patch by me, thanks to David Rowley and Daniel Gustafsson for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21272.1563318411@sss.pgh.pa.us
Potential future SMGR implementations may not want to create
tablespace directories when creating an SMGR relation. Move that
logic to mdcreate(). Move the initialization of md-specific
data structures from smgropen() to a new callback mdopen().
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Shawn Debnath (as part of an earlier patch set)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BOZqOiOuDm5tC5DyQZtJ3FH4%2BFSVMqtdC4P1atpJ%2Bqhg%40mail.gmail.com
It seems worth getting rid of these functions because they require the
caller to retain a ListCell pointer into a List that it's modifying,
which is a dangerous practice with the new List implementation.
(The only other List-modifying function that takes a ListCell pointer
as input is list_delete_cell, which nowadays is preferentially used
via the constrained API foreach_delete_current.)
There was only one remaining caller of these functions after commit
2f5b8eb5a, and that was some fairly ugly GEQO code that can be much
more clearly expressed using a list-index variable and list_insert_nth.
Hence, rewrite that code, and remove the functions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26193.1563228600@sss.pgh.pa.us
heap.c and relcache.c contained nearly identical copies of logic
to insert OIDs into an OID list while preserving the list's OID
ordering (and rejecting duplicates, in one case but not the other).
The comments argue that this is faster than qsort for small numbers
of OIDs, which is at best unproven, and seems even less likely to be
true now that lappend_cell_oid has to move data around. In any case
it's ugly and hard-to-follow code, and if we do have a lot of OIDs
to consider, it's O(N^2).
Hence, replace with simply lappend'ing OIDs to a List, then list_sort
the completed List, then remove adjacent duplicates if necessary.
This is demonstrably O(N log N) and it's much simpler for the
callers. It's possible that this would be somewhat inefficient
if there were a very large number of duplicates, but that seems
unlikely in the existing usage.
This adds list_deduplicate_oid and list_oid_cmp infrastructure
to list.c. I didn't bother with equivalent functionality for
integer or pointer Lists, but such could always be added later
if we find a use for it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26193.1563228600@sss.pgh.pa.us
In the wake of commit 1cff1b95a, the obvious way to sort a List
is to apply qsort() directly to the array of ListCells. list_qsort
was building an intermediate array of pointers-to-ListCells, which
we no longer need, but getting rid of it forces an API change:
the comparator functions need to do one less level of indirection.
Since we're having to touch the callers anyway, let's do two additional
changes: sort the given list in-place rather than making a copy (as
none of the existing callers have any use for the copying behavior),
and rename list_qsort to list_sort. It was argued that the old name
exposes more about the implementation than it should, which I find
pretty questionable, but a better reason to rename it is to be sure
we get the attention of any external callers about the need to fix
their comparator functions.
While we're at it, change four existing callers of qsort() to use
list_sort instead; previously, they all had local reinventions
of list_qsort, ie build-an-array-from-a-List-and-qsort-it.
(There are some other places where changing to list_sort perhaps
would be worthwhile, but they're less obviously wins.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/29361.1563220190@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is numbered take 7, and addresses a set of issues around:
- Fixes for typos and incorrect reference names.
- Removal of unneeded comments.
- Removal of unreferenced functions and structures.
- Fixes regarding variable name consistency.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10bfd4ac-3e7c-40ab-2b2e-355ed15495e8@gmail.com
Originally, Postgres Lists were a more or less exact reimplementation of
Lisp lists, which consist of chains of separately-allocated cons cells,
each having a value and a next-cell link. We'd hacked that once before
(commit d0b4399d8) to add a separate List header, but the data was still
in cons cells. That makes some operations -- notably list_nth() -- O(N),
and it's bulky because of the next-cell pointers and per-cell palloc
overhead, and it's very cache-unfriendly if the cons cells end up
scattered around rather than being adjacent.
In this rewrite, we still have List headers, but the data is in a
resizable array of values, with no next-cell links. Now we need at
most two palloc's per List, and often only one, since we can allocate
some values in the same palloc call as the List header. (Of course,
extending an existing List may require repalloc's to enlarge the array.
But this involves just O(log N) allocations not O(N).)
Of course this is not without downsides. The key difficulty is that
addition or deletion of a list entry may now cause other entries to
move, which it did not before.
For example, that breaks foreach() and sister macros, which historically
used a pointer to the current cons-cell as loop state. We can repair
those macros transparently by making their actual loop state be an
integer list index; the exposed "ListCell *" pointer is no longer state
carried across loop iterations, but is just a derived value. (In
practice, modern compilers can optimize things back to having just one
loop state value, at least for simple cases with inline loop bodies.)
In principle, this is a semantics change for cases where the loop body
inserts or deletes list entries ahead of the current loop index; but
I found no such cases in the Postgres code.
The change is not at all transparent for code that doesn't use foreach()
but chases lists "by hand" using lnext(). The largest share of such
code in the backend is in loops that were maintaining "prev" and "next"
variables in addition to the current-cell pointer, in order to delete
list cells efficiently using list_delete_cell(). However, we no longer
need a previous-cell pointer to delete a list cell efficiently. Keeping
a next-cell pointer doesn't work, as explained above, but we can improve
matters by changing such code to use a regular foreach() loop and then
using the new macro foreach_delete_current() to delete the current cell.
(This macro knows how to update the associated foreach loop's state so
that no cells will be missed in the traversal.)
There remains a nontrivial risk of code assuming that a ListCell *
pointer will remain good over an operation that could now move the list
contents. To help catch such errors, list.c can be compiled with a new
define symbol DEBUG_LIST_MEMORY_USAGE that forcibly moves list contents
whenever that could possibly happen. This makes list operations
significantly more expensive so it's not normally turned on (though it
is on by default if USE_VALGRIND is on).
There are two notable API differences from the previous code:
* lnext() now requires the List's header pointer in addition to the
current cell's address.
* list_delete_cell() no longer requires a previous-cell argument.
These changes are somewhat unfortunate, but on the other hand code using
either function needs inspection to see if it is assuming anything
it shouldn't, so it's not all bad.
Programmers should be aware of these significant performance changes:
* list_nth() and related functions are now O(1); so there's no
major access-speed difference between a list and an array.
* Inserting or deleting a list element now takes time proportional to
the distance to the end of the list, due to moving the array elements.
(However, it typically *doesn't* require palloc or pfree, so except in
long lists it's probably still faster than before.) Notably, lcons()
used to be about the same cost as lappend(), but that's no longer true
if the list is long. Code that uses lcons() and list_delete_first()
to maintain a stack might usefully be rewritten to push and pop at the
end of the list rather than the beginning.
* There are now list_insert_nth...() and list_delete_nth...() functions
that add or remove a list cell identified by index. These have the
data-movement penalty explained above, but there's no search penalty.
* list_concat() and variants now copy the second list's data into
storage belonging to the first list, so there is no longer any
sharing of cells between the input lists. The second argument is
now declared "const List *" to reflect that it isn't changed.
This patch just does the minimum needed to get the new implementation
in place and fix bugs exposed by the regression tests. As suggested
by the foregoing, there's a fair amount of followup work remaining to
do.
Also, the ENABLE_LIST_COMPAT macros are finally removed in this
commit. Code using those should have been gone a dozen years ago.
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley, Jesper Pedersen, and others
for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
In order to be able to work with FullTransactionId values during replay
without increasing the size of the WAL, infer the epoch. In general we
can't do that safely, but during replay we can because we know that
nextFullXid can't advance concurrently.
Prevent frontend code from seeing this new function, due to the above
restriction. Perhaps in future it will be possible to extract the value
entirely from independent WAL records, and then this restriction can be
lifted.
Author: Thomas Munro, based on earlier code from Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BmLmuDjMi6o1dxkKvGRL56Y2Rz%2BiXAcrZV03G9ZuFQ8Q%40mail.gmail.com
This adds a built-in function to generate UUIDs.
PostgreSQL hasn't had a built-in function to generate a UUID yet,
relying on external modules such as uuid-ossp and pgcrypto to provide
one. Now that we have a strong random number generator built-in, we
can easily provide a version 4 (random) UUID generation function.
This patch takes the existing function gen_random_uuid() from pgcrypto
and makes it a built-in function. The pgcrypto implementation now
internally redirects to the built-in one.
Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/6a65610c-46fc-2323-6b78-e8086340a325@2ndquadrant.com
6254c55f81, c085e1c1cb and 075f0a880f all change system catalog. But
catversion bump is missed in all of them. So, do catversion bump now.
Also, I need mention patch reviewer Fabien Coelho, who has been missed in
commit messages of 6254c55f81, c085e1c1cb and 075f0a880f.
Index-based calculation of this operator is exact. So, signature of
gist_bbox_distance() function is changes so that caller is responsible for
setting *recheck flag.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f71ba19d-d989-63b6-f04a-abf02ad9345d%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alexander Korotkov
Some of <-> operators between geometric types have their commutators missed.
This commit adds them. The motivation is upcoming kNN support for some of those
operators.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f71ba19d-d989-63b6-f04a-abf02ad9345d%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alexander Korotkov
Most block-based table AMs will need the exact same implementation of
the relation_size callback as the heap, and if they use a standard
page layout, they will likely need an implementation of the
relation_estimate_size callback that is very similar to that of the
heap. Rearrange to facilitate code reuse.
Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier, Daniel Gustafsson, and
Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZ6DBPnP1E-vRpQZUJQijJFD54F+SR_pxGiAAS-MyrigA@mail.gmail.com
This addresses a couple of issues in the code:
- Typos and inconsistencies in comments and function declarations.
- Removal of unreferenced function declarations.
- Removal of unnecessary compile flags.
- A cleanup error in regressplans.sh.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0c991fdf-2670-1997-c027-772a420c4604@gmail.com
The code for conversions SQL_ASCII <-> MULE_INTERNAL and
SQL_ASCII <-> UTF8 was unreachable, because we long ago changed
the wrapper functions pg_do_encoding_conversion() et al so that
they have hard-wired behaviors for conversions involving SQL_ASCII.
(At least some of those fast paths date back to 2002, though it
looks like we may not have been totally consistent about this until
later.) Given the lack of complaints, nobody is dissatisfied with
this state of affairs. Hence, let's just remove the unreachable code.
Also, change CREATE CONVERSION so that it rejects attempts to
define such conversions. Since we consider that SQL_ASCII represents
lack of knowledge about the encoding in use, such a conversion would
be semantically dubious even if it were reachable.
Adjust a couple of regression test cases that had randomly decided
to rely on these conversion functions rather than any other ones.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/41163.1559156593@sss.pgh.pa.us
The source defining the current fallback and hardcoded DH parameters
has disappeared from the web a long time ago, and RFC 3526 defines the
most current Diffie-Hellman MODP groups, so update to those new values.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5E60AC9A-CB10-4851-9EF2-7209490A164C@yesql.se
The serialization format of multivariate MCV lists included alignment in
order to allow direct access to part of the serialized data, but despite
multiple fixes (see for example commits d85e0f366a and ea4e1c0e8f) this
proved to be problematic.
This commit abandons alignment in the serialized format, and just copies
everything during deserialization. We now also track amount of memory
needed after deserialization (including alignment), which allows us to
deserialize the MCV list in a single pass.
Bump catversion, as this affects contents of pg_statistic_ext_data.
Backpatch to 12, where multi-column MCV lists were introduced.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2201.1561521148@sss.pgh.pa.us
The function pg_mcv_list_items() returns values stored in MCV items. The
items may contain columns with different data types, so the function was
generating text array-like representation, but in an ad-hoc way without
properly escaping various characters etc.
Fixed by simply building a text[] array, which also makes it easier to
use from queries etc.
Requires changes to pg_proc entry, so bump catversion.
Backpatch to 12, where multi-column MCV lists were introduced.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190618205920.qtlzcu73whfpfqne@development
The main change is a new stemmer for Greek. There are minor changes
in the Danish and French stemmers.
Author: Panagiotis Mavrogiorgos <pmav99@gmail.com>
This is a follow-up refactoring after 09ec55b and b674211, which has
proved that the encoding and decoding routines used by SCRAM have a
poor interface when it comes to check after buffer overflows. This adds
an extra argument in the shape of the length of the result buffer for
each routine, which is used for overflow checks when encoding or
decoding an input string. The original idea comes from Tom Lane.
As a result of that, the encoding routine can now fail, so all its
callers are adjusted to generate proper error messages in case of
problems.
On failure, the result buffer gets zeroed.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190623132535.GB1628@paquier.xyz
UBSan complains about this. Instead, cast to a suitable type requiring
only 4-byte alignment. DatumGetAnyArrayP() already assumes one can cast
between AnyArrayType and ArrayType, so this doesn't introduce a new
assumption. Back-patch to 9.5, where AnyArrayType was introduced.
Reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190629210334.GA1244217@rfd.leadboat.com
Instead of calling pg_lsn_in() in check_recovery_target_lsn and
timestamptz_in() in check_recovery_target_time, reorganize the
respective code so that we don't raise any errors in the check hooks.
The previous code tried to use PG_TRY/PG_CATCH to handle errors in a
way that is not safe, so now the code contains no ereport() calls and
can operate safely within the GUC error handling system.
Moreover, since the interpretation of the recovery_target_time string
may depend on the time zone, we cannot do the final processing of that
string until all the GUC processing is done. Instead,
check_recovery_target_time() now does some parsing for syntax
checking, but the actual conversion to a timestamptz value is done
later in the recovery code that uses it.
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20190611061115.njjwkagvxp4qujhp%40alap3.anarazel.de
The date/time values 'current', 'invalid', and 'undefined' were
removed a long time ago, but the code still contains explicit error
handling for the transition. To simplify the code and avoid having to
handle these values everywhere, just remove the recognition of these
tokens altogether now.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
fe0a0b5 has removed the last use of this routine from pgcrypto, leading
to a useless symbol definition and an extra configure check.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190626142544.GN1714@paquier.xyz
Original MIPS-I processors didn't have the LL/SC instructions (nor any
other userland synchronization primitive). If the build toolchain
targets that ISA variant by default, as an astonishingly large fraction
of MIPS platforms still do, the assembler won't take LL/SC without
coercion in the form of a ".set mips2" instruction. But we issued that
unconditionally, making it an ISA downgrade for chips later than MIPS2.
That breaks things for the latest MIPS r6 ISA, which encodes these
instructions differently. Adjust the code so we don't change ISA level
if it's >= 2.
Note that this patch doesn't change what happens on an actual MIPS-I
processor: either the kernel will emulate these instructions
transparently, or you'll get a SIGILL failure. That tradeoff seemed
fine in 2002 when this code was added (cf 3cbe6b247), and it's even
more so today when MIPS-I is basically extinct. But let's add a
comment about that.
YunQiang Su (with cosmetic adjustments by me). Back-patch to all
supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15844-8f62fe7e163939b3@postgresql.org
We don't need to restrict column privileges on pg_statistic_ext;
all of that data is OK to read publicly. What we *do* need to do,
which was overlooked by 6cbfb784c, is revoke public read access on
pg_statistic_ext_data; otherwise we still have the same security
hole we started with.
Catversion bump to ensure that installations calling themselves
beta2 will have this fix.
Diagnosis/correction by Dean Rasheed and Tomas Vondra, but I'm
going to go ahead and push this fix ASAP so we get more buildfarm
cycles on it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8833.1560647898@sss.pgh.pa.us
Regular per-column statistics are stored in pg_statistics catalog, which
is however rather difficult to read, so we also have pg_stats view with
a human-reablable version of the data.
For extended statistic the catalog was fairly easy to read, so we did
not have such human-readable view so far. Commit 9b6babfa2d however did
split the catalog into two, which makes querying harder. Furthermore,
we want to show the multi-column MCV list in a way similar to per-column
stats (and not as a bytea value).
This commit introduces pg_stats_ext view, joining the two catalogs and
massaging the data to produce human-readable output similar to pg_stats.
It also considers RLS and access privileges - the data is shown only when
the user has access to all columns the extended statistic is defined on.
Bumped CATVERSION due to adding new system view.
Author: Dean Rasheed, with improvements by me
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCUhT9rt7Ui%3DVdx4N%3D%3DVV5XOK5dsXfnGgVOz_JhAicB%3DZA%40mail.gmail.com
Since extended statistic got introduced in PostgreSQL 10, there was a
single catalog pg_statistic_ext storing both the definitions and built
statistic. That's however problematic when a user is supposed to have
access only to the definitions, but not to user data.
Consider for example pg_dump on a database with RLS enabled - if the
pg_statistic_ext catalog respects RLS (which it should, if it contains
user data), pg_dump would not see any records and the result would not
define any extended statistics. That would be a surprising behavior.
Until now this was not a pressing issue, because the existing types of
extended statistic (functional dependencies and ndistinct coefficients)
do not include any user data directly. This changed with introduction
of MCV lists, which do include most common combinations of values.
The easiest way to fix this is to split the pg_statistic_ext catalog
into two - one for definitions, one for the built statistic values.
The new catalog is called pg_statistic_ext_data, and we're maintaining
a 1:1 relationship with the old catalog - either there are matching
records in both catalogs, or neither of them.
Bumped CATVERSION due to changing system catalog definitions.
Author: Dean Rasheed, with improvements by me
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCUhT9rt7Ui%3DVdx4N%3D%3DVV5XOK5dsXfnGgVOz_JhAicB%3DZA%40mail.gmail.com
In order to separate OpenSSL's SHA symbols, this header has been using
USE_SSL, which is equivalent to USE_OPENSSL. There is now only one SSL
implementation included in the tree, so this works fine, but when
adding a new SSL implementation this would run into failures.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0DF29010-CE26-4F51-85A6-9C8ABF5536F9@yesql.se
One would have needed out-of-tree code to observe the defects. Remove
unreferenced fields instead of completing their support functions.
Since in-tree code can't reach _readIntoClause(), no catversion bump.
This makes the header more consistent with the surroundings, with
declarations associated to a given file grouped together.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190608012439.GB7228@paquier.xyz
There were a number of issues in the recent commits which include typos,
code and comments mismatch, leftover function declarations. Fix them.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Author: Alexander Lakhin, Amit Kapila and Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ef0c0232-0c1d-3a35-63d4-0ebd06e31387@gmail.com
The file has been introduced in src/backend/libpq/ as of b0b39f72, but
all backend-side headers of libpq are located in src/include/libpq/.
Note that the identification path on top of the file referred to
src/include/libpq/ from the start.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190607043415.GE1736@paquier.xyz
We used the same slot to store a tuple from the index, and to store a
tuple from the table. That's not OK. It worked with the heap, because
heapam_getnextslot() stores a HeapTuple to the slot, and doesn't care how
large the tts_values/nulls arrays are. But when I played with a toy table
AM implementation that used a virtual tuple, it caused memory overruns.
In the passing, tidy up comments on the ioss_PscanLen fields.
The defined callback definitions have been using references to heap for
a couple of variables and comments. This makes the whole interface more
consistent by using "table" which is more generic.
A variable storing index information was misspelled as well.
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190601190946.GB1905@paquier.xyz
Interestingly only C++ compilers have, so far, complained about this
odd forward declaration. This originated when IndexBuildCallback was
defined in another file, but now is completely unnecessary (but was
wrong before too, cpluspluscheck just wouldn't have noticed).
Reported-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/53941.1559239260@sss.pgh.pa.us
Some of the wrapper functions didn't match the callback names. Many of
them due to staying "consistent" with historic naming of the wrapped
functionality. We decided that for most cases it's more important to
be for tableam to be consistent going forward, than with the past.
The one exception is beginscan/endscan/... because it'd have looked
odd to have systable_beginscan/endscan/... with a different naming
scheme, and changing the systable_* APIs would have caused way too
much churn (including breaking a lot of external users).
Author: Ashwin Agrawal, with some small additions by Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALfoeiugyrXZfX7n0ORCa4L-m834dzmaE8eFdbNR6PMpetU4Ww@mail.gmail.com
This is still using the 2.0 version of pg_bsd_indent.
I thought it would be good to commit this separately,
so as to document the differences between 2.0 and 2.1 behavior.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16296.1558103386@sss.pgh.pa.us
The original coding of this view relied on a correlated IN sub-query.
Our planner is not very bright about correlated sub-queries, and even
if it were, there's no way for it to know that the output of
pg_get_publication_tables() is duplicate-free, making the de-duplicating
semantics of IN unnecessary. Hence, rewrite as a LATERAL sub-query.
This provides circa 100X speedup for me with a few hundred published
tables (the whole regression database), and things would degrade as
roughly O(published_relations * all_relations) beyond that.
Because the rules.out expected output changes, force a catversion bump.
Ordinarily we might not want to do that post-beta1; but we already know
we'll be doing a catversion bump before beta2 to fix pg_statistic_ext
issues, so it's pretty much free to fix it now instead of waiting for v13.
Per report and fix suggestion from PegoraroF10.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1551385426763-0.post@n3.nabble.com
That leads to unsatisfied external references if the C compiler fails
to elide unused static functions. Apparently, we have no buildfarm
members building HEAD that have that issue ... but such compilers still
exist in the wild. Need to do something about that.
In passing, fix Berkeley-era typo in comment.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27054.1558533367@sss.pgh.pa.us
The comment for SNAPSHOT_SELF was unfortunately explaining
SNAPSHOT_DIRTY, as reported by Sergei. Also expand a few comments, and
include a few more comments from heapam_visibility.c, so they're in an
AM independent place.
Reported-By: Sergei Kornilov
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9152241558192351@sas1-d856b3d759c7.qloud-c.yandex.net
Before this commit, when ANALYZE was run on a table and serializable
was used (either by virtue of an explicit BEGIN TRANSACTION ISOLATION
LEVEL SERIALIZABLE, or default_transaction_isolation being set to
serializable) a null pointer dereference lead to a crash.
The analyze scan doesn't need a snapshot (nor predicate locking), but
before this commit a scan only contained information about being a
bitmap or sample scan.
Refactor the option passing to the scan_begin callback to use a
bitmask instead. Alternatively we could have added a new boolean
parameter, but that seems harder to read. Even before this issue
various people (Heikki, Tom, Robert) suggested doing so.
These changes don't change the scan APIs outside of tableam. The flags
argument could be exposed, it's not necessary to fix this
problem. Also the wrapper table_beginscan* functions encapsulate most
of that complexity.
After these changes fixing the bug is trivial, just don't acquire
predicate lock for analyze style scans. That was already done for
bitmap heap scans. Add an assert that a snapshot is passed when
acquiring the predicate lock, so this kind of bug doesn't require
running with serializable.
Also add a comment about sample scans currently requiring predicate
locking the entire relation, that previously wasn't remarked upon.
Reported-By: Joe Wildish
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/4EA80A20-E9BF-49F1-9F01-5B66CAB21453@elusive.cxhttps://postgr.es/m/20190411164947.nkii4gaeilt4bui7@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20190518203102.g7peu2fianukjuxm@alap3.anarazel.de
Instead add a tableam callback to do so. To avoid adding per
validation overhead, pass a scan to tuple_tid_valid. In heap's case
we'd otherwise incurred a RelationGetNumberOfBlocks() call for each
tid - which'd have added noticable overhead to nodeTidscan.c.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Ashwin Agrawal
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190515185447.gno2jtqxyktylyvs@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously various parts of the code routed size requests through
RelationGetNumberOfBlocks[InFork]. That works if md.c is used by the
AM, but not otherwise.
Add a tableam callback to return the size of the table. As not every
AM will use postgres' BLCKSZ, have it return bytes, and have
RelationGetNumberOfBlocksInFork() round the byte size up into blocks.
To allow code outside of the AM to determine the actual relation size
map InvalidForkNumber the total size of a relation, as not every AM
might just need the postgres defined forks.
A few users of RelationGetNumberOfBlocks() ought to be converted away
from that. One case, the use of it to determine whether a tid is
valid, will be fixed in a follow up commit. Others will have to wait
for v13.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190423225201.3bbv6tbqzkb5w7cw@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously, gen_partprune_steps() always built executor pruning steps
using all suitable clauses, including those containing PARAM_EXEC
Params. This meant that the pruning steps were only completely safe
for executor run-time (scan start) pruning. To prune at executor
startup, we had to ignore the steps involving exec Params. But this
doesn't really work in general, since there may be logic changes
needed as well --- for example, pruning according to the last operator's
btree strategy is the wrong thing if we're not applying that operator.
The rules embodied in gen_partprune_steps() and its minions are
sufficiently complicated that tracking their incremental effects in
other logic seems quite impractical.
Short of a complete redesign, the only safe fix seems to be to run
gen_partprune_steps() twice, once to create executor startup pruning
steps and then again for run-time pruning steps. We can save a few
cycles however by noting during the first scan whether we rejected
any clauses because they involved exec Params --- if not, we don't
need to do the second scan.
In support of this, refactor the internal APIs in partprune.c to make
more use of passing information in the GeneratePruningStepsContext
struct, rather than as separate arguments.
This is, I hope, the last piece of our response to a bug report from
Alan Jackson. Back-patch to v11 where this code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/FAD28A83-AC73-489E-A058-2681FA31D648@tvsquared.com
The original placement of this module in src/fe_utils/ is ill-considered,
because several src/common/ modules have dependencies on it, meaning that
libpgcommon and libpgfeutils now have mutual dependencies. That makes it
pointless to have distinct libraries at all. The intended design is that
libpgcommon is lower-level than libpgfeutils, so only dependencies from
the latter to the former are acceptable.
We already have the precedent that fe_memutils and a couple of other
modules in src/common/ are frontend-only, so it's not stretching anything
out of whack to treat logging.c as a frontend-only module in src/common/.
To the extent that such modules help provide a common frontend/backend
environment for the rest of common/ to use, it's a reasonable design.
(logging.c does not yet provide an ereport() emulation, but one can
dream.)
Hence, move these files over, and revert basically all of the build-system
changes made by commit cc8d41511. There are no places that need to grow
new dependencies on libpgcommon, further reinforcing the idea that this
is the right solution.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a912ffff-f6e4-778a-c86a-cf5c47a12933@2ndquadrant.com
As we descend the GiST tree during insertion, we modify any downlinks on
the way down to include the new tuple we're about to insert (if they don't
cover it already). Modifying an existing downlink might cause an internal
page to split, if the new downlink tuple is larger than the old one. If
that happens, we need to back up to the parent and re-choose a page to
insert to. We used to detect that situation, thanks to the NSN-LSN
interlock normally used to detect concurrent page splits, but that got
broken by commit 9155580fd5. With that commit, we now use a dummy constant
LSN value for every page during index build, so the LSN-NSN interlock no
longer works. I thought that was OK because there can't be any other
backends modifying the index during index build, but missed that the
insertion itself can modify the page we're inserting to. The consequence
was that we would sometimes insert the new tuple to an incorrect page, one
whose downlink doesn't cover the new tuple.
To fix, add a flag to the stack that keeps track of the state while
descending tree, to indicate that a page was split, and that we need to
retry the descend from the parent.
Thomas Munro first reported that the contrib/intarray regression test was
failing occasionally on the buildfarm after commit 9155580fd5. The failure
was intermittent, because the gistchoose() function is not deterministic,
and would only occasionally create the right circumstances for this bug to
cause the failure.
Patch by Anastasia Lubennikova, with some changes by me to make it work
correctly also when the internal page split also causes the "grandparent"
to be split.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BhUKGJRzLo7tZExWfSbwM3XuK7aAK7FhdBV0FLkbUG%2BW0v0zg%40mail.gmail.com
The term "item pointer" should not be used to refer to ItemIdData
variables, since that is needlessly ambiguous. Only
ItemPointerData/ItemPointer variables should be called item pointers.
To fix, establish the convention that ItemIdData variables should always
be referred to either as "item identifiers" or "line pointers". The
term "item identifier" already predominates in docs and translatable
messages, and so should be the preferred alternative there.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=c=MZQjUzde3o9+2PLAPuHTpVZPPdYxN=E4ndQ2--8ew@mail.gmail.com
We long ago decided to design the shared PgBackendStatus data structure to
minimize the cost of writing status updates, which means that writers just
have to increment the st_changecount field twice. That isn't hooked into
any sort of resource management mechanism, which means that if something
were to throw error between the two increments, the st_changecount field
would be left odd indefinitely. That would cause readers to lock up.
Now, since it's also a bad idea to leave the field odd for longer than
absolutely necessary (because readers will spin while we have it set),
the expectation was that we'd treat these segments like spinlock critical
sections, with only short, more or less straight-line, code in them.
That was fine as originally designed, but commit 9029f4b37 broke it
by inserting a significant amount of non-straight-line code into
pgstat_bestart(), code that is very capable of throwing errors, not to
mention taking a significant amount of time during which readers will spin.
We have a report from Neeraj Kumar of readers actually locking up, which
I suspect was due to an encoding conversion error in X509_NAME_to_cstring,
though conceivably it was just a garden-variety OOM failure.
Subsequent commits have loaded even more dubious code into pgstat_bestart's
critical section (and commit fc70a4b0d deserves some kind of booby prize
for managing to miss the critical section entirely, although the negative
consequences seem minimal given that the PgBackendStatus entry should be
seen by readers as inactive at that point).
The right way to fix this mess seems to be to compute all these values
into a local copy of the process' PgBackendStatus struct, and then just
copy the data back within the critical section proper. This plan can't
be implemented completely cleanly because of the struct's heavy reliance
on out-of-line strings, which we must initialize separately within the
critical section. But still, the critical section is far smaller and
safer than it was before.
In hopes of forestalling future errors of the same ilk, rename the
macros for st_changecount management to make it more apparent that
the writer-side macros create a critical section. And to prevent
the worst consequences if we nonetheless manage to mess it up anyway,
adjust those macros so that they really are a critical section, ie
they now bump CritSectionCount. That doesn't add much overhead, and
it guarantees that if we do somehow throw an error while the counter
is odd, it will lead to PANIC and a database restart to reset shared
memory.
Back-patch to 9.5 where the problem was introduced.
In HEAD, also fix an oversight in commit b0b39f72b: it failed to teach
pgstat_read_current_status to copy st_gssstatus data from shared memory to
local memory. Hence, subsequent use of that data within the transaction
would potentially see changing data that it shouldn't see.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPR3Wj5Z17=+eeyrn_ZDG3NQGYgMEOY6JV6Y-WRRhGgwc16U3Q@mail.gmail.com
The description of the lock type for speculative insertions was
incorrect, being copy-pasted from another one.
As discussed, also move the description for all the fields of lock tag
types from the structure listing lock tag types to the set of macros
setting each LOCKTAG.
Author: John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCtA0-ybaC4fFfaDq_8p_TUOLvGxZH9Dm-=TMHZJarBa7Q@mail.gmail.com
The right way for IsCatalogRelation/Class to behave is to return true
for OIDs less than FirstBootstrapObjectId (not FirstNormalObjectId),
without any of the ad-hoc fooling around with schema membership.
The previous code was wrong because (1) it claimed that
information_schema tables were not catalog relations but their toast
tables were, which is silly; and (2) if you dropped and recreated
information_schema, which is a supported operation, the behavior
changed. That's even sillier. With this definition, "catalog
relations" are exactly the ones traceable to the postgres.bki data,
which seems like what we want.
With this simplification, we don't actually need access to the pg_class
tuple to identify a catalog relation; we only need its OID. Hence,
replace IsCatalogClass with "IsCatalogRelationOid(oid)". But keep
IsCatalogRelation as a convenience function.
This allows fixing some arguably-wrong semantics in contrib/sepgsql and
ReindexRelationConcurrently, which were using an IsSystemNamespace test
where what they really should be using is IsCatalogRelationOid. The
previous coding failed to protect toast tables of system catalogs, and
also was not on board with the general principle that user-created tables
do not become catalogs just by virtue of being renamed into pg_catalog.
We can also get rid of a messy hack in ReindexMultipleTables.
While we're at it, also rename IsSystemNamespace to IsCatalogNamespace,
because the previous name invited confusion with the more expansive
semantics used by IsSystemRelation/Class.
Also improve the comments in catalog.c.
There are a few remaining places in replication-related code that are
special-casing OIDs below FirstNormalObjectId. I'm inclined to think
those are wrong too, and if there should be any special case it should
just extend to FirstBootstrapObjectId. But first we need to debate
whether a FOR ALL TABLES publication should include information_schema.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21697.1557092753@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15150.1557257111@sss.pgh.pa.us
This commit adds new parameter to VACUUM command, TRUNCATE,
which specifies that VACUUM should attempt to truncate off
any empty pages at the end of the table and allow the disk space
for the truncated pages to be returned to the operating system.
This parameter, if specified, overrides the vacuum_truncate
reloption. If neither the reloption nor the VACUUM option is
used, the default is true, as before.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoD+qtrSDL=GSma4Wd3kLYLeRC0hPna-YAdkDeV4z156vg@mail.gmail.com
This feature was using a process local map to track the first few blocks
in the relation. The map was reset each time we get the block with enough
freespace. It was discussed that it would be better to track this map on
a per-relation basis in relcache and then invalidate the same whenever
vacuum frees up some space in the page or when FSM is created. The new
design would be better both in terms of API design and performance.
List of commits reverted, in reverse chronological order:
06c8a5090e Improve code comments in b0eaa4c51b.
13e8643bfc During pg_upgrade, conditionally skip transfer of FSMs.
6f918159a9 Add more tests for FSM.
9c32e4c350 Clear the local map when not used.
29d108cdec Update the documentation for FSM behavior..
08ecdfe7e5 Make FSM test portable.
b0eaa4c51b Avoid creation of the free space map for small heap relations.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190416180452.3pm6uegx54iitbt5@alap3.anarazel.de
In the wake of commit f912d7dec, RelationSetIndexList isn't used any
more. It was always a horrid wart, so getting rid of it is very nice.
We can also convert rd_indexvalid back to a plain boolean.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28926.1556664156@sss.pgh.pa.us
The message type for temp files and for checksum failures were missing
from the union. Due to the coding style used there was no compiler error
when this happend. So change the code to actively use the union thereby
producing a compiler error if the same mistake happens again, suggested
by Tom Lane.
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reported-By: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190430163328.zd4rrlnbvgaqlcdz@development
Most of these stem from d25f519107 "tableam: relation creation, VACUUM
FULL/CLUSTER, SET TABLESPACE.".
1) To pass data to the relation_set_new_filenode()
RelationSetNewRelfilenode() was made to update RelationData.rd_rel
directly. That's not OK however, as it makes the relcache entries
temporarily inconsistent. Which among other scenarios is a problem
if a REINDEX targets an index on pg_class - the
CatalogTupleUpdate() in RelationSetNewRelfilenode(). Presumably
that was introduced because other places in the code do so - while
those aren't "good practice" they don't appear to be actively
buggy (e.g. because system tables may not be targeted).
I (Andres) should have caught this while reviewing and signficantly
evolving the code in that commit, mea culpa.
Fix that by instead passing in the new RelFileNode as separate
argument to relation_set_new_filenode() and rely on the relcache to
update the catalog entry. Also revert that the
RelationMapUpdateMap() call was changed to immediate, and undo some
other more unnecessary changes.
2) Document that the relation_set_new_filenode cannot rely on the
whole relcache entry to be valid. It might be worthwhile to
refactor the code to never have to rely on that, but given the way
heap_create() is currently coded, that'd be a large change.
3) ATExecSetTableSpace() shouldn't do FlushRelationBuffers() itself. A
table AM might not use shared buffers at all. Move to
index_copy_data() and heapam_relation_copy_data().
4) heapam_relation_set_new_filenode() previously sometimes accessed
rel->rd_rel->relpersistence rather than the `persistence`
argument. Code movement mistake.
5) Previously heapam_relation_set_new_filenode() re-opened the smgr
relation to create the init for, if necesary. Instead have
RelationCreateStorage() return the SMgrRelation and use it to
create the init fork.
6) Add a note about the danger of modifying the relcache directly to
ATExecSetTableSpace() - it's currently not a bug because there's a
check ERRORing for catalog tables.
Regression tests and assertion improvements that together trigger the
bug described in 1) will be added in a later commit, as there is a
related bug on all branches.
Reported-By: Michael Paquier
Diagnosed-By: Tom Lane and Andres Freund
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190418011430.GA19133@paquier.xyz
This is quite unsafe, even for the case of ereport(FATAL) where we won't
return control to the interrupted code, and despite this code's use of
a flag to restrict the areas where we'd try to do it. It's possible
for example that we interrupt malloc or free while that's holding a lock
that's meant to protect against cross-thread interference. Then, any
attempt to do malloc or free within ereport() will result in a deadlock,
preventing the walreceiver process from exiting in response to SIGTERM.
We hypothesize that this explains some hard-to-reproduce failures seen
in the buildfarm.
Hence, get rid of the immediate-exit code in WalRcvShutdownHandler,
as well as the logic associated with WalRcvImmediateInterruptOK.
Instead, we need to take care that potentially-blocking operations
in the walreceiver's data transmission logic (libpqwalreceiver.c)
will respond reasonably promptly to the process's latch becoming
set and then call ProcessWalRcvInterrupts. Much of the needed code
for that was already present in libpqwalreceiver.c. I refactored
things a bit so that all the uses of PQgetResult use latch-aware
waiting, but didn't need to do much more.
These changes should be enough to ensure that libpqwalreceiver.c
will respond promptly to SIGTERM whenever it's waiting to receive
data. In principle, it could block for a long time while waiting
to send data too, and this patch does nothing to guard against that.
I think that that hazard is mostly theoretical though: such blocking
should occur only if we fill the kernel's data transmission buffers,
and we don't generally send enough data to make that happen without
waiting for input. If we find out that the hazard isn't just
theoretical, we could fix it by using PQsetnonblocking, but that
would require more ticklish changes than I care to make now.
This is a bug fix, but it seems like too big a change to push into
the back branches without much more testing than there's time for
right now. Perhaps we'll back-patch once we have more confidence
in the change.
Patch by me; thanks to Thomas Munro for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190416070119.GK2673@paquier.xyz
Run renumber_oids.pl to move high-numbered OIDs down, as per pre-beta
tasks specified by RELEASE_CHANGES. (The only change is 8394 -> 3428.)
Also run reformat_dat_file.pl while I'm here.
While looking at the reformat diffs, I chanced to notice that type
jsonpath had typsend and typreceive = '-', which surely is not the
intention given that jsonpath_send and jsonpath_recv exist.
Fix that. It's safe to assume that these functions have never been
tested :-(. I didn't try, but somebody should.
Commit ca4103025d left a few loose ends. The most important one
(broken pg_dump output) is already fixed by virtue of commit
3b23552ad8, but some things remained:
* When ALTER TABLE rewrites tables, the indexes must remain in the
tablespace they were originally in. This didn't work because
index recreation during ALTER TABLE runs manufactured SQL (yuck),
which runs afoul of default_tablespace in competition with the parent
relation tablespace. To fix, reset default_tablespace to the empty
string temporarily, and add the TABLESPACE clause as appropriate.
* Setting a partitioned rel's tablespace to the database default is
confusing; if it worked, it would direct the partitions to that
tablespace regardless of default_tablespace. But in reality it does
not work, and making it work is a larger project. Therefore, throw
an error when this condition is detected, to alert the unwary.
Add some docs and tests, too.
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_1c260nOt_vBJ067AZ3JXptXVRohDVMLEBmudX1YEx-A@mail.gmail.com
This allows table AMs that don't need these horizons. This was already
documented in the tableam relation_set_new_filenode callback, but an
assert prevented if from actually working (the test AM code contained
the change itself). Defang the asserts in the general code, and move
the stronger ones into heap AM.
Relatedly, after CLUSTER/VACUUM, we'd always assign a relfrozenxid /
relminmxid. Change the table_relation_copy_for_cluster() interface to
allow the AM to overwrite the horizons that get set on the pg_class
entry. This'd also in the future allow AMs like heap to compute a
relfrozenxid during rewrite that's the table's actual minimum rather
than a pre-determined value. Arguably it'd have been better to move
the whole computation / setting of those values into the callback, but
it seems likely that for other reasons it'd be better to be able to
use one value to vacuum/cluster multiple tables (e.g. a toast's
horizon shouldn't be different than the table's).
Reported-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9a7fb9cc-2419-5db7-8840-ddc10c93f122@iki.fi
Commit dd299df8 made nbtree treat heap TID as a tiebreaker column,
establishing the principle that there is only one correct location (page
and page offset number) for every index tuple, no matter what.
Insertions of tuples into non-unique indexes proceed as if heap TID
(scan key's scantid) is just another user-attribute value, but
insertions into unique indexes are more delicate. The TID value in
scantid must initially be omitted to ensure that the unique index
insertion visits every leaf page that duplicates could be on. The
scantid is set once again after unique checking finishes successfully,
which can force _bt_findinsertloc() to step right one or more times, to
locate the leaf page that the new tuple must be inserted on.
Stepping right within _bt_findinsertloc() was assumed to occur no more
frequently than stepping right within _bt_check_unique(), but there was
one important case where that assumption was incorrect: inserting a
"duplicate" with NULL values. Since _bt_check_unique() didn't do any
real work in this case, it wasn't appropriate for _bt_findinsertloc() to
behave as if it was finishing off a conventional unique insertion, where
any existing physical duplicate must be dead or recently dead.
_bt_findinsertloc() might have to grovel through a substantial portion
of all of the leaf pages in the index to insert a single tuple, even
when there were no dead tuples.
To fix, treat insertions of tuples with NULLs into a unique index as if
they were insertions into a non-unique index: never unset scantid before
calling _bt_search() to descend the tree, and bypass _bt_check_unique()
entirely. _bt_check_unique() is no longer responsible for incoming
tuples with NULL values.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzm08nr+JPx4jMOa9CGqxWYDQ-_D4wtPBiKghXAUiUy-nQ@mail.gmail.com
Up to now, DefineIndex() was responsible for adding attnotnull constraints
to the columns of a primary key, in any case where it hadn't been
convenient for transformIndexConstraint() to mark those columns as
is_not_null. It (or rather its minion index_check_primary_key) did this
by executing an ALTER TABLE SET NOT NULL command for the target table.
The trouble with this solution is that if we're creating the index due
to ALTER TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY, and the outer ALTER TABLE has additional
sub-commands, the inner ALTER TABLE's operations executed at the wrong
time with respect to the outer ALTER TABLE's operations. In particular,
the inner ALTER would perform a validation scan at a point where the
table's storage might be inconsistent with its catalog entries. (This is
on the hairy edge of being a security problem, but AFAICS it isn't one
because the inner scan would only be interested in the tuples' null
bitmaps.) This can result in unexpected failures, such as the one seen
in bug #15580 from Allison Kaptur.
To fix, let's remove the attempt to do SET NOT NULL from DefineIndex(),
reducing index_check_primary_key's role to verifying that the columns are
already not null. (It shouldn't ever see such a case, but it seems wise
to keep the check for safety.) Instead, make transformIndexConstraint()
generate ALTER TABLE SET NOT NULL subcommands to be executed ahead of
the ADD PRIMARY KEY operation in every case where it can't force the
column to be created already-not-null. This requires only minor surgery
in parse_utilcmd.c, and it makes for a much more satisfying spec for
transformIndexConstraint(): it's no longer having to take it on faith
that someone else will handle addition of NOT NULL constraints.
To make that work, we have to move the execution of AT_SetNotNull into
an ALTER pass that executes ahead of AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX. I moved it to
AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS, and put that after AT_PASS_ADD_COL to avoid failure
when the column is being added in the same command. This incidentally
fixes a bug in the only previous usage of AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS, for
AT_SetIdentity: it didn't work either for a newly-added column.
Playing around with this exposed a separate bug in ALTER TABLE ONLY ...
ADD PRIMARY KEY for partitioned tables. The intent of the ONLY modifier
in that context is to prevent doing anything that would require holding
lock for a long time --- but the implied SET NOT NULL would recurse to
the child partitions, and do an expensive validation scan for any child
where the column(s) were not already NOT NULL. To fix that, invent a
new ALTER subcommand AT_CheckNotNull that just insists that a child
column be already NOT NULL, and apply that, not AT_SetNotNull, when
recursing to children in this scenario. This results in a slightly laxer
definition of ALTER TABLE ONLY ... SET NOT NULL for partitioned tables,
too: that command will now work as long as all children are already NOT
NULL, whereas before it just threw up its hands if there were any
partitions.
In passing, clean up the API of generateClonedIndexStmt(): remove a
useless argument, ensure that the output argument is not left undefined,
update the header comment.
A small side effect of this change is that no-such-column errors in ALTER
TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY now produce a different message that includes the
table name, because they are now detected by the SET NOT NULL step which
has historically worded its error that way. That seems fine to me, so
I didn't make any effort to avoid the wording change.
The basic bug #15580 is of very long standing, and these other bugs
aren't new in v12 either. However, this is a pretty significant change
in the way ALTER TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY works. On balance it seems best
not to back-patch, at least not till we get some more confidence that
this patch has no new bugs.
Patch by me, but thanks to Jie Zhang for a preliminary version.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15580-d1a6de5a3d65da51@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1396E95157071C4EBBA51892C5368521017F2E6E63@G08CNEXMBPEKD02.g08.fujitsu.local
This commit fixes a couple of issues related to the way password
verifiers hashed with MD5 or SCRAM-SHA-256 are detected, leading to
being able to store in catalogs passwords which do not follow the
supported hash formats:
- A MD5-hashed entry was checked based on if its header uses "md5" and
if the string length matches what is expected. Unfortunately the code
never checked if the hash only used hexadecimal characters, as reported
by Tom Lane.
- A SCRAM-hashed entry was checked based on only its header, which
should be "SCRAM-SHA-256$", but it never checked for any fields
afterwards, as reported by Jonathan Katz.
Backpatch down to v10, which is where SCRAM has been introduced, and
where password verifiers in plain format have been removed.
Author: Jonathan Katz
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/016deb6b-1f0a-8e9f-1833-a8675b170aa9@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 10
Due to parallel development, gist added the missing conflict
information in c952eae52a, while 558a9165e0 moved that computation
to the primary for the index types that already had it. Thus adapt
gist to also compute on the primary, using
index_compute_xid_horizon_for_tuples() instead of its own copy of the
logic.
This also adds pg_waldump support for XLOG_GIST_DELETE records, which
previously was not properly present.
Bumps WAL version.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190406050243.bszosdg4buvabfrt@alap3.anarazel.de
The formulas used to calculate size while (de)serializing mvndistinct
and functional dependencies were based on offset() of the structs. But
that is incorrect, because the structures are not copied directly, we
we copy the individual fields directly.
At the moment this works fine, because there is no alignment padding
on any platform we support. But it might break if we ever added some
fields into any of the structs, for example. It's also confusing.
Fixed by reworking the macros to directly sum sizes of serialized
fields. The macros are now useful only for serialiation, so there is
no point in keeping them in the public header file. So make them
private by moving them to the .c files.
Also adds a couple more asserts to check the serialization, and fixes
an incorrect allocation of MVDependency instead of (MVDependency *).
Reported-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/29785.1555365602@sss.pgh.pa.us
For amcanreorderby scans the nodeIndexscan.c's reorder queue holds
heap tuples, but the underlying table likely does not. Before this fix
we'd return different types of slots, depending on whether the tuple
came from the reorder queue, or from the index + table.
While that could be fixed by signalling that the node doesn't return a
fixed type of slot, it seems better to instead remove the separate
slot for the reorder queue, and use ExecForceStoreHeapTuple() to store
tuples from the queue. It's not particularly common to need
reordering, after all.
This reverts most of the iss_ReorderQueueSlot related changes to
nodeIndexscan.c made in 1a0586de36, except that now
ExecForceStoreHeapTuple() is used instead of ExecStoreHeapTuple().
Noticed when testing zheap against the in-core version of tableam.
Author: Andres Freund
As reported by Tom, when ExecStoreMinimalTuple() had to perform a
conversion to store the minimal tuple in the slot, it forgot to
respect the shouldFree flag, and leaked the tuple into the current
memory context if true. Fix that by freeing the tuple in that case.
Looking at the relevant code made me (Andres) realize that not having
the shouldFree parameter to ExecForceStoreHeapTuple() was a bad
idea. Some callers had to locally implement the necessary logic, and
in one case it was missing, creating a potential per-group leak in
non-hashed aggregation.
The choice to not free the tuple in ExecComputeStoredGenerated() is
not pretty, but not introduced by this commit - I'll start a separate
discussion about it.
Reported-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/366.1555382816@sss.pgh.pa.us
The original coding of generate_partition_qual() just copied the list
of predicate expressions into the global CacheMemoryContext, making it
effectively impossible to clean up when the owning relcache entry is
destroyed --- the relevant code in RelationDestroyRelation() only managed
to free the topmost List header :-(. This resulted in a session-lifespan
memory leak whenever a table partition's relcache entry is rebuilt.
Fortunately, that's not normally a large data structure, and rebuilds
shouldn't occur all that often in production situations; but this is
still a bug worth fixing back to v10 where the code was introduced.
To fix, put the cached expression tree into its own small memory context,
as we do with other complicated substructures of relcache entries.
Also, deal more honestly with the case that a partition has an empty
partcheck list; while that probably isn't a case that's very interesting
for production use, it's legal.
In passing, clarify comments about how partitioning-related relcache
data structures are managed, and add some Asserts that we're not leaking
old copies when we overwrite these data fields.
Amit Langote and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7961.1552498252@sss.pgh.pa.us
postmaster startup scrutinizes any shared memory segment recorded in
postmaster.pid, exiting if that segment matches the current data
directory and has an attached process. When the postmaster.pid file was
missing, a starting postmaster used weaker checks. Change to use the
same checks in both scenarios. This increases the chance of a startup
failure, in lieu of data corruption, if the DBA does "kill -9 `head -n1
postmaster.pid` && rm postmaster.pid && pg_ctl -w start". A postmaster
will no longer stop if shmat() of an old segment fails with EACCES. A
postmaster will no longer recycle segments pertaining to other data
directories. That's good for production, but it's bad for integration
tests that crash a postmaster and immediately delete its data directory.
Such a test now leaks a segment indefinitely. No "make check-world"
test does that. win32_shmem.c already avoided all these problems. In
9.6 and later, enhance PostgresNode to facilitate testing. Back-patch
to 9.4 (all supported versions).
Reviewed (in earlier versions) by Daniel Gustafsson and Kyotaro HORIGUCHI.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190408064141.GA2016666@rfd.leadboat.com
This adds a row to the pg_stat_database view with datoid 0 and datname
NULL for those objects that are not in a database. This was added
particularly for checksums, but we were already tracking more satistics
for these objects, just not returning it.
Also add a checksum_last_failure column that holds the timestamptz of
the last checksum failure that occurred in a database (or in a
non-dataabase file), if any.
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
In case of a partition index, when swapping the old and new index, we
also need to attach the new index as a partition and detach the old
one. Also, to handle partition indexes, we not only need to change
dependencies referencing the index, but also dependencies of the index
referencing something else. The previous code did this only
specifically for a constraint, but we also need to do this for
partitioned indexes. So instead write a generic function that does it
for all dependencies.
Author: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Author: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/DF4PR8401MB11964EDB77C860078C343BEBEE5A0%40DF4PR8401MB1196.NAMPRD84.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM#154df1fedb735190a773481765f7b874
transaction.
The transaction that is initiated by the parallel worker to cooperate
with the actual transaction started by the main backend to complete the
query execution should not be counted as a separate transaction. The
other internal transactions started and committed by the parallel worker
are still counted as separate transactions as we that is what we do in
other places like autovacuum.
This will partially fix the bloat in transaction stats due to additional
transactions performed by parallel workers. For a complete fix, we need to
decide how we want to show all the transactions that are started internally
for various operations and that is a matter of separate patch.
Reported-by: Haribabu Kommi
Author: Haribabu Kommi
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Jamison Kirk and Rahila Syed
Backpatch-through: 9.6
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJrrPGc9=jKXuScvNyQ+VNhO0FZk7LLAShAJRyZjnedd2D61EQ@mail.gmail.com
We've long had reports of intermittent "could not reattach to shared
memory" errors on Windows. Buildfarm member dory fails that way when
PGSharedMemoryReAttach() execution overlaps with creation of a thread
for the process's "default thread pool". Fix that by providing a second
region to receive asynchronous allocations that would otherwise intrude
into UsedShmemSegAddr. In pgwin32_ReserveSharedMemoryRegion(), stop
trying to free reservations landing at incorrect addresses; the caller's
next step has been to terminate the affected process. Back-patch to 9.4
(all supported versions).
Reviewed by Tom Lane. He also did much of the prerequisite research;
see commit bcbf2346d6.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190402135442.GA1173872@rfd.leadboat.com
vacuum_truncate controls whether vacuum tries to truncate off
any empty pages at the end of the table. Previously vacuum always
tried to do the truncation. However, the truncation could cause
some problems; for example, ACCESS EXCLUSIVE lock needs to
be taken on the table during the truncation and can cause
the query cancellation on the standby even if hot_standby_feedback
is true. Setting this reloption to false can be helpful to avoid
such problems.
Author: Tsunakawa Takayuki
Reviewed-By: Julien Rouhaud, Masahiko Sawada, Michael Paquier, Kirk Jamison and Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwE5UqFqSq1=kV3QtTUtXphTdyHA-8rAj4A=Y+e4kyp3BQ@mail.gmail.com
This commit fixes three, unfortunately related, issues:
1) Since 5db6df0c01, the introduction of DML via tableam, it was
possible to trigger "ERROR: unexpected table_lock_tuple status: 1"
when updating a row that was previously updated in the same
transaction - but only when the previously updated row was before
updated in a concurrent transaction (and READ COMMITTED was
used). The reason for that was that that case simply wasn't
expected. Fixing that lead to:
2) Even before the above commit, there were error checks (introduced
in 6868ed7491) preventing a row being updated by different
commands within the same statement (say in a function called by an
UPDATE) - but that check wasn't performed when the row was first
updated in a concurrent transaction - instead the second update was
silently skipped in that case. After this change we throw the same
error as we'd without the concurrent transaction.
3) The error messages (introduced in 6868ed7491) preventing such
updates emitted the same error message for both DELETE and
UPDATE ("tuple to be updated was already modified by an operation
triggered by the current command"). While that could be changed
separately, it made it hard to write tests that verify the correct
correct behavior of the code.
This commit changes heap's implementation of table_lock_tuple() to
return TM_SelfModified instead of TM_Invisible (previously loosely
modeled after EvalPlanQualFetch), and teaches nodeModifyTable.c to
handle that in response to table_lock_tuple() and not just in response
to table_(delete|update).
Additionally it fixes the wrong error message (see 3 above). The
comment for table_lock_tuple() is also adjusted to state that
TM_Deleted won't return information in TM_FailureData - it'll not
always be available.
This also adds tests to ensure that DELETE/UPDATE correctly error out
when affecting a row that concurrently was modified by another
transaction.
Author: Andres Freund
Reported-By: Tom Lane, when investigating a bug bug fix to another bug
by Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19321.1554567786@sss.pgh.pa.us
This uses the same infrastructure that the CREATE INDEX progress
reporting uses. Add a column to pg_stat_progress_create_index to
report the OID of the index being worked on. This was not necessary
for CREATE INDEX, but it's useful for REINDEX.
Also edit the phase descriptions a bit to be more consistent with the
source code comments.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/ef6a6757-c36a-9e81-123f-13b19e36b7d7%402ndquadrant.com
Similarly to the set of parameters for keepalive, a connection parameter
for libpq is added as well as a backend GUC, called tcp_user_timeout.
Increasing the TCP user timeout is useful to allow a connection to
survive extended periods without end-to-end connection, and decreasing
it allows application to fail faster. By default, the parameter is 0,
which makes the connection use the system default, and follows a logic
close to the keepalive parameters in its handling. When connecting
through a Unix-socket domain, the parameters have no effect.
Author: Ryohei Nagaura
Reviewed-by: Fabien Coelho, Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Kirk
Jamison, Mikalai Keida, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Andrei Yahorau
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/EDA4195584F5064680D8130B1CA91C45367328@G01JPEXMBYT04
If we need ordered output from a scan of a partitioned table, but
the ordering matches the partition ordering, then we don't need to
use a MergeAppend to combine the pre-ordered per-partition scan
results: a plain Append will produce the same results. This
both saves useless comparison work inside the MergeAppend proper,
and allows us to start returning tuples after istarting up just
the first child node not all of them.
However, all is not peaches and cream, because if some of the
child nodes have high startup costs then there will be big
discontinuities in the tuples-returned-versus-elapsed-time curve.
The planner's cost model cannot handle that (yet, anyway).
If we model the Append's startup cost as being just the first
child's startup cost, we may drastically underestimate the cost
of fetching slightly more tuples than are available from the first
child. Since we've had bad experiences with over-optimistic choices
of "fast start" plans for ORDER BY LIMIT queries, that seems scary.
As a klugy workaround, set the startup cost estimate for an ordered
Append to be the sum of its children's startup costs (as MergeAppend
would). This doesn't really describe reality, but it's less likely
to cause a bad plan choice than an underestimated startup cost would.
In practice, the cases where we really care about this optimization
will have child plans that are IndexScans with zero startup cost,
so that the overly conservative estimate is still just zero.
David Rowley, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud and Antonin Houska
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f-hAqhPLRk_RaSFTgYxd=Tz5hA7kQ2h4-DhJufQk8TGuw@mail.gmail.com
This allows the user to create duplicates of existing replication slots,
either logical or physical, and even changing properties such as whether
they are temporary or the output plugin used.
There are multiple uses for this, such as initializing multiple replicas
using the slot for one base backup; when doing investigation of logical
replication issues; and to select a different output plugins.
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Andres Freund, Petr Jelinek
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAm7XX8y_tOPP6j4Nzzch12FvA1wPqiO690RCk+uYVstg@mail.gmail.com
Previously it was allowed to set default_table_access_method to an
empty string. That makes sense for default_tablespace, where that was
copied from, as it signals falling back to the database's default
tablespace. As there is no equivalent for table AMs, forbid that.
Also make sure to throw a usable error when creating a table using an
index AM, by using get_am_type_oid() to implement get_table_am_oid()
instead of a separate copy. Previously we'd error out only later, in
GetTableAmRoutine().
Thirdly remove GetTableAmRoutineByAmId() - it was only used in an
earlier version of 8586bf7ed8.
Add tests for the above (some for index AMs as well).
This adds table_multi_insert(), and converts COPY FROM, the only user
of heap_multi_insert, to it.
A simple conversion of COPY FROM use slots would have yielded a
slowdown when inserting into a partitioned table for some
workloads. Different partitions might need different slots (both slot
types and their descriptors), and dropping / creating slots when
there's constant partition changes is measurable.
Thus instead revamp the COPY FROM buffering for partitioned tables to
allow to buffer inserts into multiple tables, flushing only when
limits are reached across all partition buffers. By only dropping
slots when there've been inserts into too many different partitions,
the aforementioned overhead is gone. By allowing larger batches, even
when there are frequent partition changes, we actuall speed such cases
up significantly.
By using slots COPY of very narrow rows into unlogged / temporary
might slow down very slightly (due to the indirect function calls).
Author: David Rowley, Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20190327054923.t3epfuewxfqdt22e@alap3.anarazel.de
This commit adds a new reloption, vacuum_index_cleanup, which
controls whether index cleanup is performed for a particular
relation by default. It also adds a new option to the VACUUM
command, INDEX_CLEANUP, which can be used to override the
reloption. If neither the reloption nor the VACUUM option is
used, the default is true, as before.
Masahiko Sawada, reviewed and tested by Nathan Bossart, Alvaro
Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Darafei Praliaskouski, and me.
The wording of the documentation is mostly due to me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAt5R3DNUZSjOoXDUY=naYPUOuffVsRzuTYMz29yLzQCA@mail.gmail.com
The be_gssapi_get_* prototypes were put close to similar ones for SSL-
but a bit too close since that meant they ended up only being included
for SSL-enabled builds. Move those to be under ENABLE_GSS instead.
Pointed out by Tom.
Previously, md.c and checkpointer.c were tightly integrated so that
fsync calls could be handed off and processed in the background.
Introduce a system of callbacks and file tags, so that other modules
can hand off fsync work in the same way.
For now only md.c uses the new interface, but other users are being
proposed. Since there may be use cases that are not strictly SMGR
implementations, use a new function table for sync handlers rather
than extending the traditional SMGR one.
Instead of using a bitmapset of segment numbers for each RelFileNode
in the checkpointer's hash table, make the segment number part of the
key. This requires sending explicit "forget" requests for every
segment individually when relations are dropped, but suits the file
layout schemes of proposed future users better (ie sparse or high
segment numbers).
Author: Shawn Debnath and Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2gTANm=e3ARnJT=n0h8hf88wqmaZxk0JYkxw+b21fNrw@mail.gmail.com
This adds documentation about the user oriented parts of table access
methods (i.e. the default_table_access_method GUC and the USING clause
for CREATE TABLE etc), adds a basic chapter about the table access
method interface, and adds a note to storage.sgml that it's contents
don't necessarily apply for non-builtin AMs.
Author: Haribabu Kommi and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
postmaster startup scrutinizes any shared memory segment recorded in
postmaster.pid, exiting if that segment matches the current data
directory and has an attached process. When the postmaster.pid file was
missing, a starting postmaster used weaker checks. Change to use the
same checks in both scenarios. This increases the chance of a startup
failure, in lieu of data corruption, if the DBA does "kill -9 `head -n1
postmaster.pid` && rm postmaster.pid && pg_ctl -w start". A postmaster
will no longer recycle segments pertaining to other data directories.
That's good for production, but it's bad for integration tests that
crash a postmaster and immediately delete its data directory. Such a
test now leaks a segment indefinitely. No "make check-world" test does
that. win32_shmem.c already avoided all these problems. In 9.6 and
later, enhance PostgresNode to facilitate testing. Back-patch to 9.4
(all supported versions).
Reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson and Kyotaro HORIGUCHI.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20130911033341.GD225735@tornado.leadboat.com
Query planning is affected by a number of configuration options, and it
may be crucial to know which of those options were set to non-default
values. With this patch you can say EXPLAIN (SETTINGS ON) to include
that information in the query plan. Only options affecting planning,
with values different from the built-in default are printed.
This patch also adds auto_explain.log_settings option, providing the
same capability in auto_explain module.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Rafia Sabih, John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e1791b4c-df9c-be02-edc5-7c8874944be0@2ndquadrant.com
This is useful to obtain a view of the different transaction types in an
application, regardless of the durations of the statements each runs.
Author: Adrien Nayrat
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Hayato Kuroda, Andres Freund
Commit ea4e1c0e8f resolved issues with memory alignment in serialized
pg_mcv_list values, but it required copying data to/from the varlena
buffer during serialization and deserialization. As the MCV lits may
be fairly large, the overhead (memory consumption, CPU usage) can get
rather significant too.
This change tweaks the serialization format so that the alignment is
correct with respect to the varlena value, and so the parts may be
accessed directly without copying the data.
Catversion bump, as it affects existing pg_statistic_ext data.
On both the frontend and backend, prepare for GSSAPI encryption
support by moving common code for error handling into a separate file.
Fix a TODO for handling multiple status messages in the process.
Eliminate the OIDs, which have not been needed for some time.
Add frontend and backend encryption support functions. Keep the
context initiation for authentication-only separate on both the
frontend and backend in order to avoid concerns about changing the
requested flags to include encryption support.
In postmaster, pull GSSAPI authorization checking into a shared
function. Also share the initiator name between the encryption and
non-encryption codepaths.
For HBA, add "hostgssenc" and "hostnogssenc" entries that behave
similarly to their SSL counterparts. "hostgssenc" requires either
"gss", "trust", or "reject" for its authentication.
Similarly, add a "gssencmode" parameter to libpq. Supported values are
"disable", "require", and "prefer". Notably, negotiation will only be
attempted if credentials can be acquired. Move credential acquisition
into its own function to support this behavior.
Add a simple pg_stat_gssapi view similar to pg_stat_ssl, for monitoring
if GSSAPI authentication was used, what principal was used, and if
encryption is being used on the connection.
Finally, add documentation for everything new, and update existing
documentation on connection security.
Thanks to Michael Paquier for the Windows fixes.
Author: Robbie Harwood, with changes to the read/write functions by me.
Reviewed in various forms and at different times by: Michael Paquier,
Andres Freund, David Steele.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/jlg1tgq1ktm.fsf@thriss.redhat.com
Previously, while primary keys could be made on partitioned tables, it
was not possible to define foreign keys that reference those primary
keys. Now it is possible to do that.
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181102234158.735b3fevta63msbj@alvherre.pgsql
Instead of WAL-logging every modification during the build separately,
first build the index without any WAL-logging, and make a separate pass
through the index at the end, to write all pages to the WAL. This
significantly reduces the amount of WAL generated, and is usually also
faster, despite the extra I/O needed for the extra scan through the index.
WAL generated this way is also faster to replay.
For GiST, the LSN-NSN interlock makes this a little tricky. All pages must
be marked with a valid (i.e. non-zero) LSN, so that the parent-child
LSN-NSN interlock works correctly. We now use magic value 1 for that during
index build. Change the fake LSN counter to begin from 1000, so that 1 is
safely smaller than any real or fake LSN. 2 would've been enough for our
purposes, but let's reserve a bigger range, in case we need more special
values in the future.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Andrey V. Lepikhov
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas, Dmitry Dolgov
This uses the progress reporting infrastructure added by c16dc1aca5,
adding support for CREATE INDEX and CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY.
There are two pieces to this: one is index-AM-agnostic, and the other is
AM-specific. The latter is fairly elaborate for btrees, including
reportage for parallel index builds and the separate phases that btree
index creation uses; other index AMs, which are much simpler in their
building procedures, have simplistic reporting only, but that seems
sufficient, at least for non-concurrent builds.
The index-AM-agnostic part is fairly complete, providing insight into
the CONCURRENTLY wait phases as well as block-based progress during the
index validation table scan. (The index validation index scan requires
patching each AM, which has not been included here.)
Reviewers: Rahila Syed, Pavan Deolasee, Tatsuro Yamada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181220220022.mg63bhk26zdpvmcj@alvherre.pgsql
When asked for a slice of a TOAST entry, decompress enough to return the
slice instead of decompressing the entire object.
For use cases where the slice is at, or near, the beginning of the entry,
this avoids a lot of unnecessary decompression work.
This changes the signature of pglz_decompress() by adding a boolean to
indicate if it's ok for the call to finish before consuming all of the
source or destination buffers.
Author: Paul Ramsey
Reviewed-By: Rafia Sabih, Darafei Praliaskouski, Regina Obe
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACowWR07EDm7Y4m2kbhN_jnys%3DBBf9A6768RyQdKm_%3DNpkcaWg%40mail.gmail.com
The upper-planner pathification allows FDWs to arrange to push down
different types of upper-stage operations to the remote side. This
commit teaches postgres_fdw to do it for the (FINAL, NULL) upperrel,
which is responsible for doing LockRows, LIMIT, and/or ModifyTable.
This provides the ability for postgres_fdw to handle SELECT commands
so that it 1) skips the LockRows step (if any) (note that this is
safe since it performs early locking) and 2) pushes down the LIMIT
and/or OFFSET restrictions (if any) to the remote side. This doesn't
handle the INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE cases.
Author: Etsuro Fujita
Reviewed-By: Antonin Houska and Jeff Janes
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87pnz1aby9.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
On at least ZFS, it can be beneficial to create new WAL files every
time and not to bother zero-filling them. Since it's not clear which
other filesystems might benefit from one or both of those things,
add individual GUCs to control those two behaviors independently and
make only very general statements in the docs.
Author: Jerry Jelinek, with some adjustments by Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Andres Freund, Tomas Vondra, Robert Haas and others
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPQ5Fo00QR7LNAcd1ZjgoBi4y97%2BK760YABs0vQHH5dLdkkMA%40mail.gmail.com
This replaces the previous calls of heap_sync() in places using
bulk-insert. By passing in the flags used for bulk-insert the AM can
decide (first at insert time and then during the finish call) which of
the optimizations apply to it, and what operations are necessary to
finish a bulk insert operation.
Also change HEAP_INSERT_* flags to TABLE_INSERT, and rename hi_options
to ti_options.
These changes are made even in copy.c, which hasn't yet been converted
to tableam. There's no harm in doing so.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This unifies the various ad hoc logging (message printing, error
printing) systems used throughout the command-line programs.
Features:
- Program name is automatically prefixed.
- Message string does not end with newline. This removes a common
source of inconsistencies and omissions.
- Additionally, a final newline is automatically stripped, simplifying
use of PQerrorMessage() etc., another common source of mistakes.
- I converted error message strings to use %m where possible.
- As a result of the above several points, more translatable message
strings can be shared between different components and between
frontends and backend, without gratuitous punctuation or whitespace
differences.
- There is support for setting a "log level". This is not meant to be
user-facing, but can be used internally to implement debug or
verbose modes.
- Lazy argument evaluation, so no significant overhead if logging at
some level is disabled.
- Some color in the messages, similar to gcc and clang. Set
PG_COLOR=auto to try it out. Some colors are predefined, but can be
customized by setting PG_COLORS.
- Common files (common/, fe_utils/, etc.) can handle logging much more
simply by just using one API without worrying too much about the
context of the calling program, requiring callbacks, or having to
pass "progname" around everywhere.
- Some programs called setvbuf() to make sure that stderr is
unbuffered, even on Windows. But not all programs did that. This
is now done centrally.
Soft goals:
- Reduces vertical space use and visual complexity of error reporting
in the source code.
- Encourages more deliberate classification of messages. For example,
in some cases it wasn't clear without analyzing the surrounding code
whether a message was meant as an error or just an info.
- Concepts and terms are vaguely aligned with popular logging
frameworks such as log4j and Python logging.
This is all just about printing stuff out. Nothing affects program
flow (e.g., fatal exits). The uses are just too varied to do that.
Some existing code had wrappers that do some kind of print-and-exit,
and I adapted those.
I tried to keep the output mostly the same, but there is a lot of
historical baggage to unwind and special cases to consider, and I
might not always have succeeded. One significant change is that
pg_rewind used to write all error messages to stdout. That is now
changed to stderr.
Reviewed-by: Donald Dong <xdong@csumb.edu>
Reviewed-by: Arthur Zakirov <a.zakirov@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6a609b43-4f57-7348-6480-bd022f924310@2ndquadrant.com
This commit makes existing GIN operator classes jsonb_ops and json_path_ops
support "jsonb @@ jsonpath" and "jsonb @? jsonpath" operators. Basic idea is
to extract statements of following form out of jsonpath.
key1.key2. ... .keyN = const
The rest of jsonpath is rechecked from heap.
Catversion is bumped.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Jonathan Katz, Pavel Stehule
This moves bitmap heap scan support to below an optional tableam
callback. It's optional as the whole concept of bitmap heapscans is
fairly block specific.
This basically moves the work previously done in bitgetpage() into the
new scan_bitmap_next_block callback, and the direct poking into the
buffer done in BitmapHeapNext() into the new scan_bitmap_next_tuple()
callback.
The abstraction is currently somewhat leaky because
nodeBitmapHeapscan.c's prefetching and visibilitymap based logic
remains - it's likely that we'll later have to move more into the
AM. But it's not trivial to do so without introducing a significant
amount of code duplication between the AMs, so that's a project for
later.
Note that now nodeBitmapHeapscan.c and the associated node types are a
bit misnamed. But it's not clear whether renaming wouldn't be a cure
worse than the disease. Either way, that'd be best done in a separate
commit.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas (in an older version)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This moves sample scan support to below tableam. It's not optional as
there is, in contrast to e.g. bitmap heap scans, no alternative way to
perform tablesample queries. If an AM can't deal with the block based
API, it will have to throw an ERROR.
The tableam callbacks for this are block based, but given the current
TsmRoutine interface, that seems to be required.
The new interface doesn't require TsmRoutines to perform visibility
checks anymore - that requires the TsmRoutine to know details about
the AM, which we want to avoid. To continue to allow taking the
returned number of tuples account SampleScanState now has a donetuples
field (which previously e.g. existed in SystemRowsSamplerData), which
is only incremented after the visibility check succeeds.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This just moves the table/matview[/toast] determination of relation
size to a callback, and uses a copy of the existing logic to implement
that callback for heap.
It probably would make sense to also move the index specific logic
into a callback, so the metapage handling (and probably more) can be
index specific. But that's a separate task.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This is a relatively straightforward move of the current
implementation to sit below tableam. As the current analyze sampling
implementation is pretty inherently block based, the tableam analyze
interface is as well. It might make sense to generalize that at some
point, but that seems like a larger project that shouldn't be
undertaken at the same time as the introduction of tableam.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously, the planner created RangeTblEntry and RelOptInfo structs
for every partition of a partitioned table, even though many of them
might later be deemed uninteresting thanks to partition pruning logic.
This incurred significant overhead when there are many partitions.
Arrange to postpone creation of these data structures until after
we've processed the query enough to identify restriction quals for
the partitioned table, and then apply partition pruning before not
after creation of each partition's data structures. In this way
we need not open the partition relations at all for partitions that
the planner has no real interest in.
For queries that can be proven at plan time to access only a small
number of partitions, this patch improves the practical maximum
number of partitions from under 100 to perhaps a few thousand.
Amit Langote, reviewed at various times by Dilip Kumar, Jesper Pedersen,
Yoshikazu Imai, and David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d7c5112-cb99-6a47-d3be-cf1ee6862a1d@lab.ntt.co.jp
This is an SQL-standard feature that allows creating columns that are
computed from expressions rather than assigned, similar to a view or
materialized view but on a column basis.
This implements one kind of generated column: stored (computed on
write). Another kind, virtual (computed on read), is planned for the
future, and some room is left for it.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b151f851-4019-bdb1-699e-ebab07d2f40a@2ndquadrant.com
Blind attempt at fixing ia64, hppa an sparc builds.
The serialized representation of MCV lists did not enforce proper memory
alignment for internal fields, resulting in deserialization issues on
platforms that are more sensitive to this (ia64, sparc and hppa).
This forces a catalog version bump, because the layout of serialized
pg_mcv_list changes.
Broken since 7300a699.
This adds the CONCURRENTLY option to the REINDEX command. A REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY on a specific index creates a new index (like CREATE
INDEX CONCURRENTLY), then renames the old index away and the new index
in place and adjusts the dependencies, and then drops the old
index (like DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY). The REINDEX command also has
the capability to run its other variants (TABLE, DATABASE) with the
CONCURRENTLY option (but not SYSTEM).
The reindexdb command gets the --concurrently option.
Author: Michael Paquier, Andreas Karlsson, Peter Eisentraut
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Fujii Masao, Jim Nasby, Sergei Kornilov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/60052986-956b-4478-45ed-8bd119e9b9cf%402ndquadrant.com#74948a1044c56c5e817a5050f554ddee
This moves the responsibility for:
- creating the storage necessary for a relation, including creating a
new relfilenode for a relation with existing storage
- non-transactional truncation of a relation
- VACUUM FULL / CLUSTER's rewrite of a table
below tableam.
This is fairly straight forward, with a bit of complexity smattered in
to move the computation of xid / multixid horizons below the AM, as
they don't make sense for every table AM.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
There were multiple issues in deserialization of pg_mcv_list values.
Firstly, the data is loaded from syscache, but the deserialization was
performed after ReleaseSysCache(), at which point the data might have
already disappeared. Fixed by moving the calls in statext_mcv_load,
and using the same NULL-handling code as existing stats.
Secondly, the deserialized representation used pointers into the
serialized representation. But that is also unsafe, because the data
may disappear at any time. Fixed by reworking and simplifying the
deserialization code to always copy all the data.
And thirdly, when deserializing values for types passed by value, the
code simply did memcpy(d,s,typlen) which however does not work on
bigendian machines. Fixed by using fetch_att/store_att_byval.
Provide GetTopFullTransactionId() and GetCurrentFullTransactionId().
The intended users of these interfaces are access methods that use
xids for visibility checks but don't want to have to go back and
"freeze" existing references some time later before the 32 bit xid
counter wraps around.
Use a new struct to serialize the transaction state for parallel
query, because FullTransactionId doesn't fit into the previous
serialization scheme very well.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1%2BMv%2Bmb0HFfWM9Srtc6MVe160WFurXV68iAFMcagRZ0dQ%40mail.gmail.com
Instead of inferring epoch progress from xids and checkpoints,
introduce a 64 bit FullTransactionId type and use it to track xid
generation. This fixes an unlikely bug where the epoch is reported
incorrectly if the range of active xids wraps around more than once
between checkpoints.
The only user-visible effect of this commit is to correct the epoch
used by txid_current() and txid_status(), also visible with
pg_controldata, in those rare circumstances. It also creates some
basic infrastructure so that later patches can use 64 bit
transaction IDs in more places.
The new type is a struct that we pass by value, as a form of strong
typedef. This prevents the sort of accidental confusion between
TransactionId and FullTransactionId that would be possible if we
were to use a plain old uint64.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reported-by: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Tom Lane, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1%2BMv%2Bmb0HFfWM9Srtc6MVe160WFurXV68iAFMcagRZ0dQ%40mail.gmail.com
To support building indexes over tables of different AMs, the scans to
do so need to be routed through the table AM. While moving a fair
amount of code, nearly all the changes are just moving code to below a
callback.
Currently the range based interface wouldn't make much sense for non
block based table AMs. But that seems aceptable for now.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
The MCV build should always call get_mincount_for_mcv_list(), as the
there is no other logic to decide whether the MCV list represents all
the data. So just remove the (ngroups > nitems) condition.
Also, when building MCV lists, the number of items was limited by the
statistics target (i.e. up to 10000). But when deserializing the MCV
list, a different value (8192) was used to check the input, causing
an error. Simply ensure that the same value is used in both places.
This should have been included in 7300a69950, but I forgot to include it
in that commit.
Introduce a third extended statistic type, supported by the CREATE
STATISTICS command - MCV lists, a generalization of the statistic
already built and used for individual columns.
Compared to the already supported types (n-distinct coefficients and
functional dependencies), MCV lists are more complex, include column
values and allow estimation of much wider range of common clauses
(equality and inequality conditions, IS NULL, IS NOT NULL etc.).
Similarly to the other types, a new pseudo-type (pg_mcv_list) is used.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Mark Dilger, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/dfdac334-9cf2-2597-fb27-f0fb3753f435@2ndquadrant.com
In the dim past, the planner kept the fully-processed version of the query
targetlist (the result of preprocess_targetlist) in grouping_planner's
local variable "tlist", and only grudgingly passed it to individual other
routines as needed. Later we discovered a need to still have it available
after grouping_planner finishes, and invented the root->processed_tlist
field for that purpose, but it wasn't used internally to grouping_planner;
the tlist was still being passed around separately in the same places as
before.
Now comes a proposed patch to allow appendrel expansion to add entries
to the processed tlist, well after preprocess_targetlist has finished
its work. To avoid having to pass around the tlist explicitly, it's
proposed to allow appendrel expansion to modify root->processed_tlist.
That makes aliasing the tlist with assorted parameters and local
variables really scary. It would accidentally work as long as the
tlist is initially nonempty, because then the List header won't move
around, but it's not exactly hard to think of ways for that to break.
Aliased values are poor programming practice anyway.
Hence, get rid of local variables and parameters that can be identified
with root->processed_tlist, in favor of just using that field directly.
And adjust comments to match. (Some of the new comments speak as though
it's already possible for appendrel expansion to modify the tlist; that's
not true yet, but will happen in a later patch.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d7c5112-cb99-6a47-d3be-cf1ee6862a1d@lab.ntt.co.jp
When invoked for the first time in a session, current_schema() and
current_schemas() can finish by creating a temporary schema. Currently
those functions are parallel-safe, however if for a reason or another
they get launched across multiple parallel workers, they would fail when
attempting to create a temporary schema as temporary contexts are not
supported in this case.
The original issue has been spotted by buildfarm members crake and
lapwing, after commit c5660e0 has introduced the first regression tests
based on current_schema() in the tree. After that, 396676b has
introduced a workaround to avoid parallel plans but that was not
completely right either.
Catversion is bumped.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190118024618.GF1883@paquier.xyz
Relations dropped in a single transaction are tracked in a list of
unowned relations. With large number of dropped relations this resulted
in poor performance at the end of a transaction, when the relations are
removed from the singly linked list one by one.
Commit b4166911 attempted to address this issue (particularly when it
happens during recovery) by removing the relations in a reverse order,
resulting in O(1) lookups in the list of unowned relations. This did
not work reliably, though, and it was possible to trigger the O(N^2)
behavior in various ways.
Instead of trying to remove the relations in a specific order with
respect to the linked list, which seems rather fragile, switch to a
regular doubly linked. That allows us to remove relations cheaply no
matter where in the list they are.
As b4166911 was a bugfix, backpatched to all supported versions, do the
same thing here.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/80c27103-99e4-1d0c-642c-d9f3b94aaa0a%402ndquadrant.com
Backpatch-through: 9.4
Previously the xid horizon was only computed during WAL replay. That
had two major problems:
1) It relied on knowing what the table pointed to looks like. That was
easy enough before the introducing of tableam (we knew it had to be
heap, although some trickery around logging the heap relfilenodes
was required). But to properly handle table AMs we need
per-database catalog access to look up the AM handler, which
recovery doesn't allow.
2) Not knowing the xid horizon also makes it hard to support logical
decoding on standbys. When on a catalog table, we need to be able
to conflict with slots that have an xid horizon that's too old. But
computing the horizon by visiting the heap only works once
consistency is reached, but we always need to be able to detect
conflicts.
There's also a secondary problem, in that the current method performs
redundant work on every standby. But that's counterbalanced by
potentially computing the value when not necessary (either because
there's no standby, or because there's no connected backends).
Solve 1) and 2) by moving computation of the xid horizon to the
primary and by involving tableam in the computation of the horizon.
To address the potentially increased overhead, increase the efficiency
of the xid horizon computation for heap by sorting the tids, and
eliminating redundant buffer accesses. When prefetching is available,
additionally perform prefetching of buffers. As this is more of a
maintenance task, rather than something routinely done in every read
only query, we add an arbitrary 10 to the effective concurrency -
thereby using IO concurrency, when not globally enabled. That's
possibly not the perfect formula, but seems good enough for now.
Bumps WAL format, as latestRemovedXid is now part of the records, and
the heap's relfilenode isn't anymore.
Author: Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar, Robert Haas
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20181212204154.nsxf3gzqv3gesl32@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20181214014235.dal5ogljs3bmlq44@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
Up to now, otherrel RelOptInfos were built at the same time as baserel
RelOptInfos, thanks to recursion in build_simple_rel(). However,
nothing in query_planner's preprocessing cares at all about otherrels,
only baserels, so we don't really need to build them until just before
we enter make_one_rel. This has two benefits:
* create_lateral_join_info did a lot of extra work to propagate
lateral-reference information from parents to the correct children.
But if we delay creation of the children till after that, it's
trivial (and much harder to break, too).
* Since we have all the restriction quals correctly assigned to
parent appendrels by this point, it'll be possible to do plan-time
pruning and never make child RelOptInfos at all for partitions that
can be pruned away. That's not done here, but will be later on.
Amit Langote, reviewed at various times by Dilip Kumar, Jesper Pedersen,
Yoshikazu Imai, and David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d7c5112-cb99-6a47-d3be-cf1ee6862a1d@lab.ntt.co.jp
After 71bdc99d0d, "tableam: Add helper for indexes to check if a
corresponding table tuples exist." there's no in-core user left. As
there's unlikely to be an external user, and such an external user
could easily be adjusted to use table_index_fetch_tuple_check(),
remove heap_hot_search().
Per complaint from Peter Geoghegan
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzn0Oq4ftJrTqRAsWy2WGjv0QrJcwoZ+yqWsF_Z5vjUBFw@mail.gmail.com
This primarily is to allow WHERE CURRENT OF to continue to work as it
currently does. It's not clear to me that these semantics make sense
for every AM, but it works for the in-core heap, and the out of core
zheap. We can refine it further at a later point if necessary.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
Partial revert of commit 6260cc550b, "pgbench: add \cset and \gset
commands".
While \gset is widely considered a useful and necessary tool for user-
defined benchmarks, \cset does not have as much value, and its
implementation was considered "not to be up to project standards"
(though I, Álvaro, can't quite understand exactly how). Therefore,
remove \cset.
Author: Fabien Coelho
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.21.1903230716030.18811@lancre
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/201901101900.mv7zduch6sad@alvherre.pgsql
This uses the same progress reporting infrastructure added in commit
c16dc1aca5 and extends it to these
additional cases. We lack the ability to track the internal progress
of sorts and index builds so the information reported is
coarse-grained for some parts of the operation, but it still seems
like a significant improvement over having nothing at all.
Tatsuro Yamada, reviewed by Thomas Munro, Masahiko Sawada, Michael
Paquier, Jeff Janes, Alvaro Herrera, Rafia Sabih, and by me. A fair
amount of polishing also by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/59A77072.3090401@lab.ntt.co.jp
This is essentially the tableam version of heapam_fetch(),
i.e. fetching a tuple identified by a tid, performing visibility
checks.
Note that this different from table_index_fetch_tuple(), which is for
index lookups. It therefore has to handle a tid pointing to an earlier
version of a tuple if the AM uses an optimization like heap's HOT. Add
comments to that end.
This commit removes the stats_relation argument from heap_fetch, as
it's been unused for a long time.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Haribabu Kommi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
Add command variants COMMIT AND CHAIN and ROLLBACK AND CHAIN, which
start new transactions with the same transaction characteristics as the
just finished one, per SQL standard.
Support for transaction chaining in PL/pgSQL is also added. This
functionality is especially useful when running COMMIT in a loop in
PL/pgSQL.
Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/28536681-324b-10dc-ade8-ab46f7645a5a@2ndquadrant.com
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
Teach nbtree forward index scans to check the high key before moving to
the right sibling page in the hope of finding that it isn't actually
necessary to do so. The new check may indicate that the scan definitely
cannot find matching tuples to the right, ending the scan immediately.
We already opportunistically force a similar "continuescan orientated"
key check of the final non-pivot tuple when it's clear that it cannot be
returned to the scan due to being dead-to-all. The new high key check
is complementary.
The new approach for forward scans is more effective than checking the
final non-pivot tuple, especially with composite indexes and non-unique
indexes. The improvements to the logic for picking a split point added
by commit fab25024 make it likely that relatively dissimilar high keys
will appear on a page. A distinguishing key value that can only appear
on non-pivot tuples on the right sibling page will often be present in
leaf page high keys.
Since forcing the final item to be key checked no longer makes any
difference in the case of forward scans, the existing extra key check is
now only used for backwards scans. Backward scans continue to
opportunistically check the final non-pivot tuple, which is actually the
first non-pivot tuple on the page (not the last).
Note that even pg_upgrade'd v3 indexes make use of this optimization.
Author: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkOmUduME31QnuTFpimejuQoiZ-HOf0pOWeFZNhTMctvA@mail.gmail.com
To do this, we scan GiST two times. In the first pass we make note of
empty leaf pages and internal pages. At second pass we scan through
internal pages, looking for downlinks to the empty pages.
Deleting internal pages is still not supported, like in nbtree, the last
child of an internal page is never deleted. That means that if you have a
workload where new keys are always inserted to different area than where
old keys are removed, the index will still grow without bound. But the rate
of growth will be an order of magnitude slower than before.
Author: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/B1E4DF12-6CD3-4706-BDBD-BF3283328F60@yandex-team.ru
The set is implemented as a B-tree, with a compact representation at leaf
items, using Simple-8b algorithm, so that clusters of nearby values use
less memory.
The IntegerSet isn't used for anything yet, aside from the test code, but
we have two patches in the works that would benefit from this: A patch to
allow GiST vacuum to delete empty pages, and a patch to reduce heap
VACUUM's memory usage, by storing the list of dead TIDs more efficiently
and lifting the 1 GB limit on its size.
This includes a unit test module, in src/test/modules/test_integerset.
It can be used to verify correctness, as a regression test, but if you run
it manully, it can also print memory usage and execution time of some of
the tests.
Author: Heikki Linnakangas, Andrey Borodin
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/b5e82599-1966-5783-733c-1a947ddb729f@iki.fi
This adds a flag "deterministic" to collations. If that is false,
such a collation disables various optimizations that assume that
strings are equal only if they are byte-wise equal. That then allows
use cases such as case-insensitive or accent-insensitive comparisons
or handling of strings with different Unicode normal forms.
This functionality is only supported with the ICU provider. At least
glibc doesn't appear to have any locales that work in a
nondeterministic way, so it's not worth supporting this for the libc
provider.
The term "deterministic comparison" in this context is from Unicode
Technical Standard #10
(https://unicode.org/reports/tr10/#Deterministic_Comparison).
This patch makes changes in three areas:
- CREATE COLLATION DDL changes and system catalog changes to support
this new flag.
- Many executor nodes and auxiliary code are extended to track
collations. Previously, this code would just throw away collation
information, because the eventually-called user-defined functions
didn't use it since they only cared about equality, which didn't
need collation information.
- String data type functions that do equality comparisons and hashing
are changed to take the (non-)deterministic flag into account. For
comparison, this just means skipping various shortcuts and tie
breakers that use byte-wise comparison. For hashing, we first need
to convert the input string to a canonical "sort key" using the ICU
analogue of strxfrm().
Reviewed-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1ccc668f-4cbc-0bef-af67-450b47cdfee7@2ndquadrant.com
These commands allow the argument type list to be omitted if there is
just one object that matches by name. However, if that syntax was
used with DROP IF EXISTS and there was more than one match, you got
a "function ... does not exist, skipping" notice message rather than a
truthful complaint about the ambiguity. This was basically due to
poor factorization and a rats-nest of logic, so refactor the relevant
lookup code to make it cleaner.
Note that this amounts to narrowing the scope of which sorts of
error conditions IF EXISTS will bypass. Per discussion, we only
intend it to skip no-such-object cases, not multiple-possible-matches
cases.
Per bug #15572 from Ash Marath. Although this definitely seems like
a bug, it's not clear that people would thank us for changing the
behavior in minor releases, so no back-patch.
David Rowley, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud and Pavel Stehule
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15572-ed1b9ed09503de8a@postgresql.org
This finishes a task we left undone in commit f1ad067fc, by extending
the delete-in-descending-OID-order rule to deletions triggered by
DROP OWNED BY. We've coped with machine-dependent deletion orders
one time too many, and the new issues caused by Peter G's recent
nbtree hacking seem like the last straw.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1h6eep-0001Mw-Vd@gemulon.postgresql.org
Teach nbtree to give some consideration to how "distinguishing"
candidate leaf page split points are. This should not noticeably affect
the balance of free space within each half of the split, while still
making suffix truncation truncate away significantly more attributes on
average.
The logic for choosing a leaf split point now uses a fallback mode in
the case where the page is full of duplicates and it isn't possible to
find even a minimally distinguishing split point. When the page is full
of duplicates, the split should pack the left half very tightly, while
leaving the right half mostly empty. Our assumption is that logical
duplicates will almost always be inserted in ascending heap TID order
with v4 indexes. This strategy leaves most of the free space on the
half of the split that will likely be where future logical duplicates of
the same value need to be placed.
The number of cycles added is not very noticeable. This is important
because deciding on a split point takes place while at least one
exclusive buffer lock is held. We avoid using authoritative insertion
scankey comparisons to save cycles, unlike suffix truncation proper. We
use a faster binary comparison instead.
Note that even pg_upgrade'd v3 indexes make use of these optimizations.
Benchmarking has shown that even v3 indexes benefit, despite the fact
that suffix truncation will only truncate non-key attributes in INCLUDE
indexes. Grouping relatively similar tuples together is beneficial in
and of itself, since it reduces the number of leaf pages that must be
accessed by subsequent index scans.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmmoLNQOj9mAD78iQHfWLJDszHEDrAzGTUMG3mVh5xWPw@mail.gmail.com
Make nbtree treat all index tuples as having a heap TID attribute.
Index searches can distinguish duplicates by heap TID, since heap TID is
always guaranteed to be unique. This general approach has numerous
benefits for performance, and is prerequisite to teaching VACUUM to
perform "retail index tuple deletion".
Naively adding a new attribute to every pivot tuple has unacceptable
overhead (it bloats internal pages), so suffix truncation of pivot
tuples is added. This will usually truncate away the "extra" heap TID
attribute from pivot tuples during a leaf page split, and may also
truncate away additional user attributes. This can increase fan-out,
especially in a multi-column index. Truncation can only occur at the
attribute granularity, which isn't particularly effective, but works
well enough for now. A future patch may add support for truncating
"within" text attributes by generating truncated key values using new
opclass infrastructure.
Only new indexes (BTREE_VERSION 4 indexes) will have insertions that
treat heap TID as a tiebreaker attribute, or will have pivot tuples
undergo suffix truncation during a leaf page split (on-disk
compatibility with versions 2 and 3 is preserved). Upgrades to version
4 cannot be performed on-the-fly, unlike upgrades from version 2 to
version 3. contrib/amcheck continues to work with version 2 and 3
indexes, while also enforcing stricter invariants when verifying version
4 indexes. These stricter invariants are the same invariants described
by "3.1.12 Sequencing" from the Lehman and Yao paper.
A later patch will enhance the logic used by nbtree to pick a split
point. This patch is likely to negatively impact performance without
smarter choices around the precise point to split leaf pages at. Making
these two mostly-distinct sets of enhancements into distinct commits
seems like it might clarify their design, even though neither commit is
particularly useful on its own.
The maximum allowed size of new tuples is reduced by an amount equal to
the space required to store an extra MAXALIGN()'d TID in a new high key
during leaf page splits. The user-facing definition of the "1/3 of a
page" restriction is already imprecise, and so does not need to be
revised. However, there should be a compatibility note in the v12
release notes.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkVb0Kom=R+88fDFb=JSxZMFvbHVC6Mn9LJ2n=X=kS-Uw@mail.gmail.com
Use dedicated struct to represent nbtree insertion scan keys. Having a
dedicated struct makes the difference between search type scankeys and
insertion scankeys a lot clearer, and simplifies the signature of
several related functions. This is based on a suggestion by Andrey
Lepikhov.
Streamline how unique index insertions cache binary search progress.
Cache the state of in-progress binary searches within _bt_check_unique()
for later instead of having callers avoid repeating the binary search in
an ad-hoc manner. This makes it easy to add a new optimization:
_bt_check_unique() now falls out of its loop immediately in the common
case where it's already clear that there couldn't possibly be a
duplicate.
The new _bt_check_unique() scheme makes it a lot easier to manage cached
binary search effort afterwards, from within _bt_findinsertloc(). This
is needed for the upcoming patch to make nbtree tuples unique by
treating heap TID as a final tiebreaker column. Unique key binary
searches need to restore lower and upper bounds. They cannot simply
continue to use the >= lower bound as the offset to insert at, because
the heap TID tiebreaker column must be used in comparisons for the
restored binary search (unlike the original _bt_check_unique() binary
search, where scankey's heap TID column must be omitted).
Author: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andrey Lepikhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmE6AhUdk9NdWBf4K3HjWXZBX3+umC7mH7+WDrKcRtsOw@mail.gmail.com
Jsonpath grammar and scanner are both quite small. It doesn't worth complexity
to compile them separately. This commit makes grammar and scanner be compiled
at once. Therefore, jsonpath_gram.h and jsonpath_gram.h are no longer needed.
This commit also does some reorganization of code in jsonpath_gram.y.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d47b2023-3ecb-5f04-d253-d557547cf74f%402ndQuadrant.com
There are 2-arguments and 4-arguments versions of jsonb_path_match() and
jsonb_path_exists(). But 4-arguments versions have optional 3rd and 4th
arguments, that leads to ambiguity. In the same time 2-arguments versions are
needed only for @@ and @? operators. So, rename 2-arguments versions to
remove the ambiguity.
Catversion is bumped.
Commit 6f6a6d8b1 introduced a delay of up to 2 seconds if we're trying
to request a checkpoint but the checkpointer hasn't started yet (or,
much less likely, our kill() call fails). However buildfarm experience
shows that that's not quite enough for slow or heavily-loaded machines.
There's no good reason to assume that the checkpointer won't start
eventually, so we may as well make the timeout much longer, say 60 sec.
However, if the caller didn't say CHECKPOINT_WAIT, it seems like a bad
idea to be waiting at all, much less for as long as 60 sec. We can
remove the need for that, and make this whole thing more robust, by
adjusting the code so that the existence of a pending checkpoint
request is clear from the contents of shared memory, and making sure
that the checkpointer process will notice it at startup even if it did
not get a signal. In this way there's no need for a non-CHECKPOINT_WAIT
call to wait at all; if it can't send the signal, it can nonetheless
assume that the checkpointer will eventually service the request.
A potential downside of this change is that "kill -INT" on the checkpointer
process is no longer enough to trigger a checkpoint, should anyone be
relying on something so hacky. But there's no obvious reason to do it
like that rather than issuing a plain old CHECKPOINT command, so we'll
assume that nobody is. There doesn't seem to be a way to preserve this
undocumented quasi-feature without introducing race conditions.
Since a principal reason for messing with this is to prevent intermittent
buildfarm failures, back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27830.1552752475@sss.pgh.pa.us
Aggregates have acquired a dozen or so optional attributes in recent
years for things like parallel query and moving-aggregate mode; the
lack of an OR REPLACE option to add or change these for an existing
agg makes extension upgrades gratuitously hard. Rectify.
Like commit f41551f61f, this aims
to make it easier to add non-Boolean options to VACUUM (or, in
this case, to ANALYZE). Instead of building up a bitmap of
options directly in the parser, build up a list of DefElem
objects and let ExecVacuum() sort it out; right now, we make
no use of the fact that a DefElem can carry an associated value,
but it will be easy to make that change in the future.
Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoATE4sn0jFFH3NcfUZXkU2BMbjBWB_kDj-XWYA-LXDcQA@mail.gmail.com
Many places need both, so this allows a few functions to take one
fewer parameter. More importantly, as soon as we add a VACUUM
option that takes a non-Boolean parameter, we need to replace
'int options' with a struct, and it seems better to think
of adding more fields to VacuumParams rather than passing around
both VacuumParams and a separate struct as well.
Patch by me, reviewed by Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmob6g6-s50fyv8E8he7APfwCYYJ4z0wbZC2yZeSz=26CYQ@mail.gmail.com
In RI_FKey_pk_upd_check_required(), we check among other things
whether the old and new key are equal, so that we don't need to run
cascade actions when nothing has actually changed. This was using the
equality operator. But the effect of this is that if a value in the
primary key is changed to one that "looks" different but compares as
equal, the update is not propagated. (Examples are float -0 and 0 and
case-insensitive text.) This appears to violate the SQL standard, and
it also behaves inconsistently if in a multicolumn key another key is
also updated that would cause the row to compare as not equal.
To fix, if we are looking at the PK table in ri_KeysEqual(), then do a
bytewise comparison similar to record_image_eq() instead of using the
equality operators. This only makes a difference for ON UPDATE
CASCADE, but for consistency we treat all changes to the PK the same. For
the FK table, we continue to use the equality operators.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/3326fc2e-bc02-d4c5-e3e5-e54da466e89a@2ndquadrant.com
ce6afc6 has begun the refactoring work by plugging pg_rewind into a
central routine to update the control file, and left around two extra
copies, with one in xlog.c for the backend and one in pg_resetwal.c. By
adding an extra option to the central routine in controldata_utils.c to
control if a flush of the control file needs to be done, it is proving
to be straight-forward to make xlog.c and pg_resetwal.c use the central
code path at the condition of moving the wait event tracking there.
Hence, this allows to have only one central code path to update the
control file, shaving the code from the duplicates.
This refactoring actually fixes a problem in pg_resetwal. Previously,
the control file was first removed before being recreated. So if a
crash happened between the moment the file was removed and the moment
the file was created, then it would have been possible to not have a
control file anymore in the database folder.
Author: Fabien Coelho
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.21.1903170935210.2506@lancre
Add support of numeric error suppression to jsonpath as it's required by
standard. This commit doesn't use PG_TRY()/PG_CATCH() in order to implement
that. Instead, it provides internal versions of numeric functions used, which
support error suppression.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
SQL 2016 standards among other things contains set of SQL/JSON features for
JSON processing inside of relational database. The core of SQL/JSON is JSON
path language, allowing access parts of JSON documents and make computations
over them. This commit implements partial support JSON path language as
separate datatype called "jsonpath". The implementation is partial because
it's lacking datetime support and suppression of numeric errors. Missing
features will be added later by separate commits.
Support of SQL/JSON features requires implementation of separate nodes, and it
will be considered in subsequent patches. This commit includes following
set of plain functions, allowing to execute jsonpath over jsonb values:
* jsonb_path_exists(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]),
* jsonb_path_match(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]),
* jsonb_path_query(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]),
* jsonb_path_query_array(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]).
* jsonb_path_query_first(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]).
This commit also implements "jsonb @? jsonpath" and "jsonb @@ jsonpath", which
are wrappers over jsonpath_exists(jsonb, jsonpath) and jsonpath_predicate(jsonb,
jsonpath) correspondingly. These operators will have an index support
(implemented in subsequent patches).
Catversion bumped, to add new functions and operators.
Code was written by Nikita Glukhov and Teodor Sigaev, revised by me.
Documentation was written by Oleg Bartunov and Liudmila Mantrova. The work
was inspired by Oleg Bartunov.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Alexander Korotkov, Oleg Bartunov, Liudmila Mantrova
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Andrew Dunstan, Pavel Stehule, Alexander Korotkov
Add a separate walreceiver API function walrcv_server_version() to get
the version of the remote server, instead of doing it as part of
walrcv_identify_system(). This allows the server version to be
available even for uses that don't call IDENTIFY_SYSTEM, and it seems
cleaner anyway.
This is for an upcoming patch, not currently used.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20190115071359.GF1433@paquier.xyz
Previously, the SERIALIZABLE isolation level prevented parallel query
from being used. Allow the two features to be used together by
sharing the leader's SERIALIZABLEXACT with parallel workers.
An extra per-SERIALIZABLEXACT LWLock is introduced to make it safe to
share, and new logic is introduced to coordinate the early release
of the SERIALIZABLEXACT required for the SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE
optimization, as follows:
The first backend to observe the SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE flag (set by
some other transaction) will 'partially release' the SERIALIZABLEXACT,
meaning that the conflicts and locks it holds are released, but the
SERIALIZABLEXACT itself will remain active because other backends
might still have a pointer to it.
Whenever any backend notices the SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE flag, it clears
its own MySerializableXact variable and frees local resources so that
it can skip SSI checks for the rest of the transaction. In the
special case of the leader process, it transfers the SERIALIZABLEXACT
to a new variable SavedSerializableXact, so that it can be completely
released at the end of the transaction after all workers have exited.
Remove the serializable_okay flag added to CreateParallelContext() by
commit 9da0cc35, because it's now redundant.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Haribabu Kommi, Robert Haas, Masahiko Sawada, Kevin Grittner
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=0gXGYhtrVDWOTHS8SQQy_=S9xo+8oCxGLWZAOoeJ=yzQ@mail.gmail.com
Commit a6417078c missed updating some comments in transam.h about
reservation of high OIDs for development purposes. Also tamp down
an over-optimistic comment there about how easy it'd be to change
FirstNormalObjectId.
Earlier, commit 09568ec3d failed to update bki.sgml for the split
between genbki.pl-assigned OIDs and those assigned during initdb.
Also fix genbki.pl so that it will complain if it overruns
that split. It's possible that doing so would have no very bad
consequences, but that's no excuse for not detecting it.
The SQL:2016 standard adds support for the hyperbolic functions
sinh(), cosh(), and tanh(). POSIX has long required libm to
provide those functions as well as their inverses asinh(),
acosh(), atanh(). Hence, let's just expose the libm functions
to the SQL level. As with the trig functions, we only implement
versions for float8, not numeric.
For the moment, we'll assume that all platforms actually do have
these functions; if experience teaches otherwise, some autoconf
effort may be needed.
SQL:2016 also adds support for base-10 logarithm, but with the
function name log10(), whereas the name we've long used is log().
Add aliases named log10() for the float8 and numeric versions.
Lætitia Avrot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB_COdguG22LO=rnxDQ2DW1uzv8aQoUzyDQNJjrR4k00XSgm5w@mail.gmail.com
In the v11-era commits that taught genbki.pl to resolve symbolic
OID references in the initial catalog data, we didn't bother to
make every last reference symbolic; some of the catalogs have so
few initial rows that it didn't seem worthwhile.
However, the new project policy that OIDs assigned by new patches
should be automatically renumberable changes this calculus.
A patch that wants to add a row in one of these catalogs would have
a problem when the OID it assigns gets renumbered. Hence, do the
mop-up work needed to make all OID references in initial data be
symbolic, and establish an associated project policy that we'll
never again write a hard-wired OID reference there.
No catversion bump since the contents of postgres.bki aren't
actually changed by this commit.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmMTGMcPuph4OvsO7Ykut0AOCF_i-=eaochT0dd2BN9CQ@mail.gmail.com
This commit adds a Perl script renumber_oids.pl, which can reassign a
range of manually-assigned OIDs to someplace else by modifying OID
fields of the catalog *.dat files and OID-assigning macros in the
catalog *.h files.
Up to now, we've encouraged new patches that need manually-assigned
OIDs to use OIDs just above the range of existing OIDs. Predictably,
this leads to patches stepping on each others' toes, as whichever
one gets committed first creates an OID conflict that other patch
author(s) have to resolve manually. With the availability of
renumber_oids.pl, we can eliminate a lot of this hassle.
The new project policy, therefore, is:
* Encourage new patches to use high OIDs (the documentation suggests
choosing a block of OIDs at random in 8000..9999).
* After feature freeze in each development cycle, run renumber_oids.pl
to move all such OIDs down to lower numbers, thus freeing the high OID
range for the next development cycle.
This plan should greatly reduce the risk of OID collisions between
concurrently-developed patches. Also, if such a collision happens
anyway, we have the option to resolve it without much effort by doing
an off-schedule OID renumbering to get the first-committed patch out
of the way. Or a patch author could use renumber_oids.pl to change
their patch's assignments without much pain.
This approach does put a premium on not hard-wiring any OID values
in places where renumber_oids.pl and genbki.pl can't fix them.
Project practice in that respect seems to be pretty good already,
but a follow-on patch will sand down some rough edges.
John Naylor and Tom Lane, per an idea of Peter Geoghegan's
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmMTGMcPuph4OvsO7Ykut0AOCF_i-=eaochT0dd2BN9CQ@mail.gmail.com
This adds a new routine to src/common/ which is compatible with both the
frontend and backend code, able to update the control file's contents.
This is now getting used only by pg_rewind, but some upcoming patches
which add more control on checksums for offline instances will make use
of it. This could also get used more by the backend as xlog.c has its
own flavor of the same logic with some wait events and an additional
flush phase before closing the opened file descriptor, but this is let
as separate work.
Author: Michael Banck, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Fabien Coelho, Sergei Kornilov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181221201616.GD4974@nighthawk.caipicrew.dd-dns.de
Too allow table accesses to be not directly dependent on heap, several
new abstractions are needed. Specifically:
1) Heap scans need to be generalized into table scans. Do this by
introducing TableScanDesc, which will be the "base class" for
individual AMs. This contains the AM independent fields from
HeapScanDesc.
The previous heap_{beginscan,rescan,endscan} et al. have been
replaced with a table_ version.
There's no direct replacement for heap_getnext(), as that returned
a HeapTuple, which is undesirable for a other AMs. Instead there's
table_scan_getnextslot(). But note that heap_getnext() lives on,
it's still used widely to access catalog tables.
This is achieved by new scan_begin, scan_end, scan_rescan,
scan_getnextslot callbacks.
2) The portion of parallel scans that's shared between backends need
to be able to do so without the user doing per-AM work. To achieve
that new parallelscan_{estimate, initialize, reinitialize}
callbacks are introduced, which operate on a new
ParallelTableScanDesc, which again can be subclassed by AMs.
As it is likely that several AMs are going to be block oriented,
block oriented callbacks that can be shared between such AMs are
provided and used by heap. table_block_parallelscan_{estimate,
intiialize, reinitialize} as callbacks, and
table_block_parallelscan_{nextpage, init} for use in AMs. These
operate on a ParallelBlockTableScanDesc.
3) Index scans need to be able to access tables to return a tuple, and
there needs to be state across individual accesses to the heap to
store state like buffers. That's now handled by introducing a
sort-of-scan IndexFetchTable, which again is intended to be
subclassed by individual AMs (for heap IndexFetchHeap).
The relevant callbacks for an AM are index_fetch_{end, begin,
reset} to create the necessary state, and index_fetch_tuple to
retrieve an indexed tuple. Note that index_fetch_tuple
implementations need to be smarter than just blindly fetching the
tuples for AMs that have optimizations similar to heap's HOT - the
currently alive tuple in the update chain needs to be fetched if
appropriate.
Similar to table_scan_getnextslot(), it's undesirable to continue
to return HeapTuples. Thus index_fetch_heap (might want to rename
that later) now accepts a slot as an argument. Core code doesn't
have a lot of call sites performing index scans without going
through the systable_* API (in contrast to loads of heap_getnext
calls and working directly with HeapTuples).
Index scans now store the result of a search in
IndexScanDesc->xs_heaptid, rather than xs_ctup->t_self. As the
target is not generally a HeapTuple anymore that seems cleaner.
To be able to sensible adapt code to use the above, two further
callbacks have been introduced:
a) slot_callbacks returns a TupleTableSlotOps* suitable for creating
slots capable of holding a tuple of the AMs
type. table_slot_callbacks() and table_slot_create() are based
upon that, but have additional logic to deal with views, foreign
tables, etc.
While this change could have been done separately, nearly all the
call sites that needed to be adapted for the rest of this commit
also would have been needed to be adapted for
table_slot_callbacks(), making separation not worthwhile.
b) tuple_satisfies_snapshot checks whether the tuple in a slot is
currently visible according to a snapshot. That's required as a few
places now don't have a buffer + HeapTuple around, but a
slot (which in heap's case internally has that information).
Additionally a few infrastructure changes were needed:
I) SysScanDesc, as used by systable_{beginscan, getnext} et al. now
internally uses a slot to keep track of tuples. While
systable_getnext() still returns HeapTuples, and will so for the
foreseeable future, the index API (see 1) above) now only deals with
slots.
The remainder, and largest part, of this commit is then adjusting all
scans in postgres to use the new APIs.
Author: Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
... as well as its implementation from backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c to
backend/utils/hash/hashfn.c.
access/hash is the place for the hash index AM, not really appropriate
for generic facilities, which is what hash_any is; having things the old
way meant that anything using hash_any had to include the AM's include
file, pointlessly polluting its namespace with unrelated, unnecessary
cruft.
Also move the HTEqual strategy number to access/stratnum.h from
access/hash.h.
To avoid breaking third-party extension code, add an #include
"utils/hashutils.h" to access/hash.h. (An easily removed line by
committers who enjoy their asbestos suits to protect them from angry
extension authors.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/201901251935.ser5e4h6djt2@alvherre.pgsql
This change makes it possible to specify sub-millisecond delays,
which work well on most modern platforms, though that was not true
when the cost-delay feature was designed.
To support this without breaking existing configuration entries,
improve guc.c to allow floating-point GUCs to have units. Also,
allow "us" (microseconds) as an input/output unit for time-unit GUCs.
(It's not allowed as a base unit, at least not yet.)
Likewise change the autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay reloption to be
floating-point; this forces a catversion bump because the layout of
StdRdOptions changes.
This patch doesn't in itself change the default values or allowed
ranges for these parameters, and it should not affect the behavior
for any already-allowed setting for them.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1798.1552165479@sss.pgh.pa.us
Similarly to B-tree, GiST index access method gets support of INCLUDE
attributes. These attributes aren't used for tree navigation and aren't
present in non-leaf pages. But they are present in leaf pages and can be
fetched during index-only scan.
The point of having INCLUDE attributes in GiST indexes is slightly different
from the point of having them in B-tree. The main point of INCLUDE attributes
in B-tree is to define UNIQUE constraint over part of attributes enabled for
index-only scan. In GiST the main point of INCLUDE attributes is to use
index-only scan for attributes, whose data types don't have GiST opclasses.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/73A1A452-AD5F-40D4-BD61-978622FF75C1%40yandex-team.ru
Author: Andrey Borodin, with small changes by me
Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson
This allows a login to require both that the cn of the certificate
matches (like authentication type cert) *and* that another
authentication method (such as password or kerberos) succeeds as well.
The old value of clientcert=1 maps to the new clientcert=verify-ca,
clientcert=0 maps to the new clientcert=no-verify, and the new option
erify-full will add the validation of the CN.
Author: Julian Markwort, Marius Timmer
Reviewed by: Magnus Hagander, Thomas Munro
This adds a column that counts how many checksum failures have occurred
on files belonging to a specific database. Both checksum failures
during normal backend processing and those created when a base backup
detects a checksum failure are counted.
Author: Magnus Hagander
Reviewed by: Julien Rouhaud
When the timezone is UTC, timestamptz and timestamp are binary coercible
in both directions. See b8a18ad485 and
c22ecc6562 for the previous attempt in
this problem space. Skip the table rewrite; for now, continue to
needlessly rewrite any index on an affected column.
Reviewed by Simon Riggs and Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190226061450.GA1665944@rfd.leadboat.com
Use Getopt::Long in preference to hand-rolled option parsing code.
Also, remove "-I .../backend/catalog" switch from the Makefile
invocations. That's been unnecessary for some time, and leaving it
there gives the false impression it's needed in manual invocations.
John Naylor (extracted from a larger but more controversial patch)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCsHdcQN2jQ1=ptbi1Co2Nj3aHgRCUMk62=ThgWNabPY+Q@mail.gmail.com
When we introduced separate ProjectSetPath nodes for application of
set-returning functions in v10, we inadvertently broke some cases where
we're supposed to recognize that the result of a subquery is known to be
empty (contain zero rows). That's because IS_DUMMY_REL was just looking
for a childless AppendPath without allowing for a ProjectSetPath being
possibly stuck on top. In itself, this didn't do anything much worse
than produce slightly worse plans for some corner cases.
Then in v11, commit 11cf92f6e rearranged things to allow the scan/join
targetlist to be applied directly to partial paths before they get
gathered. But it inserted a short-circuit path for dummy relations
that was a little too short: it failed to insert a ProjectSetPath node
at all for a targetlist containing set-returning functions, resulting in
bogus "set-valued function called in context that cannot accept a set"
errors, as reported in bug #15669 from Madelaine Thibaut.
The best way to fix this mess seems to be to reimplement IS_DUMMY_REL
so that it drills down through any ProjectSetPath nodes that might be
there (and it seems like we'd better allow for ProjectionPath as well).
While we're at it, make it look at rel->pathlist not cheapest_total_path,
so that it gives the right answer independently of whether set_cheapest
has been done lately. That dependency looks pretty shaky in the context
of code like apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths, and even if it's not broken
today it'd certainly bite us at some point. (Nastily, unsafe use of the
old coding would almost always work; the hazard comes down to possibly
looking through a dangling pointer, and only once in a blue moon would
you find something there that resulted in the wrong answer.)
It now looks like it was a mistake for IS_DUMMY_REL to be a macro: if
there are any extensions using it, they'll continue to use the old
inadequate logic until they're recompiled, after which they'll fail
to load into server versions predating this fix. Hopefully there are
few such extensions.
Having fixed IS_DUMMY_REL, the special path for dummy rels in
apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths is unnecessary as well as being wrong,
so we can just drop it.
Also change a few places that were testing for partitioned-ness of a
planner relation but not using IS_PARTITIONED_REL for the purpose; that
seems unsafe as well as inconsistent, plus it required an ugly hack in
apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths.
In passing, save a few cycles in apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths by
skipping processing of pre-existing paths for partitioned rels,
and do some cosmetic cleanup and comment adjustment in that function.
I renamed IS_DUMMY_PATH to IS_DUMMY_APPEND with the intention of breaking
any code that might be using it, since in almost every case that would
be wrong; IS_DUMMY_REL is what to be using instead.
In HEAD, also make set_dummy_rel_pathlist static (since it's no longer
used from outside allpaths.c), and delete is_dummy_plan, since it's no
longer used anywhere.
Back-patch as appropriate into v11 and v10.
Tom Lane and Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15669-02fb3296cca26203@postgresql.org
We still require AccessExclusiveLock on the partition itself, because
otherwise an insert that violates the newly-imposed partition
constraint could be in progress at the same time that we're changing
that constraint; only the lock level on the parent relation is
weakened.
To make this safe, we have to cope with (at least) three separate
problems. First, relevant DDL might commit while we're in the process
of building a PartitionDesc. If so, find_inheritance_children() might
see a new partition while the RELOID system cache still has the old
partition bound cached, and even before invalidation messages have
been queued. To fix that, if we see that the pg_class tuple seems to
be missing or to have a null relpartbound, refetch the value directly
from the table. We can't get the wrong value, because DETACH PARTITION
still requires AccessExclusiveLock throughout; if we ever want to
change that, this will need more thought. In testing, I found it quite
difficult to hit even the null-relpartbound case; the race condition
is extremely tight, but the theoretical risk is there.
Second, successive calls to RelationGetPartitionDesc might not return
the same answer. The query planner will get confused if lookup up the
PartitionDesc for a particular relation does not return a consistent
answer for the entire duration of query planning. Likewise, query
execution will get confused if the same relation seems to have a
different PartitionDesc at different times. Invent a new
PartitionDirectory concept and use it to ensure consistency. This
ensures that a single invocation of either the planner or the executor
sees the same view of the PartitionDesc from beginning to end, but it
does not guarantee that the planner and the executor see the same
view. Since this allows pointers to old PartitionDesc entries to
survive even after a relcache rebuild, also postpone removing the old
PartitionDesc entry until we're certain no one is using it.
For the most part, it seems to be OK for the planner and executor to
have different views of the PartitionDesc, because the executor will
just ignore any concurrently added partitions which were unknown at
plan time; those partitions won't be part of the inheritance
expansion, but invalidation messages will trigger replanning at some
point. Normally, this happens by the time the very next command is
executed, but if the next command acquires no locks and executes a
prepared query, it can manage not to notice until a new transaction is
started. We might want to tighten that up, but it's material for a
separate patch. There would still be a small window where a query
that started just after an ATTACH PARTITION command committed might
fail to notice its results -- but only if the command starts before
the commit has been acknowledged to the user. All in all, the warts
here around serializability seem small enough to be worth accepting
for the considerable advantage of being able to add partitions without
a full table lock.
Although in general the consequences of new partitions showing up
between planning and execution are limited to the query not noticing
the new partitions, run-time partition pruning will get confused in
that case, so that's the third problem that this patch fixes.
Run-time partition pruning assumes that indexes into the PartitionDesc
are stable between planning and execution. So, add code so that if
new partitions are added between plan time and execution time, the
indexes stored in the subplan_map[] and subpart_map[] arrays within
the plan's PartitionedRelPruneInfo get adjusted accordingly. There
does not seem to be a simple way to generalize this scheme to cope
with partitions that are removed, mostly because they could then get
added back again with different bounds, but it works OK for added
partitions.
This code does not try to ensure that every backend participating in
a parallel query sees the same view of the PartitionDesc. That
currently doesn't matter, because we never pass PartitionDesc
indexes between backends. Each backend will ignore the concurrently
added partitions which it notices, and it doesn't matter if different
backends are ignoring different sets of concurrently added partitions.
If in the future that matters, for example because we allow writes in
parallel query and want all participants to do tuple routing to the same
set of partitions, the PartitionDirectory concept could be improved to
share PartitionDescs across backends. There is a draft patch to
serialize and restore PartitionDescs on the thread where this patch
was discussed, which may be a useful place to start.
Patch by me. Thanks to Alvaro Herrera, David Rowley, Simon Riggs,
Amit Langote, and Michael Paquier for discussion, and to Alvaro
Herrera for some review.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobt2upbSocvvDej3yzokd7AkiT+PvgFH+a9-5VV1oJNSQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZE0r9-cyA-aY6f8WFEROaDLLL7Vf81kZ8MtFCkxpeQSw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY13KQZF-=HNTrt9UYWYx3_oYOQpu9ioNT49jGgiDpUEA@mail.gmail.com
Before commit 3fa2bb31 this type appeared in the catalogs to
select which of several block storage mechanisms each relation
used.
New features under development propose to revive the concept of
different block storage managers for new kinds of data accessed
via bufmgr.c, but don't need to put references to them in the
catalogs. So, avoid useless maintenance work on this type by
dropping it. Update some regression tests that were referencing
it where any type would do.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BDE0mmiBZMtZyvwWtgv1sZCniSVhXYsXkvJ_Wo%2B83vvw%40mail.gmail.com
Until now the the slot to store the conflicting tuple, and the result
of the ON CONFLICT SET, where reused between partitions. That
necessitated changing slots descriptor when switching partitions.
Besides the overhead of switching descriptors on a slot (which
requires memory allocations and prevents JITing), that's importantly
also problematic for tableam. There individual partitions might belong
to different tableams, needing different kinds of slots.
In passing also fix ExecOnConflictUpdate to clear the existing slot at
exit. Otherwise that slot could continue to hold a pin till the query
ends, which could be far too long if the input data set is large, and
there's no further conflicts. While previously also problematic, it's
now more important as there will be more such slots when partitioned.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This includes a catversion bump, as IntoClause is theoretically
speaking part of storable rules. In practice I don't think that can
happen, but there's no reason to be stingy here.
Per buildfarm member calliphoridae.
This introduces the concept of table access methods, i.e. CREATE
ACCESS METHOD ... TYPE TABLE and
CREATE TABLE ... USING (storage-engine).
No table access functionality is delegated to table AMs as of this
commit, that'll be done in following commits.
Subsequent commits will incrementally abstract table access
functionality to be routed through table access methods. That change
is too large to be reviewed & committed at once, so it'll be done
incrementally.
Docs will be updated at the end, as adding them incrementally would
likely make them less coherent, and definitely is a lot more work,
without a lot of benefit.
Table access methods are specified similar to index access methods,
i.e. pg_am.amhandler returns, as INTERNAL, a pointer to a struct with
callbacks. In contrast to index AMs that struct needs to live as long
as a backend, typically that's achieved by just returning a pointer to
a constant struct.
Psql's \d+ now displays a table's access method. That can be disabled
with HIDE_TABLEAM=true, which is mainly useful so regression tests can
be run against different AMs. It's quite possible that this behaviour
still needs to be fine tuned.
For now it's not allowed to set a table AM for a partitioned table, as
we've not resolved how partitions would inherit that. Disallowing
allows us to introduce, if we decide that's the way forward, such a
behaviour without a compatibility break.
Catversion bumped, to add the heap table AM and references to it.
Author: Haribabu Kommi, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Dimitri Golgov and others
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsqlhttps://postgr.es/m/20190107235616.6lur25ph22u5u5av@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20190304234700.w5tmhducs5wxgzls@alap3.anarazel.de
For the upcoming pluggable table access methods it's quite
inconvenient to store tuples as HeapTuples, as that'd require
converting tuples from a their native format into HeapTuples. Instead
use slots to manage epq tuples.
To fit into that scheme, change the foreign data wrapper callback
RefetchForeignRow, to store the tuple in a slot. Insist on using the
caller provided slot, so it conveniently can be stored in the
corresponding EPQ slot. As there is no in core user of
RefetchForeignRow, that change was done blindly, but we plan to test
that soon.
To avoid duplicating that work for row locks, move row locks to just
directly use the EPQ slots - it previously temporarily stored tuples
in LockRowsState.lr_curtuples, but that doesn't seem beneficial, given
we'd possibly end up with a significant number of additional slots.
The behaviour of es_epqTupleSet[rti -1] is now checked by
es_epqTupleSlot[rti -1] != NULL, as that is distinguishable from a
slot containing an empty tuple.
Author: Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi, Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
We have forboth() and forthree() macros that simplify iterating
through several parallel lists, but not everyplace that could
reasonably use those was doing so. Also invent forfour() and
forfive() macros to do the same for four or five parallel lists,
and use those where applicable.
The immediate motivation for doing this is to reduce the number
of ad-hoc lnext() calls, to reduce the footprint of a WIP patch.
However, it seems like good cleanup and error-proofing anyway;
the places that were combining forthree() with a manually iterated
loop seem particularly illegible and bug-prone.
There was some speculation about restructuring related parsetree
representations to reduce the need for parallel list chasing of
this sort. Perhaps that's a win, or perhaps not, but in any case
it would be considerably more invasive than this patch; and it's
not particularly related to my immediate goal of improving the
List infrastructure. So I'll leave that question for another day.
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
In preparation for abstracting table storage, convert trigger.c to
track tuples in slots. Which also happens to make code calling
triggers simpler.
As the calling interface for triggers themselves is not changed in
this patch, HeapTuples still are extracted from the slot at that
time. But that's handled solely inside trigger.c, not visible to
callers. It's quite likely that we'll want to revise the external
trigger interface, but that's a separate large project.
As part of this work the slots used for old/new/return tuples are
moved from EState into ResultRelInfo, as different updated tables
might need different slots. The slots are now also now created
on-demand, which is good both from an efficiency POV, but also makes
the modifying code simpler.
Author: Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar and Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
After the introduction of tuple table slots all table AMs need to
support returning the table oid of the tuple stored in a slot created
by said AM. It does not make sense to re-implement that in every AM,
therefore move handling of table OIDs into the TupleTableSlot
structure itself. It's possible that we, at a later date, might want
to get rid of HeapTupleData.t_tableOid entirely, but doing so before
the abstractions for table AMs are integrated turns out to be too
hard, so delay that for now.
Similarly, every AM needs to support the concept of a tuple
identifier (tid / item pointer) for its tuples. It's quite possible
that we'll generalize the exact form of a tid at a future point (to
allow for things like index organized tables), but for now many parts
of the code know about tids, so there's not much point in abstracting
tids away. Therefore also move into slot (rather than providing API to
set/get the tid associated with the tuple in a slot).
Once table AM includes insert/updating/deleting tuples, the
responsibility to set the correct tid after such an action will move
into that. After that change, code doing such modifications, should
not have to deal with HeapTuples directly anymore.
Author: Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi and Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
That avoids having to care about the lifetime of the
HeapTupleHeaderData passed to ExecStore[Buffer]HeapTuple(). That
doesn't make a huge difference for a plain HeapTupleTableSlot, but for
BufferHeapTupleTableSlot it can be a significant advantage, avoiding
the need to materialize slots where it's inconvenient to provide a
HeapTupleData with appropriate lifetime to point to the on-disk tuple.
It's quite possible that we'll want to add support functions for
constructing HeapTuples using that embedded HeapTupleData, but for now
callers do so themselves.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This allows to avoid an unnecessary pin/unpin cycle when storing a
tuple in an already pinned buffer into a slot, when the pin isn't
further needed at the call site.
Only a single caller for now (to ensure coverage), but upcoming
patches will increase use of the new function.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
_bt_getstackbuf() is called at exactly two points following commit
efada2b8e9 (one call site is concerned with page splits, while the
other is concerned with page deletion). The parent buffer returned by
_bt_getstackbuf() is write-locked in both cases. Remove the 'access'
argument and make _bt_getstackbuf() assume that callers require a
write-lock.
Remove some unnecessary, legacy-looking use of the PROCEDURAL keyword
before LANGUAGE. We mostly don't use this anymore, so some of these
look a bit old.
There is still some use in pg_dump, which is harder to remove because
it's baked into the archive format, so I'm not touching that.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/2330919b-62d9-29ac-8de3-58c024fdcb96@2ndquadrant.com
When preparing a transaction in two-phase commit, a dummy PGPROC entry
holding the GID used for the transaction is registered, which gets
released once COMMIT PREPARED is run. Prior releasing its shared memory
state, all the locks taken in the prepared transaction are released
using a dedicated set of callbacks (pgstat and multixact having similar
callbacks), which may cause the locks to be released before the GID is
set free.
Hence, there is a small window where lock conflicts could happen, for
example:
- Transaction A releases its locks, still holding its GID in shared
memory.
- Transaction B held a lock which conflicted with locks of transaction
A.
- Transaction B continues its processing, reusing the same GID as
transaction A.
- Transaction B fails because of a conflicting GID, already in use by
transaction A.
This commit changes the shared memory state release so as post-commit
callbacks and predicate lock cleanup happen consistently with the shared
memory state cleanup for the dummy PGPROC entry. The race window is
small and 2PC had this issue from the start, so no backpatch is done.
On top if that fixes discussed involved ABI breakages, which are not
welcome in stable branches.
Reported-by: Oleksii Kliukin, Ildar Musin
Diagnosed-by: Oleksii Kliukin, Ildar Musin
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Oleksii Kliukin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BF9B38A4-2BFF-46E8-BA87-A2D00A8047A6@hintbits.com
It seems to make more sense for this to be in selfuncs.c, since it's
largely a statistical-estimation thing, and it's related to other
functions like estimate_hash_bucket_stats that are there.
While at it, change the result type from Size to double. Perhaps at one
point it was impossible for the result to overflow an integer, but
I've got no confidence in that proposition anymore. Nothing's actually
done with the result except to compare it to a work_mem-based limit,
so as long as we don't get an overflow on the way to that comparison,
things should be fine even with very large dNumGroups.
Code movement proposed by Antonin Houska, type change by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/25767.1549359615@localhost
This is similar in spirit to the existing partbounds.c file in the
same directory, except that there's a lot less code in the new file
created by this commit. Pending work in this area proposes to add a
bunch more code related to PartitionDescs, though, and this will give
us a good place to put it.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZUwPf_uanjF==gTGBMJrn8uCq52XYvAEorNkLrUdoawg@mail.gmail.com
On (rare) platforms where sizeof(bool) > 1, we need to use our own
bool, but imported c99 code (such as Ryu) may want to use bool values
as array subscripts, which elicits warnings if bool is defined as
char. Using unsigned char instead should work just as well for our
purposes, and avoid such warnings.
Per buildfarm members prariedog and locust.
pg_config() has been marked immutable since its inception. As part of a
larger discussion around the definition of immutable versus stable and
related implications for marking functions parallel safe raised by
Andres, the consensus was clearly that pg_config() is stable, since
it could possibly change output even for the same minor version with
a recompile or installation of a new binary. So mark it stable.
Theoretically this could/should be backpatched, but it was deemed to be not
worth the effort since in practice this is very unlikely to cause problems
in the real world.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181126234521.rh3grz7aavx2ubjv@alap3.anarazel.de
Historically we've always materialized the full output of a CTE query,
treating WITH as an optimization fence (so that, for example, restrictions
from the outer query cannot be pushed into it). This is appropriate when
the CTE query is INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE, or is recursive; but when the CTE
query is non-recursive and side-effect-free, there's no hazard of changing
the query results by pushing restrictions down.
Another argument for materialization is that it can avoid duplicate
computation of an expensive WITH query --- but that only applies if
the WITH query is called more than once in the outer query. Even then
it could still be a net loss, if each call has restrictions that
would allow just a small part of the WITH query to be computed.
Hence, let's change the behavior for WITH queries that are non-recursive
and side-effect-free. By default, we will inline them into the outer
query (removing the optimization fence) if they are called just once.
If they are called more than once, we will keep the old behavior by
default, but the user can override this and force inlining by specifying
NOT MATERIALIZED. Lastly, the user can force the old behavior by
specifying MATERIALIZED; this would mainly be useful when the query had
deliberately been employing WITH as an optimization fence to prevent a
poor choice of plan.
Andreas Karlsson, Andrew Gierth, David Fetter
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87sh48ffhb.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
Test for the compiler builtins __builtin_clz, __builtin_ctz, and
__builtin_popcount, and make use of these in preference to
handwritten C code if they're available. Create src/port
infrastructure for "leftmost one", "rightmost one", and "popcount"
so as to centralize these decisions.
On x86_64, __builtin_popcount generally won't make use of the POPCNT
opcode because that's not universally supported yet. Provide code
that checks CPUID and then calls POPCNT via asm() if available.
This requires indirecting through a function pointer, which is
an annoying amount of overhead for a one-instruction operation,
but it's probably not worth working harder than this for our
current use-cases.
I'm not sure we've found all the existing places that could profit
from this new infrastructure; but we at least touched all the
ones that used copied-and-pasted versions of the bitmapset.c code,
and got rid of multiple copies of the associated constant arrays.
While at it, replace c-compiler.m4's one-per-builtin-function
macros with a single one that can handle all the cases we need
to worry about so far. Also, because I'm paranoid, make those
checks into AC_LINK checks rather than just AC_COMPILE; the
former coding failed to verify that libgcc has support for the
builtin, in cases where it's not inline code.
David Rowley, Thomas Munro, Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9WTAGG1tPeJnD18hiQW5gAk59fQ6WK-vfdAKEHyRg2RA@mail.gmail.com
Deal with silent-underflow errors in float4 for cygwin and mingw by
using our strtof() wrapper; deal with misrounding errors by adding
them to the resultmap. Some slight reorganization of declarations was
done to avoid duplicating material between cygwin.h and win32_port.h.
While here, remove from the resultmap all references to
float8-small-is-zero; inspection of cygwin output suggests it's no
longer required there, and the freebsd/netbsd/openbsd entries should
no longer be necessary (these date back to c. 2000). This commit
doesn't remove the file itself nor the documentation references for
it; that will happen in a subsequent commit if all goes well.
This reverts commits fc6c72747a, 109de05cbb, d0b4663c23 and
711bab1e4d.
Somebody will have to try harder before submitting this patch again.
I've spent entirely too much time on it already, and the #ifdef maze yet
to be written in order for it to build at all got on my nerves. The
amount of work needed to get a platform-specific performance improvement
that's barely above the noise level is not worth it.
Get rid of deconstruct_indexquals() in favor of just iterating over the
IndexClause list directly. The extra services that that function used to
provide, such as hiding clause commutation and associating the right index
column with each clause, are no longer useful given the new data structure.
I'd originally thought that it'd provide a useful amount of abstraction
by freeing callers from paying attention to the exact clause type of each
indexqual, but that hope proves to have been vain, because few callers can
ignore the semantic differences between different clause types. Indeed,
removing it results in a net code savings, and probably some cycles shaved
by not having to build an extra list-of-structs data structure.
Also, export a few formerly-static support functions, with the goal
of allowing extension AMs to write functionality equivalent to
genericcostestimate() without pointless code duplication.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24586.1550106354@sss.pgh.pa.us
Split out these new functions in three parts: one in a new file that
uses the compiler builtin and gets compiled with the -mpopcnt compiler
option if it exists; another one that uses the compiler builtin but not
the compiler option; and finally the fallback with open-coded
algorithms.
Split out the configure logic: in the original commit, it was selecting
to use the -mpopcnt compiler switch together with deciding whether to
use the compiler builtin, but those two things are really separate.
Split them out. Also, expose whether the builtin exists to
Makefile.global, so that src/port's Makefile can decide whether to
compile the hw-optimized file.
Remove CPUID test for CTZ/CLZ. Make pg_{right,left}most_ones use either
the compiler intrinsic or open-coded algo; trying to use the
HW-optimized version is a waste of time. Make them static inline
functions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190213221719.GA15976@alvherre.pgsql
In commit 1a8d5afb0, I thought it'd be a good idea to define
IndexClause.indexquals as NIL in the most common case where the given
clause (IndexClause.rinfo) is usable exactly as-is. It'd be more
consistent to define the indexquals in that case as being a one-element
list containing IndexClause.rinfo, but I thought saving the palloc
overhead for making such a list would be worthwhile.
In hindsight, that was a great example of "premature optimization is the
root of all evil": it's complicated everyplace that needs to deal with
the indexquals, requiring duplicative code to handle both the simple
case and the not-simple case. I'd initially found that tolerable but
it's getting less so as I mop up some areas that I'd not touched in
1a8d5afb0. In any case, two more pallocs during a planner run are
surely at the noise level (a conclusion confirmed by a bit of
microbenchmarking). So let's change this decision before it becomes
set in stone, and insist that IndexClause.indexquals always be a valid
list of the actual index quals for the clause.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24586.1550106354@sss.pgh.pa.us
While at it, refactor patternsel() a bit so that it can be used from
the LIKE/regex planner support functions as well. This makes the
planner able to deal equally well with either operator or function
syntax for these operations. I'm not excited about that as a feature
in itself, but it provides a nice model for extensions to follow if
they want such behavior for their operations.
This change localizes the use of pattern_fixed_prefix() and
make_greater_string() so that they no longer need be exported.
(We might get pushback from extensions about that, perhaps,
in which case I'd be inclined to re-export them in a new header
file like_support.h.)
This reduces the bulk of selfuncs.c a fair amount, removing ~1370
lines or about one-sixth of that file; it's still too big, but this
is progress.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24537.1550093915@sss.pgh.pa.us
We were using uint64 function arguments as "long int" arguments to
compiler builtins, which fails on machines where long ints are 32 bits:
the upper half of the uint64 was being ignored. Fix by using the "ll"
builtin variants instead, which on those machines take 64 bit arguments.
Also, remove configure tests for __builtin_popcountl() (as well as
"long" variants for ctz and clz): the theory here is that any compiler
version will provide all widths or none, so one test suffices. Were
this theory to be wrong, we'd have to add tests for
__builtin_popcountll() and friends, which would be tedious.
Per failures in buildfarm member lapwing and ensuing discussion.
These opcodes have been around in the AMD world since 2007, and 2008 in
the case of intel. They're supported in GCC and Clang via some __builtin
macros. The opcodes may be unavailable during runtime, in which case we
fall back on a C-based implementation of the code. In order to get the
POPCNT instruction we must pass the -mpopcnt option to the compiler. We
do this only for the pg_bitutils.c file.
David Rowley (with fragments taken from a patch by Thomas Munro)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9WTAGG1tPeJnD18hiQW5gAk59fQ6WK-vfdAKEHyRg2RA@mail.gmail.com
Previously, floating-point output was done by rounding to a specific
decimal precision; by default, to 6 or 15 decimal digits (losing
information) or as requested using extra_float_digits. Drivers that
wanted exact float values, and applications like pg_dump that must
preserve values exactly, set extra_float_digits=3 (or sometimes 2 for
historical reasons, though this isn't enough for float4).
Unfortunately, decimal rounded output is slow enough to become a
noticable bottleneck when dealing with large result sets or COPY of
large tables when many floating-point values are involved.
Floating-point output can be done much faster when the output is not
rounded to a specific decimal length, but rather is chosen as the
shortest decimal representation that is closer to the original float
value than to any other value representable in the same precision. The
recently published Ryu algorithm by Ulf Adams is both relatively
simple and remarkably fast.
Accordingly, change float4out/float8out to output shortest decimal
representations if extra_float_digits is greater than 0, and make that
the new default. Applications that need rounded output can set
extra_float_digits back to 0 or below, and take the resulting
performance hit.
We make one concession to portability for systems with buggy
floating-point input: we do not output decimal values that fall
exactly halfway between adjacent representable binary values (which
would rely on the reader doing round-to-nearest-even correctly). This
is known to be a problem at least for VS2013 on Windows.
Our version of the Ryu code originates from
https://github.com/ulfjack/ryu/ at commit c9c3fb1979, but with the
following (significant) modifications:
- Output format is changed to use fixed-point notation for small
exponents, as printf would, and also to use lowercase 'e', a
minimum of 2 exponent digits, and a mandatory sign on the exponent,
to keep the formatting as close as possible to previous output.
- The output of exact midpoint values is disabled as noted above.
- The integer fast-path code is changed somewhat (since we have
fixed-point output and the upstream did not).
- Our project style has been largely applied to the code with the
exception of C99 declaration-after-statement, which has been
retained as an exception to our present policy.
- Most of upstream's debugging and conditionals are removed, and we
use our own configure tests to determine things like uint128
availability.
Changing the float output format obviously affects a number of
regression tests. This patch uses an explicit setting of
extra_float_digits=0 for test output that is not expected to be
exactly reproducible (e.g. due to numerical instability or differing
algorithms for transcendental functions).
Conversions from floats to numeric are unchanged by this patch. These
may appear in index expressions and it is not yet clear whether any
change should be made, so that can be left for another day.
This patch assumes that the only supported floating point format is
now IEEE format, and the documentation is updated to reflect that.
Code by me, adapting the work of Ulf Adams and other contributors.
References:
https://dl.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=3192369
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Andres Freund, Donald Dong
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87r2el1bx6.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
Using strtod() creates a double-rounding problem; the input decimal
value is first rounded to the nearest double; rounding that to the
nearest float may then give an incorrect result.
An example is that 7.038531e-26 when input via strtod and then rounded
to float4 gives 0xAE43FEp-107 instead of the correct 0xAE43FDp-107.
Values output by earlier PG versions with extra_float_digits=3 should
all be read in with the same values as previously. However, values
supplied by other software using shortest representations could be
mis-read.
On platforms that lack a strtof() entirely, we fall back to the old
incorrect rounding behavior. (As strtof() is required by C99, such
platforms are considered of primarily historical interest.) On VS2013,
some workarounds are used to get correct error handling.
The regression tests now test for the correct input values, so
platforms that lack strtof() will need resultmap entries. An entry for
HP-UX 10 is included (more may be needed).
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/871s5emitx.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87d0owlqpv.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
partprune.h failed to compile by itself; needs to include partdefs.h.
I think I must've broken this in fa2cf164a, though I'd swear I ran
the appropriate tests when removing #includes. Anyway, it's very
sensible for this file to include partdefs.h, so let's just do that.
Per cpluspluscheck.
For a long time, indxpath.c has had the ability to extract derived (lossy)
index conditions from certain operators such as LIKE. For just as long,
it's been obvious that we really ought to make that capability available
to extensions. This commit finally accomplishes that, by adding another
API for planner support functions that lets them create derived index
conditions for their functions. As proof of concept, the hardwired
"special index operator" code formerly present in indxpath.c is pushed
out to planner support functions attached to LIKE and other relevant
operators.
A weak spot in this design is that an extension needs to know OIDs for
the operators, datatypes, and opfamilies involved in the transformation
it wants to make. The core-code prototypes use hard-wired OID references
but extensions don't have that option for their own operators etc. It's
usually possible to look up the required info, but that may be slow and
inconvenient. However, improving that situation is a separate task.
I want to do some additional refactorization around selfuncs.c, but
that also seems like a separate task.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
Since its introduction, max_wal_senders is counted as part of
max_connections when it comes to define how many connection slots can be
used for replication connections with a WAL sender context. This can
lead to confusion for some users, as it could be possible to block a
base backup or replication from happening because other backend sessions
are already taken for other purposes by an application, and
superuser-only connection slots are not a correct solution to handle
that case.
This commit makes max_wal_senders independent of max_connections for its
handling of PGPROC entries in ProcGlobal, meaning that connection slots
for WAL senders are handled using their own free queue, like autovacuum
workers and bgworkers.
One compatibility issue that this change creates is that a standby now
requires to have a value of max_wal_senders at least equal to its
primary. So, if a standby created enforces the value of
max_wal_senders to be lower than that, then this could break failovers.
Normally this should not be an issue though, as any settings of a
standby are inherited from its primary as postgresql.conf gets normally
copied as part of a base backup, so parameters would be consistent.
Author: Alexander Kukushkin
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Petr Jelínek, Masahiko Sawada, Oleksii
Kliukin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFh8B=nBzHQeYAu0b8fjK-AF1X4+_p6GRtwG+cCgs6Vci2uRuQ@mail.gmail.com
The original setup for dependencies of partitioned objects had
serious problems:
1. It did not verify that a drop cascading to a partition-child object
also cascaded to at least one of the object's partition parents. Now,
normally a child object would share all its dependencies with one or
another parent (e.g. a child index's opclass dependencies would be shared
with the parent index), so that this oversight is usually harmless.
But if some dependency failed to fit this pattern, the child could be
dropped while all its parents remain, creating a logically broken
situation. (It's easy to construct artificial cases that break it,
such as attaching an unrelated extension dependency to the child object
and then dropping the extension. I'm not sure if any less-artificial
cases exist.)
2. Management of partition dependencies during ATTACH/DETACH PARTITION
was complicated and buggy; for example, after detaching a partition
table it was possible to create cases where a formerly-child index
should be dropped and was not, because the correct set of dependencies
had not been reconstructed.
Less seriously, because multiple partition relationships were
represented identically in pg_depend, there was an order-of-traversal
dependency on which partition parent was cited in error messages.
We also had some pre-existing order-of-traversal hazards for error
messages related to internal and extension dependencies. This is
cosmetic to users but causes testing problems.
To fix#1, add a check at the end of the partition tree traversal
to ensure that at least one partition parent got deleted. To fix#2,
establish a new policy that partition dependencies are in addition to,
not instead of, a child object's usual dependencies; in this way
ATTACH/DETACH PARTITION need not cope with adding or removing the
usual dependencies.
To fix the cosmetic problem, distinguish between primary and secondary
partition dependency entries in pg_depend, by giving them different
deptypes. (They behave identically except for having different
priorities for being cited in error messages.) This means that the
former 'I' dependency type is replaced with new 'P' and 'S' types.
This also fixes a longstanding bug that after handling an internal
dependency by recursing to the owning object, findDependentObjects
did not verify that the current target was now scheduled for deletion,
and did not apply the current recursion level's objflags to it.
Perhaps that should be back-patched; but in the back branches it
would only matter if some concurrent transaction had removed the
internal-linkage pg_depend entry before the recursive call found it,
or the recursive call somehow failed to find it, both of which seem
unlikely.
Catversion bump because the contents of pg_depend change for
partitioning relationships.
Patch HEAD only. It's annoying that we're not fixing #2 in v11,
but there seems no practical way to do so given that the problem
is exactly a poor choice of what entries to put in pg_depend.
We can't really fix that while staying compatible with what's
in pg_depend in existing v11 installations.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzkypv1R+teZrr71U23J578NnTBt2X8+Y=Odr4pOdW1rXg@mail.gmail.com
Add support function requests for estimating the selectivity, cost,
and number of result rows (if a SRF) of the target function.
The lack of a way to estimate selectivity of a boolean-returning
function in WHERE has been a recognized deficiency of the planner
since Berkeley days. This commit finally fixes it.
In addition, non-constant estimates of cost and number of output
rows are now possible. We still fall back to looking at procost
and prorows if the support function doesn't service the request,
of course.
To make concrete use of the possibility of estimating output rowcount
for SRFs, this commit adds support functions for array_unnest(anyarray)
and the integer variants of generate_series; the lack of plausible
rowcount estimates for those, even when it's obvious to a human,
has been a repeated subject of complaints. Obviously, much more
could now be done in this line, but I'm mostly just trying to get
the infrastructure in place.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
Rename/repurpose pg_proc.protransform as "prosupport". The idea is
still that it names an internal function that provides knowledge to
the planner about the behavior of the function it's attached to;
but redesign the API specification so that it's not limited to doing
just one thing, but can support an extensible set of requests.
The original purpose of simplifying a function call is handled by
the first request type to be invented, SupportRequestSimplify.
Adjust all the existing transform functions to handle this API,
and rename them fron "xxx_transform" to "xxx_support" to reflect
the potential generalization of what they do. (Since we never
previously provided any way for extensions to add transform functions,
this change doesn't create an API break for them.)
Also add DDL and pg_dump support for attaching a support function to a
user-defined function. Unfortunately, DDL access has to be restricted
to superusers, at least for now; but seeing that support functions
will pretty much have to be written in C, that limitation is just
theoretical. (This support is untested in this patch, but a follow-on
patch will add cases that exercise it.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
In place of three separate but interrelated lists (indexclauses,
indexquals, and indexqualcols), an IndexPath now has one list
"indexclauses" of IndexClause nodes. This holds basically the same
information as before, but in a more useful format: in particular, there
is now a clear connection between an indexclause (an original restriction
clause from WHERE or JOIN/ON) and the indexquals (directly usable index
conditions) derived from it.
We also change the ground rules a bit by mandating that clause commutation,
if needed, be done up-front so that what is stored in the indexquals list
is always directly usable as an index condition. This gets rid of repeated
re-determination of which side of the clause is the indexkey during costing
and plan generation, as well as repeated lookups of the commutator
operator. To minimize the added up-front cost, the typical case of
commuting a plain OpExpr is handled by a new special-purpose function
commute_restrictinfo(). For RowCompareExprs, generating the new clause
properly commuted to begin with is not really any more complex than before,
it's just different --- and we can save doing that work twice, as the
pretty-klugy original implementation did.
Tracking the connection between original and derived clauses lets us
also track explicitly whether the derived clauses are an exact or lossy
translation of the original. This provides a cheap solution to getting
rid of unnecessary rechecks of boolean index clauses, which previously
seemed like it'd be more expensive than it was worth.
Another pleasant (IMO) side-effect is that EXPLAIN now always shows
index clauses with the indexkey on the left; this seems less confusing.
This commit leaves expand_indexqual_conditions() and some related
functions in a slightly messy state. I didn't bother to change them
any more than minimally necessary to work with the new data structure,
because all that code is going to be refactored out of existence in
a follow-on patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22182.1549124950@sss.pgh.pa.us
This has the advantage that the comparator expression, the table's
slot, etc do not have to be rebuilt. Additionally the simplehash.h
hashtable within the tuple hashtable now keeps its previous size and
doesn't need to be reallocated. That both reduces allocator overhead,
and improves performance in cases where the input estimation was off
by a significant factor.
To avoid an API/ABI break, the new parameter is exposed via the new
BuildTupleHashTableExt(), and BuildTupleHashTable() now is a wrapper
around the former, that continues to allocate the table itself in the
tablecxt.
Using this fixes performance issues discovered in the two bugs
referenced. This commit however has not converted the callers, that's
done in a separate commit.
Bug: #15592#15486
Reported-By: Jakub Janeček, Dmitry Marakasov
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/15486-05850f065da42931@postgresql.orghttps://postgr.es/m/20190114180423.ywhdg2iagzvh43we@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11, this is a prerequisite for other fixes
This is useful when looking at partition trees with multiple layers, and
combined with pg_partition_tree, it provides the possibility to show up
an entire tree by just knowing one member at any level.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181207014015.GP2407@paquier.xyz
Up to now postgres_fdw has been using create_foreignscan_path() to
generate not only base-relation paths, but also paths for foreign joins
and foreign upperrels. This is wrong, because create_foreignscan_path()
calls get_baserel_parampathinfo() which will only do the right thing for
baserels. It accidentally fails to fail for unparameterized paths, which
are the only ones postgres_fdw (thought it) was handling, but we really
need different APIs for the baserel and join cases.
In HEAD, the best thing to do seems to be to split up the baserel,
joinrel, and upperrel cases into three functions so that they can
have different APIs. I haven't actually given create_foreign_join_path
a different API in this commit: we should spend a bit of time thinking
about just what we want to do there, since perhaps FDWs would want to
do something different from the build-up-a-join-pairwise approach that
get_joinrel_parampathinfo expects. In the meantime, since postgres_fdw
isn't prepared to generate parameterized joins anyway, just give it a
defense against trying to plan joins with lateral refs.
In addition (and this is what triggered this whole mess) fix bug #15613
from Srinivasan S A, by teaching file_fdw and postgres_fdw that plain
baserel foreign paths still have outer refs if the relation has
lateral_relids. Add some assertions in relnode.c to catch future
occurrences of the same error --- in particular, to catch other FDWs
doing that, but also as backstop against core-code mistakes like the
one fixed by commit bdd9a99aa.
Bug #15613 also needs to be fixed in the back branches, but the
appropriate fix will look quite a bit different there, since we don't
want to assume that existing FDWs get the word right away.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15613-092be1be9576c728@postgresql.org
Previously heap_getattr() returned NULL for attributes with a fast
default value (c.f. 16828d5c02), as it had no handling whatsoever
for that case.
A previous fix, 7636e5c60f, attempted to fix issues caused by this
oversight, but just expanding OLD tuples for triggers doesn't actually
solve the underlying issue.
One known consequence of this bug is that the check for HOT updates
can return the wrong result, when a previously fast-default'ed column
is set to NULL. Which in turn means that an index over a column with
fast default'ed columns might be corrupt if the underlying column(s)
allow NULLs.
Fix by handling fast default columns in heap_getattr(), remove now
superfluous expansion in GetTupleForTrigger().
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190201162404.onngi77f26baem4g@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11, where fast defaults were introduced
Previously, all heaps had FSMs. For very small tables, this means that the
FSM took up more space than the heap did. This is wasteful, so now we
refrain from creating the FSM for heaps with 4 pages or fewer. If the last
known target block has insufficient space, we still try to insert into some
other page before giving up and extending the relation, since doing
otherwise leads to table bloat. Testing showed that trying every page
penalized performance slightly, so we compromise and try every other page.
This way, we visit at most two pages. Any pages with wasted free space
become visible at next relation extension, so we still control table bloat.
As a bonus, directly attempting one or two pages can even be faster than
consulting the FSM would have been.
Once the FSM is created for a heap we don't remove it even if somebody
deletes all the rows from the corresponding relation. We don't think it is
a useful optimization as it is quite likely that relation will again grow
to the same size.
Author: John Naylor, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Mithun C Y
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAJVSVGWvB13PzpbLEecFuGFc5V2fsO736BsdTakPiPAcdMM5tQ@mail.gmail.com
We can't allow these pseudo-types to be used as table column types,
because storing an anonymous record value in a table would result
in data that couldn't be understood by other sessions. However,
it seems like there's no harm in allowing the case in a column
definition list that's specifying what a function-returning-record
returns. The data involved is all local to the current session,
so we should be just as able to resolve its actual tuple type as
we are for the function-returning-record's top-level tuple output.
Elvis Pranskevichus, with cosmetic changes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11038447.kQ5A9Uj5xi@hammer.magicstack.net
The old name of this file was never a very good indication of what it
was for. Now that there's also access/relation.h, we have a potential
confusion hazard as well, so let's rename it to something more apropos.
Per discussion, "pathnodes.h" is reasonable, since a good fraction of
the file is Path node definitions.
While at it, tweak a couple of other headers that were gratuitously
importing relation.h into modules that don't need it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7719.1548688728@sss.pgh.pa.us
Create a new header optimizer/optimizer.h, which exposes just the
planner functions that can be used "at arm's length", without need
to access Paths or the other planner-internal data structures defined
in nodes/relation.h. This is intended to provide the whole planner
API seen by most of the rest of the system; although FDWs still need
to use additional stuff, and more thought is also needed about just
what selfuncs.c should rely on.
The main point of doing this now is to limit the amount of new
#include baggage that will be needed by "planner support functions",
which I expect to introduce later, and which will be in relevant
datatype modules rather than anywhere near the planner.
This commit just moves relevant declarations into optimizer.h from
other header files (a couple of which go away because everything
got moved), and adjusts #include lists to match. There's further
cleanup that could be done if we want to decide that some stuff
being exposed by optimizer.h doesn't belong in the planner at all,
but I'll leave that for another day.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11460.1548706639@sss.pgh.pa.us
Move a few very simple node-creation and node-type-testing functions
from the planner's clauses.c to nodes/makefuncs and nodes/nodeFuncs.
There's nothing planner-specific about them, as evidenced by the
number of other places that were using them.
While at it, rename and_clause() etc to is_andclause() etc, to clarify
that they are node-type-testing functions not node-creation functions.
And use "static inline" implementations for the shortest ones.
Also, modify flatten_join_alias_vars() and some subsidiary functions
to take a Query not a PlannerInfo to define the join structure that
Vars should be translated according to. They were only using the
"parse" field of the PlannerInfo anyway, so this just requires removing
one level of indirection. The advantage is that now parse_agg.c can
use flatten_join_alias_vars() without the horrid kluge of creating an
incomplete PlannerInfo, which will allow that file to be decoupled from
relation.h in a subsequent patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11460.1548706639@sss.pgh.pa.us
Previously llvmjit.h #error'ed when USE_LLVM was not defined, to
prevent it from being included from code not having #ifdef USE_LLVM
guards - but that's not actually that useful after, during the
development of JIT support, LLVM related code was moved into a
separately compiled .so. Having that #error means cpluspluscheck
doesn't work when llvm support isn't enabled, which isn't great.
Similarly add USE_LLVM guards to llvmjit_emit.h, and additionally make
sure it compiles standalone.
Per complaint from Tom Lane.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19808.1548692361@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 11, where JIT support was added
The fact that "SELECT expression" has no base relations has long been a
thorn in the side of the planner. It makes it hard to flatten a sub-query
that looks like that, or is a trivial VALUES() item, because the planner
generally uses relid sets to identify sub-relations, and such a sub-query
would have an empty relid set if we flattened it. prepjointree.c contains
some baroque logic that works around this in certain special cases --- but
there is a much better answer. We can replace an empty FROM clause with a
dummy RTE that acts like a table of one row and no columns, and then there
are no such corner cases to worry about. Instead we need some logic to
get rid of useless dummy RTEs, but that's simpler and covers more cases
than what was there before.
For really trivial cases, where the query is just "SELECT expression" and
nothing else, there's a hazard that adding the extra RTE makes for a
noticeable slowdown; even though it's not much processing, there's not
that much for the planner to do overall. However testing says that the
penalty is very small, close to the noise level. In more complex queries,
this is able to find optimizations that we could not find before.
The new RTE type is called RTE_RESULT, since the "scan" plan type it
gives rise to is a Result node (the same plan we produced for a "SELECT
expression" query before). To avoid confusion, rename the old ResultPath
path type to GroupResultPath, reflecting that it's only used in degenerate
grouping cases where we know the query produces just one grouped row.
(It wouldn't work to unify the two cases, because there are different
rules about where the associated quals live during query_planner.)
Note: although this touches readfuncs.c, I don't think a catversion
bump is required, because the added case can't occur in stored rules,
only plans.
Patch by me, reviewed by David Rowley and Mark Dilger
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15944.1521127664@sss.pgh.pa.us
There's no reason not to install these, and jit.h can be useful for
users of e.g. planner hooks.
Author: Donald Dong
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/296D405F-7F95-49F1-B565-389D6AA78505@csumb.edu
Backpatch: 11-, where JIT compilation was introduced
Previously, all heaps had FSMs. For very small tables, this means that the
FSM took up more space than the heap did. This is wasteful, so now we
refrain from creating the FSM for heaps with 4 pages or fewer. If the last
known target block has insufficient space, we still try to insert into some
other page before giving up and extending the relation, since doing
otherwise leads to table bloat. Testing showed that trying every page
penalized performance slightly, so we compromise and try every other page.
This way, we visit at most two pages. Any pages with wasted free space
become visible at next relation extension, so we still control table bloat.
As a bonus, directly attempting one or two pages can even be faster than
consulting the FSM would have been.
Once the FSM is created for a heap we don't remove it even if somebody
deletes all the rows from the corresponding relation. We don't think it is
a useful optimization as it is quite likely that relation will again grow
to the same size.
Author: John Naylor with design inputs and some code contribution by Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Mithun C Y
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAJVSVGWvB13PzpbLEecFuGFc5V2fsO736BsdTakPiPAcdMM5tQ@mail.gmail.com
Before this change FunctionCallInfoData, the struct arguments etc for
V1 function calls are stored in, always had space for
FUNC_MAX_ARGS/100 arguments, storing datums and their nullness in two
arrays. For nearly every function call 100 arguments is far more than
needed, therefore wasting memory. Arg and argnull being two separate
arrays also guarantees that to access a single argument, two
cachelines have to be touched.
Change the layout so there's a single variable-length array with pairs
of value / isnull. That drastically reduces memory consumption for
most function calls (on x86-64 a two argument function now uses
64bytes, previously 936 bytes), and makes it very likely that argument
value and its nullness are on the same cacheline.
Arguments are stored in a new NullableDatum struct, which, due to
padding, needs more memory per argument than before. But as usually
far fewer arguments are stored, and individual arguments are cheaper
to access, that's still a clear win. It's likely that there's other
places where conversion to NullableDatum arrays would make sense,
e.g. TupleTableSlots, but that's for another commit.
Because the function call information is now variable-length
allocations have to take the number of arguments into account. For
heap allocations that can be done with SizeForFunctionCallInfoData(),
for on-stack allocations there's a new LOCAL_FCINFO(name, nargs) macro
that helps to allocate an appropriately sized and aligned variable.
Some places with stack allocation function call information don't know
the number of arguments at compile time, and currently variably sized
stack allocations aren't allowed in postgres. Therefore allow for
FUNC_MAX_ARGS space in these cases. They're not that common, so for
now that seems acceptable.
Because of the need to allocate FunctionCallInfo of the appropriate
size, older extensions may need to update their code. To avoid subtle
breakages, the FunctionCallInfoData struct has been renamed to
FunctionCallInfoBaseData. Most code only references FunctionCallInfo,
so that shouldn't cause much collateral damage.
This change is also a prerequisite for more efficient expression JIT
compilation (by allocating the function call information on the stack,
allowing LLVM to optimize it away); previously the size of the call
information caused problems inside LLVM's optimizer.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180605172952.x34m5uz6ju6enaem@alap3.anarazel.de
There were two flags used to track the access to temporary tables and
to the temporary namespace of a session which are used to restrict
PREPARE TRANSACTION, however the first control flag is a concept
included in the second. This removes the flag for temporary table
tracking, keeping around only the one at namespace level.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190118053126.GH1883@paquier.xyz
This change allows callers of query_tree_walker() to choose whether
to visit an RTE before or after visiting the contents of the RTE
(i.e., prefix or postfix tree order). All existing users of
QTW_EXAMINE_RTES want the QTW_EXAMINE_RTES_BEFORE behavior, but
an upcoming patch will want QTW_EXAMINE_RTES_AFTER, and it seems
like a potentially useful change on its own.
Andreas Karlsson (extracted from CTE inlining patch)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8810.1542402910@sss.pgh.pa.us
Previously, only literals were allowed. This change allows general
expressions, including functions calls, which are evaluated at the
time the DDL command is executed.
Besides offering some more functionality, it simplifies the parser
structures and removes some inconsistencies in how the literals were
handled.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tom Lane, Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/9f88b5e0-6da2-5227-20d0-0d7012beaa1c@lab.ntt.co.jp/
Given these routines are heap specific, and that there will be more
generic visibility support in via table AM, it makes sense to move the
prototypes to heapam.h (routines like HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum will
not be exposed in a generic fashion, because they are too storage
specific).
Similarly, the code in tqual.c is specific to heap, so moving it into
access/heap/ makes sense.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
The code in tqual.c is largely heap specific. Due to the upcoming
pluggable storage work, it therefore makes sense to move it into
access/heap/ (as the file's header notes, the tqual name isn't very
good).
But the various statically allocated snapshot and snapshot
initialization functions are now (see previous commit) generic and do
not depend on functions declared in tqual.h anymore. Therefore move.
Also move XidInMVCCSnapshot as that's useful for future AMs, and
already used outside of tqual.c.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This is in preparation for allowing the same snapshot be used for
different table AMs. With the current callback based approach we would
need one callback for each supported AM, which clearly would not be
extensible. Thus add a new Snapshot->snapshot_type field, and move
the dispatch into HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility() (which is now a
function). Later work will then dispatch calls to
HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility() and other AMs visibility functions
depending on the type of the table. The central SnapshotType enum
also seems like a good location to centralize documentation about the
intended behaviour of various types of snapshots.
As tqual.h isn't included by bufmgr.h any more (as HeapTupleSatisfies*
isn't referenced by TestForOldSnapshot() anymore) a few files now need
to include it directly.
Author: Andres Freund, loosely based on earlier work by Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
While Windows (allegedly) has _configthreadlocale() pretty far back,
it seems MinGW didn't acquire support for that till more recently.
Fortunately, we can use an autoconf probe on that toolchain,
instead of guessing whether it's there. (Hm, I wonder whether Cygwin
will need this also.)
Per buildfarm.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190121193512.tdmcnic2yjxlufaw@alap3.anarazel.de
Most of these had been obsoleted by 568d4138c / the SnapshotNow
removal.
This is is preparation for moving most of tqual.[ch] into either
snapmgr.h or heapam.h, which in turn is in preparation for pluggable
table AMs.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
access/heapam contains functions that are very storage specific (say
heap_insert() and a lot of lower level functions), and fairly generic
infrastructure like relation_open(), heap_open() etc. In the upcoming
pluggable storage work we're introducing a layer between table
accesses in general and heapam, to allow for different storage
methods. For a bit cleaner separation it thus seems advantageous to
move generic functions like the aforementioned to their own headers.
access/relation.h will contain relation_open() etc, and access/table.h
will contain table_open() (formerly known as heap_open()). I've decided
for table.h not to include relation.h, but we might change that at a
later stage.
relation.h already exists in another directory, but the other
plausible name (rel.h) also conflicts. It'd be nice if there were a
non-conflicting name, but nobody came up with a suggestion. It's
possible that the appropriate way to address the naming conflict would
be to rename nodes/relation.h, which isn't particularly well named.
To avoid breaking a lot of extensions that just use heap_open() etc,
table.h has macros mapping the old names to the new ones, and heapam.h
includes relation, table.h. That also allows to keep the
bulk renaming of existing callers in a separate commit.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
ecpglib attempts to force the LC_NUMERIC locale to "C" while reading
server output, to avoid problems with strtod() and related functions.
Historically it's just issued setlocale() calls to do that, but that
has major problems if we're in a threaded application. setlocale()
itself is not required by POSIX to be thread-safe (and indeed is not,
on recent OpenBSD). Moreover, its effects are process-wide, so that
we could cause unexpected results in other threads, or another thread
could change our setting.
On platforms having uselocale(), which is required by POSIX:2008,
we can avoid these problems by using uselocale() instead. Windows
goes its own way as usual, but we can make it safe by using
_configthreadlocale(). Platforms having neither continue to use the
old code, but that should be pretty much nobody among current systems.
This should get back-patched, but let's see what the buildfarm
thinks of it first.
Michael Meskes and Tom Lane; thanks also to Takayuki Tsunakawa.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31420.1547783697@sss.pgh.pa.us
Extends the COPY FROM command with a WHERE condition, which allows doing
various types of filtering while importing the data (random sampling,
condition on a data column, etc.). Until now such filtering required
either preprocessing of the input data, or importing all data and then
filtering in the database. COPY FROM ... WHERE is an easy-to-use and
low-overhead alternative for most simple cases.
Author: Surafel Temesgen
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Masahiko Sawada, Lim Myungkyu
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CALAY4q_DdpWDuB5-Zyi-oTtO2uSk8pmy+dupiRe3AvAc++1imA@mail.gmail.com
Commit c0d0e54084 replaced the ones in the documentation, but missed out
on the ones in the code. Replace those as well, but unlike c0d0e54084,
don't backpatch the code changes to avoid breaking translations.
Recent OpenBSD (at least 5.9 and up) has a version of getopt(3)
that will not cope with the "-:" spec we use to accept double-dash
options in postgres.c and postmaster.c. Admittedly, that's a hack
because POSIX only requires getopt() to allow alphanumeric option
characters. I have no desire to find another way, however, so
let's just do what we were already doing on Solaris: force use
of our own src/port/getopt.c implementation.
In passing, improve some of the comments around said implementation.
Per buildfarm and local testing. Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30197.1547835700@sss.pgh.pa.us
My commit 3de241dba8 introduced some code to create a clone of a
foreign key to a partition, but I put it in pg_constraint.c because it
was too close to the contents of the pg_constraint row. With the
previous commit that split out the constraint tuple deconstruction into
its own routine, it makes more sense to have the FK-cloning function in
tablecmds.c, mostly because its static subroutine can then be used by a
future bugfix.
My initial posting of this patch had this routine as static in
tablecmds.c, but sadly this function is already part of the Postgres 11
ABI as exported from pg_constraint.c, so keep it as exported also just
to avoid breaking any possible users of it.
My commit 3de241dba8 introduced some code (in tablecmds.c) to obtain
data from a pg_constraint row for a foreign key, that already existed in
ri_triggers.c. Split it out into its own routine in pg_constraint.c,
where it naturally belongs.
No functional code changes, only code movement.
Backpatch to pg11, because a future bugfix is simpler after this.
Attempting to use a temporary table within a two-phase transaction is
forbidden for ages. However, there have been uncovered grounds for
a couple of other object types and commands which work on temporary
objects with two-phase commit. In short, trying to create, lock or drop
an object on a temporary schema should not be authorized within a
two-phase transaction, as it would cause its state to create
dependencies with other sessions, causing all sorts of side effects with
the existing session or other sessions spawned later on trying to use
the same temporary schema name.
Regression tests are added to cover all the grounds found, the original
report mentioned function creation, but monitoring closer there are many
other patterns with LOCK, DROP or CREATE EXTENSION which are involved.
One of the symptoms resulting in combining both is that the session
which used the temporary schema is not able to shut down completely,
waiting for being able to drop the temporary schema, something that it
cannot complete because of the two-phase transaction involved with
temporary objects. In this case the client is able to disconnect but
the session remains alive on the backend-side, potentially blocking
connection backend slots from being used. Other problems reported could
also involve server crashes.
This is back-patched down to v10, which is where 9b013dc has introduced
MyXactFlags, something that this patch relies on.
Reported-by: Alexey Bashtanov
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5d910e2e-0db8-ec06-dd5f-baec420513c3@imap.cc
Backpatch-through: 10
This reverts commit c203d6cf8 and some follow-on fixes, completing the
task begun in commit 5d28c9bd7. If that feature is ever resurrected,
the code will look quite a bit different from this, so it seems best
to start from a clean slate.
The v11 branch is not touched; in that branch, the recheck_on_update
storage option remains present, but nonfunctional and undocumented.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114223409.3tcvejfhlvbucrv5@alap3.anarazel.de
This is the genam.h equivalent of 4c850ecec6 (which removed
heapam.h from a lot of other headers). There's still a few header
includes of genam.h, but not from central headers anymore.
As a few headers are not indirectly included anymore, execnodes.h and
relscan.h need a few additional includes. Some of the depended on
types were replacable by using the underlying structs, but e.g. for
Snapshot in execnodes.h that'd have gotten more invasive than
reasonable in this commit.
Like the aforementioned commit 4c850ecec6, this requires adding new
genam.h includes to a number of backend files, which likely is also
required in a few external projects.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
We usually don't change the name of structs between the struct name
itself and the name of the typedef. Additionally, structs that are
usually used via a typedef that hides being a pointer, are commonly
suffixed Data. Change tupdesc code to follow those convention.
This is triggered by a future patch that intends to forward declare
TupleDescData in another header - keeping with the naming scheme makes
that easier to understand.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
heapam.h previously was included in a number of widely used
headers (e.g. execnodes.h, indirectly in executor.h, ...). That's
problematic on its own, as heapam.h contains a lot of low-level
details that don't need to be exposed that widely, but becomes more
problematic with the upcoming introduction of pluggable table storage
- it seems inappropriate for heapam.h to be included that widely
afterwards.
heapam.h was largely only included in other headers to get the
HeapScanDesc typedef (which was defined in heapam.h, even though
HeapScanDescData is defined in relscan.h). The better solution here
seems to be to just use the underlying struct (forward declared where
necessary). Similar for BulkInsertState.
Another problem was that LockTupleMode was used in executor.h - parts
of the file tried to cope without heapam.h, but due to the fact that
it indirectly included it, several subsequent violations of that goal
were not not noticed. We could just reuse the approach of declaring
parameters as int, but it seems nicer to move LockTupleMode to
lockoptions.h - that's not a perfect location, but also doesn't seem
bad.
As a number of files relied on implicitly included heapam.h, a
significant number of files grew an explicit include. It's quite
probably that a few external projects will need to do the same.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
Up to now, createplan.c attempted to share PARAM_EXEC slots for
NestLoopParams across different plan levels, if the same underlying Var
was being fed down to different righthand-side subplan trees by different
NestLoops. This was, I think, more of an artifact of using subselect.c's
PlannerParamItem infrastructure than an explicit design goal, but anyway
that was the end result.
This works well enough as long as the plan tree is executing synchronously,
but the feature whereby Gather can execute the parallelized subplan locally
breaks it. An upper NestLoop node might execute for a row retrieved from
a parallel worker, and assign a value for a PARAM_EXEC slot from that row,
while the leader's copy of the parallelized subplan is suspended with a
different active value of the row the Var comes from. When control
eventually returns to the leader's subplan, it gets the wrong answers if
the same PARAM_EXEC slot is being used within the subplan, as reported
in bug #15577 from Bartosz Polnik.
This is pretty reminiscent of the problem fixed in commit 46c508fbc, and
the proper fix seems to be the same: don't try to share PARAM_EXEC slots
across different levels of controlling NestLoop nodes.
This requires decoupling NestLoopParam handling from PlannerParamItem
handling, although the logic remains somewhat similar. To avoid bizarre
division of labor between subselect.c and createplan.c, I decided to move
all the param-slot-assignment logic for both cases out of those files
and put it into a new file paramassign.c. Hopefully it's a bit better
documented now, too.
A regression test case for this might be nice, but we don't know a
test case that triggers the problem with a suitably small amount
of data.
Back-patch to 9.6 where we added Gather nodes. It's conceivable that
related problems exist in older branches; but without some evidence
for that, I'll leave the older branches alone.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15577-ca61ab18904af852@postgresql.org
Avoid using "typeid" as a parameter name in header files, since that
is a C++ keyword. These cases were introduced recently, in 04fe805a1
and 586b98fdf.
Since I'm an incurable neatnik, also rename these parameters in the
underlying function definitions. That's not really necessary per
project rules, but I don't like function declarations that don't
quite agree with the underlying definitions.
Per src/tools/pginclude/cpluspluscheck.
This commit moves expand_inherited_tables and underlings from
optimizer/prep/prepunionc.c to optimizer/utils/inherit.c.
Also, all of the AppendRelInfo-based expression manipulation routines
are moved to optimizer/utils/appendinfo.c.
No functional code changes. One exception is the introduction of
make_append_rel_info, but that's still just moving around code.
Also, stop including <limits.h> in prepunion.c, which no longer needs
it since 3fc6e2d7f5. I (Álvaro) noticed this because Amit was copying
that to inherit.c, which likewise doesn't need it.
Author: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3be67028-a00a-502c-199a-da00eec8fb6e@lab.ntt.co.jp
These commands allow assignment of values produced by queries to pgbench
variables, where they can be used by further commands. \gset terminates
a command sequence (just like a bare semicolon); \cset separates
multiple queries in a compound command, like an escaped semicolon (\;).
A prefix can be provided to the \-command and is prepended to the name
of each output column to produce the final variable name.
This feature allows pgbench scripts to react meaningfully to the actual
database contents, allowing more powerful benchmarks to be written.
Authors: Fabien Coelho, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <Langote_Amit_f8@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost <sfrost@snowman.net>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Tatsuo Ishii <ishii@sraoss.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Rafia Sabih <rafia.sabih@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.20.1607091005330.3412@sto
We've been speculating for a long time that hash-based keyword lookup
ought to be faster than binary search, but up to now we hadn't found
a suitable tool for generating the hash function. Joerg Sonnenberger
provided the inspiration, and sample code, to show us that rolling our
own generator wasn't a ridiculous idea. Hence, do that.
The method used here requires a lookup table of approximately 4 bytes
per keyword, but that's less than what we saved in the predecessor commit
afb0d0712, so it's not a big problem. The time savings is indeed
significant: preliminary testing suggests that the total time for raw
parsing (flex + bison phases) drops by ~20%.
Patch by me, but it owes its existence to Joerg Sonnenberger;
thanks also to John Naylor for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190103163340.GA15803@britannica.bec.de
This index array was originally defined to have 10000 entries (ranging
up to FirstGenbkiObjectId), but we really only need entries up to the
last existing builtin function OID, currently 6121. That saves close
to 8K of never-accessed space in the server executable, at the small
price of one more fetch in fmgr_isbuiltin().
We could reduce the array size still further by renumbering a few of
the highest-numbered builtin functions; but there's a small risk of
breaking clients that have chosen to hardwire those function OIDs,
so it's not clear if it'd be worth the trouble. (We should, however,
discourage future patches from choosing function OIDs above 6K as long
as there's still lots of space below that.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12359.1547063064@sss.pgh.pa.us
Previously, ScanKeywordLookup was passed an array of string pointers.
This had some performance deficiencies: the strings themselves might
be scattered all over the place depending on the compiler (and some
quick checking shows that at least with gcc-on-Linux, they indeed
weren't reliably close together). That led to very cache-unfriendly
behavior as the binary search touched strings in many different pages.
Also, depending on the platform, the string pointers might need to
be adjusted at program start, so that they couldn't be simple constant
data. And the ScanKeyword struct had been designed with an eye to
32-bit machines originally; on 64-bit it requires 16 bytes per
keyword, making it even more cache-unfriendly.
Redesign so that the keyword strings themselves are allocated
consecutively (as part of one big char-string constant), thereby
eliminating the touch-lots-of-unrelated-pages syndrome. And get
rid of the ScanKeyword array in favor of three separate arrays:
uint16 offsets into the keyword array, uint16 token codes, and
uint8 keyword categories. That reduces the overhead per keyword
to 5 bytes instead of 16 (even less in programs that only need
one of the token codes and categories); moreover, the binary search
only touches the offsets array, further reducing its cache footprint.
This also lets us put the token codes somewhere else than the
keyword strings are, which avoids some unpleasant build dependencies.
While we're at it, wrap the data used by ScanKeywordLookup into
a struct that can be treated as an opaque type by most callers.
That doesn't change things much right now, but it will make it
less painful to switch to a hash-based lookup method, as is being
discussed in the mailing list thread.
Most of the change here is associated with adding a generator
script that can build the new data structure from the same
list-of-PG_KEYWORD header representation we used before.
The PG_KEYWORD lists that plpgsql and ecpg used to embed in
their scanner .c files have to be moved into headers, and the
Makefiles have to be taught to invoke the generator script.
This work is also necessary if we're to consider hash-based lookup,
since the generator script is what would be responsible for
constructing a hash table.
Aside from saving a few kilobytes in each program that includes
the keyword table, this seems to speed up raw parsing (flex+bison)
by a few percent. So it's worth doing even as it stands, though
we think we can gain even more with a follow-on patch to switch
to hash-based lookup.
John Naylor, with further hacking by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGXdFVU2sgym89XPL=Lv1zOS5=EHHQ8XWNzFL=mTXkKMLw@mail.gmail.com
Some relation kinds had relfilenode set to some non-zero value, but
apparently the actual files did not really exist because creation was
prevented elsewhere. Get rid of the phony pg_class.relfilenode values.
Catversion bumped, but only because the sanity_test check will fail if
run in a system initdb'd with the previous version.
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro HORIGUCHI, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181206215552.fm2ypuxq6nhpwjuc@alvherre.pgsql
Instead of running a SQL script to create the standard conversion
functions and pg_conversion entries, put those entries into the
initial data in postgres.bki.
This shaves a few percent off the runtime of initdb, and also allows
accurate comments to be attached to the conversion functions; the
previous script labeled them with machine-generated comments that
were not quite right for multi-purpose conversion functions.
Also, we can get rid of the duplicative Makefile and MSVC perl
implementations of the generation code for that SQL script.
A functional change is that these pg_proc and pg_conversion entries
are now "pinned" by initdb. Leaving them unpinned was perhaps a
good thing back while the conversions feature was under development,
but there seems no valid reason for it now.
Also, the conversion functions are now marked as immutable, where
before they were volatile by virtue of lacking any explicit
specification. That seems like it was just an oversight.
To avoid using magic constants in pg_conversion.dat, extend
genbki.pl to allow encoding names to be converted, much as it
does for language, access method, etc names.
John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGWtUqxpfAaxS88vEGvi+jKzWZb2EStu5io-UPc4p9rSJg@mail.gmail.com
This patch teaches genbki.pl to replace pg_language names by OIDs
in much the same way as it already does for pg_am names etc, and
converts pg_proc.dat to use such symbolic references in the prolang
column.
Aside from getting rid of a few more magic numbers in the initial
catalog data, this means that Gen_fmgrtab.pl no longer needs to read
pg_language.dat, since it doesn't have to know the OID of the "internal"
language; now it's just looking for the string "internal".
No need for a catversion bump, since the contents of postgres.bki
don't actually change at all.
John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGWtUqxpfAaxS88vEGvi+jKzWZb2EStu5io-UPc4p9rSJg@mail.gmail.com
This removes a portion of infrastructure introduced by fe0a0b5 to allow
compilation of Postgres in environments where no strong random source is
available, meaning that there is no linking to OpenSSL and no
/dev/urandom (Windows having its own CryptoAPI). No systems shipped
this century lack /dev/urandom, and the buildfarm is actually not
testing this switch at all, so just remove it. This simplifies
particularly some backend code which included a fallback implementation
using shared memory, and removes a set of alternate regression output
files from pgcrypto.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181230063219.GG608@paquier.xyz
Mark pg_lsn and oidvector comparison functions as leakproof. Per
discussion, these clearly are leakproof so we might as well mark them so.
On the other hand, remove leakproof markings from name comparison
functions other than equal/not-equal. Now that these depend on
varstr_cmp, they can't be considered leakproof if text comparison isn't.
(This was my error in commit 586b98fdf.)
While at it, add some opr_sanity queries to catch cases where related
functions do not have the same volatility and leakproof markings.
This would clearly be bogus for commutator or negator pairs. In the
domain of btree comparison functions, we do have some exceptions,
because text equality is leakproof but inequality comparisons are not.
That's odd on first glance but is reasonable (for now anyway) given
the much greater complexity of the inequality code paths.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181231172551.GA206480@gust.leadboat.com
In commit 8b08f7d482 I added member relationId to IndexStmt struct.
I'm now not sure why; DefineIndex doesn't need it, since the relation
OID is passed as a separate argument anyway. Remove it.
Also remove a redundant assignment to the relationId argument (it wasn't
redundant when added by commit e093dcdd28, but should have been removed
in commit 5f173040e3), and use relationId instead of stmt->relation when
locking the relation in the second phase of CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY,
which is not only confusing but it means we resolve the name twice for
no reason.
Up to now we've not worried much about joins where the join key is a
relation's CTID column, reasoning that storing a table's CTIDs in some
other table would be pretty useless. However, there are use-cases for
this sort of query involving self-joins, so that argument doesn't really
hold water.
With larger relations, a merge or hash join is desirable. We had a btree
opclass for type "tid", allowing merge joins on CTID, but no hash opclass
so that hash joins weren't possible. Add the missing infrastructure.
This also potentially enables hash aggregation on "tid", though the
use-cases for that aren't too clear.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1853.1545453106@sss.pgh.pa.us
Up to now we've not worried much about joins where the join key is a
relation's CTID column, reasoning that storing a table's CTIDs in some
other table would be pretty useless. However, there are use-cases for
this sort of query involving self-joins, so that argument doesn't really
hold water.
This patch allows generating plans for joins on CTID that use a nestloop
with inner TidScan, similar to what we might do with an index on the join
column. This is the most efficient way to join when the outer side of
the nestloop is expected to yield relatively few rows.
This change requires upgrading tidpath.c and the generated TidPaths
to work with RestrictInfos instead of bare qual clauses, but that's
long-postponed technical debt anyway.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17443.1545435266@sss.pgh.pa.us
According to README we acquire predicate locks on entry tree leafs and posting
tree roots. However, when ginFindLeafPage() is going to lock leaf in exclusive
mode, then it checks root for conflicts regardless whether it's a entry or
posting tree. Assuming that we never place predicate lock on entry tree root
(excluding corner case when root is leaf), this check is redundant. This
commit removes this check. Now, root conflict checking is controlled by
separate argument of ginFindLeafPage().
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdv7rrDyy%3DMgsaK-L9kk0AH7az0B-mdC3w3p0FSb9uoyEg%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 11
013ebc0a7b implements so-called GiST microvacuum. That is gistgettuple() marks
index tuples as dead when kill_prior_tuple is set. Later, when new tuple
insertion claims page space, those dead index tuples are physically deleted
from page. When this deletion is replayed on standby, it might conflict with
read-only queries. But 013ebc0a7b doesn't handle this. That may lead to
disappearance of some tuples from read-only snapshots on standby.
This commit implements resolving of conflicts between replay of GiST microvacuum
and standby queries. On the master we implement new WAL record type
XLOG_GIST_DELETE, which comprises necessary information. On stable releases
we've to be tricky to keep WAL compatibility. Information required for conflict
processing is just appended to data of XLOG_GIST_PAGE_UPDATE record. So,
PostgreSQL version, which doesn't know about conflict processing, will just
ignore that.
Reported-by: Andres Freund
Diagnosed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181212224524.scafnlyjindmrbe6%40alap3.anarazel.de
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 9.6
The SQL spec says that sql_identifier is a domain over varchar,
but it also says that that domain is supposed to represent the set
of valid identifiers for the implementation, in particular applying
a length limit matching the implementation's identifier length limit.
We were declaring sql_identifier as just "character varying", thus
duplicating what the spec says about base type, but entirely failing
at the rest of it.
Instead, let's declare sql_identifier as a domain over type "name".
(We can drop the COLLATE "C" added by commit 6b0faf723, since that's
now implicit in "name".) With the recent improvements to name's
comparison support, there's not a lot of functional difference between
name and varchar. So although in principle this is a spec deviation,
it's a pretty minor one. And correctly enforcing PG's name length limit
is a good thing; on balance this seems closer to the intent of the spec
than what we had.
But that's all just language-lawyering. The *real* reason to do this is
that it makes sql_identifier columns exposed by information_schema views
be just direct representations of the underlying "name" catalog columns,
eliminating a semantic mismatch that was disastrous for performance of
typical queries on the information_schema. In combination with the
recent change to allow dropping no-op CoerceToDomain nodes, this allows
(for example) queries such as
select ... from information_schema.tables where table_name = 'foo';
to produce an indexscan rather than a seqscan on pg_class.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRBUCX4LZ2rA2BbEkdD6NN59mgx+BLo1gO08Wod4RLtcTg@mail.gmail.com
information_schema output columns that are declared as being type
sql_identifier are supposed to conform to the implementation's rules
for valid identifiers, in particular the identifier length limit.
Several places potentially violated this limit by concatenating a
function's name and OID. (The OID is added to ensure name uniqueness
within a schema, since the spec doesn't expect function name overloading.)
Simply truncating the concatenation result to fit in "name" won't do,
since losing part of the OID might wind up giving non-unique results.
Instead, let's truncate the function name as necessary.
The most practical way to do that is to do it in a C function; the
information_schema.sql script doesn't have easy access to the value
of NAMEDATALEN, nor does it have an easy way to truncate on the basis
of resulting byte-length rather than number of characters.
(There are still a couple of places that cast concatenation results to
sql_identifier, but as far as I can see they are guaranteed not to produce
over-length strings, at least with the normal value of NAMEDATALEN.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/23817.1545283477@sss.pgh.pa.us
Using the full width of the CPU's native word size shouldn't cost
anything in typical cases. When working with large bitmapsets,
this halves the number of operations needed for many common BMS
operations. On the right sort of test case, a measurable improvement
is obtained.
David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9EGBd2h-VkXvb=51tf+X46zMX5T8h-KYgXEV_u2zmLUw@mail.gmail.com
Now that name comparison has effectively the same behavior as text
comparison, we might as well merge the name_ops opfamily into text_ops,
allowing cross-type comparisons to be processed without forcing a
datatype coercion first. We need do little more than add cross-type
operators to make the opfamily complete, and fix one or two places
in the planner that assumed text_ops was a single-datatype opfamily.
I chose to unify hash name_ops into hash text_ops as well, since the
types have compatible hashing semantics. This allows marking the
new cross-type equality operators as oprcanhash.
(Note: this doesn't remove the name_ops opclasses, so there's no
breakage of index definitions. Those opclasses are just reparented
into the text_ops opfamily.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15938.1544377821@sss.pgh.pa.us
The "name" comparison operators now all support collations, making them
functionally equivalent to "text" comparisons, except for the different
physical representation of the datatype. They do, in fact, mostly share
the varstr_cmp and varstr_sortsupport infrastructure, which has been
slightly enlarged to handle the case.
To avoid changes in the default behavior of the datatype, set name's
typcollation to C_COLLATION_OID not DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID, so that
by default comparisons to a name value will continue to use strcmp
semantics. (This would have been the case for system catalog columns
anyway, because of commit 6b0faf723, but doing this makes it true for
user-created name columns as well. In particular, this avoids
locale-dependent changes in our regression test results.)
In consequence, tweak a couple of places that made assumptions about
collatable base types always having typcollation DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID.
I have not, however, attempted to relax the restriction that user-
defined collatable types must have that. Hence, "name" doesn't
behave quite like a user-defined type; it acts more like a domain
with COLLATE "C". (Conceivably, if we ever get rid of the need for
catalog name columns to be fixed-length, "name" could actually become
such a domain over text. But that'd be a pretty massive undertaking,
and I'm not volunteering.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15938.1544377821@sss.pgh.pa.us
Up to now we allowed text columns in system catalogs to use collation
"default", but that isn't really safe because it might mean something
different in template0 than it means in a database cloned from template0.
In particular, this could mean that cloned pg_statistic entries for such
columns weren't entirely valid, possibly leading to bogus planner
estimates, though (probably) not any outright failures.
In the wake of commit 5e0928005, a better solution is available: if we
label such columns with "C" collation, then their pg_statistic entries
will also use that collation and hence will be valid independently of
the database collation.
This also provides a cleaner solution for indexes on such columns than
the hack added by commit 0b28ea79c: the indexes will naturally inherit
"C" collation and don't have to be forced to use text_pattern_ops.
Also, with the planned improvement of type "name" to be collation-aware,
this policy will apply cleanly to both text and name columns.
Because of the pg_statistic angle, we should also apply this policy
to the tables in information_schema. This patch does that by adjusting
information_schema's textual domain types to specify "C" collation.
That has the user-visible effect that order-sensitive comparisons to
textual information_schema view columns will now use "C" collation
by default. The SQL standard says that the collation of those view
columns is implementation-defined, so I think this is legal per spec.
At some point this might allow for translation of such comparisons
into indexable conditions on the underlying "name" columns, although
additional work will be needed before that can happen.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19346.1544895309@sss.pgh.pa.us
It appears that all platforms that have sys_siglist[] also have
strsignal(), making that fallback case in pg_strsignal() dead code.
Getting rid of it allows dropping a configure test, which seems worth
more than providing textual signal descriptions on whatever platforms
might still hypothetically have use for the fallback case.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/25758.1544983503@sss.pgh.pa.us
When partitioned tables were introduced, we failed to realize that by
copying the tablespace handling for other relation kinds with no
physical storage we were causing the secondary effect that their
partitions would not automatically inherit the tablespace setting. This
is surprising and unhelpful, so change it to adopt the behavior
introduced in pg11 (commit 33e6c34c32) for partitioned indexes: the
parent relation remembers the tablespace specification, which is then
used for any new partitions that don't declare one.
Because this commit changes behavior of the TABLESPACE clause for
partitioned tables (it's no longer a no-op), it is not backpatched.
Author: David Rowley, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9SxVzqDrGD1teosFd6jBMM0UEaa14_8mRvcWE19Tu0hA@mail.gmail.com
At least as far back as the 2008 spec, POSIX has defined strsignal(3)
for looking up descriptive strings for signal numbers. We hadn't gotten
the word though, and were still using the crufty old sys_siglist array,
which is in no standard even though most Unixen provide it.
Aside from not being formally standards-compliant, this was just plain
ugly because it involved #ifdef's at every place using the code.
To eliminate the #ifdef's, create a portability function pg_strsignal,
which wraps strsignal(3) if available and otherwise falls back to
sys_siglist[] if available. The set of Unixen with neither API is
probably empty these days, but on any platform with neither, you'll
just get "unrecognized signal". All extant callers print the numeric
signal number too, so no need to work harder than that.
Along the way, upgrade pg_basebackup's child-error-exit reporting
to match the rest of the system.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/25758.1544983503@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit ffa4cbd62 added logic to detect SIGPIPE failure of a COPY child
process, but it only worked correctly if the SIGPIPE occurred in the
immediate child process. Depending on the shell in use and the
complexity of the shell command string, we might instead get back
an exit code of 128 + SIGPIPE, representing a shell error exit
reporting SIGPIPE in the child process.
We could just hack up ClosePipeToProgram() to add the extra case,
but it seems like this is a fairly general issue deserving a more
general and better-documented solution. I chose to add a couple
of functions in src/common/wait_error.c, which is a natural place
to know about wait-result encodings, that will test for either a
specific child-process signal type or any child-process signal failure.
Then, adjust other places that were doing ad-hoc tests of this type
to use the common functions.
In RestoreArchivedFile, this fixes a race condition affecting whether
the process will report an error or just silently proc_exit(1): before,
that depended on whether the intermediate shell got SIGTERM'd itself
or reported a child process failing on SIGTERM.
Like the previous patch, back-patch to v10; we could go further
but there seems no real need to.
Per report from Erik Rijkers.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f3683f87ab1701bea5d86a7742b22432@xs4all.nl
When we first put in collations support, we basically punted on teaching
pg_statistic, ANALYZE, and the planner selectivity functions about that.
They've just used DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID independently of the actual
collation of the data. It's time to improve that, so:
* Add columns to pg_statistic that record the specific collation associated
with each statistics slot.
* Teach ANALYZE to use the column's actual collation when comparing values
for statistical purposes, and record this in the appropriate slot. (Note
that type-specific typanalyze functions are now expected to fill
stats->stacoll with the appropriate collation, too.)
* Teach assorted selectivity functions to use the actual collation of
the stats they are looking at, instead of just assuming it's
DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID.
This should give noticeably better results in selectivity estimates for
columns with nondefault collations, at least for query clauses that use
that same collation (which would be the default behavior in most cases).
It's still true that comparisons with explicit COLLATE clauses different
from the stored data's collation won't be well-estimated, but that's no
worse than before. Also, this patch does make the first step towards
doing better with that, which is that it's now theoretically possible to
collect stats for a collation other than the column's own collation.
Patch by me; thanks to Peter Eisentraut for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14706.1544630227@sss.pgh.pa.us
The cache lookup routines for foreign-data wrappers and foreign servers
are extended with an extra argument to handle a set of flags. The only
value which can be used now is to indicate if a missing object should
result in an error or not, and are designed to be extensible on need.
Those new routines are added into the existing set of user-visible
FDW APIs and documented in consequence. They will be used for future
patches to improve the SQL interface for object addresses.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
The changes I made in 578b229718 assigned oids below
FirstBootstrapObjectId to objects in include/catalog/*.dat files that
did not have an oid assigned, starting at the max oid explicitly
assigned. Tom criticized that for mainly two reasons:
1) It's not clear which values are manually and which explicitly
assigned.
2) The space below FirstBootstrapObjectId gets pretty crowded, and
some PostgreSQL forks have used oids >= 9000 for their own objects,
to avoid conflicting.
Thus create a new range for objects not assigned explicit oids, but
assigned by genbki.pl. For now 1-9999 is for explicitly assigned oids,
FirstGenbkiObjectId (10000) to FirstBootstrapObjectId (1200) -1 is for
genbki.pl assigned oids, and < FirstNormalObjectId (16384) is for oids
assigned during bootstrap. It's possible that we'll have to adjust
these boundaries, but there's some headroom for now.
Add a note suggesting that oids in forks should be assigned in the
9000-9999 range.
Catversion bump for obvious reasons.
Per complaint from Tom Lane.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16845.1544393682@sss.pgh.pa.us
If a domain has no constraints, then CoerceToDomain doesn't really do
anything and can be simplified to a RelabelType. This not only
eliminates cycles at execution, but allows the planner to optimize better
(for instance, match the coerced expression to an index on the underlying
column). However, we do have to support invalidating the plan later if
a constraint gets added to the domain. That's comparable to the case of
a change to a SQL function that had been inlined into a plan, so all the
necessary logic already exists for plans depending on functions. We
need only duplicate or share that logic for domains.
ALTER DOMAIN ADD/DROP CONSTRAINT need to be taught to send out sinval
messages for the domain's pg_type entry, since those operations don't
update that row. (ALTER DOMAIN SET/DROP NOT NULL do update that row,
so no code change is needed for them.)
Testing this revealed what's really a pre-existing bug in plpgsql:
it caches the SQL-expression-tree expansion of type coercions and
had no provision for invalidating entries in that cache. Up to now
that was only a problem if such an expression had inlined a SQL
function that got changed, which is unlikely though not impossible.
But failing to track changes of domain constraints breaks an existing
regression test case and would likely cause practical problems too.
We could fix that locally in plpgsql, but what seems like a better
idea is to build some generic infrastructure in plancache.c to store
standalone expressions and track invalidation events for them.
(It's tempting to wonder whether plpgsql's "simple expression" stuff
could use this code with lower overhead than its current use of the
heavyweight plancache APIs. But I've left that idea for later.)
Other stuff fixed in passing:
* Allow estimate_expression_value() to drop CoerceToDomain
unconditionally, effectively assuming that the coercion will succeed.
This will improve planner selectivity estimates for cases involving
estimatable expressions that are coerced to domains. We could have
done this independently of everything else here, but there wasn't
previously any need for eval_const_expressions_mutator to know about
CoerceToDomain at all.
* Use a dlist for plancache.c's list of cached plans, rather than a
manually threaded singly-linked list. That eliminates a potential
performance problem in DropCachedPlan.
* Fix a couple of inconsistencies in typecmds.c about whether
operations on domains drop RowExclusiveLock on pg_type. Our common
practice is that DDL operations do drop catalog locks, so standardize
on that choice.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19958.1544122124@sss.pgh.pa.us
When GIN vacuum deletes a posting tree page, it assumes that no concurrent
searchers can access it, thanks to ginStepRight() locking two pages at once.
However, since 9.4 searches can skip parts of posting trees descending from the
root. That leads to the risk that page is deleted and reclaimed before
concurrent search can access it.
This commit prevents the risk of above by waiting for every transaction, which
might wait to reference this page, to finish. Due to binary compatibility
we can't change GinPageOpaqueData to store corresponding transaction id.
Instead we reuse page header pd_prune_xid field, which is unused in index pages.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31a702a.14dd.166c1366ac1.Coremail.chjischj%40163.com
Author: Andrey Borodin, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 9.4
postgres_fdw's postgresGetForeignPlan() assumes without checking that the
outer_plan it's given for a join relation must have a NestLoop, MergeJoin,
or HashJoin node at the top. That's been wrong at least since commit
4bbf6edfb (which could cause insertion of a Sort node on top) and it seems
like a pretty unsafe thing to Just Assume even without that.
Through blind good fortune, this doesn't seem to have any worse
consequences today than strange EXPLAIN output, but it's clearly trouble
waiting to happen.
To fix, test the node type explicitly before touching Join-specific
fields, and avoid jamming the new tlist into a node type that can't
do projection. Export a new support function from createplan.c
to avoid building low-level knowledge about the latter into FDWs.
Back-patch to 9.6 where the faulty coding was added. Note that the
associated regression test cases don't show any changes before v11,
apparently because the tests back-patched with 4bbf6edfb don't actually
exercise the problem case before then (there's no top-level Sort
in those plans).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8946.1544644803@sss.pgh.pa.us
The timestamp generated by the standby at message transmission has been
included in the protocol since its introduction for both the status
update message and hot standby feedback message, but it has never
appeared in pg_stat_replication. Seeing this timestamp does not matter
much with a cluster which has a lot of activity, but on a mostly-idle
cluster, this makes monitoring able to react faster than the configured
timeouts.
Author: MyungKyu LIM
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1657809367.407321.1533027417725.JavaMail.jboss@ep2ml404
Skipping over the "hole" in full page images in the XLOG code was
described as being a form of compression, but this got a bit confusing
since we now have PGLZ-based compression happening, so adjust the
wording to discuss "removing" the "hole" and keeping the talk about
compression to where we're talking about using PGLZ-based compression of
the full page images.
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181127234341.GM3415@tamriel.snowman.net
This allows to set a lower log_min_duration_statement value without
incurring excessive log traffic (which reduces performance). This can
be useful to analyze workloads with lots of short queries.
Author: Adrien Nayrat
Reviewed-by: David Rowley, Vik Fearing
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c30ee535-ee1e-db9f-fa97-146b9f62caed@anayrat.info
"\pset format csv", or --csv, selects comma-separated values table format.
This is compliant with RFC 4180, except that we aren't too picky about
whether the record separator is LF or CRLF; also, the user may choose a
field separator other than comma.
This output format is directly compatible with the server's COPY CSV
format, and will also be useful as input to other programs. It's
considerably safer for that purpose than the old recommendation to
use "unaligned" format, since the latter couldn't handle data
containing the field separator character.
Daniel Vérité, reviewed by Fabien Coelho and David Fetter, some
tweaking by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a8de371e-006f-4f92-ab72-2bbe3ee78f03@manitou-mail.org
recovery.conf settings are now set in postgresql.conf (or other GUC
sources). Currently, all the affected settings are PGC_POSTMASTER;
this could be refined in the future case by case.
Recovery is now initiated by a file recovery.signal. Standby mode is
initiated by a file standby.signal. The standby_mode setting is
gone. If a recovery.conf file is found, an error is issued.
The trigger_file setting has been renamed to promote_trigger_file as
part of the move.
The documentation chapter "Recovery Configuration" has been integrated
into "Server Configuration".
pg_basebackup -R now appends settings to postgresql.auto.conf and
creates a standby.signal file.
Author: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@gmail.com>
Author: Simon Riggs <simon@2ndquadrant.com>
Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen <ams@2ndquadrant.com>
Author: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/607741529606767@web3g.yandex.ru/
Users of the WaitEventSet and WaitLatch() APIs can now choose between
asking for WL_POSTMASTER_DEATH and then handling it explicitly, or asking
for WL_EXIT_ON_PM_DEATH to trigger immediate exit on postmaster death.
This reduces code duplication, since almost all callers want the latter.
Repair all code that was previously ignoring postmaster death completely,
or requesting the event but ignoring it, or requesting the event but then
doing an unconditional PostmasterIsAlive() call every time through its
event loop (which is an expensive syscall on platforms for which we don't
have USE_POSTMASTER_DEATH_SIGNAL support).
Assert that callers of WaitLatchXXX() under the postmaster remember to
ask for either WL_POSTMASTER_DEATH or WL_EXIT_ON_PM_DEATH, to prevent
future bugs.
The only process that doesn't handle postmaster death is syslogger. It
waits until all backends holding the write end of the syslog pipe
(including the postmaster) have closed it by exiting, to be sure to
capture any parting messages. By using the WaitEventSet API directly
it avoids the new assertion, and as a by-product it may be slightly
more efficient on platforms that have epoll().
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Heikki Linnakangas, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D1TCviRykkUb69ppWLr_V697rzd1j3eZsRMmbXvETfqbQ%40mail.gmail.com,
https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2LqHzizbe7muD7-2yHUbTOoF7Q+qkSD5Q41kuhttRTwA@mail.gmail.com
Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction
of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column,
but as part of the tuple header.
This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd,
as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important
parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the
oid column by default.
The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a
significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That
already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make
table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating
that "specialness" significantly.
WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0).
Remove it.
Removing includes:
- CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be
WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out)
- pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will
issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column).
- restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when
restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column)
- COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids.
- pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH
OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first.
- Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like
plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed.
The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false)
for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of
support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that
do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them.
The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This
commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally
declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the
newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column
naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously
requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via
HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column.
The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in
genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest
oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above
FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the
special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed.
Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all
backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For
the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for
the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog
tables).
The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns
means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded
by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid,
previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid
column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either
have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the
line.
While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the
scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this
now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit
after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other
patches.
Catversion bump, for obvious reasons.
Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
The 'partoids' list which was constructed by the previous version
of this code was necessarily identical to 'inhoids'. There's no
point to duplicating the list, so avoid that. Instead, construct
the array representation directly from the original 'inhoids' list.
Also, use an array rather than a list for 'boundspecs'. We know
exactly how many items we need to store, so there's really no
reason to use a list. Using an array instead reduces the number
of memory allocations we perform.
Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Amit Langote, the
latter of whom also helped with rebasing.
On some operating systems, it doesn't make sense to retry fsync(),
because dirty data cached by the kernel may have been dropped on
write-back failure. In that case the only remaining copy of the
data is in the WAL. A subsequent fsync() could appear to succeed,
but not have flushed the data. That means that a future checkpoint
could apparently complete successfully but have lost data.
Therefore, violently prevent any future checkpoint attempts by
panicking on the first fsync() failure. Note that we already
did the same for WAL data; this change extends that behavior to
non-temporary data files.
Provide a GUC data_sync_retry to control this new behavior, for
users of operating systems that don't eject dirty data, and possibly
forensic/testing uses. If it is set to on and the write-back error
was transient, a later checkpoint might genuinely succeed (on a
system that does not throw away buffers on failure); if the error is
permanent, later checkpoints will continue to fail. The GUC defaults
to off, meaning that we panic.
Back-patch to all supported releases.
There is still a narrow window for error-loss on some operating
systems: if the file is closed and later reopened and a write-back
error occurs in the intervening time, but the inode has the bad
luck to be evicted due to memory pressure before we reopen, we could
miss the error. A later patch will address that with a scheme
for keeping files with dirty data open at all times, but we judge
that to be too complicated to back-patch.
Author: Craig Ringer, with some adjustments by Thomas Munro
Reported-by: Craig Ringer
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Thomas Munro, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180427222842.in2e4mibx45zdth5%40alap3.anarazel.de
Setting them to SIG_IGN seems unlikely to have any beneficial effect
on that platform, and given the signal numbering collision with SIGABRT,
it could easily have bad effects.
Given the lack of field complaints that can be traced to this, I don't
presently feel a need to back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5627.1542477392@sss.pgh.pa.us
This commit completes the work prepared in 1a0586de36, splitting the
old TupleTableSlot implementation (which could store buffer, heap,
minimal and virtual slots) into four different slot types. As
described in the aforementioned commit, this is done with the goal of
making tuple table slots extensible, to allow for pluggable table
access methods.
To achieve runtime extensibility for TupleTableSlots, operations on
slots that can differ between types of slots are performed using the
TupleTableSlotOps struct provided at slot creation time. That
includes information from the size of TupleTableSlot struct to be
allocated, initialization, deforming etc. See the struct's definition
for more detailed information about callbacks TupleTableSlotOps.
I decided to rename TTSOpsBufferTuple to TTSOpsBufferHeapTuple and
ExecCopySlotTuple to ExecCopySlotHeapTuple, as that seems more
consistent with other naming introduced in recent patches.
There's plenty optimization potential in the slot implementation, but
according to benchmarking the state after this commit has similar
performance characteristics to before this set of changes, which seems
sufficient.
There's a few changes in execReplication.c that currently need to poke
through the slot abstraction, that'll be repaired once the pluggable
storage patchset provides the necessary infrastructure.
Author: Andres Freund and Ashutosh Bapat, with changes by Amit Khandekar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
This speeds up write operations (INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, COPY, as well
as the future MERGE) on partitioned tables.
This changes the setup for tuple routing so that it does far less work
during the initial setup and pushes more work out to when partitions
receive tuples. PartitionDispatchData structs for sub-partitioned
tables are only created when a tuple gets routed through it. The
possibly large arrays in the PartitionTupleRouting struct have largely
been removed. The partitions[] array remains but now never contains any
NULL gaps. Previously the NULLs had to be skipped during
ExecCleanupTupleRouting(), which could add a large overhead to the
cleanup when the number of partitions was large. The partitions[] array
is allocated small to start with and only enlarged when we route tuples
to enough partitions that it runs out of space. This allows us to keep
simple single-row partition INSERTs running quickly. Redesign
The arrays in PartitionTupleRouting which stored the tuple translation maps
have now been removed. These have been moved out into a
PartitionRoutingInfo struct which is an additional field in ResultRelInfo.
The find_all_inheritors() call still remains by far the slowest part of
ExecSetupPartitionTupleRouting(). This commit just removes the other slow
parts.
In passing also rename the tuple translation maps from being ParentToChild
and ChildToParent to being RootToPartition and PartitionToRoot. The old
names mislead you into thinking that a partition of some sub-partitioned
table would translate to the rowtype of the sub-partitioned table rather
than the root partitioned table.
Authors: David Rowley and Amit Langote, heavily revised by Álvaro Herrera
Testing help from Jesper Pedersen and Kato Sho.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_1RJyFquuCKRFHTdcXqoPX-PYqAd7nz=GVBwvGh4a6xA@mail.gmail.com
Virtual tuple table slots never need tuple deforming. Therefore, if we
know at expression compilation time, that a certain slot will always
be virtual, there's no need to create a tuple deforming routine for
it.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously this information was computed when JIT compiling an
expression. But the information is useful for assertions in the
non-JIT case too (for assertions), therefore it makes sense to move
it.
This will, in a followup commit, allow to treat different slot types
differently. E.g. for virtual slots there's no need to generate a JIT
function to deform the slot.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
Upcoming work intends to allow pluggable ways to introduce new ways of
storing table data. Accessing those table access methods from the
executor requires TupleTableSlots to be carry tuples in the native
format of such storage methods; otherwise there'll be a significant
conversion overhead.
Different access methods will require different data to store tuples
efficiently (just like virtual, minimal, heap already require fields
in TupleTableSlot). To allow that without requiring additional pointer
indirections, we want to have different structs (embedding
TupleTableSlot) for different types of slots. Thus different types of
slots are needed, which requires adapting creators of slots.
The slot that most efficiently can represent a type of tuple in an
executor node will often depend on the type of slot a child node
uses. Therefore we need to track the type of slot is returned by
nodes, so parent slots can create slots based on that.
Relatedly, JIT compilation of tuple deforming needs to know which type
of slot a certain expression refers to, so it can create an
appropriate deforming function for the type of tuple in the slot.
But not all nodes will only return one type of slot, e.g. an append
node will potentially return different types of slots for each of its
subplans.
Therefore add function that allows to query the type of a node's
result slot, and whether it'll always be the same type (whether it's
fixed). This can be queried using ExecGetResultSlotOps().
The scan, result, inner, outer type of slots are automatically
inferred from ExecInitScanTupleSlot(), ExecInitResultSlot(),
left/right subtrees respectively. If that's not correct for a node,
that can be overwritten using new fields in PlanState.
This commit does not introduce the actually abstracted implementation
of different kind of TupleTableSlots, that will be left for a followup
commit. The different types of slots introduced will, for now, still
use the same backing implementation.
While this already partially invalidates the big comment in
tuptable.h, it seems to make more sense to update it later, when the
different TupleTableSlot implementations actually exist.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat and Andres Freund, with changes by Amit Khandekar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously materializing a slot always returned a HeapTuple. As
current work aims to reduce the reliance on HeapTuples (so other
storage systems can work efficiently), that needs to change. Thus
split the tasks of materializing a slot (i.e. making it independent
from the underlying storage / other memory contexts) from fetching a
HeapTuple from the slot. For brevity, allow to fetch a HeapTuple from
a slot and materializing the slot at the same time, controlled by a
parameter.
For now some callers of ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple, with materialize =
true, expect that changes to the heap tuple will be reflected in the
underlying slot. Those places will be adapted in due course, so while
not pretty, that's OK for now.
Also rename ExecFetchSlotTuple to ExecFetchSlotHeapTupleDatum and
ExecFetchSlotTupleDatum to ExecFetchSlotHeapTupleDatum, as it's likely
that future storage methods will need similar methods. There already
is ExecFetchSlotMinimalTuple, so the new names make the naming scheme
more coherent.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat and Andres Freund, with changes by Amit Khandekar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
It was not really that obvious that there's meant to be exactly 1 item
in the partexprs List for each zero-valued partattrs element. Some
incorrect code using these fields was the cause of CVE-2018-1052, so
it's worthwhile to mention how they should be used in the comments.
Author: David Rowley <david.rowley@2ndquadrant.com>
The comments above the PartitionedRelPruneInfo struct incorrectly
document how subplan_map and subpart_map are indexed. This seems to
have snuck in on 4e23236403.
Author: David Rowley <david.rowley@2ndquadrant.com>
BufFileSize() can't use off_t, because it's only 32 bits wide on
some systems. BufFile objects can have many 1GB segments so the
total size can exceed 2^31. The only known client of the function
is parallel CREATE INDEX, which was reported to fail when building
large indexes on Windows.
Though this is technically an ABI break on platforms with a 32 bit
off_t and we might normally avoid back-patching it, the function is
brand new and thus unlikely to have been discovered by extension
authors yet, and it's fairly thoroughly broken on those platforms
anyway, so just fix it.
Defect in 9da0cc35. Bug #15460. Back-patch to 11, where this
function landed.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reported-by: Paul van der Linden, Pavel Oskin
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15460-b6db80de822fa0ad%40postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHDGBJP_GsESbTt4P3FZA8kMUKuYxjg57XHF7NRBoKnR%3DCAR-g%40mail.gmail.com
date_trunc(field, timestamptz, zone_name) performs truncation using
the named time zone as reference, rather than working in the session
time zone as is the default behavior. It's equivalent to
date_trunc(field, timestamptz at time zone zone_name) at time zone zone_name
but it's faster, easier to type, and arguably easier to understand.
Vik Fearing and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6249ffc4-2b22-4c1b-4e7d-7af84fedd7c6@2ndquadrant.com
Change lock level for renaming index (either ALTER INDEX or implicitly
via some other commands) from AccessExclusiveLock to
ShareUpdateExclusiveLock.
One reason we need a strong lock for relation renaming is that the
name change causes a rebuild of the relcache entry. Concurrent
sessions that have the relation open might not be able to handle the
relcache entry changing underneath them. Therefore, we need to lock
the relation in a way that no one can have the relation open
concurrently. But for indexes, the relcache handles reloads specially
in RelationReloadIndexInfo() in a way that keeps changes in the
relcache entry to a minimum. As long as no one keeps pointers to
rd_amcache and rd_options around across possible relcache flushes,
which is the case, this ought to be safe.
We also want to use a self-exclusive lock for correctness, so that
concurrent DDL doesn't overwrite the rename if they start updating
while still seeing the old version. Therefore, we use
ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, which is already used by other DDL commands
that want to operate in a concurrent manner.
The reason this is interesting at all is that renaming an index is a
typical part of a concurrent reindexing workflow (CREATE INDEX
CONCURRENTLY new + DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY old + rename back). And
indeed a future built-in REINDEX CONCURRENTLY might rely on the ability
to do concurrent renames as well.
Reviewed-by: Andrey Klychkov <aaklychkov@mail.ru>
Reviewed-by: Fabrízio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1531767486.432607658@f357.i.mail.ru
The code building PartitionBoundInfo based on the constituent partition
data read from catalogs has been located in partcache.c, with a specific
set of routines dedicated to bound types, like sorting or bound data
creation. All this logic is moved to partbounds.c and relocates all the
bound-specific logistic into it, with partition_bounds_create() as
principal entry point.
Author: Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3f289da8-6d10-75fe-814a-635e8b191d43@lab.ntt.co.jp
This patch fixes several related cases in which pg_shdepend entries were
never made, or were lost, for references to roles appearing in the ACLs of
schemas and/or types. While that did no immediate harm, if a referenced
role were later dropped, the drop would be allowed and would leave a
dangling reference in the object's ACL. That still wasn't a big problem
for normal database usage, but it would cause obscure failures in
subsequent dump/reload or pg_upgrade attempts, taking the form of
attempts to grant privileges to all-numeric role names. (I think I've
seen field reports matching that symptom, but can't find any right now.)
Several cases are fixed here:
1. ALTER DOMAIN SET/DROP DEFAULT would lose the dependencies for any
existing ACL entries for the domain. This case is ancient, dating
back as far as we've had pg_shdepend tracking at all.
2. If a default type privilege applies, CREATE TYPE recorded the
ACL properly but forgot to install dependency entries for it.
This dates to the addition of default privileges for types in 9.2.
3. If a default schema privilege applies, CREATE SCHEMA recorded the
ACL properly but forgot to install dependency entries for it.
This dates to the addition of default privileges for schemas in v10
(commit ab89e465c).
Another somewhat-related problem is that when creating a relation
rowtype or implicit array type, TypeCreate would apply any available
default type privileges to that type, which we don't really want
since such an object isn't supposed to have privileges of its own.
(You can't, for example, drop such privileges once they've been added
to an array type.)
ab89e465c is also to blame for a race condition in the regression tests:
privileges.sql transiently installed globally-applicable default
privileges on schemas, which sometimes got absorbed into the ACLs of
schemas created by concurrent test scripts. This should have resulted
in failures when privileges.sql tried to drop the role holding such
privileges; but thanks to the bug fixed here, it instead led to dangling
ACLs in the final state of the regression database. We'd managed not to
notice that, but it became obvious in the wake of commit da906766c, which
allowed the race condition to occur in pg_upgrade tests.
To fix, add a function recordDependencyOnNewAcl to encapsulate what
callers of get_user_default_acl need to do; while the original call
sites got that right via ad-hoc code, none of the later-added ones
have. Also change GenerateTypeDependencies to generate these
dependencies, which requires adding the typacl to its parameter list.
(That might be annoying if there are any extensions calling that
function directly; but if there are, they're most likely buggy in the
same way as the core callers were, so they need work anyway.) While
I was at it, I changed GenerateTypeDependencies to accept most of its
parameters in the form of a Form_pg_type pointer, making its parameter
list a bit less unwieldy and mistake-prone.
The test race condition is fixed just by wrapping the addition and
removal of default privileges into a single transaction, so that that
state is never visible externally. We might eventually prefer to
separate out tests of default privileges into a script that runs by
itself, but that would be a bigger change and would make the tests
run slower overall.
Back-patch relevant parts to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1541725287@sss.pgh.pa.us
In a lot of nodes the return slot is not required. That can either be
because the node doesn't do any projection (say an Append node), or
because the node does perform projections but the projection is
optimized away because the projection would yield an identical row.
Slots aren't that small, especially for wide rows, so it's worthwhile
to avoid creating them. It's not possible to just skip creating the
slot - it's currently used to determine the tuple descriptor returned
by ExecGetResultType(). So separate the determination of the result
type from the slot creation. The work previously done internally
ExecInitResultTupleSlotTL() can now also be done separately with
ExecInitResultTypeTL() and ExecInitResultSlot(). That way nodes that
aren't guaranteed to need a result slot, can use
ExecInitResultTypeTL() to determine the result type of the node, and
ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo() (via
ExecConditionalAssignProjectionInfo()) determines that a result slot
is needed, it is created with ExecInitResultSlot().
Besides the advantage of avoiding to create slots that then are
unused, this is necessary preparation for later patches around tuple
table slot abstraction. In particular separating the return descriptor
and slot is a prerequisite to allow JITing of tuple deforming with
knowledge of the underlying tuple format, and to avoid unnecessarily
creating JITed tuple deforming for virtual slots.
This commit removes a redundant argument from
ExecInitResultTupleSlotTL(). While this commit touches a lot of the
relevant lines anyway, it'd normally still not worthwhile to cause
breakage, except that aforementioned later commits will touch *all*
ExecInitResultTupleSlotTL() callers anyway (but fits worse
thematically).
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
The original code to propagate NOT NULL and default expressions
specified when creating a partition was mostly copy-pasted from
typed-tables creation, but not being a great match it contained some
duplicity, inefficiency and bugs.
This commit fixes the bug that NOT NULL constraints declared in the
parent table would not be honored in the partition. One reported issue
that is not fixed is that a DEFAULT declared in the child is not used
when inserting through the parent. That would amount to a behavioral
change that's better not back-patched.
This rewrite makes the code simpler:
1. instead of checking for duplicate column names in its own block,
reuse the original one that already did that;
2. instead of concatenating the list of columns from parent and the one
declared in the partition and scanning the result to (incorrectly)
propagate defaults and not-null constraints, just scan the latter
searching the former for a match, and merging sensibly. This works
because we know the list in the parent is already correct and there can
only be one parent.
This rewrite makes ColumnDef->is_from_parent unused, so it's removed
on branch master; on released branches, it's kept as an unused field in
order not to cause ABI incompatibilities.
This commit also adds a test case for creating partitions with
collations mismatching that on the parent table, something that is
closely related to the code being patched. No code change is introduced
though, since that'd be a behavior change that could break some (broken)
working applications.
Amit Langote wrote a less invasive fix for the original
NOT NULL/defaults bug, but while I kept the tests he added, I ended up
not using his original code. Ashutosh Bapat reviewed Amit's fix. Amit
reviewed mine.
Author: Álvaro Herrera, Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Langote
Reported-by: Jürgen Strobel (bug #15212)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/152746742177.1291.9847032632907407358@wrigleys.postgresql.org
This mainly de-duplicates code. As evaluating a system variable isn't
the hottest path and the current inline implementation ends up calling
out to an external function anyway, this is OK from a performance POV.
The main motivation for de-duplicating is the upcoming slot
abstraction work, after which there's not guaranteed to be a HeapTuple
backing the slot.
Author: Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
Add another transfer mode --clone to pg_upgrade (besides the existing
--link and the default copy), using special file cloning calls. This
makes the file transfer faster and more space efficient, achieving
speed similar to --link mode without the associated drawbacks.
On Linux, file cloning is supported on Btrfs and XFS (if formatted with
reflink support). On macOS, file cloning is supported on APFS.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
The planner doesn't make any use of root->total_table_pages until it
estimates costs of indexscans, so we don't need to compute it as
early as that's currently done. By doing the calculation between
set_base_rel_sizes and set_base_rel_pathlists, we can omit relations
that get removed from the query by partition pruning or constraint
exclusion, which seems like a more accurate basis for costing.
(Historical note: I think at the time this code was written, there
was not a separation between the "set sizes" and "set pathlists"
steps, so that this approach would have been impossible at the time.
But now that we have that separation, this is clearly the better way
to do things.)
David Rowley, reviewed by Edmund Horner
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f-NG1mRM0VOtkAG7=ZLQWihoqees9R4ki3CKBB0-fRfCA@mail.gmail.com
Forward to POSIX pread() and pwrite(), or emulate them if unavailable.
The emulation is not perfect as the file position is changed, so
we'll put pg_ prefixes on the names to minimize the risk of confusion
in future patches that might inadvertently try to mix pread() and read()
on the same file descriptor.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Jesper Pedersen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=02rapCpPR3ZGF2vW=SBHSdFYO_bz_f-wwWJonmA3APgw@mail.gmail.com
The "rb" prefix is used by Ruby, so that our existing code results
in name collisions that break plruby. We discussed ways to prevent
that by adjusting dynamic linker options, but it seems that at best
we'd move the pain to other cases. Renaming to avoid the collision
is the only portable fix anyway. Fortunately, our rbtree code is
not (yet?) widely used --- in core, there's only a single usage
in GIN --- so it seems likely that we can get away with a rename.
I chose to do this basically as s/rb/rbt/g, except for places where
there already was a "t" after "rb". The patch could have been made
smaller by only touching linker-visible symbols, but it would have
resulted in oddly inconsistent-looking code. Better to make it look
like "rbt" was the plan all along.
Back-patch to v10. The rbtree.c code exists back to 9.5, but
rb_iterate() which is the actual immediate source of pain was added
in v10, so it seems like changing the names before that would have
more risk than benefit.
Per report from Pavel Raiskup.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4738198.8KVIIDhgEB@nb.usersys.redhat.com
pg_promote uses nothing relying on a global state, so it is fine to mark
it as parallel-safe, conclusion based on a detailed analysis from Robert
Haas. This also fixes an inconsistency where pg_proc.dat missed to mark
the function with its previous value for proparallel, update which does
not matter now as the default is used.
Based on a discussion between multiple folks: Laurenz Albe, Robert Haas,
Amit Kapila, Tom Lane and myself.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181029082530.GL14242@paquier.xyz
The entry with OID 4035, for GIST jsonb_ops, is unused; apparently
it was added in preparation for index support that never materialized.
Remove it, and add a regression test case to detect future mistakes
of the same kind.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17188.1541379745@sss.pgh.pa.us
This has been deprecated and effectively unused for a long time.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
An array-type coercion appearing within a CASE that has a constant
(after const-folding) test expression was mangled by the planner, causing
all the elements of the resulting array to be equal to the coerced value
of the CASE's test expression. This is my oversight in commit c12d570fa:
that changed ArrayCoerceExpr to use a subexpression involving a
CaseTestExpr, and I didn't notice that eval_const_expressions needed an
adjustment to keep from folding such a CaseTestExpr to a constant when
it's inside a suitable CASE.
This is another in what's getting to be a depressingly long line of bugs
associated with misidentification of the referent of a CaseTestExpr.
We're overdue to redesign that mechanism; but any such fix is unlikely
to be back-patchable into v11. As a stopgap, fix eval_const_expressions
to do what it must here. Also add a bunch of comments pointing out the
restrictions and assumptions that are needed to make this work at all.
Also fix a related oversight: contain_context_dependent_node() was not
aware of the relationship of ArrayCoerceExpr to CaseTestExpr. That was
somewhat fail-soft, in that the outcome of a wrong answer would be to
prevent optimizations that could have been made, but let's fix it while
we're at it.
Per bug #15471 from Matt Williams. Back-patch to v11 where the faulty
logic came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15471-1117f49271989bad@postgresql.org
This new function is useful to display a full tree of partitions with a
partitioned table given in output, and avoids the need of any complex
WITH RECURSIVE query when looking at partition trees which are
deep multiple levels.
It returns a set of records, one for each partition, containing the
partition's name, its immediate parent's name, a boolean value telling
if the relation is a leaf in the tree and an integer telling its level
in the partition tree with given table considered as root, beginning at
zero for the root, and incrementing by one each time the scan goes one
level down.
Author: Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Jesper Pedersen, Michael Paquier, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8d00e51a-9a51-ad02-d53e-ba6bf50b2e52@lab.ntt.co.jp
This function is able to promote a standby with this new SQL-callable
function. Execution access can be granted to non-superusers so that
failover tools can observe the principle of least privilege.
Catalog version is bumped.
Author: Laurenz Albe
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6e7c79b3ec916cf49742fb8849ed17cd87aed620.camel@cybertec.at
This changes the documentation, and the related structures so as
everything is consistent.
Some wait events were not listed alphabetically since their
introduction, others have been added rather randomly. Keeping all those
entries in order helps in maintenance, and helps the user looking at the
documentation.
Author: Michael Paquier, Kuntal Ghosh
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181024002539.GI1658@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 10, only for the documentation part to avoid an ABI
breakage.
All existing uses can get this information more easily from the
relation descriptor, so the detour through the syscache is not
necessary.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Background workers, including parallel workers, were generating
the same sequence of numbers in random(). This showed up as DSM
handle collisions when Parallel Hash created multiple segments,
but any code that calls random() in background workers could be
affected if it cares about different backends generating different
numbers.
Repair by making sure that all new processes initialize the seed
at the same time as they set MyProcPid and MyStartTime in a new
function InitProcessGlobals(), called by the postmaster, its
children and also standalone processes. Also add a new high
resolution MyStartTimestamp as a potentially useful by-product,
and remove SessionStartTime from struct Port as it is now
redundant.
No back-patch for now, as the known consequences so far are just
a bunch of harmless shm_open(O_EXCL) collisions.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D2eJj_6%3DB%2B2tEpGu2nf1BjthCf9nXXUouYvJJ4C5WSwhg%40mail.gmail.com
es_leaf_result_relations doesn't exist; perhaps this was an old name
for es_tuple_routing_result_relations, or maybe this comment has gone
unmaintained through multiple rounds of whacking the code around.
Related comment in execnodes.h was both obsolete and ungrammatical.
That's worth it, as fmgr_builtins is frequently accessed, and as
fmgr_builtins is one of the biggest constant variables in a backend.
On most 64bit systems this will change the size of the struct from
32byte to 24bytes. While that could make indexing into the array
marginally more expensive, the higher cache hit ratio is worth more,
especially because these days fmgr_builtins isn't searched with a
binary search anymore (c.f. 212e6f34d5).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181016201145.aa2dfeq54rhqzron@alap3.anarazel.de
The new unconsitify(underlying_type, var) macro allows to cast
constness away from a variable, but doesn't allow changing the
underlying type. Enforcement of the latter currently only works for
gcc like compilers.
Please note IT IS NOT SAFE to cast constness away if the variable will ever
be modified (it would be undefined behaviour). Doing so anyway can cause
compiler misoptimizations or runtime crashes (modifying readonly memory).
It is only safe to use when the the variable will not be modified, but API
design or language restrictions prevent you from declaring that
(e.g. because a function returns both const and non-const variables).
This'll be used in an upcoming change, but seems like it's independent
infrastructure.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181015200754.7y7zfuzsoux2c4ya@alap3.anarazel.de
This allows the compiler / linker to mark affected pages as read-only.
There's a fair number of pre-requisite changes, to allow the const
properly be propagated. Most of consts were already required for
correctness anyway, just not represented on the type-level. Arguably
we could be more aggressive in using consts in related code, but..
This requires using a few of the types underlying typedefs that
removes pointers (e.g. const NameData *) as declaring the typedefed
type constant doesn't have the same meaning (it makes the variable
const, not what it points to).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181015200754.7y7zfuzsoux2c4ya@alap3.anarazel.de
This allows the compiler / linker to mark affected pages as read-only.
There's other cases, but they're a bit more invasive, and should go
through some review. These are easy.
They were found with
objdump -j .data -t src/backend/postgres|awk '{print $4, $5, $6}'|sort -r|less
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181015200754.7y7zfuzsoux2c4ya@alap3.anarazel.de
There's several reasons for this change:
1) It reduces the total size of TupleTableSlot / reduces alignment
padding, making the commonly accessed members fit into a single
cacheline (but we currently do not force proper alignment, so
that's not yet guaranteed to be helpful)
2) Combining the booleans into a flag allows to combine read/writes
from memory.
3) With the upcoming slot abstraction changes, it allows to have core
and extended flags, in a memory efficient way.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180220224318.gw4oe5jadhpmcdnm@alap3.anarazel.de
heaptuple.c was never a particular good fit for slot_getattr(),
slot_getsomeattrs() and slot_getmissingattrs(), but in upcoming
changes slots will be made more abstract (allowing slots that contain
different types of tuples), making it clearly the wrong place.
Note that slot_deform_tuple() remains in it's current place, as it
clearly deals with a HeapTuple. getmissingattrs() also remains, but
it's less clear that that's correct - but execTuples.c wouldn't be the
right place.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180220224318.gw4oe5jadhpmcdnm@alap3.anarazel.de
We can allow this macro to accept either abbreviated or non-abbreviated
allocation parameters by making use of __VA_ARGS__. As noted by Andres
Freund, it's unlikely that any compiler would have __builtin_constant_p
but not __VA_ARGS__, so this gives up little or no error checking, and
it avoids a minor but annoying API break for extensions.
With this change, there is no reason for anybody to call
AllocSetContextCreateExtended directly, so in HEAD I renamed it to
AllocSetContextCreateInternal. It's probably too late for an ABI
break like that in 11, though.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181012170355.bhxi273skjt6sag4@alap3.anarazel.de
There was no code to handle foreign key constraints on partitioned
tables in the case of ALTER TABLE DETACH; and if you happened to ATTACH
a partition that already had an equivalent constraint, that one was
ignored and a new constraint was created. Adding this to the fact that
foreign key cloning reuses the constraint name on the partition instead
of generating a new name (as it probably should, to cater to SQL
standard rules about constraint naming within schemas), the result was a
pretty poor user experience -- the most visible failure was that just
detaching a partition and re-attaching it failed with an error such as
ERROR: duplicate key value violates unique constraint "pg_constraint_conrelid_contypid_conname_index"
DETAIL: Key (conrelid, contypid, conname)=(26702, 0, test_result_asset_id_fkey) already exists.
because it would try to create an identically-named constraint in the
partition. To make matters worse, if you tried to drop the constraint
in the now-independent partition, that would fail because the constraint
was still seen as dependent on the constraint in its former parent
partitioned table:
ERROR: cannot drop inherited constraint "test_result_asset_id_fkey" of relation "test_result_cbsystem_0001_0050_monthly_2018_09"
This fix attacks the problem from two angles: first, when the partition
is detached, the constraint is also marked as independent, so the drop
now works. Second, when the partition is re-attached, we scan existing
constraints searching for one matching the FK in the parent, and if one
exists, we link that one to the parent constraint. So we don't end up
with a duplicate -- and better yet, we don't need to scan the referenced
table to verify that the constraint holds.
To implement this I made a small change to previously planner-only
struct ForeignKeyCacheInfo to contain the constraint OID; also relcache
now maintains the list of FKs for partitioned tables too.
Backpatch to 11.
Reported-by: Michael Vitale (bug #15425)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15425-2dbc9d2aa999f816@postgresql.org
Repeatedly rewriting a mapped catalog table with VACUUM FULL or
CLUSTER could cause logical decoding to fail with:
ERROR, "could not map filenode \"%s\" to relation OID"
To trigger the problem the rewritten catalog had to have live tuples
with toasted columns.
The problem was triggered as during catalog table rewrites the
heap_insert() check that prevents logical decoding information to be
emitted for system catalogs, failed to treat the new heap's toast table
as a system catalog (because the new heap is not recognized as a
catalog table via RelationIsLogicallyLogged()). The relmapper, in
contrast to the normal catalog contents, does not contain historical
information. After a single rewrite of a mapped table the new relation
is known to the relmapper, but if the table is rewritten twice before
logical decoding occurs, the relfilenode cannot be mapped to a
relation anymore. Which then leads us to error out. This only
happens for toast tables, because the main table contents aren't
re-inserted with heap_insert().
The fix is simple, add a new heap_insert() flag that prevents logical
decoding information from being emitted, and accept during decoding
that there might not be tuple data for toast tables.
Unfortunately that does not fix pre-existing logical decoding
errors. Doing so would require not throwing an error when a filenode
cannot be mapped to a relation during decoding, and that seems too
likely to hide bugs. If it's crucial to fix decoding for an existing
slot, temporarily changing the ERROR in ReorderBufferCommit() to a
WARNING appears to be the best fix.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180914021046.oi7dm4ra3ot2g2kt@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.4-, where logical decoding was introduced
It was previously a string setting that was converted into an enum by
custom code, but using the GUC enum facility seems much simpler and
doesn't change any functionality, except that
set transaction_isolation='default';
no longer works, but that was never documented and doesn't work with
any other transaction characteristics. (Note that this is not the
same as RESET or SET TO DEFAULT, which still work.)
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/457db615-e84c-4838-310e-43841eb806e5@iki.fi
NetBSD-current generates a large number of warnings about "%m" not
being appropriate to use with *printf functions. While that's true
for their native printf, it's surely not true for snprintf.c, so I
think they have misunderstood gcc's definition of the "gnu_printf"
archetype. Nonetheless, choosing "__syslog__" instead silences the
warnings; so teach configure about that.
Since this is only a cosmetic warning issue (and anyway it depends
on previous hacking to be self-consistent), no back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16785.1539046036@sss.pgh.pa.us
This function lists the contents of the WAL archive status directory,
and is intended to be used by monitoring tools. Unlike pg_ls_dir(),
access to it can be granted to non-superusers so that those monitoring
tools can observe the principle of least privilege. Access is also
given by default to members of pg_monitor.
Author: Christoph Moench-Tegeder
Reviewed-by: Aya Iwata
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930205920.GA64534@elch.exwg.net
Originally committed as 15bc038f (plus some follow-ups), this was
reverted in 28e07270 due to a problem discovered in parallel
workers. This new version corrects that problem by sending the
list of uncommitted enum values to parallel workers.
Here follows the original commit message describing the change:
To prevent possibly breaking indexes on enum columns, we must keep
uncommitted enum values from getting stored in tables, unless we
can be sure that any such column is new in the current transaction.
Formerly, we enforced this by disallowing ALTER TYPE ... ADD VALUE
from being executed at all in a transaction block, unless the target
enum type had been created in the current transaction. This patch
removes that restriction, and instead insists that an uncommitted enum
value can't be referenced unless it belongs to an enum type created
in the same transaction as the value. Per discussion, this should be
a bit less onerous. It does require each function that could possibly
return a new enum value to SQL operations to check this restriction,
but there aren't so many of those that this seems unmaintainable.
Author: Andrew Dunstan and Tom Lane, with parallel query fix by Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0Ei7g6PaNTbcmAh9tCRahQrk%3Dr5ZWLD-jr7hXweYX3yg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4075.1459088427%40sss.pgh.pa.us
A warning on a NetBSD box revealed to me that pg_waldump/compat.c
is using vprintf(), which snprintf.c did not provide coverage for.
This is not good if we want to have uniform *printf behavior, and
it's pretty silly to omit when it's a one-line function.
I also noted that snprintf.c has pg_vsprintf() but for some reason
it was not exposed to the outside world, creating another way in
which code might accidentally invoke the platform *printf family.
Let's just make sure that we replace all eight of the POSIX-standard
printf family.
Also, upgrade plperl.h and plpython.h to make sure that they do
their undefine/redefine rain dance for all eight, not some random
maybe-sufficient subset thereof.
Up to now, float4out/float8out handled NaN and Infinity cases explicitly,
and invoked psprintf only for ordinary float values. This was done because
platform implementations of snprintf produce varying representations of
these special cases. But now that we use snprintf.c always, it's better
to give it the responsibility to produce a uniform representation of
these cases, so that we have uniformity across the board not only in
float4out/float8out. Hence, move that work into fmtfloat().
Also, teach fmtfloat() to recognize IEEE minus zero and handle it
correctly. The previous coding worked only accidentally, and would
fail for e.g. "%+f" format (it'd print "+-0.00000"). Now that we're
using snprintf.c everywhere, it's not acceptable for it to do weird
things in corner cases. (This incidentally avoids a portability
problem we've seen on some really ancient platforms, that native
sprintf does the wrong thing with minus zero.)
Also, introduce a new entry point in snprintf.c to allow float[48]out
to bypass the work of interpreting a well-known format spec, as well
as bypassing the overhead of the psprintf layer. I modeled this API
loosely on strfromd(). In my testing, this brings float[48]out back
to approximately the same speed they had when using native snprintf,
fixing one of the main performance issues caused by using snprintf.c.
(There is some talk of more aggressive work to improve the speed of
floating-point output conversion, but these changes seem to provide
a better starting point for such work anyway.)
Getting rid of the previous ad-hoc hack for Infinity/NaN in fmtfloat()
allows removing <ctype.h> from snprintf.c's #includes. I also removed
a few other #includes that I think are historical, though the buildfarm
may expose that as wrong.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/13178.1538794717@sss.pgh.pa.us
If there are many ExecRowMark structs, we spent O(N^2) time in
ExecFindRowMark during executor startup. Once upon a time this was
not of great concern, but the addition of native partitioning has
squeezed out enough other costs that this can become the dominant
overhead in some use-cases for tables with many partitions.
To fix, simply replace that List data structure with an array.
This adds a little bit of cost to execCurrentOf(), but not much,
and anyway that code path is neither of large importance nor very
efficient now. If we ever decide it is a bottleneck, constructing a
hash table for lookup-by-tableoid would likely be the thing to do.
Per complaint from Amit Langote, though this is different from
his fix proposal.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
In the wake of commit f2343653f, we no longer need some fields that
were used before to control executor lock acquisitions:
* PlannedStmt.nonleafResultRelations can go away entirely.
* partitioned_rels can go away from Append, MergeAppend, and ModifyTable.
However, ModifyTable still needs to know the RT index of the partition
root table if any, which was formerly kept in the first entry of that
list. Add a new field "rootRelation" to remember that. rootRelation is
partly redundant with nominalRelation, in that if it's set it will have
the same value as nominalRelation. However, the latter field has a
different purpose so it seems best to keep them distinct.
Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
and whacked around a bit more by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
Index DDL cascading on partitioned tables introduced a way for ALTER
TABLE to be called reentrantly. This caused an an important deficiency
in event trigger support to be exposed: on exiting the reentrant call,
the alter table state object was clobbered, causing a crash when the
outer alter table tries to finalize its processing. Fix the crash by
creating a stack of event trigger state objects. There are still ways
to cause things to misbehave (and probably other crashers) with more
elaborate tricks, but at least it now doesn't crash in the obvious
scenario.
Backpatch to 9.5, where DDL deparsing of event triggers was introduced.
Reported-by: Marco Slot
Authors: Michaël Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANNhMLCpi+HQ7M36uPfGbJZEQLyTy7XvX=5EFkpR-b1bo0uJew@mail.gmail.com
We already have appropriate locks on every relation listed in the
query's rangetable before we reach the executor. Take the next step
in exploiting that knowledge by removing code that worries about
taking locks on non-leaf result relations in a partitioned table.
In particular, get rid of ExecLockNonLeafAppendTables and a stanza in
InitPlan that asserts we already have locks on certain such tables.
In passing, clean up some now-obsolete comments in InitPlan.
Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
and whacked around a bit more by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
Previously, a worker process would establish values for these based on
its own start time. In v10 and up, this can trivially be shown to cause
misbehavior of transaction_timestamp(), timestamp_in(), and related
functions which are (perhaps unwisely?) marked parallel-safe. It seems
likely that other behaviors might diverge from what happens in the parent
as well.
It's not as trivial to demonstrate problems in 9.6 or 9.5, but I'm sure
it's still possible, so back-patch to all branches containing parallel
worker infrastructure.
In HEAD only, mark now() and statement_timestamp() as parallel-safe
(other affected functions already were). While in theory we could
still squeeze that change into v11, it doesn't seem important enough
to force a last-minute catversion bump.
Konstantin Knizhnik, whacked around a bit by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6406dbd2-5d37-4cb6-6eb2-9c44172c7e7c@postgrespro.ru
Historically we forbade datatype-specific comparison functions from
returning INT_MIN, so that it would be safe to invert the sort order
just by negating the comparison result. However, this was never
really safe for comparison functions that directly return the result
of memcmp(), strcmp(), etc, as POSIX doesn't place any such restriction
on those library functions. Buildfarm results show that at least on
recent Linux on s390x, memcmp() actually does return INT_MIN sometimes,
causing sort failures.
The agreed-on answer is to remove this restriction and fix relevant
call sites to not make such an assumption; code such as "res = -res"
should be replaced by "INVERT_COMPARE_RESULT(res)". The same is needed
in a few places that just directly negated the result of memcmp or
strcmp.
To help find places having this problem, I've also added a compile option
to nbtcompare.c that causes some of the commonly used comparators to
return INT_MIN/INT_MAX instead of their usual -1/+1. It'd likely be
a good idea to have at least one buildfarm member running with
"-DSTRESS_SORT_INT_MIN". That's far from a complete test of course,
but it should help to prevent fresh introductions of such bugs.
This is a longstanding portability hazard, so back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180928185215.ffoq2xrq5d3pafna@alap3.anarazel.de
This lists the contents of a temporary directory associated to a given
tablespace, useful to get information about on-disk consumption caused
by temporary files used by a session query. By default, pg_default is
scanned, and a tablespace can be specified as argument.
This function is intended to be used by monitoring tools, and, unlike
pg_ls_dir(), access to them can be granted to non-superusers so that
those monitoring tools can observe the principle of least privilege.
Access is also given by default to members of pg_monitor.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Laurenz Albe
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/92F458A2-6459-44B8-A7F2-2ADD3225046A@amazon.com
Instead of doing a lot of list_nth() accesses to es_range_table,
create a flattened pointer array during executor startup and index
into that to get at individual RangeTblEntrys.
This eliminates one source of O(N^2) behavior with lots of partitions.
(I'm not exactly convinced that it's the most important source, but
it's an easy one to fix.)
Amit Langote and David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
Create an array estate->es_relations[] paralleling the es_range_table,
and store references to Relations (relcache entries) there, so that any
given RT entry is opened and closed just once per executor run. Scan
nodes typically still call ExecOpenScanRelation, but ExecCloseScanRelation
is no more; relation closing is now done centrally in ExecEndPlan.
This is slightly more complex than one would expect because of the
interactions with relcache references held in ResultRelInfo nodes.
The general convention is now that ResultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc does
not represent a separate relcache reference and so does not need to be
explicitly closed; but there is an exception for ResultRelInfos in the
es_trig_target_relations list, which are manufactured by
ExecGetTriggerResultRel and have to be cleaned up by
ExecCleanUpTriggerState. (That much was true all along, but these
ResultRelInfos are now more different from others than they used to be.)
To allow the partition pruning logic to make use of es_relations[] rather
than having its own relcache references, adjust PartitionedRelPruneInfo
to store an RT index rather than a relation OID.
Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
some mods by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
When specified, this option allows VACUUM to skip the work on a relation
if there is a conflicting lock on it when trying to open it at the
beginning of its processing.
Similarly to autovacuum, this comes with a couple of limitations while
the relation is processed which can cause the process to still block:
- when opening the relation indexes.
- when acquiring row samples for table inheritance trees, partition trees
or certain types of foreign tables, and that a lock is taken on some
leaves of such trees.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Andres Freund, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9EF7EBE4-720D-4CF1-9D0E-4403D7E92990@amazon.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171201160907.27110.74730@wrigleys.postgresql.org
I (Andres) was more than a bit hasty in committing 33001fd7a7
after last minute changes, leading to a number of problems (jit output
was only shown for JIT in parallel workers, and just EXPLAIN without
ANALYZE didn't work). Lukas luckily found these issues quickly.
Instead of combining instrumentation in in standard_ExecutorEnd(), do
so on demand in the new ExplainPrintJITSummary().
Also update a documentation example of the JIT output, changed in
52050ad8eb.
Author: Lukas Fittl, with minor changes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAP53PkxmgJht69pabxBXJBM+0oc6kf3KHMborLP7H2ouJ0CCtQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11, where JIT compilation was introduced
In combination, these changes make our version of snprintf as fast
or faster than most platforms' native snprintf, except for cases
involving floating-point conversion (which we still delegate to
the native sprintf). The speed penalty for a float conversion
is down to around 10% though, much better than before.
Notable changes:
* Rather than always parsing the format twice to see if it contains
instances of %n$, do the extra scan only if we actually find a $.
This obviously wins for non-localized formats, and even when there
is use of %n$, we can avoid scanning text before the first % twice.
* Use strchrnul() if available to find the next %, and emit the
literal text between % escapes as strings rather than char-by-char.
* Create a bespoke function (dopr_outchmulti) for the common case
of emitting N copies of the same character, in place of writing
loops around dopr_outch.
* Simplify construction of the format string for invocations of sprintf
for floats.
* Const-ify some internal functions, and avoid unnecessary use of
pass-by-reference arguments.
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11787.1534530779@sss.pgh.pa.us
It's inefficient to use a single slot for mapping between tuple
descriptors for multiple tuples, as previously done when using
ConvertPartitionTupleSlot(), as that means the slot's tuple descriptors
change for every tuple.
Previously we also, via ConvertPartitionTupleSlot(), built new tuples
after the mapping even in cases where we, immediately afterwards,
access individual columns again.
Refactor the code so one slot, on demand, is used for each
partition. That avoids having to change the descriptor (and allows to
use the more efficient "fixed" tuple slots). Then use slot->slot
mapping, to avoid unnecessarily forming a tuple.
As the naming between the tuple and slot mapping functions wasn't
consistent, rename them to execute_attr_map_{tuple,slot}. It's likely
that we'll also rename convert_tuples_by_* to denote that these
functions "only" build a map, but that's left for later.
Author: Amit Khandekar and Amit Langote, editorialized by me
Reviewed-By: Amit Langote, Amit Khandekar, Andres Freund
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9fR0wRNeAE8VqffNTyONS_UfFPRpqxhnD9Q42vZB+Jvpg@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/e4f9d743-cd4b-efb0-7574-da21d86a7f36%40lab.ntt.co.jp
Backpatch: -
VACUUM and ANALYZE share similar logic when it comes to opening a
relation to work on in terms of how the relation is opened, in which
order locks are tried and how logs should be generated when something
does not work as expected.
This commit refactors things so as both use the same code path to handle
the way a relation is opened, so as the integration of new options
becomes easier.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180927075152.GT1659@paquier.xyz
Opening a relation with no lock at all is unsafe; there's no guarantee
that we'll see a consistent state of the relevant catalog entries.
While use of MVCC scans to read the catalogs partially addresses that
complaint, it's still possible to switch to a new catalog snapshot
partway through loading the relcache entry. Moreover, whether or not
you trust the reasoning behind sometimes using less than
AccessExclusiveLock for ALTER TABLE, that reasoning is certainly not
valid if concurrent users of the table don't hold a lock corresponding
to the operation they want to perform.
Hence, add some assertion-build-only checks that require any caller
of relation_open(x, NoLock) to hold at least AccessShareLock. This
isn't a full solution, since we can't verify that the lock level is
semantically appropriate for the action --- but it's definitely of
some use, because it's already caught two bugs.
We can also assert that callers of addRangeTableEntryForRelation()
hold at least the lock level specified for the new RTE.
Amit Langote and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16565.1538327894@sss.pgh.pa.us
Add RangeTblEntry.rellockmode, which records the appropriate lock mode for
each RTE_RELATION rangetable entry (either AccessShareLock, RowShareLock,
or RowExclusiveLock depending on the RTE's role in the query).
This patch creates the field and makes all creators of RTE nodes fill it
in reasonably, but for the moment nothing much is done with it. The plan
is to replace assorted post-parser logic that re-determines the right
lockmode to use with simple uses of rte->rellockmode. For now, just add
Asserts in each of those places that the rellockmode matches what they are
computing today. (In some cases the match isn't perfect, so the Asserts
are weaker than you might expect; but this seems OK, as per discussion.)
This passes check-world for me, but it seems worth pushing in this state
to see if the buildfarm finds any problems in cases I failed to test.
catversion bump due to change of stored rules.
Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
and whacked around a bit more by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
The connection authorized message has quite a bit of useful information
in it, but didn't include the application_name (when provided), so let's
add that as it can be very useful.
Note that at the point where we're emitting the connection authorized
message, we haven't processed GUCs, so it's not possible to get this by
using log_line_prefix (which pulls from the GUC). There's also
something to be said for having this included in the connection
authorized message and then not needing to repeat it for every line, as
having it in log_line_prefix would do.
The GUC cleans the application name to pure-ascii, so do that here too,
but pull out the logic for cleaning up a string into its own function
in common and re-use it from those places, and check_cluster_name which
was doing the same thing.
Author: Don Seiler <don@seiler.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHJZqBB_Pxv8HRfoh%2BAB4KxSQQuPVvtYCzMg7woNR3r7dfmopw%40mail.gmail.com
It failed if passed a nonexistent relation OID, or one that was a non-heap
relation, because of blindly applying heap_open to a user-supplied OID.
This is not OK behavior for a SQL-exposed function; we have a project
policy that we should return NULL in such cases. Moreover, since
pg_get_partition_constraintdef ought now to work on indexes, restricting
it to heaps is flat wrong anyway.
The underlying function generate_partition_qual() wasn't on board with
indexes having partition quals either, nor for that matter with rels
having relispartition set but yet null relpartbound. (One wonders
whether the person who wrote the function comment blocks claiming that
these functions allow a missing relpartbound had ever tested it.)
Fix by testing relispartition before opening the rel, and by using
relation_open not heap_open. (If any other relkinds ever grow the
ability to have relispartition set, the code will work with them
automatically.) Also, don't reject null relpartbound in
generate_partition_qual.
Back-patch to v11, and all but the null-relpartbound change to v10.
(It's not really necessary to change generate_partition_qual at all
in v10, but I thought s/heap_open/relation_open/ would be a good
idea anyway just to keep the code in sync with later branches.)
Per report from Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180927200020.GJ776@telsasoft.com
The previous commit wasn't careful enough to remove all traces of
TupleDescGetSlot().
Besides fixing the oversight of not removing TupleDescGetSlot()'s
declaration, this also removes FuncCallContext->slot. That was
documented to be for use in combination with TupleDescGetSlot(), a
cursory search over extensions finds no users, and there doesn't seem
to be convincing reasons to keep it around. If we later in the v12
release cycle find users, we can re-consider this part of the commit.
Reported-By: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180926000413.GC1659@paquier.xyz
Those previously used bool, which should be safe on any modern
platforms, however the C standard is clear that it is better to use
sig_atomic_t for variables manipulated in signal handlers. This commit
adds at the same time PGDLLIMPORT to ClientConnectionLost.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Chris Travers, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180925011311.GD1354@paquier.xyz
The method we've traditionally used, of redeclaring strerror_r() to
see if the compiler complains of inconsistent declarations, turns out
not to work reliably because some compilers only report a warning,
not an error. Amazingly, this has gone undetected for years, even
though it certainly breaks our detection of whether strerror_r
succeeded.
Let's instead test whether the compiler will take the result of
strerror_r() as a switch() argument. It's possible this won't
work universally either, but it's the best idea I could come up with
on the spur of the moment.
We should probably back-patch this once the dust settles, but
first let's see what the buildfarm thinks of it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10877.1537993279@sss.pgh.pa.us
We must define the macro "printf" with arguments, else it can mess
up format archetype attributes in builds where PG_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE
is just "printf". Fortunately, that's easy to do now that we're
requiring C99; we can use __VA_ARGS__.
On the other hand, it's better not to use __VA_ARGS__ for the rest
of the *printf crew, so that one can take the addresses of those
functions without surprises.
I'd proposed doing this some time ago, but forgot to make it happen;
buildfarm failures subsequent to 96bf88d52 reminded me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22709.1535135640@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180926190934.ea4xvzhkayuw7gkx@alap3.anarazel.de
We've spent an awful lot of effort over the years in coping with
platform-specific vagaries of the *printf family of functions. Let's just
forget all that mess and standardize on always using src/port/snprintf.c.
This gets rid of a lot of configure logic, and it will allow a saner
approach to dealing with %m (though actually changing that is left for
a follow-on patch).
Preliminary performance testing suggests that as it stands, snprintf.c is
faster than the native printf functions for some tasks on some platforms,
and slower for other cases. A pending patch will improve that, though
cases with floating-point conversions will doubtless remain slower unless
we want to put a *lot* of effort into that. Still, we've not observed
that *printf is really a performance bottleneck for most workloads, so
I doubt this matters much.
Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2975.1526862605@sss.pgh.pa.us
This provides the features that used to exist in useful_strerror()
for users of strerror_r(), too. Also, standardize on the GNU convention
that strerror_r returns a char pointer that may not be NULL.
I notice that libpq's win32.c contains a variant version of strerror_r
that probably ought to be folded into strerror.c. But lacking a
Windows environment, I should leave that to somebody else.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2975.1526862605@sss.pgh.pa.us
elog.c has long had a private strerror wrapper that handles assorted
possible failures or deficiencies of the platform's strerror. On Windows,
it also knows how to translate Winsock error codes, which the native
strerror does not. Move all this code into src/port/strerror.c and
define strerror() as a macro that invokes it, so that both our frontend
and backend code will have all of this behavior.
I believe this constitutes an actual bug fix on Windows, since AFAICS
our frontend code did not report Winsock error codes properly before this.
However, the main point is to lay the groundwork for implementing %m
in src/port/snprintf.c: the behavior we want %m to have is this one,
not the native strerror's.
Note that this throws away the prior use of src/port/strerror.c,
which was to implement strerror() on platforms lacking it. That's
been dead code for nigh twenty years now, since strerror() was
already required by C89.
We should likewise cause strerror_r to use this behavior, but
I'll tackle that separately.
Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2975.1526862605@sss.pgh.pa.us
Upcoming changes introduce further types of tuple table slots, in
preparation of making table storage pluggable. New storage methods
will have different representation of tuples, therefore the slot
accessor should refer explicitly to heap tuples.
Instead of just renaming the functions, split it into one function
that accepts heap tuples not residing in buffers, and one accepting
ones in buffers. Previously one function was used for both, but that
was a bit awkward already, and splitting will allow us to represent
slot types for tuples in buffers and normal memory separately.
This is split out from the patch introducing abstract slots, as this
largely consists out of mechanical changes.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180220224318.gw4oe5jadhpmcdnm@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously it was an int / 4 bytes. The maximum number of attributes
in a tuple is restricted by the maximum value Var->varattno, which is
an AttrNumber/int16. Hence use the same data type for
TupleTableSlot->tts_nvalid.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180220224318.gw4oe5jadhpmcdnm@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously, when using parallel query, EXPLAIN (ANALYZE)'s JIT
compilation timings did not include the overhead from doing so on the
workers. Fix that.
We do so by simply aggregating the cost of doing JIT compilation on
workers and the leader together. Arguably that's not quite accurate,
because the total time spend doing so is spent in parallel - but it's
hard to do much better. For additional detail, when VERBOSE is
specified, the stats for workers are displayed separately.
Author: Amit Khandekar and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9eLrz51RK_gTkod+71iDcjpB_N8eC6vU2AW-VicsAERpQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11-
We haven't touched these since text search functionality landed in core
in 2007 :-(. While the upstream project isn't a beehive of activity,
they do make additions and bug fixes from time to time. Update our
copies of these files.
Also update our documentation about how to keep things in sync, since
they're not making distribution tarballs these days. Fortunately,
their source code turns out to be a breeze to build.
Notable changes:
* The non-UTF8 version of the hungarian stemmer now works in LATIN2
not LATIN1.
* New stemmers have appeared for arabic, indonesian, irish, lithuanian,
nepali, and tamil. These all work in UTF8, and the indonesian and
irish ones also work in LATIN1.
(There are some new stemmers that I did not incorporate, mainly because
their names don't match the underlying languages, suggesting that they're
not to be considered mainstream.)
Worth noting: the upstream Nepali dictionary was contributed by
Arthur Zakirov.
initdb forced because the contents of snowball_create.sql have
changed.
Still TODO: see about updating the stopword lists.
Arthur Zakirov, minor mods and doc work by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180626122025.GA12647@zakirov.localdomain
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180219140849.GA9050@zakirov.localdomain
Previously, pgbench always used select(2) for this purpose, but that's
problematic for very high client counts, because select() can't deal
with file descriptor numbers larger than FD_SETSIZE. It's pretty common
for that to be only 1024 or so, whereas modern OSes can allow many more
open files than that. Using poll(2) would surmount that problem, but it
creates another one: poll()'s timeout resolution is only 1ms, which is
poor enough to cause problems with --rate specifications approaching or
exceeding 1K TPS.
On platforms that have ppoll(2), which includes Linux and recent
FreeBSD, we can use that to avoid the FD_SETSIZE problem without any
loss of timeout resolution. Hence, add configure logic to test for
ppoll(), and use it if available.
This patch introduces an abstraction layer into pgbench that could
be extended to support other kernel event-wait APIs such as kevents.
But actually adding such support is a matter for some future patch.
Doug Rady, reviewed by Robert Haas and Fabien Coelho, and whacked around
a good bit more by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/23D017C9-81B7-484D-8490-FD94DEC4DF59@amazon.com
aclitem functions and operators have been heretofore undocumented.
Fix that. While at it, ensure the non-operator aclitem functions have
pg_description strings.
Does not seem worthwhile to back-patch.
Author: Fabien Coelho, with pg_description from John Naylor, and significant
refactoring and editorialization by me.
Reviewed by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/alpine.DEB.2.21.1808010825490.18204%40lancre
This replaces the "TailMatchesN" macros with just "TailMatches",
and likewise "HeadMatchesN" becomes "HeadMatches" and "MatchesN"
becomes "Matches". The various COMPLETE_WITH_LISTn macros are
reduced to COMPLETE_WITH, and the single-item COMPLETE_WITH_CONST
also gets folded into that. This eliminates a lot of minor
annoyance in writing tab-completion rules. Usefully, the compiled
code also gets a bit smaller (10% or so, on my machine).
The implementation depends on variadic macros, so we couldn't have
done this before we required C99.
Andres Freund and Thomas Munro; some cosmetic cleanup by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d8jo9djvm7h.fsf@dalvik.ping.uio.no
I noticed that all non-composite, non-array entries in pg_type.dat
had descr strings, except for "json" and the pseudo-types. The
lack for json seems certainly an oversight, and there's surely
little reason to not have entries for the pseudo-types either.
So add some.
"make reformat-dat-files" turned up some formatting issues in
pg_amop.dat, too, so fix those in passing.
No catversion bump since the backend doesn't care too much what is
in pg_description.
This eliminates some more tedium in adding new catalog entries,
specifically the need to set up an array type when adding a new
built-in data type. Now it's sufficient to assign an OID for the
array type and write it in an "array_type_oid" metadata field.
You don't have to fill the base type's typarray link explicitly, either.
No catversion bump since the contents of pg_type aren't changed.
(Well, their order might be different, but that doesn't matter.)
John Naylor, reviewed and whacked around a bit by
Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, and some more by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGVTb6m9pJF49b3SuA8J+T-THO9c0hxOmoyv-yGKh-FbNg@mail.gmail.com
Currently, KNN searches were supported only by GiST. SP-GiST also capable to
support them. This commit implements that support. SP-GiST scan stack is
replaced with queue, which serves as stack if no ordering is specified. KNN
support is provided for three SP-GIST opclasses: quad_point_ops, kd_point_ops
and poly_ops (catversion is bumped). Some common parts between GiST and SP-GiST
KNNs are extracted into separate functions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/570825e8-47d0-4732-2bf6-88d67d2d51c8%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov based on GSoC work by Vlad Sterzhanov
Review: Andrey Borodin, Alexander Korotkov
In the normal course of operation, query trees will be serialized only if
they are stored as views or rules; and plan trees will be serialized only
if they get passed to parallel-query workers. This leaves an awful lot of
opportunity for bugs/oversights to not get detected, as indeed we've just
been reminded of the hard way.
To improve matters, this patch adds a new compile option
WRITE_READ_PARSE_PLAN_TREES, which is modeled on the longstanding option
COPY_PARSE_PLAN_TREES; but instead of passing all parse and plan trees
through copyObject, it passes them through nodeToString + stringToNode.
Enabling this option in a buildfarm animal or two will catch problems
at least for cases that are exercised by the regression tests.
A small problem with this idea is that readfuncs.c historically has
discarded location fields, on the reasonable grounds that parse
locations in a retrieved view are not relevant to the current query.
But doing that in WRITE_READ_PARSE_PLAN_TREES breaks pg_stat_statements,
and it could cause problems for future improvements that might try to
report error locations at runtime. To fix that, provide a variant
behavior in readfuncs.c that makes it restore location fields when
told to.
In passing, const-ify the string arguments of stringToNode and its
subsidiary functions, just because it annoyed me that they weren't
const already.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17114.1537138992@sss.pgh.pa.us
A test patch to pass parse and plan trees through outfuncs + readfuncs
exposed several issues that need to be fixed to get clean matches:
Query.withCheckOptions failed to get copied; it's intentionally ignored
by outfuncs/readfuncs on the grounds that it'd always be NIL anyway in
stored rules. This seems less than future-proof, and it's not even
saving very much, so just undo the decision and treat the field like
all others.
Several places that convert a view RTE into a subquery RTE, or similar
manipulations, failed to clear out fields that were specific to the
original RTE type and should be zero in a subquery RTE. Since readfuncs.c
will leave such fields as zero, equalfuncs.c thinks the nodes are different
leading to a reported mismatch. It seems like a good idea to clear out the
no-longer-needed fields, even though in principle nothing should look at
them; the node ought to be indistinguishable from how it would look if
we'd built a new node instead of scribbling on the old one.
BuildOnConflictExcludedTargetlist randomly set the resname of some
TargetEntries to "" not NULL. outfuncs/readfuncs don't distinguish those
cases, and so the string will read back in as NULL ... but equalfuncs.c
does distinguish. Perhaps we ought to try to make things more consistent
in this area --- but it's just useless extra code space for
BuildOnConflictExcludedTargetlist to not use NULL here, so I fixed it for
now by making it do that.
catversion bumped because the change in handling of Query.withCheckOptions
affects stored rules.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17114.1537138992@sss.pgh.pa.us
The system expects TABLEFUNC RTEs to have coltypes, coltypmods, and
colcollations lists, but outfuncs doesn't dump them and readfuncs doesn't
restore them. This doesn't cause obvious failures, because the only things
that look at those fields are expandRTE() and get_rte_attribute_type(),
which are mostly used during parse analysis, before anything would've
passed the parsetree through outfuncs/readfuncs. But expandRTE() is used
in build_physical_tlist(), which means that that function will return a
wrong answer for a TABLEFUNC RTE that came from a view. Very accidentally,
this doesn't cause serious problems, because what it will return is NIL
which callers will interpret as "couldn't build a physical tlist because
of dropped columns". So you still get a plan that works, though it's
marginally less efficient than it could be. There are also some other
expandRTE() calls associated with transformation of whole-row Vars in
the planner. I have been unable to exhibit misbehavior from that, and
it may be unreachable in any case that anyone would care about ... but
I'm not entirely convinced, so this seems like something we should back-
patch a fix for. Fortunately, we can fix it without forcing a change
of stored rules and a catversion bump, because we can just copy these
lists from the subsidiary TableFunc object.
readfuncs.c was also missing support for NamedTuplestoreScan plan nodes.
This accidentally fails to break parallel query because a query using
a named tuplestore would never be considered parallel-safe anyway.
However, project policy since parallel query came in is that all plan
node types should have outfuncs/readfuncs support, so this is clearly
an oversight that should be repaired.
Noted while fooling around with a patch to test outfuncs/readfuncs more
thoroughly. That exposed some other issues too, but these are the only
ones that seem worth back-patching.
Back-patch to v10 where both of these features came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17114.1537138992@sss.pgh.pa.us
Those routines gain a missing_ok argument, allowing a caller to get a
NULL result instead of an error if set to true. This is part of a
larger refactoring effort for objectaddress.c where trying to check for
non-existing objects does not result in cache lookup failures.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
The original coding for XMLTABLE thought it could represent a default
namespace by a T_String Value node with a null string pointer. That's
not okay, though; in particular outfuncs.c/readfuncs.c are not on board
with such a representation, meaning you'll get a null pointer crash
if you try to store a view or rule containing this construct.
To fix, change the parsetree representation so that we have a NULL
list element, instead of a bogus Value node.
This isn't really a functional limitation since default XML namespaces
aren't yet implemented in the executor; you'd just get "DEFAULT
namespace is not supported" anyway. But crashes are not nice, so
back-patch to v10 where this syntax was added. Ordinarily we'd consider
a parsetree representation change to be un-backpatchable; but since
existing releases would crash on the way to storing such constructs,
there can't be any existing views/rules to be incompatible with.
Per report from Andrey Lepikhov.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3690074f-abd2-56a9-144a-aa5545d7a291@postgrespro.ru
The EvalPlanQual machinery assumes that any initplans (that is,
uncorrelated sub-selects) used during an EPQ recheck would have already
been evaluated during the main query; this is implicit in the fact that
execPlan pointers are not copied into the EPQ estate's es_param_exec_vals.
But it's possible for that assumption to fail, if the initplan is only
reached conditionally. For example, a sub-select inside a CASE expression
could be reached during a recheck when it had not been previously, if the
CASE test depends on a column that was just updated.
This bug is old, appearing to date back to my rewrite of EvalPlanQual in
commit 9f2ee8f28, but was not detected until Kyle Samson reported a case.
To fix, force all not-yet-evaluated initplans used within the EPQ plan
subtree to be evaluated at the start of the recheck, before entering the
EPQ environment. This could be inefficient, if such an initplan is
expensive and goes unused again during the recheck --- but that's piling
one layer of improbability atop another. It doesn't seem worth adding
more complexity to prevent that, at least not in the back branches.
It was convenient to use the new-in-v11 ExecEvalParamExecParams function
to implement this, but I didn't like either its name or the specifics of
its API, so revise that.
Back-patch all the way. Rather than rewrite the patch to avoid depending
on bms_next_member() in the oldest branches, I chose to back-patch that
function into 9.4 and 9.3. (This isn't the first time back-patches have
needed that, and it exhausted my patience.) I also chose to back-patch
some test cases added by commits 71404af2a and 342a1ffa2 into 9.4 and 9.3,
so that the 9.x versions of eval-plan-qual.spec are all the same.
Andrew Gierth diagnosed the problem and contributed the added test cases,
though the actual code changes are by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/A033A40A-B234-4324-BE37-272279F7B627@tripadvisor.com
Allowing sub-select containing LIMIT/OFFSET in workers can lead to
inconsistent results at the top-level as there is no guarantee that the
row order will be fully deterministic. The fix is to prohibit pushing
LIMIT/OFFSET within sub-selects to workers.
Reported-by: Andrew Fletcher
Bug: 15324
Author: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar
Backpatch-through: 9.6
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153417684333.10284.11356259990921828616@wrigleys.postgresql.org
PostgreSQL uses a custom wrapper for open() and fopen() which is
concurrent-safe, allowing multiple processes to open and work on the
same file. This has a couple of advantages:
- pg_test_fsync does not handle O_DSYNC correctly otherwise, leading to
false claims that disks are unsafe.
- TAP tests can run into race conditions when a postmaster and pg_ctl
open postmaster.pid, fixing some random failures in the buildfam.
pg_upgrade is one frontend tool using workarounds to bypass file locking
issues with the log files it generates, however the interactions with
pg_ctl are proving to be tedious to get rid of, so this is left for
later.
Author: Laurenz Albe
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Kuntal Ghosh
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1527846213.2475.31.camel@cybertec.at
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16922.1520722108@sss.pgh.pa.us
For some reason pg_waldump is including tuptable.h, and the recent
addition of a static inline function to it is causing problems on
older buildfarm members that fail to optimize such functions away
completely. I wonder if this situation doesn't mean that some header
refactoring is called for ... but as a band-aid, wrap the static
function in "#ifndef FRONTEND".
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180824154237.mabsv6fsz5q37bma@alap3.anarazel.de
On ELF-based platforms (and maybe others?) it's possible for a shared
library, when dynamically loaded into the backend, to call the backend
versions of src/port and src/common functions rather than the frontend
versions that are actually linked into the shlib. This is definitely
not what we want, because the frontend versions often behave slightly
differently. Up to now it's been "slight" enough that nobody noticed;
but with the addition of SCRAM support functions in src/common, we're
observing crashes due to the difference between palloc and malloc
memory allocation rules, as reported in bug #15367 from Jeremy Evans.
The purpose of this patch is to create a direct test for this type of
mis-linking, so that we know whether any given platform requires extra
measures to prevent using the wrong functions. If the test fails, it
will lead to connection failures in the contrib/postgres_fdw regression
test. At the moment, *BSD platforms using ELF format are known to have
the problem and can be expected to fail; but we need to know whether
anything else does, and we need a reliable ongoing check for future
platforms.
Actually fixing the problem will be the subject of later commit(s).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153626613985.23143.4743626885618266803@wrigleys.postgresql.org
This patch removes two sources of interference between nominally
independent functions when one SPI-using function calls another,
perhaps without knowing that it does so.
Chapman Flack pointed out that xml.c's query_to_xml_internal() expects
SPI_tuptable and SPI_processed to stay valid across datatype output
function calls; but it's possible that such a call could involve
re-entrant use of SPI. It seems likely that there are similar hazards
elsewhere, if not in the core code then in third-party SPI users.
Previously SPI_finish() reset SPI's API globals to zeroes/nulls, which
would typically make for a crash in such a situation. Restoring them
to the values they had at SPI_connect() seems like a considerably more
useful behavior, and it still meets the design goal of not leaving any
dangling pointers to tuple tables of the function being exited.
Also, cause SPI_connect() to reset these variables to zeroes/nulls after
saving them. This prevents interference in the opposite direction: it's
possible that a SPI-using function that's only ever been tested standalone
contains assumptions that these variables start out as zeroes. That was
the case as long as you were the outermost SPI user, but not so much for
an inner user. Now it's consistent.
Report and fix suggestion by Chapman Flack, actual patch by me.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9fa25bef-2e4f-1c32-22a4-3ad0723c4a17@anastigmatix.net
LockRelationOid and sibling routines supposed that, if our session already
holds the lock they were asked to acquire, they could skip calling
AcceptInvalidationMessages on the grounds that we must have already read
any remote sinval messages issued against the relation being locked.
This is normally true, but there's a critical special case where it's not:
processing inside AcceptInvalidationMessages might attempt to access system
relations, resulting in a recursive call to acquire a relation lock.
Hence, if the outer call had acquired that same system catalog lock, we'd
fall through, despite the possibility that there's an as-yet-unread sinval
message for that system catalog. This could, for example, result in
failure to access a system catalog or index that had just been processed
by VACUUM FULL. This is the explanation for buildfarm failures we've been
seeing intermittently for the past three months. The bug is far older
than that, but commits a54e1f158 et al added a new recursion case within
AcceptInvalidationMessages that is apparently easier to hit than any
previous case.
To fix this, we must not skip calling AcceptInvalidationMessages until
we have *finished* a call to it since acquiring a relation lock, not
merely acquired the lock. (There's already adequate logic inside
AcceptInvalidationMessages to deal with being called recursively.)
Fortunately, we can implement that at trivial cost, by adding a flag
to LOCALLOCK hashtable entries that tracks whether we know we have
completed such a call.
There is an API hazard added by this patch for external callers of
LockAcquire: if anything is testing for LOCKACQUIRE_ALREADY_HELD,
it might be fooled by the new return code LOCKACQUIRE_ALREADY_CLEAR
into thinking the lock wasn't already held. This should be a fail-soft
condition, though, unless something very bizarre is being done in
response to the test.
Also, I added an additional output argument to LockAcquireExtended,
assuming that that probably isn't called by any outside code given
the very limited usefulness of its additional functionality.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12259.1532117714@sss.pgh.pa.us
The commit 620b49a1 changed the value of HASH_MAX_BITMAPS with the intent
to allow many non-unique values in hash indexes without worrying to reach
the limit of the number of overflow pages. At that time, this didn't
occur to us that it can overrun the block for smaller block sizes.
Choose the value of HASH_MAX_BITMAPS based on BLCKSZ such that it gives
the same answer as now for the cases where the overrun doesn't occur, and
some other sufficiently-value for the cases where an overrun currently
does occur. This allows us not to change the behavior in any case that
currently works, so there's really no reason for a HASH_VERSION bump.
Author: Dilip Kumar
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 10
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LtF4VmU4mx_+i72ff1MdNZ8XaJMGkt2HV8+uSWcn8t4A@mail.gmail.com
pg_get_object_address and pg_identify_object_as_address are supposed
to be inverses, but they disagreed as to the names of the arguments
representing the textual form of an object address. Moreover, the
documented argument names didn't agree with reality at all, either
for these functions or pg_identify_object.
In HEAD and v11, I think we can get away with renaming the input
arguments of pg_get_object_address to match the outputs of
pg_identify_object_as_address. In theory that might break queries
using named-argument notation to call pg_get_object_address, but
it seems really unlikely that anybody is doing that, or that they'd
have much trouble adjusting if they were. In older branches, we'll
just live with the lack of consistency.
Aside from fixing the documentation of these functions to match reality,
I couldn't resist the temptation to do some copy-editing.
Per complaint from Jean-Pierre Pelletier. Back-patch to 9.5 where these
functions were introduced. (Before v11, this is a documentation change
only.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANGqjDnWH8wsTY_GzDUxbt4i=y-85SJreZin4Hm8uOqv1vzRQA@mail.gmail.com
It's been true for a long time that we expect names of table and domain
constraints to be unique among the constraints of that table or domain.
However, the enforcement of that has been pretty haphazard, and it missed
some corner cases such as creating a CHECK constraint and then an index
constraint of the same name (as per recent report from André Hänsel).
Also, due to the lack of an actual unique index enforcing this, duplicates
could be created through race conditions.
Moreover, the code that searches pg_constraint has been quite inconsistent
about how to handle duplicate names if one did occur: some places checked
and threw errors if there was more than one match, while others just
processed the first match they came to.
To fix, create a unique index on (conrelid, contypid, conname). Since
either conrelid or contypid is zero, this will separately enforce
uniqueness of constraint names among constraints of any one table and any
one domain. (If we ever implement SQL assertions, and put them into this
catalog, more thought might be needed. But it'd be at least as reasonable
to put them into a new catalog; having overloaded this one catalog with
two kinds of constraints was a mistake already IMO.) This index can replace
the existing non-unique index on conrelid, though we need to keep the one
on contypid for query performance reasons.
Having done that, we can simplify the logic in various places that either
coped with duplicates or neglected to, as well as potentially improve
lookup performance when searching for a constraint by name.
Also, as per our usual practice, install a preliminary check so that you
get something more friendly than a unique-index violation report in the
case complained of by André. And teach ChooseIndexName to avoid choosing
autogenerated names that would draw such a failure.
While it's not possible to make such a change in the back branches,
it doesn't seem quite too late to put this into v11, so do so.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0c1001d4428f$0942b430$1bc81c90$@webkr.de
This column was added in commit 8224de4f42 ("Indexes with INCLUDE
columns and their support in B-tree") to ease writing the ruleutils.c
supporting code for that feature, but it turns out to be unnecessary --
we can do the same thing with just one more syscache lookup.
Even the documentation for the new column being removed in this commit
is awkward.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180902165018.33otxftp3olgtu4t@alvherre.pgsql
When decoding a TRUNCATE record, the relids array was being allocated in
the main ReorderBuffer memory context, but not released with the change
resulting in a memory leak.
The array was also ignored when serializing/deserializing the change,
assuming all the information is stored in the change itself. So when
spilling the change to disk, we've only we have serialized only the
pointer to the relids array. Thanks to never releasing the array,
the pointer however remained valid even after loading the change back
to memory, preventing an actual crash.
This fixes both the memory leak and (de)serialization. The relids array
is still allocated in the main ReorderBuffer memory context (none of the
existing ones seems like a good match, and adding an extra context seems
like an overkill). The allocation is wrapped in a new ReorderBuffer API
functions, to keep the details within reorderbuffer.c, just like the
other ReorderBufferGet methods do.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/66175a41-9342-2845-652f-1bd4c3ee50aa%402ndquadrant.com
Backpatch: 11, where decoding of TRUNCATE was introduced
There's a project policy against using plain "char buf[BLCKSZ]" local
or static variables as page buffers; preferred style is to palloc or
malloc each buffer to ensure it is MAXALIGN'd. However, that policy's
been ignored in an increasing number of places. We've apparently got
away with it so far, probably because (a) relatively few people use
platforms on which misalignment causes core dumps and/or (b) the
variables chance to be sufficiently aligned anyway. But this is not
something to rely on. Moreover, even if we don't get a core dump,
we might be paying a lot of cycles for misaligned accesses.
To fix, invent new union types PGAlignedBlock and PGAlignedXLogBlock
that the compiler must allocate with sufficient alignment, and use
those in place of plain char arrays.
I used these types even for variables where there's no risk of a
misaligned access, since ensuring proper alignment should make
kernel data transfers faster. I also changed some places where
we had been palloc'ing short-lived buffers, for coding style
uniformity and to save palloc/pfree overhead.
Since this seems to be a live portability hazard (despite the lack
of field reports), back-patch to all supported versions.
Patch by me; thanks to Michael Paquier for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1535618100.1286.3.camel@credativ.de
Currently there are two ways to trigger log rotation in logging collector
process: call pg_rotate_logfile() SQL-function or send SIGUSR1 signal directly
to logging collector process. However, it's nice to have more suitable way
for external tools to do that, which wouldn't require SQL connection or
knowledge of logging collector pid. This commit implements triggering log
rotation by "pg_ctl logrotate" command.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180416.115435.28153375.horiguchi.kyotaro%40lab.ntt.co.jp
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Alexander Kuzmenkov, Alexander Korotkov
The previous definition was used in C++ mode, which causes problems
when using clang with libc++ (rather than libstdc++), due to bugs
therein. So just avoid in C++ mode.
A second problem is that depending on include order and implicit
includes the previous definition did not guarantee that the current
hack was effective by the time isinf was used, fix that by forcing
math.h to be included. This can cause clang using builds, or gcc
using ones with JIT enabled, to slow down noticably.
It's likely that we at some point want a better solution for the
performance problem, but while it's there it should better work.
Reported-By: Steven Winfield
Bug: #15270
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153116283147.1401.360416241833049560@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Author: Andres Freund
Backpatch: 11, like the previous commit.
In general, Postgres requires -fno-strict-aliasing with compilers that
implement C99 strict aliasing rules. There's little hope of getting
rid of that overall. But it seems like it would be a good idea if
storage/checksum_impl.h in particular didn't depend on it, because
that header is explicitly intended to be included by external programs.
We don't have a lot of control over the compiler switches that an
external program might use, as shown by Michael Banck's report of
failure in a privately-modified version of pg_verify_checksums.
Hence, switch to using a union in place of willy-nilly pointer casting
inside this file. I think this makes the code a bit more readable
anyway.
checksum_impl.h hasn't changed since it was introduced in 9.3,
so back-patch all the way.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1535618100.1286.3.camel@credativ.de
Commit f49842d, which added support for partitionwise joins, built the
child's tlist by applying adjust_appendrel_attrs() to the parent's. So in
the case where the parent's included a whole-row Var for the parent, the
child's contained a ConvertRowtypeExpr. To cope with that, that commit
added code to the planner, such as setrefs.c, but some code paths still
assumed that the tlist for a scan (or join) rel would only include Vars
and PlaceHolderVars, which was true before that commit, causing errors:
* When creating an explicit sort node for an input path for a mergejoin
path for a child join, prepare_sort_from_pathkeys() threw the 'could not
find pathkey item to sort' error.
* When deparsing a relation participating in a pushed down child join as a
subquery in contrib/postgres_fdw, get_relation_column_alias_ids() threw
the 'unexpected expression in subquery output' error.
* When performing set_plan_references() on a local join plan generated by
contrib/postgres_fdw for EvalPlanQual support for a pushed down child
join, fix_join_expr() threw the 'variable not found in subplan target
lists' error.
To fix these, two approaches have been proposed: one by Ashutosh Bapat and
one by me. While the former keeps building the child's tlist with a
ConvertRowtypeExpr, the latter builds it with a whole-row Var for the
child not to violate the planner assumption, and tries to fix it up later,
But both approaches need more work, so refuse to generate partitionwise
join paths when whole-row Vars are involved, instead. We don't need to
handle ConvertRowtypeExprs in the child's tlists for now, so this commit
also removes the changes to the planner.
Previously, partitionwise join computed attr_needed data for each child
separately, and built the child join's tlist using that data, which also
required an extra step for adding PlaceHolderVars to that tlist, but it
would be more efficient to build it from the parent join's tlist through
the adjust_appendrel_attrs() transformation. So this commit builds that
list that way, and simplifies build_joinrel_tlist() and placeholder.c as
well as part of set_append_rel_size() to basically what they were before
partitionwise join went in.
Back-patch to PG11 where partitionwise join was introduced.
Report by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi. Analysis by Ashutosh Bapat, who also
provided some of regression tests. Patch by me, reviewed by Robert Haas.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6ktu-8tefLWtQuuZBYFaZA83vUzuRd7c1YHC-yEWyYFpg@mail.gmail.com
Add support for error position reporting for the expressions contained
in defaults and check constraint definitions. This currently works only
for CREATE TABLE, not ALTER TABLE, because the latter is not set up to
pass around the original query string.
Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Fix reference to non-existent file in comment.
Add SH_ prefix to the EMPTY and IN_USE tokens, to reduce likelihood of
collisions with unrelated macros.
Add include guards around the function definitions that are not
"parameterized", so the header can be used again in the same translation
unit.
Undefine SH_EQUAL macro where other "parameter" macros are undefined, for
the same reason.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D1LdXZ3mMTM8tHt_b%3DK1kREit%3Dp8sikesak%3DkzHHM07Nw%40mail.gmail.com
A caller of VACUUM can perform early lookup obtention which can cause
other sessions to block on the request done, causing potentially DOS
attacks as even a non-privileged user can attempt a vacuum fill of a
critical catalog table to block even all incoming connection attempts.
Contrary to TRUNCATE, a client could attempt a system-wide VACUUM after
building the list of relations to VACUUM, which can cause vacuum_rel()
or analyze_rel() to try to lock the relation but the operation would
just block. When the client specifies a list of relations and the
relation needs to be skipped, ownership checks are done when building
the list of relations to work on, preventing a later lock attempt.
vacuum_rel() already had the sanity checks needed, except that those
were applied too late. This commit refactors the code so as relation
skips are checked beforehand, making it safer to avoid too early locks,
for both manual VACUUM with and without a list of relations specified.
An isolation test is added emulating the fact that early locks do not
happen anymore, issuing a WARNING message earlier if the user calling
VACUUM is not a relation owner.
When a partitioned table is listed in a manual VACUUM or ANALYZE
command, its full list of partitions is fetched, all partitions get
added to the list to work on, and then each one of them is processed one
by one, with ownership checks happening at the later phase of
vacuum_rel() or analyze_rel(). Trying to do early ownership checks for
each partition is proving to be tedious as this would result in deadlock
risks with lock upgrades, and skipping all partitions if the listed
partitioned table is not owned would result in a behavior change
compared to how Postgres 10 has implemented vacuum for partitioned
tables. The original problem reported related to early lock queue for
critical relations is fixed anyway, so priority is given to avoiding a
backward-incompatible behavior.
Reported-by: Lloyd Albin, Jeremy Schneider
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed by: Nathan Bossart, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/152512087100.19803.12733865831237526317@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180812222142.GA6097@paquier.xyz
Code in slot_getallattrs() is the same as if slot_getsomeattrs() is
called with number of attributes specified in the tuple
descriptor. Implement it that way instead of duplicating the code
between those two functions.
This is part of a patchseries abstracting TupleTableSlots so they can
store arbitrary forms of tuples, but is a nice enough cleanup on its
own.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180220224318.gw4oe5jadhpmcdnm@alap3.anarazel.de
Historically, the term procedure was used as a synonym for function in
Postgres/PostgreSQL. Now we have procedures as separate objects from
functions, so we need to clean up the documentation to not mix those
terms.
In particular, mentions of "trigger procedures" are changed to "trigger
functions", and access method "support procedures" are changed to
"support functions". (The latter already used FUNCTION in the SQL
syntax anyway.) Also, the terminology in the SPI chapter has been
cleaned up.
A few tests, examples, and code comments are also adjusted to be
consistent with documentation changes, but not everything.
Reported-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-by: Jonathan S. Katz <jonathan.katz@excoventures.com>
Previously, this code blindly followed the common coding pattern of
passing PQserverVersion(AH->connection) as the server-version parameter
of fmtQualifiedId. That works as long as we have a connection; but in
pg_restore with text output, we don't. Instead we got a zero from
PQserverVersion, which fmtQualifiedId interpreted as "server is too old to
have schemas", and so the name went unqualified. That still accidentally
managed to work in many cases, which is probably why this ancient bug went
undetected for so long. It only became obvious in the wake of the changes
to force dump/restore to execute with restricted search_path.
In HEAD/v11, let's deal with this by ripping out fmtQualifiedId's server-
version behavioral dependency, and just making it schema-qualify all the
time. We no longer support pg_dump from servers old enough to need the
ability to omit schema name, let alone restoring to them. (Also, the few
callers outside pg_dump already didn't work with pre-schema servers.)
In older branches, that's not an acceptable solution, so instead just
tweak the DISABLE/ENABLE TRIGGER logic to ensure it will schema-qualify
its output regardless of server version.
Per bug #15338 from Oleg somebody. Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153452458706.1316.5328079417086507743@wrigleys.postgresql.org
This patch makes the geometric operators and functions use the exported
function of the float4/float8 datatypes. The main reason of doing so is
to check for underflow and overflow, and to handle NaNs consciously.
The float datatypes consider NaNs values to be equal and greater than
all non-NaN values. This change considers NaNs equal only for equality
operators. The placement operators, contains, overlaps, left/right of
etc. continue to return false when NaNs are involved. We don't need
to worry about them being considered greater than any-NaN because there
aren't any basic comparison operators like less/greater than for the
geometric datatypes.
The changes may be summarised as:
* Check for underflow, overflow and division by zero
* Consider NaN values to be equal
* Return NULL when the distance is NaN for all closest point operators
* Favour not-NaN over NaN where it makes sense
The patch also replaces all occurrences of "double" as "float8". They
are the same, but were used inconsistently in the same file.
Author: Emre Hasegeli
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAE2gYzxF7-5djV6-cEvqQu-fNsnt%3DEqbOURx7ZDg%2BVv6ZMTWbg%40mail.gmail.com
Commit dafa084, added in 10, made the removal of temporary orphaned
tables more aggressive. This commit makes an extra step into the
aggressiveness by adding a flag in each backend's MyProc which tracks
down any temporary namespace currently in use. The flag is set when the
namespace gets created and can be reset if the temporary namespace has
been created in a transaction or sub-transaction which is aborted. The
flag value assignment is assumed to be atomic, so this can be done in a
lock-less fashion like other flags already present in PGPROC like
databaseId or backendId, still the fact that the temporary namespace and
table created are still locked until the transaction creating those
commits acts as a barrier for other backends.
This new flag gets used by autovacuum to discard more aggressively
orphaned tables by additionally checking for the database a backend is
connected to as well as its temporary namespace in-use, removing
orphaned temporary relations even if a backend reuses the same slot as
one which created temporary relations in a past session.
The base idea of this patch comes from Robert Haas, has been written in
its first version by Tsunakawa Takayuki, then heavily reviewed by me.
Author: Tsunakawa Takayuki
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0A3221C70F24FB45833433255569204D1F8A4DC6@G01JPEXMBYT05
Backpatch: 11-, as PGPROC gains a new flag and we don't want silent ABI
breakages on already released versions.
Multiple calls to XMLTABLE in a query (e.g. laterally applying it to a
table with an xml column, an important use-case) were leaking large
amounts of memory into the per-query context, blowing up memory usage.
Repair by reorganizing memory context usage in nodeTableFuncscan; use
the usual per-tuple context for row-by-row evaluations instead of
perValueCxt, and use the explicitly created context -- renamed from
perValueCxt to perTableCxt -- for arguments and state for each
individual table-generation operation.
Backpatch to PG10 where this code was introduced.
Original report by IRC user begriffs; analysis and patch by me.
Reviewed by Tom Lane and Pavel Stehule.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153394403528.10284.7530399040974170549@wrigleys.postgresql.org
This reverts commit 3a60c8ff89. Buildfarm
results show that that caused a whole bunch of new warnings on platforms
where gcc believes the local printf to be non-POSIX-compliant. This
problem outweighs the hypothetical-anyway possibility of getting warnings
for misuse of %m. We could use gnu_printf archetype when we've substituted
src/port/snprintf.c, but that brings us right back to the problem of not
getting warnings for %m.
A possible answer is to attack it in the other direction by insisting
that %m support be included in printf's feature set, but that will take
more investigation. In the meantime, revert the previous change, and
update the comment for PGAC_C_PRINTF_ARCHETYPE to more fully explain
what's going on.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2975.1526862605@sss.pgh.pa.us
It's often unsafe to reference errno within an elog/ereport call, because
there are a lot of sub-functions involved and they might not all preserve
errno. (This is why we support the %m format spec: it works off a value
of errno captured before we execute any potentially-unsafe functions in
the arguments.) Therefore, we have a project policy not to use errno
there.
This patch adds a hack to cause an (admittedly obscure) compiler error
for such unsafe usages. With the current code, the error will only be seen
on Linux, macOS, and FreeBSD, but that should certainly be enough to catch
mistakes in the buildfarm if they somehow get missed earlier.
In addition, fix some places in src/common/exec.c that trip the error.
I think these places are actually all safe, but it's simple enough to
avoid the error by capturing errno manually, and doing so is good
future-proofing in case these call sites get any more complicated.
Thomas Munro (exec.c fixes by me)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2975.1526862605@sss.pgh.pa.us
The elog/ereport family of functions certainly support the %m format spec,
because they implement it "by hand". But elsewhere we have printf wrappers
that might or might not allow it depending on whether the platform's printf
does. (Most non-glibc versions don't, and notably, src/port/snprintf.c
doesn't.) Hence, rather than using the gnu_printf format archetype
interchangeably for all these functions, use it only for elog/ereport.
This will allow us to get compiler warnings for mistakes like the ones
fixed in commit a13b47a59, at least on platforms where printf doesn't
take %m and gcc is correctly configured to know it. (Unfortunately,
that won't happen on Linux, nor on macOS according to my testing.
It remains to be seen what the buildfarm's gcc-on-Windows animals will
think of this, but we may well have to rely on less-popular platforms
to warn us about unportable code of this kind.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2975.1526862605@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 9da0cc3528, which introduced parallel CREATE INDEX, failed to
propagate relmapper.c backend local cache state to parallel worker
processes. This could result in parallel index builds against mapped
catalog relations where the leader process (participating as a worker)
scans the new, pristine relfilenode, while worker processes scan the
obsolescent relfilenode. When this happened, the final index structure
was typically not consistent with the owning table's structure. The
final index structure could contain entries formed from both heap
relfilenodes. Only rebuilds on mapped catalog relations that occur as
part of a VACUUM FULL or CLUSTER could become corrupt in practice, since
their mapped relation relfilenode swap is what allows the inconsistency
to arise.
On master, fix the problem by propagating the required relmapper.c
backend state as part of standard parallel initialization (Cf. commit
29d58fd3). On v11, simply disallow builds against mapped catalog
relations by deeming them parallel unsafe.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reported-By: "death lock"
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane, Amit Kapila
Bug: #15309
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153329671686.1405.18298309097348420351@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Backpatch: 11-, where parallel CREATE INDEX was introduced.
There are some problems with the tls-unique channel binding type. It's not
supported by all SSL libraries, and strictly speaking it's not defined for
TLS 1.3 at all, even though at least in OpenSSL, the functions used for it
still seem to work with TLS 1.3 connections. And since we had no
mechanism to negotiate what channel binding type to use, there would be
awkward interoperability issues if a server only supported some channel
binding types. tls-server-end-point seems feasible to support with any SSL
library, so let's just stick to that.
This removes the scram_channel_binding libpq option altogether, since there
is now only one supported channel binding type.
This also removes all the channel binding tests from the SSL test suite.
They were really just testing the scram_channel_binding option, which
is now gone. Channel binding is used if both client and server support it,
so it is used in the existing tests. It would be good to have some tests
specifically for channel binding, to make sure it really is used, and the
different combinations of a client and a server that support or doesn't
support it. The current set of settings we have make it hard to write such
tests, but I did test those things manually, by disabling
HAVE_BE_TLS_GET_CERTIFICATE_HASH and/or
HAVE_PGTLS_GET_PEER_CERTIFICATE_HASH.
I also removed the SCRAM_CHANNEL_BINDING_TLS_END_POINT constant. This is a
matter of taste, but IMO it's more readable to just use the
"tls-server-end-point" string.
Refactor the checks on whether the SSL library supports the functions
needed for tls-server-end-point channel binding. Now the server won't
advertise, and the client won't choose, the SCRAM-SHA-256-PLUS variant, if
compiled with an OpenSSL version too old to support it.
In the passing, add some sanity checks to check that the chosen SASL
mechanism, SCRAM-SHA-256 or SCRAM-SHA-256-PLUS, matches whether the SCRAM
exchange used channel binding or not. For example, if the client selects
the non-channel-binding variant SCRAM-SHA-256, but in the SCRAM message
uses channel binding anyway. It's harmless from a security point of view,
I believe, and I'm not sure if there are some other conditions that would
cause the connection to fail, but it seems better to be strict about these
things and check explicitly.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/ec787074-2305-c6f4-86aa-6902f98485a4%40iki.fi
When expanding an updatable view that is an INSERT's target, the rewriter
failed to rewrite Vars in the ON CONFLICT UPDATE clause. This accidentally
worked if the view was just "SELECT * FROM ...", as the transformation
would be a no-op in that case. With more complicated view targetlists,
this omission would often lead to "attribute ... has the wrong type" errors
or even crashes, as reported by Mario De Frutos Dieguez.
Fix by adding code to rewriteTargetView to fix up the data structure
correctly. The easiest way to update the exclRelTlist list is to rebuild
it from scratch looking at the new target relation, so factor the code
for that out of transformOnConflictClause to make it sharable.
In passing, avoid duplicate permissions checks against the EXCLUDED
pseudo-relation, and prevent useless view expansion of that relation's
dummy RTE. The latter is only known to happen (after this patch) in cases
where the query would fail later due to not having any INSTEAD OF triggers
for the view. But by exactly that token, it would create an unintended
and very poorly tested state of the query data structure, so it seems like
a good idea to prevent it from happening at all.
This has been broken since ON CONFLICT was introduced, so back-patch
to 9.5.
Dean Rasheed, based on an earlier patch by Amit Langote;
comment-kibitzing and back-patching by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFYwGJ0xfzy8jaK80hVN2eUWr6huce0RU8AgU04MGD00igqkTg@mail.gmail.com
pmsignal.h uses sig_atomic_t in some builds, but relied on signal.h
having been included already. We could include it conditionally
but evidently that wouldn't save anything in practice and would
add more ugly macros, so let's just include signal.h always.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4166.1533154074%40sss.pgh.pa.us
The previous coding here supposed that if run-time partitioning applied to
a particular Append/MergeAppend plan, then all child plans of that node
must be members of a single partitioning hierarchy. This is totally wrong,
since an Append could be formed from a UNION ALL: we could have multiple
hierarchies sharing the same Append, or child plans that aren't part of any
hierarchy.
To fix, restructure the related plan-time and execution-time data
structures so that we can have a separate list or array for each
partitioning hierarchy. Also track subplans that are not part of any
hierarchy, and make sure they don't get pruned.
Per reports from Phil Florent and others. Back-patch to v11, since
the bug originated there.
David Rowley, with a lot of cosmetic adjustments by me; thanks also
to Amit Langote for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/HE1PR03MB17068BB27404C90B5B788BCABA7B0@HE1PR03MB1706.eurprd03.prod.outlook.com
CopyFrom allows multi-inserts to be used for non-partitioned tables, but
this was disabled for partitioned tables. The reason for this appeared
to be that the tuple may not belong to the same partition as the
previous tuple did. Not allowing multi-inserts here greatly slowed down
imports into partitioned tables. These could take twice as long as a
copy to an equivalent non-partitioned table. It seems wise to do
something about this, so this change allows the multi-inserts by
flushing the so-far inserted tuples to the partition when the next tuple
does not belong to the same partition, or when the buffer fills. This
improves performance when the next tuple in the stream commonly belongs
to the same partition as the previous tuple.
In cases where the target partition changes on every tuple, using
multi-inserts slightly slows the performance. To get around this we
track the average size of the batches that have been inserted and
adaptively enable or disable multi-inserts based on the size of the
batch. Some testing was done and the regression only seems to exist
when the average size of the insert batch is close to 1, so let's just
enable multi-inserts when the average size is at least 1.3. More
performance testing might reveal a better number for, this, but since
the slowdown was only 1-2% it does not seem critical enough to spend too
much time calculating it. In any case it may depend on other factors
rather than just the size of the batch.
Allowing multi-inserts for partitions required a bit of work around the
per-tuple memory contexts as we must flush the tuples when the next
tuple does not belong the same partition. In which case there is no
good time to reset the per-tuple context, as we've already built the new
tuple by this time. In order to work around this we maintain two
per-tuple contexts and just switch between them every time the partition
changes and reset the old one. This does mean that the first of each
batch of tuples is not allocated in the same memory context as the
others, but that does not matter since we only reset the context once
the previous batch has been inserted.
Author: David Rowley <david.rowley@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Commits 742869946 et al turn out to be a couple bricks shy of a load.
We were dumping the stored values of GUC_LIST_QUOTE variables as they
appear in proconfig or setconfig catalog columns. However, although that
quoting rule looks a lot like SQL-identifier double quotes, there are two
critical differences: empty strings ("") are legal, and depending on which
variable you're considering, values longer than NAMEDATALEN might be valid
too. So the current technique fails altogether on empty-string list
entries (as reported by Steven Winfield in bug #15248) and it also risks
truncating file pathnames during dump/reload of GUC values that are lists
of pathnames.
To fix, split the stored value without any downcasing or truncation,
and then emit each element as a SQL string literal.
This is a tad annoying, because we now have three copies of the
comma-separated-string splitting logic in varlena.c as well as a fourth
one in dumputils.c. (Not to mention the randomly-different-from-those
splitting logic in libpq...) I looked at unifying these, but it would
be rather a mess unless we're willing to tweak the API definitions of
SplitIdentifierString, SplitDirectoriesString, or both. That might be
worth doing in future; but it seems pretty unsafe for a back-patched
bug fix, so for now accept the duplication.
Back-patch to all supported branches, as the previous fix was.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7585.1529435872@sss.pgh.pa.us
